6 ?p DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING 2. BIND KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL 1914-1921 REDAKTION: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge TRYKT HOS J. JØRGENSEN & CO. (IVAR JANTZEN). INDHOLD Nr. 1. Fehdinasdsen, C and Ö. Wingk: Studies in the Genus Enthorrhiza C. Weber. Juli 1914. Pag. 1 - 14. At. 2. Børgesen, F.: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part. II. Phæophyceæ. Oktober 1914. Pag. 1-68. Nr. 3. Lange, Jakob K.: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Ama- nita. I.epiota. Coprinus. Oktober 1915. Pag. 1-53. With two Plates. Nr. h. Ostenfeld, C. H.: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Oktober 1915. Pag. 1—18. Nr. 5. Rostkip, O. : Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora I. Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark I (Abstract). August 1916. Pag. 1-56. Med 3 Tavler. AV. 6. Ostenfeld, C. H.: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part. I. Introduction. The Sea-grasses of West Australia. September 1916. Pag. 1-44. Nr. 7. Langk, Jakob E.: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part III. Plu- teus. Collybia. Inocybe. July 1917. Pag. 1—48. With three Plates. Nr. 8. Ostenfeld. C. H.: Contributions to West Australian Botany. ^Part II. C. H. Ostenfeld: Stray Notes from the tropical West Australia. — C. H. Ostenfeld: A Revision of the West Australian Species of Tri- glochin, Crassula (Tillæa) and Frankenia. — Ove Paulsen: Chenopo- diaceæ from West Australia. - May 1918. Pag. 1-66. With \ Plates. Nr. 9. Børgesen, F. and C. Raunkiær : Mosses and Lichens collected in the former Danish West Indies. August 1918. Pag. 1 — 18. Nr. 10. Jørgensen, Holger: I. The Pollination of Asclepias Cornuti Dene. II. Some Remarks on the Germination of the Pollen-mass and the Growth of the Pollen-tubes in Asclepias Cornuti Dene. August 1919. Pag. 1 — 19. Nr.ll. Lange, Jakob E.: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part IV. Pho- liota. Marasmius. Rhodophyllus. March 1921. Pag. 1 - 44. With one Plate. Bd.2 • DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. i UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING — 1914 = Studies in the genus Entorrhiza C Weber. By C. Ferdinandsen and Ö. Winge. I. The spore formation in Entorrhiza digitata Lagerh. A. rich material belonging to this species was benevolently- sent to us by professor G. Lagerheim in Stockholm. It was fixed in chrom-acetic acid and very well preserved so that micro- tome cuts, which were stained with Heidenhains hematoxyline, proved good objects for a closer study of the spore formation. The three spore forms as they are described and figured by Lagerheim were found mixed together (cfr. our figures 1, / — n from Danish material), viz. l) some very coarsely and unevenly warted, 2) some others lower and more evenly warted, while 3) a third form of spores were entirely smooth and very thick- walled. The shape was always exactly globular and the size varied near 18 y. in diameter, some few however reaching 30 [x or more across. Already P. Magnus (1878) and C. Weber (1. c.) state that the spores in Entorrhiza are formed apically on screw-shaped »sterigmata«, and Weber figures these organs in E. Aschersoniana, while P. Magnus gives a picture from E. cypericola, a copy of which is found in our fig. 8. Using the highest power of the mi- croscrope, however, we saw that the spores in E. digitata are formed not on a single »sterigma«, but as a rule by joining of two. The most common case is figured in fig. l,a, where the two spore-forming filaments are seen like somewhat screwed strings adhering to the ripe spore. In some successful slides we happened to see that the spore no doubt is formed by the working-together of two spiral filaments twining around each other, and that the outside walls of the filaments simply are continued into the spore- Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd.2. Nr. 1. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, B. 2. Nr. 1. membrane so that the spore must be due to the swelling of the fusing hvphae (fig. 1, b-c). Very often, however, the screw-height of the spiral is so small and the filaments moreover have the / © Fig. 1. E. digitata Lagerh. a— e: Spore formation, cfr. texte, figured from material communicated by prof. Lagerheim, f—n: Various forms of spores and spore complexes, figured from material, collected by Nordby on b anø , see pg. 7. a—e: about IM»; f-n: «M. C. Ferdinandsen and Ö. Winge: The genus Entorrhiza C.Weber. 3 plasm so dense and refractive that it is almost impossible to de- cide, whether a single or two filaments take part in forming the spiral. From our observations we are justified in concluding the following: The spore originates from two spiral filaments fusing together, which at least in many cases are twined around each other, while in other cases it is probable that they fuse without twining. The spiral threads themselves are coming from very complex hyphal bundles and may often be branched (fig. 1, d — e). Sometimes two spores are formed connected to each other, so the double-spore strikingly is resembling a teleutospore of a Puccinia (fig. 1, g). In other cases three spores are growing to- gether forming a row or a Triphragmium-\\ke complex (fig. 1, h), and also four spores are observed in connection. Rarely one of the two spores forming a »Puccinia« has a smooth membrane, while the other one is coarsely warted (fig. 1, /). In no case we have happened to see a spore with only one adherent spiral string; this circumstance naturally by no means excludes the possibility of the spore being formed by a single filament, but at least it is the rule that two spiral filaments directly take part in the spore formation, a phenomenon, which reminds of the ascus for- mation in the genus Eremascus. II. The systematic position of the genus Entorrhiza. The genus Entorrhiza has always been considered by the authors as a relative to the Ustilagineae, until Brefeld (1912, p. 80) brings forward the opinion that the fungus probably must be regarded as a fungus imperfectus belonging to the Ascomycetes, the ascus-form of which is still unknown. In the said paper Brefeld has proved indisputably that an »Ustilago« on Panicum cms ardeae Willd.1) from South America really is a conidial stage of a Claviceps-like Hypocreacea, viz. Ustilaginoidea Bref., the existence of which he already several years ago had profezied. Further he is probably justified in his conclusion that the mor- phologically thoroughly like Ustilago virens Cke. (= Tilletia Oryzae Pat.) on rice belongs to the same genus. Brefeld, however, is going still farther in so far as he, as it appears less convincing, also classifies the genera Entorrhiza Weber and Schroeteria Wint. as fungi imperfecti among the Ascomycetes. He is led to this J) By Brefeld »Panicum cms Urdeae«, probably erroneous for the said species. 1* 4 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 1. supposition mainly by studying the manner of spore germination. He has namely found in both genera that the spores are germi- nating into short flash-shaped sterigmata on the top of which are formed basipetal chains of conidia, a fact stated for Schroeteria long ago, but until then not observed in Entorrhiza. This manner of germination into »Acrostalagmus-likec conidia, which was ob- served by Brefeld in the species Entorrhiza Aschersoniana (Magn.) De Toni, E. cypericola (Magn.) De Toni, Schroeteria Delastrina (Tul.) Wint. and S. parvispora Bref. might point, undeniably, towards a relationship to the Ascomycetes, but Brefeld seems not to take in consideration nor at least to lay stress upon the fact that previous investigators have observed that the spores of the genera in question can germinate in an ustilaginoid man- ner. Thus Winter (1. c. p. 147) has found that Schroeteria Dela- strina may germinate into a Tilletia-like promycelium, and Weber states 1. c. that the germination of Entorrhiza Aschersoniana is going on in that way that the spore sends out several hypha-like promycelia which again produce falcate sporidia, as well laterally as apically, thus putting in mind the germination of a Proustilago. These facts point clearly towards a relationship to the Ustilagineae, and so it may be reasonable to believe that the germination into »Acrostalagmus-like« conidia is a phenomenon of secondary impor- tance. In fact, the morphological likeness between the genera En- torrhiza and Schroeteria and, on the other side, the conidial stage of Ustilaginoidea, is not very great: The greenish Sepedonium- like chlamydospores of the last fungus are formed on the surface of a solid central pseudoparenchyma, which in some cases can appear as a real Sclerotium, a circumstance, which in con- nection with the occurrence of the fungus in the ovaries of grasses, puts in mind a Claviceps-like organism — while on the other hand Schroeteria and Entorrhiza, owing to their perishable hyphae and the formation of entirely dust-like spore-masses, resemble the true Ustilagineae. As to the genus Entorrhiza the spore-formation in E. digitata, described above, furthermore seems to be like that of the Usti- lagineae in several respects. In this group cell-fusions by deliques- cence of the membranes are commonly occurring during the spore formation, and recently F. Rawitscher has shown that the young binucleate spore cell in Ustilago Maydis results from the dissolving of a wall between two uninucleate neighbour-cells. Further the intricately entangled hyphal complexes, wherefrom the sporogene C. Ferdinandsen and Ö.Winge: TJie genus Entorrhiza C.Weber. O hyphae originate in Entorrhiza digitata, have a striking likeness with the corresponding organs in the true Ustilagineae, not least by the marked deliquescence of the filaments (fig. 1, e). Concerning the cytology of the Ustilagineae Dangeard, Lut- man and Rawitscher 1. c. have shown that a syncaryon-stage is established earlier or later during the ontogenesis, the young spores obtaining always two nuclei which later on fuse together ' > i / * if. 1 ; Fig. 2. E. Raunkiæriana sp. n. a — b: Spores with few rather distinct nuclei. c — e: Spores with numerous chromatin bodies in the cytoplasm, ii^oo. within the spore. — As to Entorrhiza we have not succeeded in making out its cytology, but in several cases we have seen that the spores as well in E. Raunkiæriana sp. n. (fig. 2, b) as in E. digitata have two rather distinct nuclei. Often, however, the nuclear elements have another appearence. Thus, in E. Raunkiær- iana, three or more nucleus-like organs (fig. 2, a) are to be seen in the cytoplasma, but mostly distinct nuclei are not present, a number of chromatin bodies being scattered all around in the 6 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 1. plasm, without nuclear membrane, and connected to each other with linin threads (fig. 2, c — e)1). In conclusion it seems to be justified — in spite of the »Acrostalagmus-like« germination — to place Entorrhiza and pro- bably also Schroeteria in the neighbourhood of the Ustilagineae. Especially Entorrhiza might be considered as a primitive type of the said group on account of the morphologically well marked copulation observed by us by the spore formation in E. digitata — and further the ProustilagoAike germination stated by Weber in E. Ascher- soniana. It is in accordance with this view that all the species of this genus live in the soil and spread their spores by aid of the water, while the genuine Ustilagineae are adapted to an aerial life. III. The genus Entorrhiza in Denmark. E. Aschersoniana (Magn.) de Toni. Syn. : E. cypericola Weber e. p., Schinzia Aschersoniana Magn. On revising the material available in the collections of the Botanical Museum of the Copenhagen University, all collected on Juncus bufonius, we found the spores always being elliptical with regular sculpture and thus distinctly differing from the sphe- rical, coarsely and unregularly warted ones in E. Casparyana (Magn.) De Toni (fig. 8). In some cases we have observed the spores being provided with adherent screwed filaments and channels (germinat- ion pores?) through the walls. We have found the spores more varying and as a rule bigger than stated by P. Magnus (1888, p. 103), who has measured them 15 — 17 ^ 11 — lb p. Schroeter (1889, p. 290) states 17—20 ^ 15—17/,. In the following all the Danish localities hitherto known are enumerated. Sealand: Charlottenlund, field sloping towards the sea. July, 1885 (E. Rostrup). Sporesyet immature. A single one lllh^lbti. Constantia, Aug. 14, 1885 (E. Rostrup). Sp. 16—22^: 12—18 ix. Rørvig, June 21, 1914 (C. Ferdinand sen). Sp. immature, 171 ,-^15/*. Jutland: Randbøldal, Sept. 12, 1885 (E. Rostrup). The material destroyed. A single spore 20^ 15 pt. *) In this connection we can state that in Schroeteria Decaisneana (Boud.) De Toni we have seen as a rule two nuclei in the young spores, a single or three though being also observed (c. 60nJo : 2 nuclei, c. 30°Jo : 1 nucleus, c. 10°lo : 3 nuclei). C. Ferdinandsen and Ö.Winge: The genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. ' Treides ko v, July 9, 1886 (E. Rostrup). Spores 19—24^ 16—21 fi. Klitmøller, July 1894 (E. Rostrup). The more coarsely warted spores 20—22 ^ \Th— 19//. Further Lind (1. c. p. 271) reports: Sæby (E. Rostrup) and Frederikshavn (Lind). Bornholm: Lind (1. c. p.271) reports: Almindingen (E. Rostrup). E. digitata Lagerh. To this species must be referred three numbers, all collec- ted by dr. C. H. Ostenfeld on the western coast of Jutland. The two numbers (Fanø and Tværsted) were found on a plant of the J uncus articulatus-grou]), which dr. Ostenfeld believes to be a distinct form of J uncus alpinus Vill. He has friendly communicated to us that the infected specimens of this Juncus on the Fanø -locality grew mixed together with plants of J. atricapillus Drej. and J. lamprocarpus Ehrh. without these two species being found infested by the fungus. The third specimen of this Entorrhiza was found on a seedling of a Juncus articulatus s. lat. impossible of a closer determination ; on the locality (the lake Ferri ngsø near Bovbjerg) the Juncus alpinus-iorm in question may very well occur, and it is thus probable that we also here are dealing with this plant. Lagerheim 1. c. gives as host- plant /. articulatus. Judging from the localities (Titisee Ge r ma- nia e, Pontresina Helvetiae) it is probable that under this collec- tive species-name is hidden a Juncus alpinus4orm, the Entorrhiza- species showing to be very specialized to single species of host-plants. In the following are given the localites and some details of the fungus. Jutland: Ferringsø, July 1893. On a seedling of »Juncus arti- culatus« (C. H. Ostenfeld). Lind (1. c. p. 271) reports this specimen as Entorrhiza Aschersoniana on Juncus bufonius in accordance with a label written by the late prof. E. Rostrup. Spores as described in the specimens from Fanø, 171/2 — 22// diam. Tværsted, strand dune, Aug. 10, 1912. On Juncus alpinus Vill. forma (C. H. Ostenfeld). Exactly agreeing with the following. Fanø, near Nordby, Oct. 15, 1912. On Juncus alpinus Vill. forma (C. H. Ostenfeld). 8 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 1. In the specimens from the last named locality the tumours were found to be now cylindrical, entire, now more or less palmate. Spores spherical, pale yellowish-chestnut according to the advancing maturity, as a rule 20 p. across, many lesser, some bigger, some others gigantic, until 45 p across, the wall then being exceedingly thickened (fig. 1, i). The shape of the membrane is very varying. In some cases the membrane is entirely smooth and then com- monly being very thickened, often about 10//, surpassing the dia- meter of the lumen. The membrane of the above mentioned gigant- like spore was about 18 p thick. In other cases the spores are provided with very long (about bp), obtuse or flattened warts being irregularly distributed on the surface of the membrane, putting in mind the sculpture of the E. C as pary ana-spore (fig. 1, m and fig. 8). Finally some spores are more regularly and lower warted (fig. 1, I). On studying more thoroughly the material, one often finds two or more spores connected with each other in a Puccinia- or Triphragmium-\ike complex (fig. 1, / — h) or seldom in a row composed of some few spores. Often we have seen channels going through the thickened walls. Entorrhiza Raunkiæriana Ferd. et Wge. sp. n. Mycocecidiis ex apicibus radicum tenuium tumefactis oriundis, oblongo-citriformibus vel ovoideis, formam siliquae Crambes mari- timae L. saepe aemulantibus, maximis 3 mm latis, albo-flavidis. Sporis in hyphis hyalinis, diu persistentibus acrogenis, + protracte ellipsoideis, citriformibus, plerumque 18 — 21 p long. ^ 9 — 11 p lat., nonnullis usque ad 30 p elongatis, hyalino-flavidulis, plasmate denso, nonnumquam vacuolato farctis, episporio lineolis spiralibus, circ. 2p inter se distantibus, dextrorsum oblique ascendentibus ornato suffultis. In radicibus Scirpi fluitantis L., in stagno dunensi Grøndal dicto insulae Danicae Fanø submersi, mense Octobri. (Leg. C. Raunkiær). This fungus, which by J. Lind (1. c. p. 271) is identified with E. scirpicola (Correns) Sacc. et Syd., was already found in the year 1896 by prof. C. Raunkiær in a little dune-lake, Grøndal, on the island of Fanø, and was refound Septbr. 1911 and Oct. 1912 in the same locality. A great many roots of Scirpus fluitans submerged outside the Agrostis carcma-community were infested by the fungus. — Spores collected in Oct. were wintered at a low room temperature, apparently without changing their aspect. As C. Ferdinandsen and Ö. Winge : The genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. 9 Fig. 3. E. Raun- kiæriana sp. n. Tumours in late as March 10 the curved appendix persisted in nearly all the spores, and no germination was to be seen. As to be exspected the species has a considerable resemblance to E. scirpicola on Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf., but differs distinctly from this as well by the shape of the tumours as by the spore-form. In E. scirpicola the tumours are cylindrical (fig. 5) while in our spe- cies ovoid or often constricted as the silique of Crambe maritima L. (fig. 3). Further the spores in E. scirpicola are less slen- der (16—20 « 11—14 ft) than in E. Raunkiæriana (18—21 « 9—11//), the proportion between length and breadth of the spores in the two »•£**£» species thus being re- About nat. size. spectively 1,5 : 1 and 1,9 : 1 (fig. 4 and 5). We have not succeeded in procuring type-specimens Fig. 4. E. Raunkiæriana sp.n. • • , i ^-u u u j Spores, one of which showing of E. scirpicola, but still we have nad in optical section the outer occasion to examine this species ; in the structure of the membrane, ,, ,. P tl ,-» * • i -km and another showing the same collections of the Botanical Museum structure in transverse section. 0f tjje Copenhagen University are ~T" found, namely, specimens of the fungus on Scirpus pauciflorus from the Færoes (Tran- gisvaag on Suderø, leg. C. H. Ostenfeld); E. Rostrup (1901, p. 306) identified the plant with E. cypericola (Magn.) De Toni. In these specimens, though being very young, so that the spiral lines of the spore-membrane just are going to appear, the proportion between length and breadth of the spores still is exactly as stated by Correns, the young spores mea- suring 15 ^ 9 [x. The record of this fungus from the (Correns) Sacc. & Syd s 1— 3 : Rootswellmgs ! Færoes, being so lar away irom the hitherto on Scirpus pauciflorus only known locality, Val Maggia, Tessin, Lightf.; 4— 5: Spores _ J. .i • • .t 4.U from above and from Switzerland, suggests the opinion that tne the side; 6: Spore from distribution of the Entorrhiza-species is coin- above treated with . , „ , . , , , ., cone. Hr, S(J4. 1 — o : cident with that of their host-plants and that i^ . 4_6: soo. the species are closely specialized to single After C. Correns. Fig. 5. E. scirpicola, 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 1. host-species. In this connection the above statement under E. digitata might be brought to memory, and further that the hitherto known Entorrhiza-species, which seem to be distinctly different, every one is confined to a single host-species. The two species of Entoirhiza growing on Scirpus are both characteristic by having spiral lines on the spore-membrane, in this regard differing from the other species of the genus. As stated above they are, however, morphologically well separated, a circum- stance, which was likely to be found, partly because the Entor- Fig. 6. a: Bark cells from a root of Scirpus fluitans L., infested by E. Raun- kiæriana sp. n. In one cell is seen a spore of the named fungus, in another numerous bacteria. ^^. b: The bacteria higher magnified. These bacteria were commonly found in our material. r/uza-species upon the whole are strongly specialized to their host- plants, and mainly according to the fact that the host-species in question belong to different subgenera, S. pauciflorus being an Euscirpus, while S. fluitans belongs to Isolepis and even by Link is referred to a particular genus, Eleogiton. Entorrhiza earicicola Ferd. et Wge. sp. n. Aggressu fungi, qui apices radicum tenuium infestat, tumoribus piriformibus vel oblongo-piriformibus, levibus, maximis 3 — 4 mm. longis et 1 — 2 mm. latis, albidis oriundis. Sporis in hyphis hyalinis, deliquescentibus, plerumque tortis acrogenis; episporio primum levi, hyalino, indumento gelatinoso instructo, ad maturitatem, contractione strati gelatinosi, subtiliter ruguloso-undulato, dilute flavidulo. Sporis maturis oblongo-ellipsoideis vel protracte obo- C. Ferdinandsen and Ö. Winge : The genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. 11 voideis, saepius inaequilateralibus, ad insertionem stipitis appla- natis, 22—26// long. ^ 12— 16 (i lat., plasmate denso, vacuolato farctis. In radicibus tumef actis Carl- as limosae L. in palude Lyngby Mose dicta Selandiae septen- trionalis, mense Septembri. (Leg. F. Kølpin Ravn). E. Rostrup (1894, p. 36) men- tions this discovery and identifies the specimens collected with E. cy- pericola (Magn.) De Toni parasi- ting in the roots of Cyperus fla- vescens L. Yet he adds : »The form found on the said Carex differs, however, as to the size and struc- ture of the spores somewhat from } . , „ ,, Fig. 7. E. cancicola sp. n. bpores ^p. the description given by P. Mag- nus, it therefore possibly being a distinct species, which must be ve- rified by direct comparison and culture experiments. The spores are somewhat larger than those of Magnus, being namely 20—25 ^ 12—15 fjt«. In fact, the morphological difference between the two spe- cies is rather great, as well regarding the shape of the spore as the sculpture of the membrane, which has been evident to us by examining specimens of E. cypericola from the classic locality. We found the size of the spores agreeing with the statement of P. Magnus (17—20 ^ 11— IM, wherefrom it thus becomes evi- dent that the spore inE. cypericola is relatively considerably broader than in E. caricicola, the propor- tions between length and breadth being respectively 1,4 : 1 and 1,7 : 1 (flg> 7 — 8). Further the membrane 6 in E. cypericola is thicker and more coarsely sculptured than in our species. We can state that -2: E. cypericola by examining E. cypericola we of- (Magn.) De Toni; 3-4: E.Ascher- ten have found the spores pro- (After P. Magnus). ments, and that we also in this 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 1. species have observed two spores connected into Puccinia-\ike complexes. Entorrhiza caricicola sp. n. which is the only Entorrhiza-spe- cies known on the genus Carex, is found on Carex limosa L. in a bog near Lyngby in the northern Sealand, first by prof. F. Kølpin Ravn in Septbr. 1893, later by dr. C. H. Osten- feld »in radicibus Caricis limosae inter muscos; S elan di ae, Lyngby, in turfosis. 27. 10. 1895«. By J. Lind (1. c. p. 271) the fungus is enumerated under the name adopted by E. Rostrup: E. cypericola (Magn.) De Toni. IV. The species of the genus Entorrhiza. The genus Entorrhiza was founded by C. Weber in 1884 (1. c) upon the Juncus bufonius-Entorrhiza, E. Aschersoniana (Magn.) De Toni, which thus must be considered as the type species. It is the merit of P. Magnus, however, to have signalized to science the first species of this genus in that he already in 1878 published his Schinzia cypericola (1878, p. 53) ; this mycologist namely was of opinion that his fungus belonged to the genus Schinzia founded by K. Nägeli in 1842 (1. c, p. 281) on Schinzia cellulicola in the roots of Iris sp. Whatewer it may be one must maintain that the belonging together of the two last named species is very doubtful, because Nägeli in his description and figures of E. cellulicola omits some features exceedingly characteristic of the genus Entorrhiza. Further the integrity of the genus Schinzia has been shaken by authors who have referred quite heterogeneous elements, viz. Schinzia Alni Wor. and S. Leguminosarum Frank, to this genus. The point of view being justified that Schinzia cellulicola Näg. is not a true Entorrhiza and considering furthermore the E. Solani Fautrey (1. c.) as problematic, the genus Entorrhiza thus shows to be confined only to glumiflorous host-plants, even if the tumours of the plants mentioned by P. Magnus (1888, p. 104) might turn out to be produced by fungi belonging to this genus. In conclusion the following organisms must be considered as true Entorrhiza-species : On Juncaceae: E. Aschersoniana (Magn.) De Toni (Juncus bufonius L.). E. Casparyana (Magn.) De Toni (Juncus Tenageja Ehrh.). E. digitata Lagerh. (Juncus articulatus L. coll., probably always J. alpinus Vill.). C. Ferdinandsen and Ö. Winge: The genus Entorrhiza C.Weber. 13 Further C. B. Plowright (1. c, p. 299) and E. Rostrup (1901 p. 306) state the presence of an Entorrhiza in the roots of J. lam- procarpus Ehrh. On Cyperaceae: E. cypericola (Magn.) De Toni (Cyperns flavescens L.). E. scirpicola (Correns) Sacc. et Syd. (Scirpus pauciflorus LlGHTF.). E. Raunkiæriana sp. n. (Scirpus fluitans L.). E. caricicola sp. n. (Carex limosa L.). Probably several other glumiflores will show to be host-plants to Entorrhiza-species — e. g. the plants with root-swellings enum- erated by P. Magnus (1888, p. 104) after a statement of P. Ca- meron, viz. : J uncus squamosus L., J.uliginosus Roth and Erio- phorum vag in alum L. Bibliography. Brefeld, O.: Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie. V. 1883, XV. 1912. Correns, C. : Schinzia scirpicola sp. n. Hedwigia 1897, p. 38 — 40. Dangeard, P.-A. : Recherches sur la reproduction sexuelle des champignons. Le Botaniste, 3e serie, 1893. p. 221—281. Fautrey, F.: Une nouvelle maladie de Solanum tuberosum, Entorrhiza So- lani. Rev. Mycol. 1896, p. 11-12. Lagerheim, G. : Eine neue Entorrhiza. Hedwigia 1888, p. 261 — 264. Lind, J. : Danish Fungi as represented in the herbarium of E. Rostrup, Copenhagen 1913. Lutman, B. F. : Some contributions to the life history and cytology of the smuts. Transact. Wiscons. Acad, of Sc, Arts and Letters. Tom. XVI, part II, 1910, p. 1191-1244 c. tab. Magnus, P. 1878: Drei neue Pilze. Verhdl. des Bot. Ver. der Prov. Bran- denburg. XX. Jahrg. 1878, Sitzungsber. p. 50—54. — 1888: Ueber einige Arten der Gattung Schinzia Nä g . Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. VI. 1888, p. 100 104. Nägeli, K. : Botanische Beiträge. Linnaea XVI, 1842, p. 237 — 285. Plowright, C. B. : British Uredineae and Ustilagineae. London 1889. Rawitscher, F.: Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Ustilagineen. Zeitschr. f. Bot. IV, 1912, p. 673-706 c. 1 tab. Rostrup, E. 1894: Mykologiske Meddelelser (IV). Bot. Tidsskr. XIX, p. 36 — 47. Resumé francais. — 1901: Fungi in Botany of the Færoes, parti, p. 304— 316. Copen- hagen 1901. Schroeter, J. 1876: Bemerkungen und Beobachtungen über einige Ustila- gineen. Cohns Beitr. zur Biol. d. Pflanz. II, p. 349—383, tab. XII. - 1889: Die Pilze Schlesiens in Cohns Kryptfl. von Schlesien, Dritter Bd., Erste Hälfte. Breslau 1888. Tulasne, L.-R. et C. : Memoire sur les Ustilaginées comparées aux Uredi- nées. Ann. Sc. Nat., Bot., III. Serie, Tom. VII, 1847, p. 12— 127, pi. 2-7. Weber, C: Ueber den Pilz der Wurzelanschwellungen von J uncus bufonius. Bot. Zeit. 1884, p. 369-378. Winter, G.: Einige Notitzen ueber die Familie der Ustilagineen. Flora LIX, 1876, p. 145-152, c. tab. Bd.2 • DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. 2 UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING = 1914 = The marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part 2. PHÆOPHYCEÆ. By F. Borgesen. INTRODUCTION A, lS in the case of my Chlorophyceæ paper the present communication is based upon material collected during my three stays at the islands. With regard to the collecting of the algæ, reference should be made to the introduction to the Chlorophyceæ section for information as to the localities visited and for physiographical details. Here also a chart showing the coral reefs, depths etc. in the sea nearest the islands is published. Concerning the brown algæ from the islands I have already published some papers on the subject, namely: Two crustaceous brown algæ from the Danish West Indies (Nuova Notarisia, Serie XXIII, Luglio 1912). The species of Sargassum found along the coasts of the Danish West Indies with remarks upon the floating forms of the Sargasso Sea (Minde- skrift for Japetus Steenstrup, Kobenhavn 1914). For the sake of completeness I also give here the contents of these paper so far as they treat with the fixed algæ living at the shores of the islands. If we compare the brown algal vegetation of the West Indian islands with that found in northern seas we see clearly the well known fact that the northern brown algal vegetation reaches a luxuriancy which greatly surpass that in the tropics. The group of brown algæ which in the islands is most vigorously developed is the Fucaceæ represented by Sargassum and Turbinaria, and where these are growing in full vigour this tropical Fucaceæ- Formation is not much inferior to that found in the northern sea, Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Hr. 2. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. e. g. at the shores of the Færoes l). But this fucaceous vegetation is also the most vigorously developed and as is well known the corresponding vegetation in the northern seas is much behind the vegetation of the Laminar iaceæ. After the Fucaceæ it is the representatives of the Dictyotaceæ and also forms of the Encæliaceæ which attain to some size and are found in greater masses in the West Indies, apart from these most of the forms are small. Upon stones in shallow water brown crusts of Ralfsia expansa are common and upon rocks on the north west coast of St. Croix Aglaozonia canariensis forms large red brown expansions. As to the number of species found at the shores of the islands (40 species) this is also not great ; compared with that found at the shores of the Færoes (73 species) it is only a little more than half. The brown algæ occur from low water mark (the tide is nearly wanting at the islands) or a little above, and down to a depth of about 40 meters where Zonaria variegata was still found well developed; as mentioned in the introduction to the Chlorophyceæ section I have not been able to dredge in greater depth. With regard to the earlier contributors to our knowledge of the algæ of the islands I refer to the information given in the Chlorophyceæ, just as in the case of collectors of algæ etc. Here I wish only to express my best thanks to the botanists who in different ways have helped me by the working out of the present paper. I am much indebted to Mme Weber-van Bosse and Professor C. Sauvageau for having been so kind as to send me original specimens of different species to compare with the mine. And especially my thanks are due to Professor P. Kuckuck who by reason his extensive knowledge especially of the Phæosporeæ has been able to give me much valuable information. Finally, I am much obliged to the Direction of the Carlsberg Fund for the grant in aid of the drawings and reproduction. 1) Comp. F. Børgesen, The Algæ-vegetation of the Færoese coasts, 1905. (Botany of the Færoes, Part III). F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. PHÆOPHYCEÆ I. Phæosporales. Farn. 1. Ectocarpaceæ. EctO CarpUS Lyngb. 1. Ectocarpus Duchassaingianus Grun. Grunow, A., Ålgæ, in »Reise der Österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde«, Botan. Theil, Ister Bd., 1870, p. 45, tab. IV, fig. 1. Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, Part. II, tab. 27. To this species of Grunow I have referred an Ectocarpus which seems to agree with it very well even if there are a few differences. It occurs as rather large 2 — 4 cm high tufts growing epiphytic- ally upon other algæ or on stones, piles and similar substrata in harbours or bays. The basal part consists of rather thick-walled, yellow-brown, irregularly bent and ramified, rhizoid-like filaments woven together (Fig. 2 a). From this basal part the erect filaments grow up. At first the filaments increase by division of all the cells but soon marked intercalary growth takes place (comp. Fig. 1 and 2 c); the filaments terminate in rather long, nearly colourless hairs, the uppermost cells of which reaching a length of 5 — 6 times their own breadth. Elsewhere the cells in the filaments are 1 — 2, sometimes even 3 times, as long as broad. The diameter of the cells reaches 20 — 22 p. The ramication is spreading and very irregular; often large parts of the filaments are not ramified at all (Fig. 1). The chromatophores consist of small, irregularly shaped discs, often roundish, or in the younger cells, oval (Fig. 2 g). The plurilocular sporangia are as a rule sessile (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 b, c), occasionally they are found ending a short branch (Fig. 2 e). They are very variable in size and form; sometimes long and nearly cylindrical (Fig. 2 b), sometimes short and often clavate and with walls more or less undulating. They may reach a length of more than 250//, most commonly they are only the 4 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. No. 2. half this length; their diameter may reach 50//, but is usually about 25—27//. The unilocular sporangia (Fig. 1, Fig. 2 /) are obovate-oval, sessile, attaining a length up to 110// and a breadth of about 70//. Fig. 1. Ectocarpus Duchassaingianus Grun. Filaments with plurilocular sporangia and a single unilocular. (About 90 : 1). The present species was found with both kinds of sporangia in the months December — March. This species seems to be nearly related to Ectocarpus indicus Sonder (comp, the figure given by Mme Weber in "Algues du F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ o! the Danish W. Indies. O Siboga", I, 1913, p. 130) and to Ectocarpus simpliciusculus of Askenasy (Alg. Gazelle, p. 20, tab. V, fig. 1, 11) which, as pointed out by Mme Weber, most probably belongs to Ectocarpus indicus. Mme Weber does not mention the shape of the chromatophores of Fig. 2. Ectocarpus Duchassaingianus Grun. a, basal, creeping filament, b, filament with a long, cylindrical plurilocular sporangium and unilocular sporangia, c, plurilocular sporangia placed upon the main filament, d, plurilocular sporangia upon a branchlet. e, a terminal, plurilocular sporangium, f, an unilocular sporangium, g, cell with chromato- phores. {a, about 50 : 1 ; b~e, about 90 : 1 ; f, about 140 : 1; g, about 225 : 1). Ect. indicus ; if these agree with those of Ect. Duchassaingianus I think the latter is merely a form of the former. 6 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. It grows in the littoral and uppermost part of the sublittoral region, most often in sheltered places, but also in more exposed and seems to be a common species. It was found, St. Croix: Christiansteds Harbour and in the lagoon near this town. St. Thomas: The Harbour in several places. St. Jan: Cruz Bay and off America Hill in a depth of about 20 metres. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. Fig. 3. Ectocarpus Mitchellæ Harv. a, part of thallus with plurilocular sporangia, b, part of thallus with young branchlets. c, chromatophores in a young cell, d, chromatophores in an older cell, (a and b, about 100 : 1 ; c and d, about 200 : 1). 2. Ectocarpus Mitchellæ Harv. Harvey, Nereis Boreali-Americana, Part I, p. 142, pi. XII, G. The specimens referred to this species form two — three cm and higher tufts. From the lowermost cells in the filaments rhizoids grow out (Fig. 4), fixing the filaments to the substratum, stones, shells F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 7 or larger algae, e. g. Codiam. The rhizoids are about 11/^ thick and consist of proportionately long cells. In the basal part the main filaments are thinner, reaching only a thickness of about 22 y. ; higher up they grow thicker, the diameter of the cells here being from 35 — 45, seldom 50 j«, while their length is about 2 — 3 times as long. In the upper part of the thallus the filaments become thinner again, the cells at the same time becoming proportionately longer. The cells are cylindrical or sometimes very slightly barrelshaped ; in the lower part of the thallus their walls are often brownish coloured. The lowermost parts of the main fila- ments are not ramified; higher up branches grow out from almost every cell, most often in a secund manner (Fig. 3 a), sometimes alternating. The young branches are some- what attenuated towards their apex (Fig. 3 b) and composed of cells which are some- what longer upwards and have fewer chro- matophores. Later on the branches show a marked growing point near their base and terminate with long nearly colourless hairs (Fig. 3 a). The branches are about 15— 20 /a thick, the hairs 10— lb /a. The chromatophores (Fig. 3 c, d) have the shape of short ribbons in the young cells, in the older they are small roundish discs1). Upon their upper side the branches again bear smaller ones also terminating with hairs and further plurilocular spor- Fig. 4. Ectocarpus Mit- /r,. o \ rr-,1 i i i chellæ Harv. angia (Fig. 3 a). These are developed Base of a plant successively upwards from the growing (About 100 : 1). point in perfect accordance with those in Ectocarpus virescens as pointed out by Sauvageau3). The pluri- locular sporangia are sessile, lanceolate cylindrical, with obtuse ') Comp. Sauvageau, C, Sur l'Ectocarpus virescens Thuret, (Journal de Bot., T. X, 1896, p. 101, fig. 2 B, C). -) Sauvageau, 1. c, p. 101, fig. 2 A. 8 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. apex and base, reaching to a length of about 70 — 100 (i, and a breadth of 15—20//. Unilocular sporangia were not found. Harvey's description and figure of this species being not sufficiently good for an absolutely certain determination to be made I have been very thankful to receive from Professor Sauvageau some fine preparations of Harvey's original plant. Compared with these my plant shows some differences, the most essential of these being that the hairs in the West Indian plant are more richly developed and the ramuli not so much attenuated as in the original plant ; in the latter also the cells seem to be somewhat more barrelshaped, while in mine they are most often quite cylindrical. But I do not think that these differences are of sufficient importance to separate my plant from Harvey's. As is well known it is rather doubtful how far Ectocarpus virescens Thur. is a distinct species from that of Harvey. Of this species also Prof. Sauvageau has been so kind as to send me not only specimens from Herb. Thuret, but also some col- lected by himself at Guéthary, one of which has plurilocular sporangia with large spores, and other with small spores. Having compared these specimens with mine and also with Harvey's plant I find that while the shape of the sporangia agree well in all the specimens, the French material has more attenuated branchlets and not such well developed hairs as in mine. In this respect they agree with Harvey's. But in the American plant and so also in mine we have not yet found more than a single kind of plurilocular sporangia. Furthermore Ectoc. Mitchellæ becomes somewhat more brownish in colour when dry and seems also to be somewhat more rigid and robust as the whole. At the Danish Islands this species was found in somewhat exposed localities in the upper sublittoral region. St. Thomas: Several places in the harbour, Store Nordside Bugt. Geogr. Distrib. Atlantic coast of North America. 3. Ectocarpus coniferus nov. spec. Ectocarpus mediocris, axi primario distincto, filamentis erectis, rhizoideis brevibus substrato adfixis, ca. 40// crassis, articulis 1/a usque 4 plo longioribus quam latioribus, in parte basali simplicibus, dein ramosis ramis irregulariter dispositis, interdum alternis, secundis aut sparsis, curvatis, apicem versus attenuatis in pilum longum articulatum productis. F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 9 Sporangia plurilocularia plerumque axillaria, sessilia, dense aggregata, conico-elongata, magnitudine variabili, minora = 40// long, et 24// lat., majora = 110// long, et 40// lat., plerumque 1—3, rarius plura aggregata. Sporangia unilocularia ovata. Chro- matophora disciformia numerosa in cellulis præsentia. The plant is fixed to the substratum by means of short Fig. 5. Ectocarpus coniferus nov. spec. Part of a plant with plurilocular sporangia. (About 60: 1). rhizoids growing out from the lowermost cells in the filaments (Fig. 6 6). The main filaments are about 40// thick consisting of cells from nearly ll% to 3 — 4 times longer than broad. The lengthening of the main filaments is mostly restricted to limited intercalary growing-points which occur near the insertion of a branch (Fig. 6 a) but now and then, also, a single cell here and there in the fila- ments may start to divide. All the filaments and lateral branches 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. are terminated with long hairs consisting at the end of long and nearly colourless cells and having a growing-point at their base. The ramification is very irregular being sometimes nearly secund, sometimes alternating, just as the distance between the Fig. 6. Ectocarpus coniferus nov. spec. a, part of thallus with a few plurilocular sporangia in each angle of branch. b, part of thallus with a plurilocular sporangium upon the main branch. c, plurilocular sporangia, d, unilocular sporangium, e, base of a filament. f, cell with chromatophores. [a, b, e, about 50 : 1 ; b, c, d, about 90 : 1 ; f, about 250 : 1). insertions of the branches is much variable. Some of the branches, especially in the lowermost part of the thallus, grow out to filaments like the main filaments ; the others, especially the upper- most, are not branched or have only a single or few ramuli. F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 11 The branches are inserted in a right or somewhat acute angle to the main filaments (Fig. 5) and they are most often curved upwards (Fig. 6 a). Upon their upper side in the angle between the branch and the mother-cell the sporangia are found. The plurilocular sporangia are oblong-ovoid to conical and always sessile. Most often only a few, 1 — 3, sporangia occur in each angle, the largest of these, as a rule, being nearest to the main filaments (Fig. 6 a) ; but now and then a greater number develop; though a case with as many sporangia as is found in the fig. 5 (lowermost branch) is rare. More rarely plurilocular sporangia also were met with upon the main filaments (Fig. 6 b). The plurilocular sporangia are of rather variable size, the smaller ones about 40 ^ long and 24^ broad while the larger may reach a length of up to 110 ix and a breadth of about 40 fx. The few unilocular sporangia found occur at the same place as the plurilocular sporangia, namely in the axis between the main filament and the branch (Fig. 6 d) ; they were nearly ovoid in shape and always solitary. The chromatophores consist of small roundish discs, fairly numerous in each cell (Fig. 6 /). It cannot be denied that this plant shows some likeness to Ectocarpus Hincksiæ Harv. but on the other hand it differs so much in several respects from Harvey's species that it cannot be considered a form of this species. Thus the ramification is much more irregular than in Ecto- carpus Hincksiæ with its usually regularly arranged, short, secund, pectinated, ramuli. Furthermore the ramuli in the West Indian plant have marked intercalary growth-points near their base and invariably terminate with long, nearly colourless hairs, while in E. Hincksiæ the cells of the ramuli are divided nearly everywhere l) and are short and all nearly the same size. Sauvageau however (1. c.) mentions that occasionally some specimens are provided with short hairs. In specimens from the Færoes I have found no hairs. The plurilocular sporangia occur usually solitary or a few (2—4) together in the axils of the ramuli in contradistinction to the usually numerous seriated sporangia of Eet. Hincksiæ. And the elongated conical shape of the sporangia in the l) Sauvageau, C, Observations relatives a la sexualité des Phéosporées, Journal de Botanique, 1897, p. 66. 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. present species is also different from the shorter, conical-piriform ones of Eet. Hincksiæ. The size of the plurilocular sporangia is more variable in E. coniferus and the larger ones exceed in size those in Ectoc. Hincksiæ. The unilocular sporangia have only been found solitary in the axils of the branches while in E. Hincksiæ many occur together in a row along the upper side of the branch, and the involucre often found here (compare Sauvageau 1. c, and my remarks in The Marine Algæ of the Færoes, Botany of the Færoes, Part II, 1902, p. 412) has never been found in the West Indian plant. In "Alg. Novara", p. 45 Gkunow described a var. aiistralis of Eet. Hincksiæ in which the ends of the ramuli sometimes ended in long hairs showing in this respect a likeness to the present plant. After the above was written I received from Professor Kuck- uck (to whom I had sent a preparation of my plant) some drawings of his of Ectocarpus irregularis Kütz. and having seen these I saw at once that my plant was very nearly related to this species of Kützing being perhaps merely a form of it. Nevertheless some differences are present and as it comes from quite another geographical region to Kützing's plant (which is found in the Adriatic Sea) I think it justifiable to keep it as a full species. Judging from the very beautiful and instructive figures which Professor Kuckuck most kindly allowed me to see, and further from the rather incomplete description found in the literature, the Adriatic plant seems to be somewhat smaller in all respects to the West Indian. This also Prof. Kuckuck pointed out in his letter to me. Further in the West Indian plant the plurilocular sporangia are found upon the upper side of the branches and nearly always in the corner between these and the main filaments only rarely do they occur upon the main filaments. In the Adriatic alga, judging from the drawings of Prof. Kuckuck, the sporangia seem to occur much more irregularly, very often upon the main filaments, sometimes even quite below the branches and also not so strictly confined to the upper side as in my plant, which just in this respect shows likeness with Ectocarpus Hincksiæ. I may further add that when determining my plant I tried to refer it to Ectocarpus irregularis but the very misleading figure of Kützing ("Tab. Phycolog.", vol. 5, fig. 62) led me to give up the idea. F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 13 • This species was found in the littoral and upper sublittoral region, growing epiphytic upon other algæ or on stones etc. It has been collected in much exposed as well as in more sheltered localities. St. Croix: Christiansteds Harbour, Northside. St. Jan: Cruz Bay. 4. Ectocarpus Rallsiæ Vickers. Vickers, A., Liste des Algues marines de la Barbade (Ann. Sc. Nat., Botanique, 9^me Serie, vol. 1, 1905, p. 59) ; Phycologia Barbadensis, Part II, pl. 32. Amongst Eet. Mitchellæ I found a small Ectocarpus which seems to agree with the figure of E. Rallsiæ, given by MUe Vickers, 1. c. As Mlle Vickers' description is rather poor I give here a further description from my plant. The basal part consists of creeping, irregularly bent filaments (Fig. 7 d) twisted together. Underneath the filaments are fastened to the substratum by means of short rhizoids. From their upper side the erect filaments spring up. These are composed of cells from nearly as long as broad, to about 5 times the length of their own diameter. Long and short cells are found intermingled owing to the fact that intercalary division may take place everywhere in the filaments (Fig. 7 b); in their upper end the filaments terminate in very long, colourless hairs. The diameter of the filaments reaches a length of about 27/7. The ramification is not very great and rather irregular. Some- times several branches are crowded together, sometimes the fila- ments for a long while remain unbranched. Some of the branches are short, others long and terminating in a long hairs. Several small discoid chromatophores are found in each cell. The plurilocular sporangia are fusiform with attenuated apex, sessile or often pedicellate. They are rather variable in size, the length varying from 80// — 120 p. or more and their diameter from 27//— 40//. The unilocular sporangia (Fig. 7 b) are oval-ovate, reaching a length of about 70 // and a breadth of about 45 p. Far up in a long hair in the end of a filament (Fig. 7 d) I noticed a series of short cells with chromatophores etc. ; these cells were certainly actively dividing, also producing a branch from one of the cells. If this phenomenon is a common event I think it may be of some importance, as a method of propa- gation, to a plant living as it does intermingled between larger algæ. 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Ectocarpus Rallsiæ is evidently nearly related to Ectocarpus coniferus and Ectocarpus irregularis. The most essential differences are as follows: the frequently stalked sporangia, the shape of the plurilocular sporan- gia, this being more cylindrical, tapering rather suddenly to- wards the apex (comp. Mlle Vickeks' fig. 1. c); and also the distri- bution of the sporan- gia, these being placed anywhere upon the filaments, much more irregularly than in Ectocarpus coniferus. Furthermore the fila- ments in Ectocarpus Rallsiæ are nearly all fairly uniform, rea- ching a diameter of about 27 p.. This species was only- found once, S t.Th o mas: Store Nordside Bugt. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. 5. Ectocarpus rhodochortonoides nov. spec. Ectocarpus fila- mentis erectis e filis repentibus, horizont- alibus, irregulariter flexuosis, egredienti- bus instructus. Filamenta erecta, parce ramosa, 21 p. crassa, superne in pilum transformata. Articuli in inferiori parte filorum usque ad 3 plo longiores quam latiores, in puis usque ad 14 plo. Sporangia plurilocularia sessilia, interdum breve pedicellata, Fig. 7. Ectocarpus Rallsiæ Vickers. a part of thallus with plurilocular sporangia. b filament with plurilocular and unilocular spor- angia c, cells in active state in the upper end of a hair, d, base of a plant. (a and b, about 90 : 1 ; c and d, about 70 : 1). F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 15 ovalia — rectangularia, 33// long, et 22// lat., interdum elongata clavataque usque ad 64 // long., 27// lat. Growing upon an old Pa- dina together with some other Ectocarpi were found a few specimens of a small Ectocarpus. The plant had creeping, irregularly bent, basal filaments from which the erect filaments grow up (Fig. 9 /). The cells in the basal, rhizoidal filaments have rather thick walls and are about three times as long as broad, the diameter being about 8 — 9 //. The erect filaments have cylindrical cells, which in the lower part of the filaments are 2 — 3 times as long as their own diameter, which is about 11//. Higher up the cells can reach a length of up to 150 (j. or nearly 14 times their own breadth. The long cells in the end of the filaments make these hairlike, and are devoid or al- most devoid of chromatophores etc. (Fig. 8). The growth of the filaments takes place by divi- sion of the cells in the middle and lower part of the filament. A marked growing zone is found at times, but not always. The chromatophore is ribbonlike and irregularly rami- fied (Fig. 9 b). From the cells in the middle and lower part of the filaments thin rhizoids are occasionally found growing downwards (Fig. 9 a). Fig. 8. Ectocarpus rhodochortonoid.es nov, spec. Part of a plant. (About 40 : 1). 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Only plurilocular sporangia were met with; their shape was rather characteristic being oval-rectangular with roundish angles (Fig. 9 a and b) ; a few longer, clavate sporangia with undu- lated walls were also found (Fig. 9 c, d). The loculi are large, about 8 p high and 10 p broad. The oval sporangia were about 22 p broad and 33 p long ; the longer, clavate ones up to 64 p long and 27 p broad. The sporangia are mostly sessile, rarely borne on a short stalk (Fig. 9 e). Fig. 9. Ectocarpus rhodochortonoides nov. spec. a, part of a plant with plurilocular sporangia and a rhizoid. b, a plurilocular sporangium and cells with chromatophores. c, a terminal plurilocular spo- rangium, d, a clavate plurilocular sporangium, e, a stalked plurilocular sporangium, f, base of a plant, (a, about 90:1; b—f, about 200:1). In the shape of the plurilocular sporangia with their large loculi our plant strongly reminds one of Ectocarpus breviarticulatus but in this species the sporangia are placed at right angles to the filaments while these are here curved upwards. In addition to this there is much difference in the vegetative parts of the plants. This species shows also some likeness to Ectocarpus varia- bilis of Mlle Vickers (Phycologia Barbadensis, Part II, pi. 31); but this form differs from mine in its much shorter cells which seem to be of the same length in the whole plant. Further the shape of the plurilocular sporangia is also different. The few specimens found were collected in exposed places in the littoral region. St. Croix: Northside, Cane Bay. F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 17 6. Ectocarpus breviarticulatus J. Ag. J. Agardh, Nya alger från Mexico (Öfversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. 15. Jan., 1847, p. 7). Ectocarpus hamatus Cr. in Maze et Schramm, Essai de classification des Algues de la Guadeloupe, 2e Edit. 1870-1877, p. 111. Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, part II, pi. 29. By means of original specimens collected by Liebmann near St. Augustin in Mexico and determined by J. Agardh I have been able to see that Ectocarpus hamatus of Crouan, so well figured in the "Phycologia" of Mlle Vickers belongs to this species. As the description of J. Agardh is rather deficient and Mlle Vickers in her "Liste" does not give any descrip- tion of it I here men- tion it in a little more detail. The plant forms rather large tufts, 2 — 4 cm high or even more, and these tufts are again composed of thinner and thicker rope-like spongy mas- T-v n ,, Fig. 10. Ectocarpus breviarticulatus J. Ag. ses. By means ol the ° t. -xt, i i i • J a, a branch with young plunlocular sporangia. numerous hooks and b, cells with chromatophores and a ripe pluri- short bent ramuli, locular sporangium, c a hookformed ramulus. . ' d, a branch with rhizoid-hke apex. spread along the main (a, c and d, about 90 : 1 ; b, about 190 : 1). filaments the whole becomes twisted together just as in Ectocarpus tomentosus. The growth takes place at any point in the filaments. These are about 27 fi thick. The length of the cells is usually 1 — 2 times their own diameter, rarely a little shorter or longer. The plurilocular sporangia are nearly spherical in shape or somewhat ovoid (Fig. 10 b). They are placed nearly at right angles upon the filaments and have a very short stalk consisting only of a single small cell. The length of the sporangia is about 62 [i ; the breadth about 57 ft. Unilocular sporangia were not found. Instead of hooks the ramuli sometimes run out into thin rhizoids (Fig. 10 d). Several small roundish or more irregular discoid chromato- phores are present in each cell (Fig. 10 b). Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Kr. 2. 2 18 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. This species belongs to the littoral and the upper sublittoral region. It occurs upon rocks and stones and is found even in the most exposed places where the waves constantly splash the rocks. St. Croix: Cane Bay, Northside ; St. Thomas: Store Nordside Bugt, near the entrance of the harbour. Geogr. Distrib. Mexico, West Indies. 7. Ectocarpus elachistæformis Heydr. Heydrich, F., Beitäge zur Kenntnis der Algenflora von Kaiser-Wil- helms-Land (Deutsch Neu Guinea). Berichte der deutsch, bot. Ges., Bd. X, 1892, p. 470, pl. XXV, flg. 14. Jn the cryptostomata of an old Sargassum vulgare which was quite overgrown by various algæ, e. g. Chantransia, Erythrotrichia, Rivularia etc. was found a small Ectocarpus which filled up nearly the entire cavity. This plant I think can be referred to Ectocarpus elachistæ- formis Heydr. even if it shows some differences. It reached a height of about 1 — 3 mm and had horizontal, irregularly bent, basal filaments growing more or less together forming in this way a small irregular disc (Fig. 11 a). From this, short rhizoids, consisting only of a few cells, penetrate downwards into the tissue of the host plant (Fig. 11 b, c) ; and upwards long assimilating filaments and plurilocular sporangia are produced. The assimilating filaments are thickest at their base, here about 10 — 14 (j broad, upwards thinner, about 8 p. ; they consist of cylindrical cells which below are only a little longer than broad, the growing point being here ; higher up the cells grow longer reaching a length of up to 5 times their own width. The assimilating filaments are simple throughout with the exception of a few quite short branches near their base upon which terminal plurilocular sporangia are placed. These short branches consist most often of only a single cell sometimes of a few. Such short branches with plurilocular sporangia are also found growing immediately out from the cells in the basal filaments. Now and then also sessile sporangia placed immediately upon the filaments occur. The plurilocular sporangia are elongated lanceolate, broadest a little below their middle. They are about 100 — 140 p long and 16 — 23 p broad. The zoospores escape by means of a hole in their top (Fig. 11 b). F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 19 The chromatophores have the form of irregularly bent filaments. This species seems to come quite near if it is not indeed identical with the form described and figured by Mme Weber in "Liste des Algues du Siboga", I, p. 128 and here designated Ectocarpus elachistæformis Heydr. prox. The way of growing, the shape and size of the sporangia, the breadth of the assimilating filaments all seem exactly the same. Fig. 11. Ectocarpus elachistæformis Heydr. Parts of thallus with plurilocular sporangia. (a, b, about 200 : 1 ; c, 150 : 1). The only differences I have found were that the length of cells in the upper part of the assimilating filaments attain a greater length than in my plant (more than double), and that "le sommet de ces derniers [filaments longs] se transforme en longues cellules hyalines : le pseudo poil", while those in my plant all contain chromatophores. The shape of the chromatophore is not mentioned by Mmc Weber. Judging from the description and figure of Heydrich his plant shows the following differences. 2* 20 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. The erect filaments are here more branched, thicker, with shorter cells and bear the sporangia on short side-branches some- what over their base (comp. Heydrich's figure, pi. XXV, fig. 14), now and then sporangia are also found higher up upon the fila- ments. The sporangia are somewhat thinner (15 — 20//) and judging from the figure of Heydrich they also seem to be shorter. St. Thomas: French Wharf. Geogr. Distrib. New Guinea, Gulf of Aden. Fa m. 2. Encoeliaceæ. Colpomenia Derb, et Sol. 1. Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derb, et Sol. Derbes, A., and A. J. J. Solier, Memoire sur quelques points de la Physiologie des Algues, p. 11 (here called sinuata but in the description of the figures (p. 119) and at the plate 22 we find sinuosa). Ulva sinuosa Roth, Catalecta Botanica, III, p. 327, tab. XII, fig. a. Asperococcus sinuosus Bory, Expedition scientifique du Morée, t. Ill, p. 326 (non vidi). Nouvelle Flore du Péloponnése et des Cyclades, 1838, p. 76. J. Agardh, Spec. Alg., I, p. 75. Encoelium sinuosum Ag., Spec. Alg., I, p. 146; Systema p. 262. Kit- zing, Spec. Alg., p. 552; Tab. Phycol., vol. IX, pi. 8. Fig. 12. Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derb, et Sol. Transverse section of the thallus showing plurilocular sporangia together with paraphyses surrounding a group of hairs. (About 90 : 1). Fructifying specimens with ripe plurilocular sporangia were collected in the area of the sea with shallow water behind Long Reef at Christianssted. As described by Mitchell in Murray „Phycological Memoirs", Part II, p. 53 the plurilocular sporangia occur in dense groups scattered over the whole surface of the thallus being formed round the depressed groups of hairs. F. Borgesen : Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 21 The sporangia are cylindrical or somewhat clavate and dis- persed between them we find the club-shaped paraphyses some- times rather numerous, sometimes very scarce or even wanting. According to Mitchell the paraphyses originate from the basal cell of the sporangia and therefore are not formed until after the disappearance of the sporangia. As to this I must point out that I have found paraphyses scattered also between the plurilocular sporangia in the sori (see Fig. 12). It is a common species and occur mostly in sheltered or not much exposed places in shallow water. Geogr. Distrib. Widely distributed in all warmer seas so far north as to the south coast of England. Hydroclathrus Bory. 1. Hydroclathrus cancellatus Bory. Bory, Diet, class. VIII, p. 419 (non vidi). Harvey, Phycologia Austra- lia, pi. 98; Nereis, p. 120, tab. IX A. Mitchell, M., in Murray, Phyc. Memoirs, p. 53, pi. XV, fig. 2—4. Thuret, G. et Ed. Bornet, Etudes phycologiques, 1878, p. 12—13. Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, Part II, pi. 23. Asperococcus cancellatus Endl., Mantissa Botanica altera, Suppl. 3, 1843, p. 26. Halodictyon cancellation Kiitz., Phycologia generalis, 1843, p. 336. Encoelium clathratum Ag., Spec. Alg. p. 412. Stilophora clathrata Ag. in "Flora", 1827, p. 642. Asperococcus clathratus J. Ag., Spec. Alg. I, p. 75. In "Etudes Phycologiques", 1. c, Thuret and Bornet have pointed out that while the sporangia entirely cover the surface of the young plants the old specimens with the well known peculiar reticular appearance are quite sterile with the exception of some few spo- rangia occurring now and then near the groups of hairs. Having only collected old specimens mine, in accordance with this obser- vation, were sterile ; even near the hair groups I have not succeeded in finding Fig. 13. Hydroclathrus cancellatus Bory. SDOranffia Transverse section of the thallus showing " ° ' . rhizoids growing out from the surface As pointed out by cells. (About 170 : 1). 22 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Mitchell, 1. c, p. 56, the innerside of the strand in the netlike thallus is often ruptured in such a way that a large area of the cells in the interior of the thallus are exposed. The edges of these fissures have an inclination to curl inwards. If it happens that the edges come near each other the small surface cells grow out into shorter or longer rhizoid-like prolongations and in this way the fissure may be closed (comp. Fig. 13). This species is common on the shores of the Islands. It occurs in the littoral and upper sublittoral region, in sheltered or not very much exposed localities. Geogr. Distrib. Seems to occur in all warmer seas. Rosenvingea nov. gen.1). Frons tubulosa, cylindracea, vel leviter compressa, disco radicali adfixa, ramosa, ramis sparsis vel pseudodichotomis. In- crementum intercalare divisione cellularum frondis totius adest. Frons ex 3 — 4 stratis cellularum composita, cellulis exterioribus minoribus ad cavitatem versus majoribus, cellulis peripheræ chro- matophora disciformia singula continentibus. Pila aut singula aut plura aggregata, per totam frondem sparsa aut in soris aut in parte sterili præsentia. Sori maculis valde irregularibus per totam superficiem frondis dispersi. Sporangia plurilocularia subcylindracea aut clavata, e cellula- rum corticalium divisione orta. 1. Rosenvingea Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec. Frons cylindracea aut leviter compressa, ca. 20 cm alta, superficie irregulariter rugosa, disco basali ex rhizoideis numero- sissimis composito adfixa. Rami sparsi, interdum pseudodichotomi, ad apicem et inter- dum ad basem attenuati. Pila aut singula, aut pauca aggregata per totam superficiem frondis aut sterili, aut sporiferi sparsis. Lat. pilorum = 8 — 9 p. Sporangia plurilocularia, subcylindracea aut clavata, in soris irregularibus per totam superficiem frondis distributa. Long. spor. pluriloc. = 20 — 40 ix. Lat, — — 5—12^. J) Named after my compatriot, the well known phycologist, Dr. L. Kolde- RUP ROSENVINGE. F. Børgesen : Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 23 Fronds tufted up to 20 cms high ; mostly nearly cylindrical, sometimes somewhat compressed, the surface being more or less uneven. It is irregularly ramified (Fig. 14) ; the ramification is mono- podia!, but the lateral branches are often vigorously developed in this way being more orlesspseudodicho- tomious and the apices of the bran- ches in the same time getting an antler-like appearance (Fig. 15 a, b, c). The thallus is hollow (Fig. 16) with the exception of the lower- most part where the interior of the tubular frond is filled with hyphal filaments growing downwards from the innermost cells (Fig. 15 d). These filaments together with numerous rhizoids growing out from the peripheral cells in the basal part of the frond form a small disc by means of which the plant is fastened to the substratum. The growth takes place by intercalary division through the whole thallus ; yet we may conclude that a vigorous division of cells also takes place in the ends of the branches though any true apical cell division is out of the question. The diameter of the thallus reaches about 2 mm. The branches taper somewhat towards their apices and also sometimes towards their bases. In a transverse section (Fig. 16) the thallus is seen to consist of 3 — 4 layers of cells; these are small, epidermal-like with rather thick walls at the surface, large, irregularly roundish-polygonal with thin walls against the hollow interior. Seen from above the surface cells are irregularly polygonal (Fig. 15 /) ; the cells in the interior, Fig. 14. Rosenvingea Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec. Habit of plant. (About natural size). 24 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Fig. 15. Rosenvingea Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec. a, b, c, the antler-like apices of the plant, d, longitudinal section through the basal part of the plant showing the hyphal filaments in the interior. e, transverse section of the basal part, f, surface cells with chromatophores. g, plurilocular sporangia seen from above. [a, b, c, about 15:1; d, e, about 150:1; f, g, about 200:1). Fig. 16. Rosenvingea Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec. Transverse section of the thallus with sori of plurilocular sporangia and hairs. (About 150 : 1). F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 25 especially the innermost, are lengthened, often nearly cylindrical. Here occur also now and then a few hyphal filaments running along the walls of the large cells. The surface cells each contain a small, irregularly lobed, flat chromatophore (Fig. 15 /). The large cells in the interior seem to be nearly or quite colourless. Hairs, isolated or a few together, occur scattered over the whole surface of the thallus (Fig. 16). They are found in the sterile as also in the fertile part of the thallus but most commonly in the latter, where they are present sometimes in the middle sometimes in the periphery of the sori and most often isolated though occasionally two-three together. The diameter of the hairs is about 8— 9 p. The plurilocular sporangia occur in irregularly formed groups spread over the whole surface of the frond (Fig. 17). The sporangia are devel- oped from the surface cells. They are cylindrical, or often somewhat clavate (Fig. 16) and reach a length of 20 p — 40// and even more and a breadth of 5 — 12 ft. Paraphyses are wanting. At the edges of the sori the sporangia become gradually shorter and pass evenly into the sterile surface cells. A small depression is sometimes found in the middle of the sori but not always. I had no sooner started to exa- mine this plant than I began to realize that I was probably dealing with a new genus. The plant appeared related to the family Encoeliaceæ and especially to the group Scytosiphoneæ, comp. Kjell- man in "Die natürl. Pflanzenfam.", 1. Theil, 2. Abt., p. 197. Certain difficulties arise in referring this plant to this group e. g. its ramification. 1 therefore asked the opinion of Professor Kuck- uck and he most kindly gave me very useful information. Professor Kuckuck agreed with me that my plant was a representative of a new genus and that it was nearly related to Scytosiphon. He directed my attention to some species till now usually referred to Asperococcus and to Chnoospora fastigiata and most kindly sent me drawings as well as preparations of these for comparison. Fig. 17. Rosenvingca Sanctæ Cruris nov. spec. Surface view of a plant show- ing the irregular groups of plurilocular sporangia. (About 20 : 1). 26 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. As to the last mentioned plant this was already known to me from the description of Chn. fastigiata by Mrs. Gepp1). And further I have been able to examine Chn. implexa by the kind- ness of Mme Weber. Even if these species are nearly related to Rosenvingea, it is to be remarked on the other hand that as I shall mention later on in more detail, they, especially Chn. fastigiata, differ so much from it, that they can not be referred to a common genus. With the above mentioned Asperococcus species the case is quite different. The species in question are : Asperococcus orien- talis J. Ag., Asperococcus intricatus J. Ag. and Asperococcus jastigi- atus Zanard. Here the correspondence is so great that there can be no doubt that they must be very closely related to my plant and therefore I have not hesitated to refer these species to Rosenvingea. Nearest related to my plant seems to be Rosenvingea orien- talis. It was originally described by J. Agardh in "Spec. Gen. et Ord. Alg.", vol. I, 1848, p. 78 and has later on been referred to Encoelium by Kützing („Spec", p. 551) and to Hydroclathrus by Heydrich in "Hedwigia", vol. 33, 1894. From Professor Kuckuck I obtained for comparison with my plant drawings and preparations. Judging from these Rosenvingea orientalis differs essentially by the absence of hairs, further the sporangia and the cells on the whole seem to be somewhat smaller. As I wished very much also to see the habit of the plant I asked Mme Weber to allow me to see her specimens from the Indian Ocean and she most kindly sent me all her dried material of this species to examine. These differ from my plant in their more slender thallus, especially the ends of the branches which are nearly hairlike ; on the other hand the plant has more than the double height of the mine and it is more richly branched. Of Rosenvingea intricata I have had a collection of dried original specimens from Vera Cruz, collected by Liebmann and determined by J. Agardh, further a dried specimen collected at Barbadoes by MUe Vickers and material in spirit collected during the "Siboga"-Expedition, which Mme Weber- van Bosse has most kindly lent to me. It is described by J. Agardh in "Alg. Liebm.", p. 7 and in "Species Alg.", I, p. 77. Kützing in "Species Alg.", p. 551 calls it Encoelium intricatum and gives a good figure of it in "Tab. ') E. S. Barton, On the Fruit of Ghnoospora fastigiata, J. Ag. in Journal of the Linnean Society, vol. XXXIII, 1898, p. 507. F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 27 Phycologicæ", vol. IX, pi. 5. Heydrich, 1. c. refers it to Hydro- clathrus. Rosenvingea intricata is a much and very irregularly branched species ; Mlle Vickers figure is a good one. So far I have been able to see hairs occur in groups several together both in the sterile part of the thallus and in the sori. In MIle Vickers' specimen the sori are roundish and sharply defined. This agrees with Heydrich's statement that: "H. intri- catus hat ziemlich scharf begrenzte Sori mit dicht gedrängt ste- henden langen Gametangien, welche 12 — 15 meist doppelte Ga- meten enthalten". The specimens of Liebmann I have examined were sterile. So far as I have been able to see the cells contain a single chromatophore. The third species, Rosenvingea jastigiata (Zanard.), is described by Zanardini in „Phycearum Indicarum Pugillus", p. 134, tab. 3, fig. 1 — 31) and where we have also a good figure of the plant; of the f. major Reinb. (in Schmidt, Flora of Koh Chang, Part IV, Bot. Tidsskrift, vol. 31, 1901) I have been able to examine origi- nal specimens and finally Prof. Kuckuck has most kindly sent me a preparation and a drawing of its sori. A well marked character is the group of hairs in the middle of the roundish sori. A small disc-shaped chromatophore is pre- sent in each of the epidermal cells. The habit of this plant is very different from mine. As mentioned above Rosenvingea is nearly related to Chnoo- spora in several ways. This genus has e. g. the same apex and ramification but it differs essentially in its solid somewhat com- pressed thallus - ). In Memorie del Reale Instituto Veneto, vol. 17, Venezia 1S72. Mme Weber- van Bosse has had the great kindness to allow me to examine a collection of Chnoospora implexa from the "Siboga"-Ex- pedition. As this species seems to differ considerably from Chn. fastigiata I give a short description. The solid thallus is somewhat compressed and consists of larger cells in the middle, and small cells with chromatophores at the periphery. Groups of plurilocular spor- angia were found scattered over the surface of the thallus. In these I found no hairs ; the latter occurred scattered in the sterile part of the thallus, but not in great numbers. The plurilocular sporangia differ somewhat from these I found in Rosenvingea ; they are more clavate and in the uppermost end divided into several rows of small cells. Above each sporangium we find the membrane of the mother cell. In each cell was an irregularly lobed chromatophore, and sometimes two occurred. From Chnoosp. fastigiata as we know this plant from Mrs. Gepp's description 1. c. p. 507, this species differs in its marked 28 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. From Scytosiphon Rosenvingea differs especially in its rami- fication and the want of paraphyses. With regard to the anatomical structure and as to the arrangement and shape of the sporangia Rosenvingea comes also near to Hydroclathrus and Colpomenia. Fa/77. 3. Mesogloiacece. Castagnea Derb, et Sol. 1. Castagnea Zosteræ (Mohr) Thur. Thuret in Le Jolis, Liste des Algues marines du Cherbourg, 1863, p. 85. Farlow, W. G., The Marine Algae of New England, 1881, p. 86, pi. 7, fig. 2. Bornet, E., Les Algues de P. K. A. Schousboe, 1892, p. 236. Rivularia Zosteræ Mohr, Bemerkungen über die Rothischen Rivularien in Weber, Beiträge zur Naturkunde, vol. 2, 1810, p. 367. A great confusion as to the definition of species and also of genera prevails in the group of Mesogloiaccæ, and several of the species of earlier authors are sometimes referred to one form, sometimes to another. When comparing my plant with earlier described forms it seemed to me that judging from their figure it showed no little likeness to Castagnea polycarpa Derb, et Sol. But great similarity with Farlow's figure of Castagnea Zosteræ was also obvious. On the other hand the method of growing in my plant seemed to differ essentially from the description of Schmitz (as to which more later) and having only very little authentic material (and that only dried) to compare with I asked Prof. Kuckuck as to his opionion of my plant. Prof. Kuckuck has now most kindly communicated to me that it seems to him that my plant comes near to Castagnea Zosteræ, but he added that he had not yet arrived to any definite conclusion as to the generic and specific arrangement in the group of Mesogloieæ. In the following I now give a description of my plant so detailed that I hope it may be possible to recognize it when Prof. Kuckuck's work: "Die Phæosporeen" has appeared. The specimens found were growing in tufts, 15 — 20 cms and more high, epiphytic upon the leaves of Thalassia testudinum. They were fixed to the leaves of the host plant by means of a small disc. The central main filaments are connected rather firmly together to form an axial fistulous layer, leaving a cavity open cryptostomata with numerous hairs around which the nearly cylindri- cal plurilocular sporangia occur. F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 29 in the middle. The union of the filaments is due to a tough mucilage which holds them together. But after boiling the plant for a short time in water the filaments easily separate in such a way that their mode of growth was observable. As the figures (Fig. 18 a, b, c) show the central filaments increase by means of intercalary growth. Each filament termi- Fig. 18. Castagnea Zosleræ (Mohr) Thur. Summits of filaments showing way of growing. (a, c, about 150 : 1 ; b, about 200: 1). nates with a long hair, the cells of which are long and colourless, at the upper end being shorter and shorter towards its base. Here we have the growing point from below which the cells of the main filaments are formed, and above those of the hairs. At their base the hairs have a thin sheath. When this method of growth has continued for a time the end of the filament is bent out laterally and a side branch similar 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. to the mother filament grows out as a prolongation; after some time this again is bent outwards and a new branch continues the Fig. 19. Castagnea Zosteræ (Mohr) Thur. et, summit of assimilation-filaments transformed to plurilocular sporangia * o, longitudinal section of the thallus ; c, unilocular sporangium ; d, trans- verse section of the thallus. (a, c, d, about 200:1; b, about 90:1). growth and so forth. The growth of the filaments is in this way sympodial (Fig. 18 a). Now and then it happens that the lengthening of the filaments also takes place monopodially for some time as the figure shows (Fig. 18 b). F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 31 Occasionally from the basal cell in the sympodium rhizoid- like fdaments grow downwards between the larger barrel-shaped cells of the main filaments (Fig. 18 a). Below the growing point the cells in the filaments remain short, further down they grow longer, nearly barrel-shaped, reach- ing a length of up to 200 fi or even more and a breadth of up to 80/*. The cells are nearly colourless and as mentioned above firmly connected ; upon a transverse section (Fig. 19 d) we find this central tube to be composed of several layers of cells. This central tube is entirely surrounded with the dense layer of assimilating filaments. From the outer side of nearly all the cells in the peripheral filaments short branches grow out (Fig. 19 b, d). Their basal undivided part mostly consists of a single cell or rarely of two or three, these cells bear the assimilating fila- ments sometimes also a hair. The assimilating filaments consist of a series of cells, the lowermost nearly cylindric and thin, those higher up thicker and moniliform; they have all, especially the uppermost cells, well- developed chromatophores. The diameter of the basal cylindrical cells reaches a length of about 8 tu, that of the upper moniliform cells of about 13 p.. The diameter of the hairs is about 11 (u long and the upper- most cells in these reach a length of up to 12 times the diameter. The plurilocular sporangia are formed by outgrowths from the uppermost cells of the assimilating filaments (Fig. 19 a). These cells, often several together, grow out to conical, or sometimes quite irregular, or even branched bodies which are divided by means of transverse and longitudinal walls. The gametes escape through an opening in the upper end of the sporangia (Fig. 19 a, d). A few unilocular sporangia were found together with the plurilocular sporangia in the same plant (Fig. 19 c) ; these are placed at the base of the assimilating-filaments. They are oval- ovate of shape, about 40// long and 60 p broad. The description of the method of growth of Castagnea (Eudesme) virescens given by Reinke1) and especially by Schmitz2) differs, it cannot be denied, most essentially from that I have found in my plant. Besides Castagnea, Schmitz also examined a Mijrio- cladia sp. and as to them he writes as follows: "Dabei fand ich nun, übereinstimmend bei den beiden genannten Arten, dass in J) Reinke, J., Algenflora der westlichen Ostsee, p. 76. 2) Schmitz, Fr., Kleinere Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Florideen, V. (Nuova Notarisia, vol. 5, 1894, p. 707). 32 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. jedem fortwachsenden Spross ein centraler Leitfaden, eine ächte Centralachse, das Spitzenwachsthum vermittelt. Diese monopodial fortsprossende Centralachse bildet nach allen Seiten aus ihren Gliederzellen Zweiglein, die theils langsamer, theils rascher heran- wachsen''. This short quotation shows clearly the differences that exist as in my plant I have always found several filaments in the growing point, and these filaments had a sympodial growth. On the other hand the growth of my plant seems to agree well with that which Mme Weber found in the plant referred by her to Bactrophora nigrescens1). Mme Weber has given a very detailed description and beautiful figures of its method of growth. In response to my request Mme Weber has also been so very kind as to allow me to examine her plant and having compared it with the mine I cannot deny that upon the whole it has much resemblance. The specimen I saw was sterile but Mme Weber has found unilocular sporangia. In this connection I wish also to draw attention to that which Prof. Kuckuck has written in a review2) of Mme Weber's paper: "Die Identifizierung einer Mesogloeacee als Bactrophora nigrescens erscheint dem Ref., der die HARVEY'sche Originalpflanze untersuchen konnte, sehr zweifelhaft. Das bei der malayischen Pflanze beobachtete sympodiale Wachstum kann er für andere Mesogloeaceen bestätigen". My plant was only found once in a somewhat sheltered place in shallow water ; it was growing epiphytic upon the leaves of Thalassia testudinum. St. Croix: At the estate Lt. Princess behind Long Reef. Geogr. Distrib. Atlantic coast of Europe and North America. Fam. 4. Myrionemacece. Myrionema Grev. 1. Myrionema spec. Upon an old Padina a small disc-shaped alga was found which showed much likeness to Myrionema, e. g. to forms of Myrionema vulgare as figured by Sauvageau in his paper treating of the Myrionemaceæ. The disc in this specimen increases by means of marginal growth ; seen from above it is found to be composed of horizontal filaments, radiating from the centre, being now and then dichoto- mously divided. ') Weber- van Bosse, A., Liste des Algues du Siboga, I, 1913, p. 139. -) In "Zeitschrift für Botanik, 6. Jahrg., 4. H., 1914, p. 361. F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish \Y. Indies. 33 The size of the cells differs rather much, their length being about 20 n and their breadth 10 ii more or less. Near the periphery the disc consists of a single layer of cells, in the middle of several. From the surface long hairs and short assimilating filaments grow upwards. The hairs have a basal growth zone and long colourless cells at their top. They have a well-developed sheath at their base. Their diameter is about 14 p. The assimilating filaments consist of 2 — 3 cells and reach a height of about- 35 j«; the cells contain some irregularly shaped small chromatophores. In the middle of the disc the cells in the upper end of the assimilating filaments were divided by longitudinal walls being at the same time also darker coloured, this most probably being the beginning of the plurilocular sporangia. Above these divided cells the epidermis of the mother cell was often present in the mucilage. No further developed sporangia were found and a more definite determination is therefore impossible. Only found once, St. Thomas: at the shore of Water Island. Fam. 5. Ralfsiacece. Ralfsia Berk. 1. Ralfsia expansa J. Ag. J. Agardh, Species Algarum, I, p. 63. F. Borgesen, Two crusta- ceous brown algæ from the Danish West Indies (Nuova Notarisia, Serie XXIII, 1912). A. Weber, Algues du Siboga, I, p. 146. Myrionema (?) expansum J. Ag., Nya alger från Mexico (Öf versigt af K. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlinger, 4, 1847, p. 5, Stockholm 1848). Though using the name of J. Agardh for this plant I may point out that the description of Agardh (1. c.) is so poor that an identification by means of it is impossible and as, moreover, the original specimen of Ralfsia expansa, collected by Liebmann at Vera Cruz and now in the Botanical Museum, Copenhagen, is sterile, an exact identification by means of it is also excluded. The using of Agardh's name in spite of this is chiefly because the sterile thallus of Liebmann's specimen seems quite to agree with my specimens and furthermore also, because the plant in question has been found in nearly the same flora-district. The plant when young forms orbicular later on more irregu- lar crusts, often growing together to coriaceous expansions on Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. 3 34 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. ÆftWfoKrffirøTflfWpi ff stones and rocks. It has a dark brown colour. In young speci- mens the surface is nearly even and smooth with more or less conspicuous concentric striations, in older ones rather uneven, bullate and often somewhat folded. The thallus is rather easily sepa- rated from the substratum. The sterile part of the thallus is built in good accordance with that of Ralfsia verrucosa: from a horizontal layer of cells, arch-formed cell-threads grow up turning their convex side against the edge of the thallus, forming in this way a parenchymatical layer in good agreement with Reinke's schematic figure of Ralfsia verrucosa in "Al- genflora" p. 48 ; often the leaf is more or less bilateral as shown in Figs. 20 and 21 being like the figure c of Reinke 1. c, referring to some form from the Chan- nel of Ralfsia verrucosa and in this way showing much likeness to Ralfsia deusta. The chromatophore in the material preserved in alcohol was not especially prominent ; it was plate-shaped and a single one was found in each cell. Fig. 20. Ralfsia expansa J. Ag. Transverse section of the thallus with unilocular sporangia (40: 1). ,V' ^-^^■•■^fSÄ'' >""■*' i'^'''1*'- ' •v%. f^>^" Fig. 21. Ralfsia expansa J. Ag. Transverse section of the thallus near the edge (40: 1). Groups of hairs occur rather abundantly. Both unilocular and plurilocular sporangia were met withr occurring on different plants. The unilocular sporangia (Fig. 22 a and b) are laterally placed upon the assimilating filaments and F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 35 nearly always stalked, having a single basal cell, very seldom I have found sporangia without this cell. They are oblong-pyri- form; but as to the form and size some differences occur. In one specimen from the reef between the Hurricane Island and St. Thomas they were nearly oval-pyriform, 75 p long and 30 p. broad and the assimilating filaments about 100 p long (Fig. 22 a); in another specimen collected at the French wharf in the harbour of St. Thomas they were much longer, oval-pyriform to clavate Fig. 22. Ralfsia expansa J. Ag. a and b, unilocular sporangia ; c, plurilocular sporangia. (About 300 : 1) until 120 p long without the basal cell and 30 p broad and the assimilating fdaments up to 170 p long (Fig. 22 b). The assimilating filaments consisting of from 8 to 14 cells are thinnest (about 3 p.) and the cells of which they are composed longest somewhat below their middle, the cells growing thicker and shorter towards their base and especially towards their top, the filaments assuming herewith a clavate appearance. The plurilocular sporangia (Fig. 22 c) are formed by the assimilating filaments, the cells in their uppermost part being 36 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. divided by vertical and horizontal walls into smaller, more or less cubical cells. The sporangia are about 5 — 6 fi thick. So far as I can see, this form seems to be very nearly re- lated to Ralfsia verrucosa and especially it comes near to that large form collected by Schousboe in Maroc and described by Kuckuck in "Bemerkungen zur marinen Algen vegetation von Helgoland", I, p. 244. The most essential differences between the West Indian form and Ralfsia verrucosa are, that the spor- angia in the first-mentioned form seem to be somewhat longer sometimes nearly clavate, that the sporangia have a small cell at their base, which is not mentioned in Kuckuck's description nor found in the excellent figures of Ralfsia verrucosa in Reinke's "Atlas"; only in Harvey, "Phycologia Britannica", pi. XGVIII, fig. 5 such a cell is figured. As to the plurilocular sporangia a difference is also present, the large top cell of the sporangia in Ralfsia verrucosa being after Kuckuck, 1. c. p. 242, colourless and sterile. On the other hand, the paraphyses of the West Indian form seem quite to agree with those of Ralfsia verrucosa. So long as our knowledge of Ralfsia verrucosa and its diffe- rent forms remains somewhat deficient (cfr. Reinke, 1. c. and Kuckuck, 1. c.) I think it most correct to consider our form as a special species. Should later examinations of the different forms now referred to Ralfsia verrucosa show, that they all really belong to this species, it would perhaps be most natural to consider the West Indian form also as a variety of R. verrucosa. This species occurred in shallow water near the surface of the sea on rocks and stones in rather exposed as well as more sheltered localities. It is found with unilocular and plurilocular sporangia in the months December — March. It is a common species at the shores of the Danish Islands, especially at St. Thomas and St. Jan. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Indian Ocean. Fa/7?. 6. Lithodermataceæ. Lithoderma Aresch. 1. Lithoderma spec. Upon a stone together with Ralfsia were found some thin crusts of a brown alga. It has marginal growth and consists of a basal layer of cells from which the erect filaments grow up- wards (Fig. 23). F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 37 The basal cells are oblong rectangular and arranged in fairly clear rows, occasionally dichotomously divided (Fig. 23 b). From these cells the assimilating filaments grow up. These are likewise now and then dichotomously divided and composed of rather short cells; the diameter of the filaments, which are rather firmly connected, is about 8 — 10^. The chromatophores were not very clear, even after having been stained ; nevertheless I think that each cell contains a few irregular discs. Fig. 23. Lithoderma spec, a, transverse section of thallus. b, part of the disc. (About 200: 1). As the plant was sterile any more precise determination was excluded. Only found once upon a stone in quite shallow water. St. Jan: Cruz Bay. Fa/?7. 7. Cutleriacece. Aglaozonia Zanard. 1. Aglaozonia canadensis Sau v. C. Sauvageau, Observations sur quelques Dictyotacées et sur un Aglaozonia nouveau (Bulletin de la Station biologique d'Arcachon, 8, 1904—5). Borgesen, F., Two crustaceous brown algæ from the Danish West Indies (Nuova Notarisia, Serie XXIII, 1912). On the exposed coast of the rocky north-west side of St. Croix I have collected a crust-shaped alga which seems quite to 38 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. agree with Aglaozonia canariensis described by Sauvageau. As his preliminary note on this alga is without any figures and a certain identification therefore was difficult, I have sent a drawing to Professor Sauvageau and asked him if my supposition was correct. Professor Sauvageau quite agreed with me and has also most kindly sent me some material of his plant, to compare with the mine. As already mentioned, my plant was found on exposed coasts and it was here growing as large expansions covering the rocks Fig. 24. Aglaozonia canariensis Sau v. a, transverse section of the thaüus with rhizoids. b, edge of the thallus seen trom above, c, transverse section of the edge of the thallus. d, transverse section of the thallus with young hairs. (About 70: 1). with a dark-brown crust. It is of a coriaceous consistency. The edges of the thallus are roundish lobed and the lobes grow more or less over each other in a similar way as in Ralfsia. It adheres firmly to the substratum by means of numerous multi- cellular rhizoids (fig. 24 a) ending in a disc with irregularly divided, often coralliform prolongations. The cells in the un- branched part of the rhizoids are often swollen in the middle, this assuming thereby a moniliform appearance, but quite cylindric cells also occur. If we examine the thallus from above (Fig. 24 b) we find F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 39 that it is composed of numerous rows of cells radiating flabelli- form out from the margin ; along this we find a series of large cells and these divide themselves gradually by longitudinal and transverse walls, each in this way giving rise to 2 — 4 rows of cells. In a transverse section (Fig. 24 a) we find that the thallus consists of a medullary layer of large cells with dark brown contents in the middle, and one or two, on the upper side occasion- ally even three, large flat cells; at the surface on both sides an epidermal layer of small cells. The large flat cells nearest the periphery are most often, in any case in older parts of the thallus, divided by vertical, secondary walls into two to four cells, more seldom horizontal walls also occur. A transverse section of the edge (Fig. 24 c) shows the develop- ment of the thallus. First by a vertical wall a large cell is cut off from the topcell and at the new cells upper and under side two flat cells are formed from which the epidermal layer has it origin, the cells on the upper side being gradually divided into 4 — 6 small cells those below most often only in two or not at all (comp. Fig. 24 a). From the large cell in the middle of the thallus one, two or sometimes even three flat cells are cut off on the upper side, one or sometimes two from its under side. While these cells on the side below most often are undivided, sometimes though divided by a vertical wall into two cells, those on the upper side are somewhat more divided especially the uppermost cells. The large cells in the middle are sometimes also divided by vertical walls into two cells (the two cells to the right in Fig. 24 a). The rhizoids are outgrowths from the epidermal cells below. Upon the upper side of the thallus here and there scattered groups of hairs occur ; the hairs have their origin from epidermal cells (Fig. 24 d). Unfortunately all my material was sterile. As will be clear from this description, my plant seems to agree with that of Sauvageau, only that it is sterile, and this I have also confirmed by examination of original material from the Canary Isles which Prof. Sauvageau has most kindly sent to me. In my preliminary paper I have pointed out that Raljsia ceylanica Harv. most probably belongs to this species. And the same I think is also the case with Zonaria parvula Grev. var. duplex Heydrich. In the Danish West Indies Aglaozonia canariensis was found on very exposed coast incrusting the rocks at about high water 40 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. mark and somewhat below. It was gathered in February and was then sterile. St. Croix: at Northside estate. Geogr. Distrib. Canary Isles, Indian Ocean? Fa m . 8. Sphacelariaceæ. Sphacelaria Lyngb. 1. Sphacelaria trihuloides Menegh. Meneghini, Lettere al Corinaldi, 1840, p. 2, No. 1 (non vidi). Sauvageau, C, Remarques sur les Spacélariacées. p. 123 and p. 237. (Extr. du Journal de Botanique, 1900—1904). Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, Part II, pi. XXVI. Specimens occurred with propagula and plurilocular sporangia. This species is found growing upon stones, shells and similar objects. It occurs in the upper sublittoral and in the littoral region and in both exposed and sheltered places. St. Croix: Northside. St. Thomas: The Harbour, Water Island, Store Nordside Bugt. Geogr. Distrib. All warm and temperated seas as far north as Scotland in the Atlantic. 2. Sphacelaria furcigera Kiitz. Kutzing, Fr., Tabulæ Phycologicæ, vol. V, p. 27, tab. 90, fig. II. Sauvageau, C, Remarques sur les Sphacélariacées, p. 145. (Journal de Botanique, vol. XV, p. 1901). Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, Part II, pi. XXV. Specimens were found with plurilocular sporangia and propagula. The plant occurred partly upon stones etc. twisted among other small algæ e. g. Struvea anastomosans, partly also upon larger brown algæ, Sargassum etc. It grows in the littoral and upper sublittoral region and is collected in exposed as well as more sheltered places. St. Thomas: St. Nordside Bugt, the Harbour. Geogr. Distrib. All warm and temperated seas as far north as Heligoland and the Færoes. 41 F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. II. Cyclosporales. Fam. 1. Dictyotacece. Zonaria Draparn. 1. Zonaria variegata (Lamx.) Mert. Mertens in Martius, Icones plant, cryptog., p. 6, tab. II, fig. II1). Richards, H. M., Notes on Zonaria variegata, Lamx. (Proceed, of the American Acad, of Arts and Sciences, 1890). Sauvageau, C, Observations sur quelques Dictyotacées et sur un Aglaozonia nouveau (Bullet, de la Station biolog. d'Arcachon, 8, 1904—5). Vickers, A. , Phycologia Barba- densis, part II, pi. VI b. Dictyota variegata Lamx., Essai, p. 57, tab. V, figs. 7 — 9. Gymnosorus variegatus (Lamx.) J. Ag., Analecta algolog., cont. I p. 11, 1894. Fig. 25. Zonaria variegata (Lamx.) Mert. Transverse sections of the thallus. a, with a young sorus upon the upper side and old, emptied sporangia upon the lower; b, with a group of hairs upon the lower face ; c, of a young thallus. (a, about 50:1; b, c, about 90:1). In the above mentioned important paper, Sauvageau has in much detail described specimens of this plant, collected by him at Teneriffe. ]) The figure is rather unlike my specimens. 42 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. It is upon this species especially that J. Agardh has based his new genus Gymnosorus, as according to his idea the sori should have no indusium. As pointed out by Sauvageau this is quite wrong, a well developed indusium being present (see Fig. 25 a). On the whole I can confirm the observations of Sauvageau. In the West Indies I have found the plant in deep water only and in the Indian Ocean Mme Weber has dredged it in depths from 15 to 150 meters ; Sauvageau on the other hand found it in shallow water. I have mostly found the erect form ; decumbent, creeping specimens occurred but they were not so firmly attached to the substratum as to be compared with Aglaozonia canadensis as Sauvageau has done. But it should be remembered that Sau- vageau collected his plant in shallow and perhaps in exposed places where a firm attachment is necessary to the plant. The West Indian plants were found growing upon Lithothamnion , pieces of corals and similar bodies, spreading over these, and when reaching the edges the free lobes turn upwards, mostly in an oblique direction, seldom or perhaps never quite vertically. These free lobes reach a length up to 5 cms or more. In transverse section (Fig. 25) we find that they are only very slightly dorsiventral ; as pointed out by Sauvageau an extra layer of cells are found upon the lower face of the erect thallus. Groups of hairs occur upon both sides of the plant; they are usually spread as well in the sterile part and some- times also in the sori, now and then they are arranged in rather distinct concentric rings. The sori especially the smaller ones are often elongated and arranged in concentric rings, but large irregularly formed groups are often present. The sori occur upon both sides of the thallus perhaps most com- monly upon the lower face as pointed out by Sauvageau. They have always a well developed indusium (Fig. 25 a). As my spec- imens had either old emptied sporangia or quite young ones I have not been able to see the number of spores in each sporan- Fig. 26. Zonaria variegata (Lamx.] Mert. Margin of the thallus. (About 90: 1). F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 43 gium. The sporangia are not pedicellated. In my specimens I have not found paraphyses. I have collected the plant in February and March and as mentioned above in deep water only, from 10 — 40 meters. It occurred in open sea or in places where strong currents prevailed. St. Croix: near Buck Island, off Frederiksted. St. Jan: in the Sound between this island and St. Thomas in several places, and near Thatch Island, off Annaberg, Hermitage etc. St. Thomas: in the sea west of Water Island. Geogr. Distrib. Seems to be common in all warmer seas. 2. Zonaria lobata Ag. C. Agardh, Systema Algarum, 1824, p. 265. J. Agardh, Species Al- garum, vol. I, 1848, p. 109. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, II, 1S72, p. 46. Harvey, Nereis Bor.-Am., Part I, 1851, p. 105, pi. VII C. C. Sauvageau, Observations sur quelques Dictyotacées et sur un Aglaozonia nouveau. (Bull, de la Station biol. d'Arcachon, 1904 — 1905, 8e année). A. Vickers, Phycologia Barbadensis, part II, pl. VI. Stypopodium lobatum Kütz., Tabulæ Phycologicæ, vol. IX, p. 25, pl 63 fig.I. Of this species I have myself collected only a very few specimens, but I have received several from Mr. O. Hansen Ganneskov collected on the coast of St. Croix but without locality. The specimens I have collected were taken in shallow water and in a somewhat exposed locality. St. Croix: Cane Bay. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Brasilia, Canary Isles, Cape, Galapagos Island, Japan? Padina Adans. Up to the present time much confusion has prevailed as to the synonomy of the species belonging to this genus. In her latest large paper concerning the Algæ of the »Siboga« Mme Weber-van Bosse has given very useful information as to several incompletely described species, having examined the origi- nal specimens in Herb. Thuret-Bornet, in Herb. Kützing and others and given a detailed description of each. The characteristic features of the species are based upon 1) the mutual distribution of the organs of propagations and series of hairs, 2) the presence or absence of indusium and 3) the number of cell layers in the thallus. u Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Xr. 2. J. Agardh1) was the first to point out that the mutual arrangement of the hairs and the frutifying organs could be used to distinguish the species. Later on Hauck^) put this into Fig. 27. Padina Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec. a, cells from the lower face of the thallus. b, transverse section of thallus near th3 base, c, transverse section of the margin of the thallus with a young group of hairs, d, vegetative cells from the surface together with sporangia and indusium. e, transverse section of the thallus with sporangia and hairs. (About 90 : 1). J) J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, 2dra Afdeln., p. 115. (Lunds Univ. Årsskrift, T. XVII). '-') F. Hauck, Ueber einige von I. M. Hildebrandt im Rothen Meere und Indischen Ocean gesammelte Algen ("Hedwigia", vol. 26, 1887, p.41). F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 45 practice and he proposed three groups. His classification ougtht now to be essentially modified after the examination of Mme Weber. Referring for detail to the paper itself I shall only here mention what has a special interest concerning the West Indian species. Thus it is pointed out that J. Agardh has been wrong in referring Padina gymnospora, P. Antillariim and P. variegata to P. Durvillaei and that Hauck also has been mistaken when he refers P. gymnospora Kütz., distributed in the exsiccata of Hohenacker (no 515) to Padina Commersonii. To be sure Mlle Vickers had even in 1905 Padina gymnospora and P. variegata in her "Liste des Algues marines de la Barbade1' but she gives no reasons for taking up these species. Of course it is most probable that she has got some information from Dr. Bornet. The West Indian forms collected by me I have referred to the two species of Kützing : P. gymnospora and P. variegata and further to a new species. 1. Padina Sauctae Crucis nov. spec. Frons membranacea, 10 — 15 cm alta, pluries subfissa, seg- ments terminalibus flabellatis, duobus cellularum stratis composita, rhizoideis numerosissimis e parte basali angustiore ortis adfixa. Pili in zonas concentrales ordinati, sori tetrasporangiorum supra alternas series pilorum concentrice distributi sunt. As pointed out in the diagnosis this species is characterized by having a distromatic thallus through its whole length (comp. Fig. 21 b, c, e), by the di- stribution of the tetraspor- angia, the latter occurring in broad series along the upper side of every second row of hairs (Fig. 28) and by the presence of a well- developed indusium covering the tetrasporangia-sori (Fig. 27 d, e). The plant reaches a height of about 10 — 15 cms and is somewhat incrusted „ F'g- ,28- Padina St. Crucis nov. spec. Part of the thallus seen from above show- with chalk upon the lower jng the mutual arrangement of the series surface , hence the dried of hairs and tetrasporangia. plant has here a whitish colour with dark brown rings, while the upper side is yellow brown with darker rings. 46 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. As above mentioned the thallus consists of two layers of cells, a thinner one with nearly rectangular cells upon the sur- face (Fig. 27 c, e), and a layer of larger cells below. The whole thallus has a thickness of about 90 ,«, the cells of the surface of about 35 ii. In the basal part the cells have thick walls (Fig. 27 b) and are of nearly the same size upon both side of the thallus ; from both cell-layers numerous rhizoids grow out forming a dense cover and below the attachment-disc. Series of hairs occur upon both sides of the thallus but most richly upon the upper surface. In several respects this species very much reminds one of P. gymnospora having nearly the same arrangement of the tetra- sporangia though with the difference that the upper series of hairs occur at some distance from the tetrasporangia; further it differs in the presence of the indusium and by the distromatic thallus. This species has only been found once in the upper sublittoral region in a somewhat exposed place. St. Croix: Coakley Bay. 2. Padina gymnospora (Kiitz.) Vickers. Vickers, A., Liste des Algues de la Barbade (Ann. des sc. nat., Bot., 9e serie, t. I, 1905, p. 58); Phycologia Barbadensis, pi. VII. Weber-van Bosse, A., Liste des Algues du Siboga, I, 1913, p. 178—180. Zonaria gymnospora Kütz., Tab. Phycolog., vol. IX, 1859, p. 29, tab. 71, flg. II. To this species, originally described from St. Thomas I have referred several specimens of which in the following lines I give a more detailed description. In its upper part near the margin the thallus only consists of two layers of cells namely upon the upward turned side a layer of small cells, in transverse section nearly square, and below a layer of larger cells, rectangular, higher than broad. The thickness of the whole thallus is about HO/*, while the upper small cells only reach about 35 (x in height and the larger cells below about 75 p. Lower down in the thallus the large cells are gradually divided by a horizontal wall (Fig. 29 a) and the thallus consists now of three layers of cells. It is the same also near the base but here the cells of the lower face are also divided by vertical walls into small cells similar to those of the upper sur- face (Fig. 29 d). F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 47 In the basal part the cell walls are very thick and numerous rhizoids grow out from the surface cells on both side of the thallus. These rhizoids consist of thickwalled, nearly cylindrical Fig. 29. Padina gymnospora (Kütz.) Vickers. a, transverse section of thallus with emptied and not emptied tetraspor- angia and hairs, b, surface of thallus with tetrasporangia. c, lower face of thallus with hairs, d, transverse section of thallus near the base. (About 90: 1). 48 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. cells and are much ramified. They enclose the narrow, basal part of the thallus and form together with it the flattened disc by means of which the plant is fastened to the substratum. Groups of hairs in concentric rings occur upon both sides of the thallus (Fig. 29 a) but mostly upon the upper surface. The tetrasporangia are disposed mostly in regular concentric rings; these are rather regularly arranged in such a way that each series of tetrasporangia has a row of hairs on each side (Fig. 30). The groups of tetrasporangia are not covered by any indu- sium (Fig. 29 a, b); the tetrasporangia originate each from a single surface cell (Fig. 29 a) as already described by Nägeli and Reinke for Padina Pavonia. The surface cells are vaulted up- wards and when they have grown somewhat they are divided by a horizontal wall near their base into two cells, the uppermost being the sporangia. These are spherical or pyriform of shape and are opened by a large hole at their apex (Fig. 29 a). In referring this form to Kiitzing's Zonaria gymnospora I must point out that compared with the figure of Kützing it differs considerably ; for instance the transverse section of the thallus with tetrasporangia (1. c, pi. 71, II, fig. c) does not quite agree with what I have found and that the plant near the base should be composed of so many layers of cells as shown in fig. d is quite in contradiction to my observations ; I only have found 3 layers of cells though surrounded certainly by a thick layer of rhizoids. Yet I want to point out that if we look more carefully at Kützing's figure b, representing surface view of thallus with tetra- *^^^;^^ ;x sporangia, we will find that these are drawn in groups and each of these groups is surrounded by a common line, suggesting an indu- sium, compare my figure 27 d of P. Sanctæ Cruris; in the correspon- ding figure of P. Antillarum (Kütz., Tab. Phycol., pi. 12, fig. lid) such a common ring is not present. How J.f?°-TP"dina gymnospora ^^ stfmd ^ ^^ ig Kutz. Vickers. Part of the J thallus showing the mutual ar- not easy to say without access to rangement of the series of hairs original specimens, but in any case and tetrasporangia. Kützing in the diagnosis of Zonaria (About Vl-i-.l). gymnospora says: "sporis nudis". F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish \Y. Indies. 49 ]y[me Weber-van Bosse points out that P. auslralis Hauck is very nearly related to this species and from my own observa- tion that the frond of Padina gymnospora is distromatic in the upper part of the thallus this relation is yet more evident. Regarding P. australis Hauck1) himself says: "Der Blattkörper besteht jedoch bis zur Basis nur aus zwei Zellenlagen", but Mme Weber has also found specimens with three layers of cells. Padina gymnospora occurs in the littoral and upper sublittoral region and is found both in more sheltered and in quite exposed places. It has been collected with tetraspores in the months Dec. — March. It has been gathered: St. Thomas, in several places in the harbour; St. Croix: Cane Bay, North Side; St. Jan: Cruz Bay. Geogr. D ist rib. West Indies. 3. Padina variegata (Lamx.) Hauck. Hauck, F., Ueber einige von I. M. Hildebrandt im Rothen Meere und Indischen Ocean gesammelte Algen (Hedwigia, vol. 28, 1887, p. 42). Küt- zing, F., Tabulæ Phycolog., tab. 73, fig. II. Vickers, A., Phycolog. Barba- densis, part II, pi. VIII. Dictyota variegata Lamx., Expos, des caractéres du genre Dictyota (Journ. de Bot., t. II, 1809, p. 40). Zonaria variegata C. Agardh, Species Algarum, vol. I, 1823, p. 127. Fig. 31. Fig. 32. Fig. 31. Padina variegata (Lamx.) Hauck. Part of the thallus showing the mutual arrangement of the series of hairs and tetrasporangia. (About 1'I_>:1). Fig. 32. Padina variegata (Lamx.) Hauck. Part of the thallus with series of hairs and antheridia (the white zones). (About I1!,- : 1). ') Hauck, F., Ueber einige von I. M. Hildebrandt im Rothen Meere und Indischen Ocean gesammelte Algen ("Hedwigia", 1887, vol. 26, p. 44). Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. 4 50 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. This species has a well developed indusium and is further- more characterized by the fact that the organs of propagation and the series of hairs alternate regularly (Figs. 31, 32). At the extreme edge the thallus consists only of two layers of cells, namely: a surface layer consisting of smaller cells nearly square in transverse section and a layer of larger cells below. These last mentioned cells are soon divided by horizontal walls into a number of cells, varying somewhat in the different spec- imens. The cell-layer below is again divided by vertical walls into small cells similar to those of the surface. Fig. 33. Padina variegata (Lamx.) Hauck. a, transverse section of the thallus with tetrasporangia. b, transverse sec- tion of the thallus with oogonia. c, surface view of thallus with tetraspor- angia. (About 90 : 1). The cells between the two epidermal layers are mostly rather long and flat ; we find here up to six layers varying in the different specimens. Lower down in the thallus near the base almost all the cells are divided into smaller cells nearly quadratic when seen on transverse section (Fig. 34 b). Hairs occur upon both sides of the thallus (Fig. 34 a) most numerous upon the surface ; sometimes a corresponding series of hairs are found upon both sides of the thallus. The rows of tetrasporangia are as already mentioned regu- F. Børgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 51 larly alternating with the series of hairs (Fig. 31) ; they are placed most often nearest the lower row of hairs. The rows of oooooqpo oooooooq Fig. 34. Padina variegata (Lamx.) Hauck. a, transverse section of the thallus with groups of hairs, b, transverse sec- tion of the thallus with rhizoids near the base, c, epidermal cells from the lower fase of the thallus. (About 90: 1). tetrasporangia are not always uniform but often separate in dis- persed smaller groups of sori. As mentioned above these are Fig. 35. Padina variegata (Lamx.) Hauck. a, transverse section of the antherial zone with indusium. b, antheridia. c, antheridia seen from above, (a, about 60:1; b, c, about 170: 1). covered by a well-marked indusium (Fig. 33 a, c). the tetrasporangium is roundish pear-shaped. The shape of 4* 52 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. The oogonia (Fig. 33 b) occur in the area of the frond be^ tween the series of hairs thus corresponding with the distribu- tion of the tetrasporangia. They are found either in series and then sometimes in two parallel rows, or they are often scattered into numerous small roundish groups. The single oogonium is pear-shaped cylindric with broad base ; it is about 80 // long and 45 n broad. Of this species I have also collected antheridia-bearing plants. These were rather small, about 2 cm high, and have the antheridia arranged in rather broad series alternating regularly with the rows of hairs (Fig. 32) just as is the case of the tetrasporangia. The antheridia (Fig. 35) are of nearly cubic form, ca. 30// broad and 75/7. high; they originate from a surface cell and, just as is the case with the mother cell of the tetrasporangia, so here a small cell is cut off at the base. Sometimes I have found antheridia also upon the lower face of the frond and correspond- ing with the series upon the surface. No trace of oogonia were found in these plants. MIle Vickers gives a picture of the antheridia of this species but without any description. Judging from the description by Hauck (1. c.) concerning P. dubia the distribution of the antheridia in this species seems to come very near to that in the present plant. On the other hand the distribution of the antheridia in Padina Pavonia differs much from our plant. Here the antheridia occur together with the oogonia in the same plant and the antheridia form radiating series at right-angle to the concentric series of oogonia1). This species occurs in the littoral and upper sublittoral region in sheltered or somewhat exposed places. It has been found with tetrasporangia in Dec. — March and with antheridia in December. It is most probably a common species. St. Croix: Christiansted, Longford, Great Pond. St. Thomas: Store Nordside Bugt. St. Jan: Cruz Bay. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. Dictyota Lamx. With regard to the determination of the species of this jenus I may point out that the very good figures in Mlle Vickers ') Reinke, J., Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Untersuchungen über die Dictyotaceen des Golfs von Neapel. (Nova Acta d. k. Leop.-Carol.- Deutschen Academie, Bd. XL, 1878, p. 24). F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 53 "Phycologia Barbadensis" have been of much help to me, the more so since I think Dr. Bornet assisted her a good deal in their preparation. While some of the species found seem to be fairly well defined, others are much more variable and therefore often diffi- cult to recognize. As is the case with many other algæ so also here the external conditions of life seem greatly to alter the appearance of the thallus. It seems therefore most probable that an examination of a large collection from different localities and in different stages of development will prove that some of the plants now considered as distinct species are really only forms. 1. Dictyota Bartayresiana Lamx. Lamouroux, Exposition des caractéres du genre Dictyota (Journ. de Botanique, t. II, 1809, p. 43). J. Agardh, Species Algarum, vol. I, p. 94. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, V, p. 97. J. Agardh, Analecta algol., cont. I, p. 66. Harvey, Nereis Bor.-Am., p. 110, pi. VIII C. A. Vickers, Phycol. Barbad., pi. XII and XIII. The specimens referred to this species are rather variable ; on the whole they agree well with the figures of Mlle Vickers. Some of the specimens also show some likeness with Dictyota wlubilis and especially with Diet, partialis. The ends of the branches are sometimes acute, sometimes more rounded; MmeWEBER- van Bosse1) also mentions a form with rounded summits. Only tetrasporangia-bearing specimens were found. The tetra- sporangia occur upon both sides of the frond. They are either solitary or placed a few together and scattered over the whole surface. This species mostly occurs in shallow water in sheltered places. Often it is lying loose, covering the sandy bottom behind the coral reefs. Once I dredged it at a depth of about 20 meters. With the exception of the more exposed coasts it is a common species on the shores of the Danish Islands. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Indian Ocean, tropical Australia. 2. Dictyota linearis (Ag.) Grev. Greville, Algæ Britannicæ, p. XLIII. J. Agardh, Species Algarum, I, p. 90. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, V, p. 101. J. Agardh, Analecta algol., cont. I, p. 77. Kützing, Tab. Phycolog., vol. IX, tab. 21, fig. II. J) Weber-van Bosse, Liste des algues du Siboga, p. 182. 54 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Dictyota angustissima Sonder in Kützing, 1. c, tab. 21, fig. IV. Zonaria linearis Ag., Species Algarum, I, p. 134. Dictyota fibrosa Kütz., 1. c, tab. 15, fig. II. Dictyota divaricata Kütz., 1. c, tab. 23, fig. I. The specimens found were much like the figures of Kützing quoted above. All were sterile. They were dredged in the open sea in a depth of about 40 meters. St Croix: Off Frederiksted. Geogr. D ist rib. Tropical America, Mediterranean Sea, Canary Isles etc. 3. Dictyota volubilis Kütz. Kützing, F., Species Algarum, 1849, p. 554. Vickers, A., Phycol. Barbad., pi. XX. The specimens referred to this species accord well with the good figure of Mlle Vickers. But how far this form of Vickers rightly is considered as belonging to the species of Kützing seems to me doubtful. In any case it cannot be denied that the figure of Kützing in "Tabulæ Phycologicæ", vol. IX, pi. 13, fig. II, is very different from the West Indian plant. This question can of course only be settled by means of the original specimens. The most characteristic features of the plant are the marked twisting of the whole frond and the broad sinus between the branches, the angles being often obtuse. All my specimens were sterile. This species is found in shallow water and in somewhat deeper, down to a depth of about 10 — 12 meters. When found in shallow water it was in sheltered places and here it was generally lying loose upon the bottom forming entangled masses. It has been found: St. Croix: Christiansted, Longford, off Frederik- sted and near Buck Island. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Mediterranean Sea? 4. Dictyota pardalis Kütz. F. Kützing, Tabulæ Phycologicæ, vol. IX, p 16, tab. 39, fig. II. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, V, p. 100. J. Agardh, Analecta algolog., Contin. I, p. 68. A. Vickers, Phycologia Barbadensis, pi. XXI. The specimens considered as belonging to this species were more irregularly dichotomously ramified than Dictyota volubilis and not or only very little twisted. Some of the specimens show F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 00 much likeness to Diclyota Bartayresiana. M,ne Weber has also suggested (in "Algues du Siboga", p. 182) that the present plant may perhaps be nothing more than a form of this species. The specimens were found in shallow water and in sheltered places only. Most of them were lying loose upon the bottom. It has been collected, St. Croix: Behind Long Reef, Salt River. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. 5. Dietyota Indica Sond. Sonder in Kltzing, Tab. Phycol., vol. IX, p. 8, tab. 17, fig. I. Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, pi. XVIII. The specimens referred to this species were much like the figure of Mlle Vickers (1. c). They are repeatedly dichotomously ramified and somewhat twisted. The tetrasporangia and oogonia occur upon both sides of the frond, the first-mentioned in small scattered groups, mostly two to three together. In the open sea the specimens are rather rigid, in sheltered places more flabby. When found in the open sea it is usually in deeper water down to a depth of about 10—12 meters, when found in sheltered places it occurs only in shallow water. St. Croix: off Frederiksted, Longford, near Buck Island, Lt. Princess, Christiansteds Lagoon; St. Thomas: Bovoni Lagoon; St. Jan: Reef Bay. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. 6. Dietyota ciliata J. Ag. J. Agardh, In Historiam Alg. Symbolæ ("Linnæa", XV, 1841, p. 5). J. Agardh, Spec. Alg., I, p. 23. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, V, p. 94. J. Agardh, Analecta Algologica, Contin. I, p. 75. Harvey, Nereis Bor. -Am., p. 110, pi. VIII A. F. Kutzing, Tab. Phycol., vol. IX, pi. 27. A. Vickers, Phycol. Barbad., pi. XVII. This species is as well known characterized by the presence of small acute teeth along the margin of the thallus. When it is growing in sheltered places it has a tendency to become proli- ferous along the margins as shown in the one figure of Mlle Vickers. The tetrasporangia occur in small scattered groups on both sides of the frond and contain a few, or up to ten sporangia in each group. The oogonia form small roundish sori also upon both sides of the thallus. And the same is the case with the distribution of the antheridia which form rather large, oblong to oval groups. The single antheridium is about 50 (i long and 30 ft 56 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. broad and somewhat broader upwards. Seen from above the antheridia are more or less quadratic by mutual pressure. This species is found in much exposed localities and also in quite sheltered. It occurs in shallow water and in deeper, down to a depth of about 10 meters. It has been collected round St. Croix, at Northside, Longford, Buck Island and in the Lagoon of Christiansted. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Vera Cruz, Red Sea etc. 7. Dictyota crenulata J. Ag. J. Agardh, Nya alger från Mexico (Öfvers. k. Vetensk., Akad. For- handl., 1847, p. 7). J. Agardh, Species Alg., vol. I, p. 94. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, V, p. 99. A. Vickers, Phycologia Barbad., pi. XVI. In "Species Alga- rum", 1. c, J. Agardh describes Dictyota cre- nulata as : "pulchra et distinctissima spe- cies" and in this I agree with him. The specimens found agreed well with the figure of Mlle Vickers (1. c). The plant is rather regularly di- chotomously ramified and further characte- rized by the presence of numerous teeth, shorter or longer, along the margin of the frond. Compared with original specimens from St. Augustin (Mexico) collected by Liebmann, the Mexican specimens seem to be even more irregu- larly dentate. In transverse section (Fig. 36) the frond is seen to be com- posed of a medium layer of large, nearly quadrate cells sorrounded by a layer of small epidermic cells. Both oogonia- and antheridia-bearing plants were collected; each kind of reproductive-organs occurs upon separated individuals. The antheridia (Fig. 36 b, Fig. 37) form small oval groups Fig. 36. Dictyota crenulata J. Ag. a, transverse section the thallus with oogonia. b, transverse section of the thallus with antheridia. (About 90: 1). F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 57 upon both sides of the frond ; their development is quite in accordance with those of Dictyota dichotoma as described by ThuRet *). They are developed from a group of the epidermal cells. The cells in the periphery of such a group are sterile; these cells are lengthened, mostly the innermost, and bent some- what towards the middle forming a kind of involucre round the proper antheridial cells in the middle. When the antherial cells have reached a certain length a small basal cell is cut off at their base and the large upper cell is divided verv regularly into a great rr ii 11 o * t FlS- 37- Dicty°ta re- number of quite small cells. Seen trom above nulata J. Ag. Part of the antheridia are more or less polygonal by a group of antheridia r JO J seen from above. mutual pressure (Fig. 37). (About 90 : l). The oogonia occur likewise upon both sides of the frond and their development is quite in accordance with the description and figures of Thuret et Bornet2). Groups of epidermal cells become lengthened and when they have reached a certain length a small cell is cut off at their base, while the upper large cells grow into the oogonia. Individuals with tetra- sporangia were not found. Found once only, growing upon buoys in the harbour of Christian- sted, S t. Croix. Geogr. Distrib. Pacific Ocean at the shores of Mexico, West Indies. 8. Dictyota dentata Lamx. Lamouroux, Exposit. des Caract. du genre Dictyota (Journ. de Bo- tanique, t. II, 1809, p. 42). Kützing, Species Algarum, p. 556; Tab. Phy- cologicæ, vol. IX, pi. 35, fig. I. J. Agardh, Species Alg., vol. I, p. 96. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, 2dra afdeln., p. 98. J. Agardh, Ana- lecta algologica, Contin. I, 71. F. Hauck, Meeresalgen von Puerto-Rico. (Englers bot. Jahrb., Bd. 9, 1888, p. 466). A. Vickers, Phycologia Barba- densis, pi. XIV. All the specimens collected being sterile I cannot give any information as to the organs of reproduction ; but Hauck (1. c.) gives a short description of the tetrasporangia-bearing plants as well as of the oogonia and antheridia which occur in separate plants. ') Thuret, G., Recherches sur la fécondation des Fucacées et les anthé- ridies des algues, 2. partie, (Ann. des Sciences Nat., 4. serie, t. III, 1855, p. 5, pi. 2). '-') Thuret, G. et E. Bornet, Etudes phycologiques, 1878, p. 53, pi. 27 — 30. 58 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Besides D. Brongniartii J. Ag. Hauck refers some other species to this plant e. g. also D. Mertensii Kiitz. Most probably Hauck is right in referring the latter to this species; in my collection I have not found any form which I feel can be referred to it. Dictyota denlata occurs in shallow water in sheltered places and in deeper water (about 10 meter) in more open sea. It has been found: St. Croix: At the entrance to Christiansted's Lagoon, Saltriver, Casavagarden, Green Key and near Buck Island. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Brazil. Dilophus J. Ag. 1. Dilophus alternans J. Ag. J. Agardh, Till Algernes Systematik, V, Dictyoteæ, p. 108; Analecta algologica, Continuatio I, 1894, p. 93. A. Vickers, Phycologia Barba- densis, pi. X. The specimens found agrees well with the figure of Mlle Vickers (1. c). All were sterile. This species has been found in the upper sublittoral region and in somewhat sheltered places. It was collected, St. Croix: Lime Tree Bay; St. Jan: Coral Bay. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies and surrounding coast. 2. Dilophus guineensis (Kiitz.) J. Ag. J. Agardh. Till Algernes Systematik, 2dra Afd., p. 108. J. Agardh, Analecta algologica. Cont. I, p. 89. A. Vickers, Phycologia Barbadensis, Part II, pi. IX. Spaloglossum guineense Kiitz., Phycologia generalis, p. 339; Species Algarum, p. 560; Tabulæ Phycologicæ, vol. IX, pi. 46, fig. I. In the upper part of the thallus the flat frond consists of a single layer of large cells surrounded by a layer of small epider- mical cells (Fig. 39 a). Lower down in the thallus we find in transverse section the large cells to be divided mostly into two layers of cells (Fig. 39 b) sometimes in the middle of the frond even into several layers. The base of the plant consists of terete, rhizome-like fila- ments composed of several cells with thick walls. These filaments are creeping and from their lower side numerous rhizoids grow out ending with small attachment discs fixed to the substratum. F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 59 The tetrasporangia (I take it for granted that they are such but I have not seen their actual divisions) occur upon both sides of the lobes of the flat frond. They are scattered or some few together, sometimes also confluent into larger sori. They are nearly spherical and have no indusium. Their diameter reaches a length of about 100^ and more. Scattered between the tetraspor- angia groups of hairs are present. This species originally described from specimens from St. Thomas seems to be a common species on the Danish Isles. It has been found in much ex- posed as also in sheltered places and in shallow water and deeper down to a depth of about 10 meters. St. Croix: Northside, Casavagarden, Longford, near Buck Island. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. I m FQ-iTir, \iXi iHi hm i-iM-ira lijj ij-j-t-jful' h Ml tea** j mVfcllUtH i ii/i/i jii-i-rTu*iii-HJn-'| Fig. 38. Dilophus guineensis (Kfltz.) J. Ag. Part of the thallus with tetrasporangia. (About 12 : 1). Fig. 39. Dilophus guineensis (Kiitz.) J. Ag. a, transverse section of thallus with tetrasporangia and hairs, b, transverse section of a sterile part of the thallus. (About 100: 1). 60 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. Dictyopteris Lamx. 1. D. delicatula Lamx. Lamouroux in Journ. Phi- lom., 1809, no.20, tab.6, fig.B. A. Vickers, Phycologia Bar- badensis, part II, pi. III. Haliseris delicatula C. Ag., Species, p. 144. J. Agardh, Spec. Alg., vol. I, p. 116. KüT- zing, Tabulæ Phycologicæ, vol. IX, pi. 56, flg. II. The thailus consists of two layers of cells (Fig. 41 a) with the exception of the ribs in the edges and in middle of the frond where it is composed of several layers of cells. In transverse sections these ribs are seen to contain a string composed of cells with very thick walls in which pores are present (Fig. 41 b). Of these M1Ie Vickers re- produces figures drawn by Bornet. The wall consists of cellu- lose; it is coloured blue by chlor-zinc-iodine. In a longitudinal section the cells of the strings are found to be long , cylindrical with oblique end-walls. The hairs are only present upon the one side of the thallus ; they are placed many together in roundish or oval groups and occur regularly upon both sides of the mid-rib. In the basal part the plant is fastened to the substratum by means of rhizoids. These grow out Fig. 40. Dictyopteris delicatula Lamx. A part of the thallus. (About 3 : 1). Fig. 41. Dictyopteris delicatula Lamx. partly from the cells along a> transverse section of the thallus with a r J . ,i, group of hair, b, transverse section of the the margin of the thallus edge of the thallus. F. Borgesen : Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 61 and partly from the cells above the midrib. The rhizoids consist of cylindrical cells 6 — 8 times as long as their own diameter and end with a small irregularly lobed disc. These rhizoids can grow out from any parts of the thallus which come near to the substratum. Only sterile plants were collected. They were gathered in shallow water and in a sheltered place. St. Croix: Lime Tree Bay. Geogr. Distrib. The West Indies, Mexico, Brazil etc. 2. Dictyopteris plagiogramma (Mont.) Vickers. Vickers, A., Liste des Algues de la Barbade (Ann. sc. nat., Bot., 9e sér., t. I, 1905, p. 58) ; Phycologia Barbadensis, part. II, pi. IV. Haliseris plagiogramma Montagne, Centurie de plantes cell. exot. nouv. (Ann. se. nat., Bot., 2e sér., t. 8, 1837, p. 356). In a collection of algæ which were sent me by Mr. 0. Han- sen Ganneskov I found a single specimen of this beautiful plant. It was provided with tetrasporangia. These occur in small groups 2 — 3 together which often coalesce into larger ones. They are found in the middle of the frond and form a broad row placed on both sides of the midrib. The plant was gathered at the shore of St. Croix. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Brazil, Pacific Ocean, Australia. 3. Dictyopteris Justii Lamx. Lamouroux in Journ. Philom., 1809, no. 20, tab. 6, fig. A. Vickers, A., Phycologia Barbadensis, part II, pi. V. Haliseris Justii C. Agardh, Species Alg., vol. I, p. 142. J. Agardh, Species Algarum, vol I, p. 118. The specimen collected is so small that a certain determina- tion is impossible. It was dredged in deep water about 20 meters in the Sound between St. Thomas and St. Jan: off Cruz Bay. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies. Fam. 2. Fucaceæ. Turbinaria Lamx. 1. Turbinaria trialata Kiitz. Kützing, Tab. Phycol., vol. X, 1860, p. 24, tab. 67. Barton, E. S., A systematic and structural account of the genus Turbinaria Lamx. (Transact. Linn. Soc. of London, 2. Ser., Bot., vol. Ill, 1891, p. 218). 62 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. Nr. 2. The specimens found (Fig. 42) agree very well with the description of Mrs. Gepp (née Barton) 1. c. In one specimen from Coral Bay, the lower- most peltate leaves had no vesicles, these were on the other hand well deve- loped in the upper fructi- fying part of the plant. It is found in fruit from December to March. T. trialata occurs together with species of Sargassum in the littoral and upper- most sublittoral region and on exposed as well as more sheltered places. It is a common species along the shores of the Danish Isles. Fig. 42. Turbinaria trialata Kütz. Geogr. Distrib. Seems to (About natural size). occur in all warm seas. Sargassum c. Ag. 1. Sargassum vulgare C. Ag. C. Agardh, Species Algarum, vol. 1, p. 3. J. Agardh, Species Sar- gassorum Austral., p. 108. A. Vickers, Phycologia Barbadensis, part II, pi. II. F. Borgesen, in Mindeskrift for Japetus Steenstrup, 1914, No. XXXII, p. 3. Fucus natans Turner, Fuci, p. 99 (101), pi. 46, fig. a. var. ty pica. (Fig. 43). The specimens which I have referred to the typical form are very much like the figure given by Turner (1. c). The linear- lanceolate leaves possess a dentate-sinuate margin, a distinct midrib, and quite numerous, but small and irregularly placed cryptosto- mata ; the latter are sometimes very indistinct or quite absent in some of the leaves. The vesicles are sometimes few, sometimes numerous ; they are globular, of the size of a small pea, and most often they are without prolongations at the top ; such ones occur, however, now and then. The receptacles are cylindric, filiform and irregularly ramified. F. Børgesen : Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 63 var. joliosissima (Lamx.) J. Ag. J. Agardh, Spec. Sargasso-rum Austral., p. 108. Fucus folios issimus Lamouroux, Essai Thalassiophytes (Ann. du Mu- seum d'Hist. nat., vol. 20, 1813, p. 36, pi. 7, fig. 1). This form is different from the typical one by having nume- rous, closely packed . leaves which are smaller, proportionally shorter, and more or less undulate, frequently some- what twisted. The receptacles are shor- ter and similar to the vesicles hidden between the leaves. This species is very com- mon along the shores of the islands and occurs in exposed or sheltered places. In ex- posed localities, where the sea constantly splashes the rocks, Sargassum vulgare is able to thrive above the or- dinary water mark; in the more sheltered places it occurs close to it, or a little below. Sargassum vulgare is the dominant species in the Sar- gassum - vegetation forming with Turbinaria trialata a vegetation of large, brown algæ corresponding with the Fucaceæ - vegetation in nor- thern seas. Fig. 43. Sargassum vulgare C. Ag. Part of a plant with receptacles and vesicles. (A little over natural size, about Mr, magnified). Geogr. Distrib. This spe- cies is said to occur at nearly all subtropical and tropical shores of the Atlantic Ocean: America and the West Indies, Africa, Spain etc. 2. Sargassum lendigerum (L.) Kiitz. KüTziNG, Species Algarum, p. 612; Tabulæ Phycologicæ, vol. XI, tab. 19, fig. II. J. Agardh, Species Sargassorum Austral., p. 110. F. Børge- sen, 1. c. p. 4. Fucus lendigerus L., Species plant., p. 1628. Turner, Fuci, p. 107, tab. 48. 64 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. The specimens which I have referred to this species possess leaves with a distinct midrib and small, most often scattered cryptostomata; these are, sometimes, arranged more or less regu- larly in a single series on both sides of the midrib. The basal leaves are more or less dentate; the upper have a somewhat sinuate to entire margin. The leaves are linear-elliptic 4 — 5 mm. broad, and up to 3 cm. long, with a short stalk or sessile. The vesicles are scarce, often quite absent ; when present, accor- ding to my observations, they occur only at the upper end of the branch ; they reach the size of a small pea, and are often somewhat oval, now and then provided with a small; leaf-like prolongation at their apex. The receptacles are mostly aggre- gated at the upper end of the bran- ches ; they are cylindric and irregu- larly branched. This species appears to be closely related to Sargassum vulgare, repre- senting probably merely variety of it. St. Thomas: Store Nordside Bugt, growing in a rather exposed place. Geogr. Distrib. West Indies, Ber- muda, Teneriffa etc. Fig. 44. Sargassum platycarpum Mont. Part of a branch with receptacles and vesicles. (About 'lo magnified). A 3. Sargassum platycarpum Mont. Montagne, Cent. Ill, p. 18, n. 51; Sylloge generum specierumque Cryptoga- marum, 1856, p. 385. J. Agardh, Species Sargassorum Austral., p. 89, tab. VI. Vickers, Phycol. Barbad., Part II, pi. II. F. Børgesen, 1. c, p. 5. Characteristic of this species (Fig. 44) are the rather large, often oval cryptostomata, arranged in a single series on both sides of the midrib. The leaves are lanceolate, dentate along the margin. The vesicles are not very numerous ; in the diagnosis in "Sylloge", 1. c, Montagne writes: "vesiculis nullis". In my specimens the vesicles were only noticed in the fertile part of the thallus ; they are globular, sometimes ellipsoid, now and then with a short prolongation at the top. The receptacular branches are flat, bearing long projections at their margin. F. Borgesen: Phæophyceæ of the Danish W. Indies. 65 The species was found on rocks close to , or a little above the surface of the sea, in rather exposed or somewhat sheltered places. St. Croix: Green Cay, Coakley Bay, Long Reef. Geogr. Dis tri b. West Indies and warmer shores of America. 4. Sargassum Hystrix J. Ag. J. Agardh, Nya Alger från Mexico (Öfversigt K. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1847); Spec. Alg., p. 322; Species Sargassorum Australia-, p. 91, tab. VII, figs. 1 — 5. F. Børgesen, 1. c, p. 5. Carpacanthus spinulosus Kiitz., Tab. phycol., vol. XI, p. 15, tab. 46, fig. 2. As pointed out in my paper quoted above the two rather damaged specimens found floating in the sea and referred to this species closely resemble the figure of Carpacanthus sptnulosus of Kützing. As characteristic of my specimens and as it seems judging from his figure in accordance also with Kützing's, may be pointed out (1) that the rather thin leaves have a strongly ser- rated or dentated margin and many small cryptostomata spread over the whole surface, (2) that the branched receptacles are provided with acute processes along the margin; and (3) that the vesicles are rather thin-walled. How far this form of Kützing's really belongs to Sargassum Hystrix J. Ag. seems to me rather doubtful. In order to obtain clearer light in the matter I paid a visit to Lund to compare my specimens with the original material in J. Agardh's Herbarium. These latter agreed well with those in the Herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Copenhagen, all the specimens being collected by Liebmann at Campeche Banks. From my specimens these plants differ in several respects. For instance most of the different organs of the plant seem to be smaller and markedly firmer and darker coloured ; the vesicles are mostly somewhat smaller and have thicker walls, the leaves are smaller but thicker and have only a few but larger crypto- stomata though these may be often quite wanting. The recep- stacles are shorter, but broader. I happened to come into corre- spondence with Mr. A. Gepp concerning this question and asked him if there was much material of Sargassum Hystrix in the British Museum. In reply to my query he most kindly wrote: — "As to your question about S. Hystrix, we have only one trustworthy specimen of it ; and that I found some years ago at the end of the genus and bearing these words : — "Carpacan- thus — Kg. Ins. Ind. occ. Dan." [possibly issued by Hohenacker]. It corresponds exactly with Kiitz., Tab. Phyc, XI, tab. 46, II. So I placed it at once under Sarg. Hystrix. I noted on it : Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. 5 66 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 2. "vesicles thin, short-stalked, leaves thin, yellow-brown. Crypto- stomata small, scattered. Receptacles very toothed". The recep- tacles make it appear to be a well marked species". Judging also from this I am inclined to think that Kützing's and J. Agardh's plants do not belong to the same species, but to decide this matter, much more material is necessary than I have had at my disposal 1). ') In this connection I wish also to point out here that I have had and have now still more doubt as to how far it is justifiable to refer the floating Sargassum from the Sargasso Sea (which I in my paper have called S. Hystrix var. fluitans) to J. Agardh's species. When I refer- red it to this plant it was — as I have pointed out in my paper — because J. Agardh himself had already done so. As mentioned in my paper quoted we have in the Botanical Museum here a specimen of the floating form collected by Capt. Andrea in the Old Bahama Channel I/VIII 1870 which J. Agardh has determined as Sargassum Hystrix. This specimen is just like those I have collected in the Sar- gasso Sea but both this one and also mine are decidedly different from the fixed form collected by Liebmann; on the other hand it cannot be denied that the fig. 1 of a sterile plant in J. Agardh's "Species Sar- gassorum Australiæ", pi. VII shows much resemblance to the floating form; it differs however in the almost entire absence of cryptostomata1) which are most often well-developed and numerous in the floating form though occasionally leaves are found which quite or nearly lack them. That 1 considered the floating form different to the fixed I have already shown in that I gave it the rank of variety. But with the further knowledge I now have as to S. Hystrix I think it best to consider var. fluitans as a proper species coordinate with S. natans. As to the origin of S. fluitans, we have, just as is the case with S. natans only supposition to go upon. It may be derived from S. Hystrix, but it might equally well have had other parents. Herewith a short diagnosis: Sargassum fluitans nov. spec. Sargassum Hystrix J. Ag. var. fluitans Borgs. 1. c, p. 11, Fig. 8. Sargassum Hystrix J. Ag. ex parte. J. Agardh, Spec. Sargass. Austral., p. 91. Axis teretiusculus, ramosus, foliis lanceolatis vel linearibus, mar- gine irregulariter dentato, distincte costatis, cryptostomatibus pro ratione majoribus conspicuisque. Vesiculi numerosi, sphærici, magnitudi- nem seminis pisi fere æquantes duplo longioribus quam pedicellis eorum. Long. fol. = ca. 25—30 mm ; lat. fol. = ca. 4—5 mm. Lat. vesic. = ca. 5—6 mm ; long, pedicell. vesic. = ca. 3 mm. ]) In the text to the plate J . Agardh says : cryptostomatibus nullis aut obsoletis instructa 6X 1914. INDEX SPECIERUM (The figures in parantheses refer to the separate copies). Aglaozonia canariensis Sauv ( 193) 37 Castagnea Zosteræ (Mohr) Thur (184) 28 Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derb, et Sol (176) 20 Dictyopteris delicatula Lamx ( 216) 60 — Justii Lamx (217) 61 plagiogramma (Mont.) Vickers (217) 61 Dictyota Bartayresiana Lamx ( 209) 53 - ciliata J. Ag (211) 55 — crenulata J. Ag (212) 56 — dentata Lamx (213) 57 - Indica Sond (211) 55 — linearis (Ag.) Grev (209) 53 - pardalis Kütz (210) 54 - volubilis Kütz (210) 54 Dilophus alternans J. Ag ( 214) 58 — guineensis (Kütz) J. Ag ' (214) 58 Ectocarpus breviarticulatus J. Ag ( 173) 17 coniferus nov. spec (164) 8 Duchassaingianus Grun ( 159) 3 elachistæformis Heydr ( 174) 18 Mitchellæ Harv (162) 6 - Rallsiæ Vickers (169) 13 rhodochortonoides nov. spec (170) 14 Hydroclathrus cancellalus Bory (177) 21 Lithoderma spec ( 192) 36 Myrionema spec ( 188) 32 Padina gymnospora ( Kütz. ) Vickers ( 202) 46 — Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec (201) 45 — variegata (Lamx. ) Hauck ( 205) 49 Ralfsia expansa J. Ag (189) 33 Rosenvingea intricata ( J. Ag.) Børgs ( 182) 26 — orientalis (J. Ag.) Børgs (182) 26 — fastigiata (Zan.) Børgs (183) 27 — Sanctæ Crucis nov. spec (178) 22 5* Pag. Sargassum fluitans nov. spec (222) 66 Hystrix J. Ag (221) 65 lendigerum (L.) Kütz (219) 63 platycarpum Mont (220) 64 — vulgare C. Ag (218) 62 Sphacelaria furcigera Kütz (196) 40 — tribuloides Menegh ( 196) 40 Turbinaria trialata Kütz (217) 61 Zonaria lobata Ag ( 199) 43 — variegata (Lamx.) Mert (196) 40 Bd.2 • DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. 3 UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING = 1915 = Studies in the Agarics of Denmark1). Part II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. By Jakob E. Lange. With two plates. THE GENUS AMANITA. The genus Amanita, which is made up of large and con- spicuous species (some of which are very poisonous, while others are edible) is probably the best figured and described genus of the agarics. The figures of A. muscaria, phalloides etc. are legion, and even the less important species are mentioned and described in almost every mycological textbook. Still I have not deemed it superfluous in my »Danmarks Agaricaceer« to give watercolour-portraits also of this impor- tant genus. Even if most of the prominent species are very well known and cannot easily be mistaken, no little uncertainty exists with regard to some of the more trivial species and certain intermediate forms, the conception of which is rather vacillatory. — And this uncertainty cannot be brought to an end without a synoptic comparison of all the species in question. As, however, many species are rare and may be sought in vain for years, this comparison — practically speaking — can only be brought about by comparing portraits (which — to exclude differences due to the individual artists — should be executed all by the same hand). Given such a portrait-collection (accompanied by spore- measures and other microscopic data) it will be comparatively x) Part I of this work (General Introduction. The genus Mycena) was published April 17 1914 (Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, vol. I, no. 5). 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. easy to distinguish the different species clearly and exactly. For while even the most tenacious mind cannot store, nor the most lenghtly description clearly account for the numerous minute details which together characterise a species, they can be seen at a glance on a really carefully executed watercolour-portrait. In »Danmarks Agaricaceer« I have figured some 14 species — besides several varieties and colour-forms, — 18 plates in all. During more than 20 years of investigation I have not succeeded in detecting any more, except some solitary specimens of dubious identity. — Fries (in »Hymenomycetes Europæi«) describes 37 European species; but of these only 21 (including two rather dubious species) had been observed by himself in Sweden. Thus only 5 of the genuine Swedish species are not included in my collection, which accordingly comprises about s/4 of the Swedish. As all these species have been found by me in central Fyn, an area not over 40 X 50 km, it is evident that these fungi are very widely distributed (cnf. Mycena in part. I, page 37). The number of species found is the more remarkable when it is taken into consideration, that only some 70 years ago the isle of Fyn had no coniferous woods worth mentioning. It is well known that the genus Amanita has a rather characteristic distribution in Europe, as it comprises a number of southern species (A. caesarea, coccola, echinocephala a. o.) which are rarely met with beyond the middle of France, Switzer- land and Southern Germany, while on the contrary some few species (of the vaginata-hihe) seem to be subarctic (f. inst. A hyperborea). In Denmark neither of these are represented. — All the Amanitas seem to be strictly sylvatic. For purposes of classification the genus Amanita is naturally divided in three groups, which might be termed Eu-Amanita, Amanilopsis and Lepiotopsis. — The main tribe is characterised by having both a distinct universal veil and a ring on the stem, formed by the partial (secondary) veil. In Amanitopsis there is no ring, and in Lepiotopsis the universal veil is almost obliterate (being reduced to a viscid coating) while the ring is well developed. Amanita lenticularis — the most prominent representative of this group — is therefore by some authors referred to Lepiota. But recently Maire has shown (Annales Mycologici 1913) that its microscopic structure is more in accord Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 3 with that of the genuine Amanitas; and he therefore proposes to place it — together with Lepiota illinita a. o. — in a new genus, Amanitella. Likewise Roze has parcelled out the ringless species into another new genus, which he calls Amanitopsis. As long as larger and much more heterogeneous genera are not split up, I do not see any good in carving out new genera of Amanita and shall therefore retain the name in its original Friesian sense. Fries' systematic arrangement of the genus A. has been but little altered by later authors, nor ought it probably to be. Still by the introduction of microscopic characters, I think it possible, without materially altering the classification, to draw the boundary-lines a little more precisely and attain to a more satisfactory handling of the genus. The classification of Fries rests almost entirely upon the nature of the universal (and partial) veil: whether it forms a volva with a membraneous free edge or is circumcised or rudi- mentary. But in a good many cases it is difficult to decide, to which of these types a species belongs. Thus f. inst. A. Mappa is placed by Fries in group I (with a sheath-like volva), A. pantherina in group II; but as a matter of fact the volva of these two species is circumcised in a very similar way. An examination of the spores of the two species will however at once show, that they really do belong to the two different sections, in which they were placed by Fries. For purposes of classification the form and size of the spores appear to me to be, in this genus, the most important of the available microscopic data. For although the spores do not present very striking differences (as is the case in some other genera), still they are sufficiently different (and constant) to be used for dividing the genus in sections. Thus A. lenti- cularis (and illinita) has almost globose and small spores, while in the section Amanitopsis the spores are also globular, but twice as large. In Eu-Amanila two types can be fairly well distinguished: the globular and the ovate; for although the globular spores are not absolutely spheric (but generally taper a little towards the pedicel) and the ovate spores often are very broad, still the outline of the two types is clearly different. The ovate spore characterises the sections II and III of Fries (as well as the South-European edible species of sect. I), while the 4 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. poisonous species of sect. I have globular spores. — The spore- membrane is always smooth. The number of spores on each basidium, in all the species examined by me, is the ordinary 4. Only an American species, A. bisporigera Atk., is reported as having 2. — The edge of the gills often (always?) is set with sterile cells (cystidia), which generally are subglobular, in some cases cylindric-vesiculose. But as far as I can see they are of less importance than the spores for purposes of classification. The universal veil, which macroscopically presents so marked differences (being membraneous, granular, mealy etc.), is generally made up op two types of cells: globose large cells and narrow cylindric ones, which form slender filaments. But the microscopic examination — even of species so different as A. Mappa, A rubescens and A. vaginata — does not materially aid us in discerning the difference in veil-structure: Even the granulated veil does not solely consist of globular cells — as might be expected — but also of filaments. Spores etc. of all the species are figured on Plate II. The Key given below is based on the microscopic as well as on the macroscopic characters of the species, and comprises all the species found by me. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS AMANITA FIGURED IN »DANMARKS AGARICACEER« l). I. EU-AMANITA Universal and partial veil both present; the former either volvaceous, at base of stem, or forming warts on cap, the latter forming a ring on the stem. A. Sphærosporæ. Spores globose (or almost globose). Cl. volvatæ. Rulb with membraneous free volva; Cap generali}' naked (without remnants of universal veil). a. Cap white. (Ring generally torn, adhering to the gills; stem somewhat fibrillous-scaly) A. virosa (1) b. Cap coloured. (Ring entire, stem almost smooth). 1. Cap olive or yellowish A. phalloides (2) 2. Cap fuscous (dark or very pale) with a red-brownish tint. * Bulb large, outside of ring fuscous A. porphyria (3) * Bulb small, outside of ring yellowish. A. (porph. var.) recutita (4) [3. circumcissæ. Volva circumcised, thus forming a narrow free margin on bulb and warty patches on cap. (cnf. no: 4) . . A. Mappa (5) B. Ovisporæ. Spores (generally broadly) ovate. [Ct. volvatæ. A. cæsarea, coccola etc.; no Danish species]. |3. circumcissæ. a. Cap scarlet or orange A. muscaria (6) b. Cap pallid or fuscous (brownish or rubescent). 1. Flesh not turning reddish when cut or bruised. * Bulb globose, with a narrow free margin, ring almost even, warts pure white A. pantherina (7) Ü Bulb ovate (or almost wanting) not distinctly marginate ; ring lineate-striate. -j- Warts on cap whitish or pale gray. x) »Danmarks Agaricaceer«., which comprises watercolour-portraits of some 800 species painted by me, are executed in duplo, the one belonging to the library of the Bot. Garden of Copenhagen, the other to my own. For further particulars see part I. 6 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. ° Stem slender, somewhat hollow, deeply seated in the substrate. Universal veil mealy-mem- braneous, deciduous A. excelsa (8) % Stem shorter, firmer, solid; warts mucronate, persistent A. spissa (9) ff Universal veil (warts on cap, on edge of ring and base of stem) more or less sulphur-yellowish . A. aspera (10) 2. Flesh (of all parts of the fungus) turning rubescent when cut or bruised A. rubescens (11) II. AMANITOPSIS. Partial veil absent. Volva sheath-like or circumcised. Margin of cap sulcate. Spores globose, large. A. Cap naked; volva sheath-like A, vaginata (12) B. Cap with large patchy warts or scales; volva circumcised A. strangulata (13) III. LEPIOTOPSIS. Universal veil obsolete (neither basal volva nor patches on cap). Bing present, Cap viscid. Spores small, subglobose A. lenticularis (14) SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES ON THE SPECIES. The following notes give the microscopic data of the several species as well as the locality and hahitat of the plants figured. The general distribution of the species is also noted. Only in cases where any doubt exists as to the identity of the plants in question, or where the views of the authors differ materially, I have deemed it necessary to add some notes on the macroscopic characteristics of the species. Some critical notes on other species, my opinion about their synonymy etc. will also occasionally be introduced. (Cnf. my remarks in part I pag. 17). I. EU-AMANITA. A. SPHÆROSPORÆ. 1. A. virosa Fr. Spores globular 8— 9!/2 M diam., with a tiny pedicel. Figured from specimens found near Skørping, in wood of Fagus (with some Picea) Sept. 1897. — Rather rare, in mixed woods and pure beech-woods, Aug. — Sept , as well in Jylland as in Fyn. 2 a. A. phalloides Fr. Spores ovate-globular, 9 — 10 x 7x/2 — 8 u. Fig. specim. (uncommonly dark-coloured) : Hjallese, in wood of Fagus and Corylus, Aug. 1897. — Rather common, especially 3 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. in mixed foliaceous woods (Quercus, Fagus and Corylus) on rich humus, often rather numerous, from med. Aug. to end of Sept. 2 b. A. phalloides Fr. forma citrina. Spores 8— 10 x 7x/2 — 8 u. Basidia 4-spored. Edge of gills set with globular cells. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, copsewood, Sept. 1906. — Much rarer than the olive-green form. — This is Ag. citrinus a Pers. 3. A. porphyria (Alb. & Schw.). Spores globular, diam. 7 72 to 972 u. Ring formed of two strata, the outer one fuscous, the inner while. Fig. specim.: Skørping, plantation of Picea, mossy ground. — Rather rare, and often solitary, in woods of Picea (Jylland and Fyn). 4. A. (porphyria var.) recutita Fr. Spores globular, 878— 91/, X 772— 87«, u. Fig. specim.: Marselisborg Skov near Aarhus, wood of Fagus, several specimens, Oct. 1914. Seems to be rare. It is hardly a distinct species, only a slender and pale form of no. 3, with smaller, more ovate bulb, paler, almost whitish cap (here and there with patchy remnants of volva, and ring pale yellowish on the outside). [The fungus described by Sev. Petersen (Danske Agaricaceer, pag. 32) under the name of A. recutita has ovate-ellipsoid spores and seems to be a form of A. excelsa. — My plant is the one mentioned by Quélet & Bataille (loc. cit.) as A. recutita, by Quélet (Enchiridion) made a variety of A. porphyria]. 5. A. Mappa (Batsch). (A. citrina Schaeff.). Spores subglobose 872— 9x/2 x 71/»— 8 u. Fig. specim.: »Fruens Bøge« near Odense, foliaceous wood, Sept. 1897. — Very common in woods of Fagus (even where the soil is rather crusty and dry humus) and also in coniferous woods. It is met with till late in the season (end of October). B. OVISPORÆ. 6 a. A. muscaria (L.). Spores broadly oval, 972—1072 x 7—8 u. Fig. specim.: Skørping, wood of Picea, Sept. 1897. — Common, often in great numbers, in (and just outside) coniferous planta- tions and in woods of Betula (Sept. — Oct.). Jakob E. Lange; Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 9 6 b. A. muse, forma aureola (Kalkbr.). Spores subrotund-ovate, 9 x 7 u. Fig. specim. : Gerup Skov, near Holstenshus, under Betula and Sarotbamnus, in grass. Not as distinct variety, only a slender form without warts. — A. Frostiana Peck seems almost identical. 7. A. pantherina (DC). Spores ovate or broadly oval, 8 — 12 X Q1/2 — 11/2 u. — Edge of gills with cells of various shape, mostly cylindric-vesiculose, about 12 u broad (1914). Fig. specim.: Hjallese, wood of Fagus, Oct. 1896 and »Fruens Bøge' Sept. 1905. — Not uncommon, often solitary, chiefly in outskirts of woods of Fagus, occasionally met with in grassy spaces in young plantations of Picea. The ring is almost even, not conspicuously radiately striate as in the following species. The warts are pure white, the edge of the gills finely crenulate. The colour of the cap varies from dark fuscous-brown to very pale, almost white. [A. velatipes Atk. (from America) appears (judging from the description) to be almost identical]. 8 a. A. excelsa Fr. Spores subrotund-ovate, 8—10 x 5x/2 — 7 u-. Edge of gills set with globular large cells (diam. 20 — 35 u). Fig. specim.: Gerup Skov near Holstenshus, wood of Picea, July 1900. — Rather rare. Appears rather early in the season. Base of stem deeply set in the substrate; most of the mealy- mem branaceous veil is wiped off as the fungus pushes up through the deep layer of dead needles etc , below which it is developed. — It is often paler than shown in my figures; an extreme form is: 8 b. A. excelsa Fr. forma pallida. Spores subglobular-ovate, 9 x Qx/2 u; basidia about 9u broad with 4 sterigms. Fig. specim.: Same locality as no. 8a, July 1914. The surface of the cap is somewhat moist or sub-viscid. [A. cariosa Fr. seems to me only a slender form of A. excelsa. The fungi, which I have called A. excelsa, are almost exactly intermediate between the descriptions of the two species, the larger specimens approaching the excelsa-type, the smaller ones A. cariosa. The larger ones have the innate fibrils of excelsa, and their stem is squamulose, but the base of the stem is only sub-bulbous and the cap rarely reaches the dimensions attributed to A. excelsa. A. excelsa seems for the rest to be rather differently conceived by the mycological authors. Cooke figures it with a greenish- 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, JSTr. 3. olive cap, and Schroeter (1. cit.) describes the cap as »glänzend gelb«©]. 9. A. spissa Fr. Spores ovate, Sxl2 — 10x6— 7 |u. Basidia 9u broad with 4 sterigms. Globular cells on edge of gills 18 — 30 ja diam. Fig. specim.: »Fjellebro« near Kværndrup, in wood of Fagus, July 1914. — Rare. The stem is solid, shorter and stouter than in no. 8, not deeply seated in the ground. The warts on the cap are small, in the center somewhat mucronate, pale grayish and rather persistent. It has the habit of A. rubescens, but no trace of reddish. [A. valida Fr. — To judge from the descriptions A. valida and A. spissa show but very little difference. The former is said to turn fuscous when bruised, what my spissa occasionally does; but for the rest the descriptions of A. spissa fit my plants very well, except that of Quélet (Flore Mycologique). But Quélet is said (by Boudier in Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 1902) to have con- founded the two species]. 10 a. A. aspera Quel. (Fr. ?). Spores broadly ovate, 9 x 6V4 H- Fig. specim.: Hjallese, mixed foliaceous wood, Sept. 1897 (and 1900). Very much like the preceding species, but easily distinguished by the at first pale sulphur-yellow universal veil (warts on cap, on edge of ring and at base of stem). The flesh just under the cuticle is also pale yellowish. — While the specimens figured had a pallid grayish-brown cap, I have also met other colour-forms, f. inst.: Forma fusca, with a dark fuscous cap. (Spores 8 — 9 x 7 u; cells on edge of gills about 18 u. Lundeborg, wood of Fagus Aug. 1914) and 10 b. var. Francheti Boud. Spores 9 x 6 — 672 M, cells on edge of gills 20 — 24 u diam. Cap almost whitish, central part slightly yellowish. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, mixed foliaceous wood, Julv 1903 (and 1914). [A. aspera (sensu Fries) seems to be the fuscous form men- tioned above]. 11. A. rubescens (Pers.). Spores oval-ovate, 8 — 9 x 5 — 51/.,. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, foliaceous wood, Sept. 1897 and Aug. 1900. Very common, as well in foliaceous as coniferous woods, till late in the autumn. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. \\ Forma annulo sulphurea Gill. = A. magnified Quel, (not Fries). This slender and small form, ring and apex of stem pale yellowish, is met with occasionally in woods of Picea. [A. magnified Fr. (Fl. Dan. tab. 2146) seems to be only a ringless variety of no. 11]. II. AMANITOPSIS. 12 a. A. vaginata (Bull.). Spores globular, 9 — 12 u diam. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, wood of Quercus, Aug. 1897. — Very common but rather solitary in foliaceous woods. There are several colour-forms of this plant: a brown or sub- fulvous one, which chiefly grows in woods of Betula, a pale gray or livid variety (the one figured), mostly found in woods of Quercus and Corylus, and lastly a small and almost pure white variety: 12 b. A. vaginata var. fungites Batsch. Spores 91/,— 11 x 81/,— 10 [i, globular. Fig. specim.: Rud me, outskirts of wood (with the typical form), Sept. 1913. 13. A. strangulata Fr. Spores globular, 1072 — 13 u- diam. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, wood of Fagus, solitary. — Rather rare and generally solitary. This species is not very well distinguished from large and dark brown varieties of no. 12; but typical specimens like the one figured are very conspicuous. III. LEPIOTOPSIS. 14. A. lenticularis (Lasch). {A. guttdtd Pers.). Spores 'almost globular, 5— 6 x 5 u. Basidia 4-spored; Cystidia 0. Fig. specim.: Fruens Bøge, plantation of Picea, Oct. 1896. — ■ Common (rather late in the autumn) in moist woods of Picea. Very rarely found in foliaceous woods. 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. [A. megalodactyla Berk, appears to be almost identical, to judge from the figure of Cooke (1. cit)]. Additional note. A. Persooni Fr. — On a sandy road-bank, in mixed foliaceous-coniferous wood (Holstenshus June 1898) I found a solitary, very large Amanita, without warts on the cap, which I consider a rather typical A. Persona. But as the spores have not been measured, nor the plant figured, I exclude it from my list. A. nitida Fr. — Bather old specimens of an Amanita, that fairly well corresponded to Fries' description of A n., were found by me in wood of Fagus, Hjallese, Oct. 1896. Most likely it was only some superannuated specimen of A. Mappa. Boudier says A. nitida is nothing more. THE GENUS LEPIOTA. Lepiota is a much larger and more heterogeneous genus than Amanita, but nevertheless fairly well distinguished from the adjoining genera (Amanita and Armillaria Fr.). The greatest difficulty is to fix the boundary-line between L. and Armillaria; and I do not think it possible to indicate any characters whichever that can serve to bring about a natural and perfect separation. As a leading character for the genus Lepiota Fries parti- cularly emphazises that the tissue of the stem is distinct from, not concrescent with that of the cap. And this certainly is the case with L. procera and its allies; but in many especially of the smaller species (f. inst. L. amianthina) the tissues of cap and stem run absolutely into each other. — Likewise he describes the genus Lepiota as having a universal veil, concrescent with the cuticle of the cap, while the cap of the Armillarias has no veil. This character fits very well when such species as L. granulosa and L. hispida are kept in view, as here the universal veil forms a peronate, squamulose coating on the stem, which originally is continuous with a similar tissue on the cap. But in L. rhacodes, cristata a. o. I can see no trace of such a universal veil, the scales on the cap being simply formed by the cracking of the — originally smooth — cuticle itself. In Lepiota the gills are usually free, often remote; but here again exceptions are found, f. inst. L. amianthina, whose gills are adnate, occasionally even subdecurrent. Schroeter (1. cit.) lays stress upon the difference in spore- structure and says that in Lepiota the spore-membrane is rather firm (the spore consequently of the same form when dry as when soaked in water), while in Armillaria the spores have a thin membrane and do not keep their shape when dry. — But 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. even if we exclude from Armillaria (as he does) A. mucida (which has very thick -walled spores), I do not think this character holds good. L. carcharias and others have just as thin a spore-membrane as f. inst. Armillaria bulbigera or A. mellea. Still, even if no single character can be regarded as abso- lutely decisive, all the true Lepiotas are characterised by posses- sing some or most of the above-mentioned characters. Thus the Proceri have the distinct cap, the Granulosi the universal veil, and so forth. Some of the Armillarias (sensu Fries) have very little in common with the Lepiotas (f. inst. A. bulbigera, A. aurantia etc.) while others (f. inst. A. mellea) run them very close. In fact what is called »the genus Armillaria« is properly speaking no genus at all but a heterogeneous mixture of agarics with white spores and a peronate or annulate stem. And the most satis- factory way of treating this spurious genus will therefore, I think, be to split it up altogether, distributing its several species among the adjoining genera. To a certain extend this has already been done by the acute French mycologist Quélet. But I think it profitable to carry this principle right through. I only speak here of the species known to me from personal observation, viz. A. mellea, robusta (and its varieties), aurantia, cingulata, ramentacea, bulbigera, mucida (and corticata). Of the above named species I think A. mellea is a fairly genuine Lepiota, characterised by having a universal veil con- crescent with the stem and cap. I accordingly include it in the genus Lepiota. The case for A. robusta is not so clear. If the scales and fibrils on the stem up to the ring are traces of a universal veil, it probably should be placed in Lepiota. But by its general habit and its spores it approaches Tricholoma, and I therefore — although hesitatingly — refer it to this genus. To Tricholoma certainly must be transferred A. aurautia, which — though the stem is peronately scaly — has no ring (only some slight viscid drops in its place). It naturally fits into the tribe Limaciua of Fries. A. cingulata is simply a Tricholoma gausapatum with a distinct ring instead of an arachnoid veil. It consequently goes into the tribe Genuina. — A. ramentacea (which I have only Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 15 seen once, many years ago, and whose spores I do not know) seems to be nearly related to A. cingalata. A bulbigera — if the colour of the spores be disregarded — is plainly a Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) of the Scauri-group. Bulb, gills, arachnoid veil, viscid cuticle etc. are all in the strictest accord with these characteristic agarics. And so, in fact, are the spores, except for their want of colour. But although the colour of the spores is a very important characteristic (and very convenient!), I do not think it right to allow it absolute predo- mination. There are several instances of coloured and white- spored agarics being most closely related. Thus f. inst. Naucoria cucumis has several white-spored allies (Collybia mimica etc.), Mycena galeropsis is a white-spored Galera of the tener-trihe, and so forth. Of course the strict adherence to the classification according to spore-colour — like any other artificial system — has the advantage of uniformity, and facilitates the study for the beginner. But if a deviation from that system helps to bring together species which are really next in kind, it undoubtedly will be a step in the right direction. Armillaria mucida is a rather singular species and has no very near relatives. Still I think it will not be very much wronged if placed next to Collybia radicata. It agrees with this species in having large thick-walled spores, a sub-gelatinous surface and broad, firm gills. In fact when C. radicata grows on superficially-running roots — and consequently has no »root« but simply a slight swelling at the base of the stem — it is not unlike the Armillaria mucida, which probably grows on the overhanging branches. — Already Fries had evidently this similitude in view, when he termed the tribe, for which Arm. mucida is the type: Collybiæ annulatæ. As to Agaricus corlicatus, which several authors (f. inst. Karsten and Schroeter) refer to Armillaria, I follow Fries, who places it in Pleurotus. The examination of the spores confirms this view, as they are very much like those of P. ostreatus etc. That Armillaria denigrata (of Fries) is Pholiota erebia I think is in confesso. And as most likely the rest of the species now included in Armillaria will naturally go with one or other of those mentioned above, the whole estate, so to speak, of the Iß Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. defunct »genus« will have been disposed of and distributed to the heirs which are next in kind. To recapitulate: The above-named so-called Armillarias I classify as follows: Lepiota mellea Colly bia mucida Tricholoma robusta (and its allies) Pleurotus corticatus — aurantia Pholiota erebia. — cingulata (Armill. denigrata Fr.) — ramentacea. Besides to Armillaria and Amanita the genus Lepiota also affines to some other genera, by some intermediate species: 1) Pholiota. — Ph. aurea, one of the most magnificent agarics, at once suggests a mammoth Lepiota amianthina. It has its peronate stem, its mealy-granular universal veil etc. This has made Quélet place it in Lepiota (sub. nom. L. jurana) in spite of its yellow spores. [The Pholiota aurea of Fries he erroneously refers to Ph. spectabilis]. Still, as the spores are not at all of the Lepiota amianthina-type, I hesitate to follow Quélet and shall retain it in Pholiota. 2) Psallioia. — Agaricus hæmatospermus (echinatus) is by some authors placed in Psalliota (by others, for no good reason, in Inocybe). This species Quélet, also refers to Lepiota, and I think rightly so. For not only macroscopically, but also micro- scopically it agrees perfectly with such species of Lepiota as L. seminuda, except for the somewhat coloured sporepowder. — Psalliota cretacea is to me a rather dubious species. The figures of Fries (Sveriges ätl. sv.) are very much like Lepiota naucina. This is also the case with the plant called 3) Annalaria lævis. Although the sporepowder of this agaric is said to be pink, I think it exceedingly probable that Quélet, Ricken a. o. are right in regarding it as identical with Lep. naucina (pudica), which certainly has white sporepowder, but whose gills are inclined to turn pale pinkish. — The descriptiou of Annularia lævis fits my Lepiota naucina like a glove. Classification. — I do not think it right fundamentally to alter the systematic arrangement of Fries. But the introduc- tion of microscopic characters in the diagnoses not only gives more precision to the determination of the species; it also Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 17 makes it possible more definitely to characterise the groups and point out their boundary-lines. Some of these microscopic characteristics are not altogether »new« characters. F. inst. the nature of the coating on the surface of the cap is — even to the naked eye very different in such species as L. amianthina, L. acutesquamosa and L. clypeolaria. But by means of the magnifying lens its nature can be more accurately ascertained, it can be seen, whether it consists of globular cells, cy lindr i c cells or f i la ment s etc. The microscopic characteristics which I have found most useful for classification-purposes in this genus are: 1) the form and size of the spores, 2) the nature of the universal veil (coating on surface of cap), 3) the presence or absence of cystidia (and their form and size). — As far as I have been able to ascertain all the Lepiotas have 4-spored basidia (never 2, as is occasionally the case in some other genera). Spores. — Within this genus the spores vary, I think, more in size and shape than in nearly all other genera, ranging from 3 u- to almost 20 |i in length, from subrotund or ovate to fusiform or almost projectile-shaped. Especially the two latter kinds of spore are particular to this genus. The projectile- shaped spore is met with in quite a number of species, but more or less pronounced. It is characterised by a lateral pedicel and a (somewhat obliquely) truncate base; in extreme cases the basal part, opposite the pedicel, is drawn out into a kind of »heel«, so as to make the entire spore almost angular or bicornute. The coating on the cap is made up either of globular cells or of filaments. In some cases both forms are found. The sur face of the cap will consequently be either mealy, granulate, felty or pilose-squamose. Cystidia are present or wanting in very closely related species; hence this character cannot be used for characterising the principal tribes, but only minor sub-divisions. They vary in outline from subglobular to hair-shaped. The details of the classification here propounded will be seen in the Key. It must however be born in mind — in judging of the merits or demerits of this systematic arran- gement — that it only comprizes the species found by me. Thus the group B of Fries (the species with a viscid cuticle) is j g Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. not included, as I have not met with any of these. Likewise the species of which Lep. cepcvstipes is the type do not come within the scope of my list; they probably make up a special tribe. Setting apart Lepiota mellea in a subgenus (Armillaria) the genuine Lepiotas are divided in three main groups or tribes, according to their macroscopic and microscopic characteristics. For these 3 groups I retain the Friesian names Proceræ x), Clypeolariæ and Granulosa', but in a somewhat extended and altered sense, as L. naucina (the only species known to me of the Friesian tribe Annulosæ) is transferred to Proceræ, L. acutesquamosa and its allies cut away from the tribe Clypeolariæ, and the species known to me of his fifth tribe, Mesomorphæ, placed in a subtribe within the Granulosæ. On the whole the three tribes are very well distinguished, Proceræ by the large ovate spores and the free ring, Clypeolariæ by their filamentose or hairy-felty coating, and Granulosæ by the warty, granular or mealy universal veil, made up (entirely or partly) of subglobular cells. The point most open to criticism in this systematic arran- gement is my placing L. acutesquamosa and its allies in the tribe Granulosæ (as a special sub-tribe). They are, in fact, exactly intermediate between Granulosæ and Clypeolariæ, their acute, conical warts being made up partly of subglobose cells, partly of rather filiform hyphæ. The way in which minor details (form and size of spores etc.) are used in the key for subdividing the tribes will, I think, require no particular explication. Spores etc. of all the species are figured on Plate II. x) In accordance with modern usage the orthography is altered from the original Friesian Proceri etc. KEY TO THE SPECIES FIGURED OF THE GENUS LEPIOTA. I. EU-LEPIOTA. Gills generally free (rarely somewhat adnate). Terrestrial fungi. A. Procerae Fr. (sensu aug.). Cuticle of young cap (when in bud) naked, smooth, but often soon cracking. Ring distinct, free. Spores rather large (average length x breadth (in n) 45 or more), ovate, obtuse, broad (breadth > half the length). a. macrosporæ. Spores 12x7 or more. a. squamulosce. Cuticle of cap soon cracking into scales; stem scaly or squamulose, base bulbous. 1. Scales dark brown, large L. procera (1) 2. Scales ochraceous or pale crust-brown, minute . . L. umbonata (2) b. lævigatæ. Cuticle entire (or only somewhat irregularly cracking near the edge), whitish, Stem smooth, almost without bulb L. excoriata (3) (3. metasporæ. Spores 11x6 or less. a. squamulosce. Cuticle cracking into large scales; stem bulbous. 1. Scales brown L. rhacodes (4a) 2. Scales whitish L. rhac. var. puellaris (4b) b. lævigatæ. Cuticle remaining entire (white); stem almost without bulb L. naucina (5) B. Clypeolariæ Fr. (sensu alt.). Surface of stem and young cap more or less covered with a fibrinous or floccose universal veil (rarely almost glabrous). Cuticle cracking or entire. Ring generally inferior or fugacious. Spores either small or large, but then somewhat pointed and narrow (breadth ^ half the length). a. fusisporæ. Spores large, ellipsoid or fusiform, 9 — 18 n long, a. squamulosce. Surface of cap broken up into innate squamules. 1. Scales blackish or bistre. Spores ellipsoid, 9 — 11 H long . L. felina (6) 2. Scales brownish or pale. Spores fusiform, 12 — 18 H long. * Cap. 4—8 cm; umbo almost smooth L. clypeolaria (7) | Cap. 2—4 cm; umbo with minute, erect, pointed squamules L. dyp. var. metulispora (8) 20 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. b. lævigatæ. Surface of cap remaining entire. 1. Cap gilvous (edge pale). Spores fusiformely ellipsoid L. gracilis var. (9) 2. Cap whitish. Spores broadly ellipsoid L. erminea (10) — [cnf. also L. Meleagris (No. 11)]. — (3. stenosporæ. Spores rather small (rarely over 9 H long), narrow, more or less projectile-shaped (o: base somewhat truncate with a lateral pedicel). a. squamulosæ. Surface of cap breaking up into small innate squamules. 1. Scales very pale crust-brown or ochraceous. Partial veil cobweb-like L. Cortinarius (12) 2. Scales reddish or dark brown. Partial veil not arachnoid. * Stem floccosely squamulose (spores 9 — 11 n) . . L. castanea (13) H Stem almost glabrous, sligthly silky-fibrillous (spores 7 n) L. cristata (14) b. lævigatæ. Surface of cap entire. 1. Cap gilvous (with indistinct, adpressed scales) L. helveola var. (15) 2. Cap white, smooth or slightly silky-fibrillous . L. albo-sericea (16) Y. brevisporæ. Spores small (7 M or less long), broad (breadth ^ half the length). a. Stem squamulose. (Young cap pale brownish, minutely piloso- squamulose, especially in the middle; cuticle soon cracking.) L. Forquignoni (17) b. Stem glabrous. 1. Cap slightly cracked, reddish L. Morieri (18) 2. Cuticle breaking up into small, blackish, innate squamules L. micropholis (19) C. Granulosæ Fr. (sensu aug.) Surface of young cap (and generally also the stem) covered with either conical, erect scales, granular warts or mealy powder, which coating wholly or partly is made up of globular cells. Spores small (not over 8 n long). Ct. acutesquamosæ. Surface of young cap (at least the central part) set with pointed, erect conical (somewhat deciduous) scales. a. Gills forked; spores projectile-shaped; cap large (7 — 14 cm) L. acutesquamosa (20) b. Gills not forked; spores ver}7 small, oval. 1. Cap 4—6 cm broad L. hispida (21) 2. Cap about 2 cm L. echinella (22) (3. granulatæ. Surface of cap and stem granulate. Stem peronate. (Spores oval or ovate). a. Cystidia present, hair-shaped. Cap red or brown. 1. Cap bright red. Stem stout, subbulbous. . . . L. einnabarina (23) 2. Cap brown. Stem more slender L. granulosa (24) b. Cystidia absent. Cap yellowish or whitish. 1. Cap ochraceous-yellow. Spores 6— 7n long . . L. amianthina (25) 2. Cap pinkish-white. Spores 5 n long L. Carcharias (26) Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 21 y. seminudæ. Surface of cap mealy. Stem not distinctly pero- nate, mealy or subglabrous. a. Spores projectile-shaped (7 n long). Stem (and cap) more or less violet L. Bucknalli (27) b. Spores ovate, less than 6 n long. 1. Spores pure white; gills white. * Cap with a somewhat pinkish tint, 1— 2 cm . L. seminuda (28) £ Cap pure white, about 1 cm . L. semin. var. parvannulata (29) 2. Spores pale smoke-gray with a slight pinkish tint; gills red. Cap mouse-gray L. hæmatosperma (30) II. ARMILLARIA. Gills somewhat decurrent. Fungi growing on and around stumps etc. (not truly terrestrial). Cap pilose-scahr ; scales when young often somewhat yellowish, soon turning fuscous L. mellea (31) SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES ON THE SPECIES. I. EU-LEPIOTA. A. PROCERÆ a. MACROSPORÆ. 1. L. procera (Scop.). Spores 14—18 x 9-11 u (or 12—16 x 8x/2— 10 u). Fig. specimens: Hæsbjerg, grassy slope, open space in wood of Fagus, Oct. 1899. — Not very common, generally solitary, in open spaces in or just outside foliaceous woods. 2. L. umbonata ( Schum.) (forma major). (? L. dolichaula B. et Br.). Spores oval, 12— 161/., x 71/»— 91/« H- Fig. specim.: Slipshavn near Nyborg, open space outside folia- ceous wood, Sept. 1905. — Not common, in grassy places in coniferous and foliaceous woods, on hill-slopes etc. Of the various names for slender and umbonate fungi of the jDrocertr-type, I have chosen the above, proposed by the eminent Danish mycologist (Enumeratio plantarum Sælland., 1801 — 03). My plant is however somewhat larger than he figures it. L. dolichaula B. et Br. (from India) appears to be exactly identical with my plant, but there is hardly a specific difference between L. d. and L. umb. — Several other intermediate forms seem to connect it with L. procera, f. inst. L. prominens Fr. and L. per- mixta Barla from Southern France, and L. gracilenta Krombh. — The leading characters of my plant are: the rather acute umbo, the pallid ochraceous or pale crust-brown cap, the thin cuticle of which is minutely granulate-squamulose, and the ring, which is smaller than in L. procera, but equally persistent. The stem is whitish, very minutely squamulose. 3. L. excoriata (Schaeff.). Spores oval, 12 — 16 x 8 — 10 (a. — Cvslidia obtusely fusiform, 50 x 10 u (1914). Fig. specim. : Torning near Silkeborg, sandy stubble-field, Sept. 1897. — Rather common, in grass- and cornfields on light and sandy ground, often very numerous. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 23 This is one of the few of the larger agarics, which grow on cultivated land. Occasionally the cap is more prominently um- bonate than shown in my figure, thus to a certain extent recall- ing the L. umbonata-type. |3. METASPOHÆ. 4 a. L. rhacodes (Vit). Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 8V2— 10 x 6u (or 9—11 < 6). Fig. specim.: Fruens Bøge, plantation of Picea, Oct. 1896. — Very common, often rather numerous, especially in woods of Picea, rarely found in foliaceous woods, under hedges etc. — Blytt (Norges Hymenomyc.) makes it a subspecies of L. procera; but this view I cannot share. — Massee (Europ. Fungus-Flora) erroneously gives the dimension of the spores as 14 x 8 [i and says the flesh turns brown (not red). 4 b. L. rhacodes var. puellaris Fr. Spores 8—9 x 5— 5V2 P, oval. Cystidia (1914) obovate— bottle-shaped, about 16 u broad, occasionally with a somewhat protruding apex. Fig. specim.: Gerup near Holstenshus, wood of Picea, Aug. 1902. — Rarer than the main type, smaller, almost pure white, flesh not turning saffron-red. Although this is a very character- istic plant, its total separation from L. rhacodes cannot be jus- tified, as there are numerous intermediate forms. L. Olivieri Barla appears to be such a one. 5. L. naucina Fr. {Ag. læuis Krombh.). Spores broadly ovate, 8— 91/, X 574— 5Va r1» with a lar§e cen.tral drop. When seen under the microscope they have a very slight pinkish tint, but the sporepowder is white. — Cystidia about 55 u long, 10 — 11 jit broad, club-shaped; basidia 4-spored. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on lawn, border of flowerbed, Aug. 1902. — Rather rare and often solitary in gardens, under hedges (and once in a wood of Picea), Aug. — Oct. The cap is smooth, either absolutely glabrous or (sub lente) minutelv fibrillose-floccose. The gills are white, but generally turn somewhat pinkish The ring is very narrow, free (at least in mature specimens). The best and fullest description of this plant (which is the bearer of almost a legion of names) is given by the American botanist Atkinson (Studies and Illustrations of Mushrooms). The description of Annularia læuis fits my plants exactly (except that the spores are said to be pinkish); and with Quélet, Ricken and others I regard it as synonymous. That also L. densifolia Gill. L. pudica Bull., L. Schulzeri Kalkbr., L. leucothites Vit. etc. are identical seems to me highly probable. The Psalliota cretacea figured in Fries' »Ätliga och giftiga Svampar« is also very much like my plant. 24 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. B. CLYPEOLARIÆ et. FUSISPORÆ. 6. L. felina (Pers.). Spores ellipsoid, 9 — 11 x 5— 5 Vi u. Fig. specim.: Aalykkeskov near Odense, on humous ground in foliaceous wood, Aug. 1902. — Also in garden-bed, Allerup, Aug. 1907, and in moist copsewood near Egeskov 1914. — Rare and solitary. Distinguished from the following species by its small cap (2—3 cm) with almost black scales, and by the shorter, almost ellipsoid spores. 7. L. clypeolaria (Bull.). Spores almost fusiform, somewhat oblique, 13 — 18 X 4 — 5 u, (1914: 15—19 X 5 — S1/-, H» edge of gills sparingly set with inflated sack- shaped, 10 — 20 u broad cells.) Fig. specim.: I. Hæsbjerg, foliaceous wood, Oct. 1897. II. Pe- derstrup, wood of Picea, Oct. 1899. — Common, but often soli- tary, in coniferous and foliaceous woods till late in the autumn. This species varies a good deal in colour. An extreme colour- form is L. chjp. forma albida. — Spores 13—16 u long. Cap and stem whitish. — Hæsbjerg, wood of Fagus, Sept. 1905. 8. L. (clypeolaria var.) metulispora B. et Br. Spores ellipsoid-fusiform, 1372— 15 X 51/«— 6 u. Basidia 4-spored, broadly club-shaped; Cystidia small, inconspicuous, ovate-fusiform or somewhat bottle-shaped. Fig. specim.: Hollufgaard, solitary under Æsculus, in wood of Fagus, Oct. 1914. this plant is very intimately related to the preceeding and hardly to be considered a distinct species. But it is easily di- stinguished, being in fact, macroscopically more like slender spe- cimens of L. Forquignoni. — The cap is very pale ochraceous, about 2V2 cm broad, the central part set with minute, erect, pointed squamules (formed of agglutinated hairs). The stem is almost naked and turns yellow inside and outside when bruised. [The umbo of L. clypeolaria is generally described as being glabrous, and if so the two species would be clearly distinct. But when young true clypeolarias — at least in some cases — have the umbo somewhat felty-pilose, thus approaching L. me- tulispora. — Massek (loc. cit.) gives the correct measure for the spores of L. metulispora, but attributes to L. clypeolaria very minute spores (6x4 u.).] 9. L. gracilis Quel. var. nov. laevigata. (Plate I, fig. a). Spores ellipsoid-fusiform, HV2 — 137a x ^Vs r1. Fig. specim.: Vosemose, Sept. 1905, a number of specimens on grassy roadside-bank. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 25 The plants collected by me differ from the description of L. gracilis in having an entire, not minutely cracked cuticle. As my variety may possibly be a distinct species, I add a brief description : Cap lVo— 2V2 cm broad, at first convex, then expanded, some- what umbonate, glabrous, towards the edge minutely fibrillose- floccose (when seen under a lens), central part fulvous-ochraceous or gilvous, edge pale. Veil fugacious, mostly attached to edge of cap. Stem about 3 cm X 3 mm, below the veil sparingly covered with cottony, floccose scales. Gills white, with a slight gilvous tint, free, rather crowded. Odour faint, sweetish. — While L. gracilis Quel, seems to be very much like L. metu- lispora, my plant cannot be confounded with it (or with any other small form of the clypeolaria-trihe). 10. L. erminea Fr. Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 11— 14 x 5V2— 6 u. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specim.: »Haare Bjerge«, near Gelsted, grassy banks out- side a coniferous wood, Oct. 1907. - - Also on grassy banks out- side a wood of Pinus, Strib, Sept. 1909. The white cap is at first smooth (sub lente slightly and minutely flocculose), later on somewhat silky-filamentose. The stem is at first cottony floccose, then glabrous. 11. L. Meleagris Sow. [Odense, growing somewhat cæspitosely on tanners bark in greenhouse (hot stove), July 1903. — not figured. I have not had the opportunity to measure the spores of this characteristic species, but as they are said to be ellipsoid, 8 — llfi long, it probably belongs to this group. — My specimens had a cap of 4— 5 cm diam. , a rather slender stem (8 — 10 cm>, both cap and stem with dark red-brown squamules and becoming reddish when touched or bruised. — As tanners bark is now- adays very rarely used in greenhouses, this fungus undoubtedly has become exceedingly rare]. p*. STENOSPORÆ. 12. L. Cortinarius n. sp. (Plate I, fig. b). Spores oblong-ellipsoid, somewhat projectile-shaped (with obli- quely truncate base and lateral pedicel), 8 x 3V4 (-*• Cystidia obo- vate, about 10 \x broad. Fig. specim.: »Skelmose« near Hesselager, wood of Abies, a number of specimens growing dispersedly on the ground among the dead foliage, Oct. 1909. Cap 5l/2— 7^2 cm> fleshy, at first somewhat campanulate, then expanded, gibbous; cuticle pale crust-brown, soon cracked into minute squamules. Veil very fugacious, only represented by cobweb-like filaments, extending from the stem to the edge 26 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. of the cap, which at first is incurved, overreaching the gills. Stem 6 — 7 cm long, about 1 cm thick, attenuated from the about 2 cm broad subbulbous base, minutely fibrillose (base sparingly set with floccose scales), whitish, with a slight tinge of pale brown, cavity filled with arachnoid filaments. The tissue of the stem is distinct from the cap, and a very narrow collarium separates the gills from the apex of the stem. Gills lanceolate, crowded, whitish, later on slightly flushed with a gilvous tint. Odour faint, not unpleasant. This species seems to be somewhat related to L. Boudieri, but dillers from almost all other Lepiotas by its ringless stem and arachnoid veil. 13. L. castanea Quel. Of this species I have met with two forms: I. Spores projectile-shaped (occasionally almost bicornute), 9 — 1172X33/4 — 472 u. Cystidia hair-shaped (rather broad and obtuse). Fig. specim.: Hæsbjerg, on the ground under Picea, rather numerous, Oct. 1898. (Also found in similar locality, Aalsbo Bak- ker 1899). In this form the gills turn bright brownish-red with age, especially towards the edge (transition to L. Boudieri). The cuticle of the young, unexpanded cap is almost glabrous. II. Spores of the same shape, but a little larger (10 — 13 X 4 — 5uJ. In this form (not figured) the gills do not turn red (although the flesh does), and the cap is originally somewhat felty. It is met with occasionally in as well foliaceous as coniferous wroods, but can hardly be considered a distinct species. 14. L. cristata (Alb. et Schw.). Spores projectile-shaped, 6 — 11/2 X 3 [i. Cystidia inflated obovate, crowded, 12 — 16 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, roadside-bank, outskirts of copsewood, Oct. 1898. — Common, but rather sporadic, in gardens, woods and other shady localities. [Schroeteh (1. cit.) says L. cristata has hair-shaped cystidia. I have met — but only once — a single specimen with cystidia of that type. Macroscopically it could not be distinguished from the ordinary L. cristata]. Conf. also no: 18. 15. L. helveola Bres. var. (?) (Plate I, fig. c.) Spores projectile-shaped, 71/» — 8 x 3 u.. Fig. specim. : Lundsgaard Storskov, on the ground in moist wood of Fagus, a fewr specimens, Sept. 1905. Cap 2 — 4 cm, convex-expanded, slightly umbonate, surface spa- ringly covered with adpressed, fibrinous scales (not cracked-gra- nulate), gilvous or somewhat orange, umbo slightly darker (sub- fulvous) and almost without scales, edge paler. Stem slender (about Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark, II. 27 6 cm x 3 — 4 mm), below the fugacious veil sparingly clad with fibril- lous squamules of the same colour as the cap. Cavity of stem filled with fibrillous down. Gills free, white with a slight yellow- ish tinge. From the typical L. helveola it differs in having smaller spores. Not unlikely it is the variety Barlce Bres., mentioned in »Fungi Tridentini«, vol. II, but I have not seen the figure. — The plant described by Quélet (1. cit.) as L. helveola seems to be L. Forquignoni. 16. L. albo-sericea P. Henn. Spores projectile-shaped, 9 x 47a u- Gystidia hair-shaped, about 5 u. broad. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specim.: »Fjellebro«. On leaf-mouldy ground under Æscu- lus in park, Sept. 1909. Cap I1/., — 27a cm, campanulate, then expanded-gibbous, white, centre with a slight tinge of brownish, at first smooth, then slightly silky-fibrillous and adpressedly squamulose, edge at last some- what grooved. Stem about 4 cm x 2—3 mm (base slightly bulbous), white, then somewhat brownish-red (especially the base and the inside), below the ring slightly cottony squamulose-tomentose. Ring white, membranaceous, soon split, mostly attached to the edge. Gills free, but not remote, cream-white, rather crowded. Odour faint and not so disagreable as in L. cristata. I refer this plant to L. albo-sericea P. Henn. ; but most likely several other (and older) names are synonyms. Thus the bigger form of L. paruannulata (which is said to have a hairy-silky cap) may be identical, and the same, not unlikely, is the case with L. serena Fr. y. BREVISPORÆ. 17. L. Forquignoni Quel. (Plate I, fig. d.) Spores oval or ovate, 6— 7 x 31/.— 4 u. (1914: Cystidia obtusely fusiform, about 30 x 7—8 u). Fig. specim.: Vormark Mølleskov, a few specimens among sticks and foliage, in wood of Picea, Oct. 1900. — Rather rare, in coniferous woods. The cap varies somewhat in colour, being in some cases more fulvo-ochraceous. The gills are sometimes very broad. Slender and ochraceous forms may be mistaken for L. metulispora (if the spores be not examined). Both species are characterised by the minute, pointed, erect squamules in the middle of the cap, formed by somewhat agglutinated hairs. It has a very faint sweetish odour. 18. L. Morieri Gill. (?) Spores oval, 51/« x 23/4 u-. Cystidia obovate, about 10 u broad. Fig. specim.: Tarup near Odense, on lawn in old shady garden, solitary, Aug. 1897. 28 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Very closely related to L. cristata, from which it only differs by the shorter, more oval spores and the smaller cap with a paler and but slightly cracked cuticle. As I have never seen it since 1897, I cannot decide whether my plant is anything but a mere form of L. cristata. 19. L. micropholis B. et Br. Spores ovate, 4—5 x 23/i — 374 u, Cystidia club-shaped, apex 7 — 8 [i broad. Scales on cap made up of grayish cells, inflated in one end. Fig. specim.: Copenhagen, Botanical garden, in flowerpot in subtropical house, April 1908. Evidently an introduced species. It has the smell of L. cristata. C. GRANULOSÆ. a. ACUTESQUAMOSÆ. 20. L. acutesquamosa (Weinm.). Spores cylindric-ellipsoid, obliquely pedicellate, 7- — 8 X 27a — 3 u (1900); 71/,— 8 x 23/4— 3 ja; cystidia obovate-subrotund (1902, fig.). Fig. specim.: Hollufgaard, moist copsewood (Fraxinus and Alnus), on the ground, Sept. 1902. — Not uncommon in moist foliaceous woods, but rather sporadic and not every year. — Although this plant is one of the most characteristic of the whole Agaric tribe, it seems to be very disputed by the authors and often unsatisfactorily described. Thus Fries evidently con- founds some of the characters of this species and of L. Friesii (which latter he has not seen alive), attributing to the former the pointed scales, to the latter the branched gills. The fact is that in L. acutesquamosa the cap (even when in bud) is densely set with erect, pointed, hard, somewhat deciduous warts, and the gills repeatedly forked. By means of these characters it can be easily distinguished from its allies. Quélet (1. cit.) describes it very well under the name of L. aspera (under which name he also includes L. Friesii). If he be right in this, the Friesian description of L. Friesii may refer to large specimens of L. acutesquamosa which have lost their warts. 21. L. hispida (Lasch). (? L. fusco-squamea Peck) (Plate I, fig. e). Spores oval, 5 — 6 X 23/4 — 3u, with a small, oblique pedicel. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia 0. Fig. specim.: Marselisborg Skov near Aarhus, on naked, black soil in a bog. under Fraxinus etc., a number of specimens, Oct. 1914; (first found by P. Larsen). This agaric looks very much like a small L. acutesquamosa (cap 4 — 6 cm broad), but is easily distinguished by the undivided Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 29 gills, the shorter, oval spores etc. The stem is peronate, densely clad with recurved, coarse, dark brown scales from base to ring. The figure in Fries: »Icones sei.« does not show the acute, erect, pyramidal scales on the cap (and the bud is shown quite smooth); nor are they mentioned in his description. Quélet mentions the scales, but his description is in other respects defective. The best description is that of Peck (L. fusco-sqiiamea, Sacc. Syll. V); but as I think there can be little doubt of its identity with L. hisp., I retain the older name. — The fungus described by Ricken (1. cit.) as L. hispida seems to me more like a form of L. acutesquamosa. 22. L. echinella Quel. (Plate 1, fig. f.). Spores broadly oval, 4— 5 x 21/,— 23/4 u. Cystidia 0. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specim.: I. Vormark, in wood of Picea and Sambucus, on the ground among sticks and foliage, Sept. 1902. II. Hunderup, moist ground in foliaceous wood, Sept. 1903. — Rare and solitary. This plant is very closely related to the preceding species, the darker form (II) being in fact altogether a miniature of it. The spores are somewhat shorter, the cap rarely exceeds 2 cm in diameter. When in bud the 3 last species with their brown, mucronate scales somewhat resemble Lycoperdon echinatum. [3. GRANULATÆ. 23. L. cinnabarina Fr. Spores oval, 4*/2 x 21/«— 23/4 u. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia hair- shaped, acute (1910). Fig. specim.: Grib Skov (foliaceous-coniferous wood), Sept. 1896. (Also found at Frederikshaab, near Naarup, in wood of Fagus, Aug. 1910). My plants come very near to Cooke's figure of L. Terrei; but I do not see any notable difference between this one and L. cinnabarina proper. 24. L. granulosa (Batsch.). Spores oval, 4— 5 x 272— 3 u (fig.). 1914: Spores 4 x 23/4 u. Cystidia hair-shaped, acute, small, 2—3 u broad. Cells on surface of cap subglobular, mixed with others which are almost cylindric, irregularly bent or wavy. Fig. specim.: Trolleborg, mossy roadside in coniferous plan- tation, Oct. 1899. — Not common, chiefly in open spaces on sandy soil, in or outside plantations of coniferous trees. — Very closely related to no: 23. It is often considerably smaller than the specimens figured. 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. 25. L. amianthina (Scop.). Spores oval, 6— 7 x 31/* u. — 1914: 6-61/., x 33/4— 4 u. Cystidia 0. Basidia 4-spored. Cells on surface of cap globular or balloon- shaped, 15 — 18 u diam. Fig. specim.: Hæsbjerg, mossy spaces in wood of Picea, Oct. 1897. — Found everywhere in mossy coniferous woods. The want of cystidia and the longer spores distinguish this species very clearly from the two preceding ones. 26. L. Carcharias (Pers.). Spores 472 — 5 x 3 u. — 1914: Spores subrotund-oval, 5— 574 x 32/3— 4 u.. Cystidia 0. Fig. specim.: I. Aarup, wood of Picea, Oct. 1896. II. Hæsbjerg, wood of Picea, Oct. 1897. — Common in coniferous woods. y. SEMINUDÆ. 27. L. Bucknalli B. et Br. Spores 7x3u (fig.). — 1914: Spores projectile-shaped, 7 — 8x3u. Cystidia 0. Mealy coating on cap made up of globular cells, 20-45 u diam. Fig. specim.: Nyraad, wood of Fagus, moist mouldy soil, Oct. 1900. — Also found on boggy ground in wood (of Fraxinus etc.), Marselisborg near Aarhus, Oct. 1914 (together with L. hispida and L. hæmatosperma). 28. L. seminuda Fr. Spores ellipsoid-oval, 4 X 272 M- Fig. specim.: Flødstrup, wood of Fagus, on the ground among dead foliage. Not common, but found as well in coniferous as in foliaceous woods. — Odour very faint. 29. L. (seminuda var.) parvannulata Fr. (forma minima Fr.). Spores 372 — 4 x 2 ja. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia 0. Cells on surface of cap 20 — 30 \x diam. Fig. specim.: Aalykkeskov near Odense, on leaf-mouldy ground in copsewood, Aug. 1912. Rather rare. Smaller than no. 28 ; cap almost pure white, umbo slightly fleshy. When examined under a lens the surface of the cap is seen to be very thinly covered with mealy particles (globular cells). The larger form of L. p., which is described by Fries as having a »silky« cap and fibrillous stem, seems to be very closely related to (or identical with) L. albo-sericea P. Henn. (no. 16). Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 31 30 a. L. hæmatosperma (Bull.). (Ag. echinatus Roth, A. fumoso- purpureus Lasch.). Spores 4V2— 572 x2y2— 3 u, oval, hyaline with a slight brownish tint. (1914": spores 5— 5x/8 x 3— 3x/4 u). Cystidia 0. Surface of cap densely covered with a mealy-floccose coating of globose cells (diam. 18— 30 u). Fig. specim.: Kajberg Skov near Nyborg, on heap of leaf-mould, July 1910. — Rather rare and generally solitary, on rich humus in shady places. The whole plant has a faint but characteristic smell, not unlike that of L. cristata, but more sweetish-aromatic. 30 b. L. h. forma gracilis Quel. Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 5 x 23/4 u. Basidia 4-spored. Cells on cap 25 — 50 (i diam. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, solitary in flower-bed, Oct. 1898. Smaller and without traces of a ring (veil reduced to a fibril- lose-floccose edging on the cap). This very characteristic little agaric has been placed by some authors in "Psalliota, by others in Lepiota, Inocybe, Naacoria. The sporepowder is neither brown nor Psalliota-coloured, but very pale fuscous with a slight tinge of pink. (According to Poul Larsen this pinkish tint is wanting when the spores have not been exposed to daylight, but appears almost instantly when exposed). Quélet and other authors call this fungus Ag. echinatus Roth; but as Bulliard's name is older (and better), I prefer to use it. — Quélet's L. hæmatosperma is L. Badhami (vide Quélet et Bataille: Flore monographique). Sev. Petersen (1. cit.) erroneously describes the same plant twice (as Psal. echinata and hæmatosperma). II. ARMILLARIA. 31. L. mellea (Vahl in Fl. D.) J. E. L. Spores roundish-ovate, I1/, - 81/, x 5l/2— 61/, p (1900) or 8-9 x 6—7 u. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on decayed stump of foliaceous tree, Oct. 1894. — Exceedingly common on and around trees and stumps, solitary or densely cæspitose. THE GENUS COPRINUS. As indicated by the popular names »Blækhat«, »Tintling«, »inkcap« etc. the outward appearance of the Coprini differs very markedly from the ordinary mushroom-type, and Coprinus was recognized by Persoon and Fries as a distinct genus long before the subgenera of Agaricus were raised to generic rank. Still the Coprini are not absolutely separated from the genuine agarics: Bolbiiius (which may be regarded as merely a subgenus of Coprinus) naturally leads into Pluteohis and the Galeras of the tener-lrihe. And the exotic genus Hiatula as well as the Psatyrellas, each in their way, show certain affinities. In fact considerable divergence exists as to where to draw the boundary- line between Psatyrella and Coprinus. Thus Agaricus disseminatus and impatiens, which Fries ranged in Psatyrella, Quélet considers (justly, I think) true Coprini, while other modern authors retain them in Psatyrella. Although the most characteristic feature of the Coprini is the deliquescence of the gills, the microscopic characters are of greater importance for the exact limitation of the genus. Many of the smaller Coprini hardly do liquify, but all species present the gill-structure peculiar to this genus. When examined by low power the surface of a Coprinus-gill looks somewhat like fig. I., the fertile basidia being separated by larger, sterile cells (> paraphyses«), (conf. Schroeter, loc. cit. pag. 517). — This struc- tural characteristic seems to be a reliable means to trace the line of demarcation between Coprinus and Psatyrella, although the line will have to be drawn a little otherwise than originally done by Fries, as Psatyrella disseminata and impatiens show the gill-structure of Coprinus. But as these species are also in other respects decidedly coprinoid (f. inst. in having borst-like cystidia on the surface of the cap like Copr. ephemerus etc.), Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 33 I deem their transference to Coprinus a decided systematic improvement. Other microscopic features are of importance for the determination and classification of the several species: Spore-colour. — While the rusty-spored Coprini are generally set apart in a special genus, Bolbitius, the attempt to single out the species with snuff-brown sporepowder as a special genus or subgenus (Coprinopsis Karst.) has not met with general approval. In fact all shades from pitch-black to brown are represented, and it is consequently almost impossible to draw a clear boun- dary-line. The same may be said of the colour of the individual spore (sub microsc). It varies from pale date-brown transparency to almost pure coal-blackness. The colour of the (ripe) spore *• « b I. n. I. Surface of Copr/nus-gill. — II. Spores of C. plicatilis. 750 : 1. — III. Spores of C. narcoticus. 750:1. seems to be very constant and consequently is a good specific character, even if it cannot be used with profit for subdividing the genus. The outline and size of the spores vary considerably within the genus. The spores of the Coprini are generally rather large; spores less than 8 x 5 (i are rare; in most species the average length is 10— 13 ja, but some few species have almost gigantic spores, especially C. sterquilinus, whose spores average 19 x 12 |u. — In most cases the outline of the spore is oval or subovate, but some species have lemon-shaped or sub- cordate (triangular-subrotund) spores. These latter have a wart- like apex and a somewhat truncate base and are (always?) somewhat flattened, thus showing a different outline when viewed from the side or the front (fig. II). This may lead the uncautious observer to the erroneous conclusion that the spores are biform. In all the species observed the spore-membrane is smooth; granulate spores like those figured by Ricken (Coprinus 34 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. tergiversans Fr.) I have never met. [Most spores have however only been examined by moderate power (Seibert Obj. IV, focal distance 6,4 mm.)]. In some cases the spores are provided with a double mem- brane, an almost hyaline e pi spore enclosing the spore itself. This was noted by Emil Chr. Hansen (Bot. Zeitung 1897, VII) for C. stercorarius, and is still more easily perceptible in C. norcoticus. In this latter species I have even met with twin- spores o: two spores enclosed in one episporal membrane (fig. III). This singular monstrosity seems however to be rather exceptional (1914: less than one pr. mille, 1915: about 2 pr. C. of the spores of my specimens). The cy s tid i a of the Coprini are generally vesicular, either subglobate, ovate or somehwat flask-shaped. A particular form of cystidia are found in some few species (f. inst. C. ephemerus, tardus and disseminatus) on the surface of the cap, in the shape of minute, erect setulæ, just discernible under an ordinary lens. For purposes of classification the nature of the surface of the cap seems to me of supreme importance. Already Fries laid great stress upon this feature and made it the leading character of his subdivisions of the genus. Unfortunately his two main tribes (»Pelliculosi« and »Veliformes«) were based on another, far less valuable character: the fleshy or membrana- ceous nature of the cap. (Especially for the coprobious species fleshiness is a particularly unreliable character, as they vary exceedingly in size according to circumstances). And being restricted to macroscopic investigations, Fries occasionally would be apt to misplace a species by not properly discerning the nature of the surface-coating. For such reasons we find in »Hymenomycetes Eur.« the mealy- floccose C. stercorarius and C. narcoticus (which are absolutely next in kind) separated, and grouped respectively with the glabrous C. plicatilis and the pilose C. lagopus, with which they have nothing to do. And C. lagopus again is widely separated from C. tomeniosus, althougt they are almost identical. Unfortunately most later authors have repeated or even aggravated such errors. By discarding the fleshiness of the cap as leading character and basing the main divisions on the absence or presence of a universal veil, and the microscopic structure of the same, a more natural classification can be attained, without deviating fundamentally from the systematic arrangement of Fries. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 35 In most Coprini the young cap is covered by a coating (a universal veil). But this coating is either made up of filaments, which form a felty or pilose covering, or of loose, globular cells (in which case it will be mealy or granular). A number of species, especially smaller ones, are entirely devoid of universal veil, the cap being consequently absolutely naked. The genus thus naturally falls in three main groups or tribes, which I term comali, farinosi and nudi. The details of the. classification can be gathered from the Key (see over) and require no particular explanation. As indicated by the name Coprinus the genus is largely coprophile. Of the 56 species in Fries' Hymenomycetes 17 (or about V3) are said to §row on dun§ or manured soil- of the 169 species recorded by Massee (Annals of Botany, X.), about V4 are said t0 De coprophile. — Strange to say »Fungi fimicoli danici« by E. Chr. Hansen (1876) only mentiones 5 (or 6) dung-loving species as found in Denmark. The number seems to be at least 13. Of the 32 species noted by me at least 12 are coprophile. — The xylophile species are comparatively few, and it is not always easy to make out whether a species is really wood-loving or not. Thus f. inst. C. domesticus grows occasionally on decaying wood (rotten timber etc.), but is also to be met with growing on the ground in woods. And C. micaceus, which generally grows around trunks, is not unfrequently met with growing apparently as a parasite on living trees. The total number of my Danish Coprini is 32 (or 30, if the Friesian limitation of the genus be adhered to). This is about 3/i of the number of Swedish species mentioned in »Hymenomyc. Europ.«; but since the time of Fries the number of known species of Coprinus has been very much augmented — even if the enormous number mentioned by Massee (loc. cit.) comprises a considerable number of synonyms, as in all probability it does. Like other, especially coprophile, fungi some of the Coprini are almost cosmopolitan. One (C. curtus) is in fact only recorded from South Africa and Denmark. This world-wide distribution together with the ephemeral nature of many species goes a long way to explain the large number of synonyms, as the same plant, when gathered in different parts of the globe, will often be awarded different names and recorded as a number of »new 3* 3ß Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. species«, especially as the Coprini are even worse than the ordi- nary agarics to bring safely home for study and to preserve. Their rapid developement and decay has also been a great obstacle to my figuring of the ephemeral species. Some I have had to cultivate in order to study and figure them in all stages. And besides the species figured I have met with some few very minute forms, which probably are distinct species, but which I have not succeeded in figuring and identifying. Still I have reason to believe that the 32 species figured represent the large majority of the Danish species. The number at any rate con- siderably exceeds that recorded in previous floras. Spores of all the species are figured on Plate II. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS COPRINUS FIGUBED IN »DANMABKS AGABICACEEB«. Comati. Young cap covered with felt or scales (recurved or adpres- sed) formed by filaments (which are made up of cylindric — or irregularly branched — cells). a. annulati. Stem with a narrow ring (usually free, occasio- nal!}' attached to base of stem). a. Spores 12—14 n long. Cap large (about 9 cm high1) . C. comatus (1) b. Spores 15—23 n long. Cap smaller (2-5 cm high) . C. sterquilinus (2) (3. exannulati. Stem without ring (occasionally with a ringlike zone near the base). a. subglabri. Cap almost naked, remnants of universal veil forming inconspicuous, adpressed, brownish scales or cobweb- like, orange filaments. 1. Cap grayish, with adpressed scales (especially in the middle), rather large C. atramentarius (3) (There exists a smaller form (cap 3 cm high) almost devoid of scales: C. fuscescens Schaeff.?) 2. Cap whitish, covered (like the stem) with cobweb-like, orange-red filaments, 2—3 cm high C. dilectus (4) b. tomentosi. Young cap perfectly covered by (whitish) felt or pilose scales. 1. atrospori. Sporepowder almost black (individual spores dark brown or black). l) I generally give the height of the mature, but unexpanded, cap as the most reliable measure in this genus. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 37 * Veil on young cap forming a felty coating that soon breaks up into patches. f Cap large (5 cm or more high) C. picaceus (5) f f Cap smaller (rarely over 3 cm). c Spores 8 — 10 n long C. aphthosus (6) ° Spores 11 — 1.") n long. § Stem glabrous; gills soon black . . C. Rostrupianus (7) §§ Stem villoso-tomentose; gills brownish . . C. velatus (8) * Veil on young cap forming squarrose, fibrous scales. f Medium-sized fungi (cap 1 — 3 cm high). ° Stem very fragile, woolly; cap membranaceous, splitting, edge upturning C lagopus (9) | Stem rather firm, somewhat scaly, rooting; cap somewhat fleshy C. funetarius (10) fj Very small (cap 0,2 — 0,5 cm high) C. radiatus (11) 2. phæospori Sporepowder dark brown, spores (sub. micr.) translucid, date-brown, (conf. no. 8). * Veil formed of cylindric cells (with irregular branch- lets), soon pealing off. f Spores triangular-subrotund, somewhat flattened C. Friesii (12) ff Spores broadly oval C. phceosporas (13) * Veil dimorph: formed of cylindric, unbranched cells above and globular cells below, soon breaking up into minute granules C. domesticus (14) B. Farinosi. Young cap covered with meal or glistening particles (formed of globular cells). (Conf. no. 14). a. annulati. Stem with a free ring C. ephemeroides (15) (3. exannulati. Stem devoid of ring. a. vestiti. Veil forming a rather thick coating on surface of young cap. 1. Veil forming a continuous layer of loose meal. * Spores small (61/, — 8 n long), broadly lemon-shaped or roundish snbcordate. Cap very minute (2—4 mm high) C. cordisporus (16) | Spores larger, or oval. f Veil snow-white. Spores large, (12 — 18 n long) . C. niveus (17) ff Veil grayish or dirty white. Spores smaller (8—13 n long). ° Cap (when bruised) with a nauseating, foetid smell. No sclerotia C. narcoticus (18) % Smell faint or none. § Medium-sized (cap 1—2 cm high). Generally springing from small, black Sclerotium C. stercorarius (19) §§ Small (cap 1 cm high or less). No sclerotia. > Cap 2—3 mm high (grows on cow-dung) C velox (20) » Cap 3—10 mm high (grows on the ground among dead foliage, twigs etc.) . . . C. corlinatus (21) 38 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. 2. Veil breaking up into small, granular squamules. * Veil on young cap bright fulvous or tile-red . . . C. eurius (22) * Veil whitish (in the middle somewhat brownish). (Conf. also no 14) C. angulatus (23) b. micacei. Veil reduced to a thin sprinkling of loose, glittering particles C. micaceus (24) C. Nudi. Cap naked. Veil none. CI. setulosi. Cap (sub lente) sparingly set with minute bristles or setula? among the ordinary roundish surface-cells. a. Cæspitose growth. 1. Cap large (2 cm high or more), somewhat fleshy . . C. tardus (25) 2. Cap small (less than 2 cm) C. disseminatus (26) b. Solitary growth. 1. Young cap striate, soon radiately split and somewhat diffluent (0,3 -2 cm high) C. ephemerus (and its allies) (27) 2. Young cap deeply grooved, not diffluent (l'/2— 3 cm high) C. impatiens (28) p. glabri. Surface of cap without setula?, exclusively formed af subglobose cells. a. Spores ovate. 1. Cap rather large (more than l*/4 cm high); stem firm (3 — 4 mm thick) C. Hansenii (29) 2. Cap smaller; stem fragile (l1/,, mm thick) C. sociatus (30) b. Spores subrotund-cordate, somewhat flattened. 1. Cap about 1 cm high; (grows on the ground) . . . C. plicatilis (31) 2. Cap very small (1— 3mm high); (on cow-dung). . . . C. miser (32) SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES ON THE SPECIES. A. COMATI. 1. Coprinus comatus (Schum. in Fl. D.). Spores 11V2— 14 x 7— 8V2, ovate-oval. — Surface of cap formed of septate, mostly 7 — 16 ja thick filaments (1914). Figured specimens: Fruens Bøge, border of lane, Oct. 1896. — Common on roadsides, grassy lanes, wood-paths etc. ; more rarely met with in cultivated fields on rich soil. — C. ovatus Schaeff., like other modern authors, I regard as a mere form of this species. 2. C. sterquilinus Fr. Spores ovate-ellipsoid, very large, 15—23 x 10—13 u, when ripe very dark and opaque. Fig. specim.: Horsens, on heap of old dung from hotbed, Aug. 1909. — Also found in Fruens Bøge, on heap of horse-dung in garden, Sept. 1910. The ring is either free or attached to the base of the stem, (thus forming a volvaceous edge). The young cap is white, squarrosely scaly. The stem turns black with age. 3. C. atramentarius (Bull.). Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 7l/2-8 x 5u(I) or 9 x 5x/2 u (II). — Scales on cap made up of filaments formed of cylindric cells; cystidia cylindric-sackshaped, about 25 u broad (1914). " Fig. specim. : Hjallese, on the ground close by a wooden frame, July 1897 ; and at the base of an old Populus, Sept. 1898. — Very common, especially at the base of trees on rich soil, generally clustered. — A white variety was found by me in 1914 in a garden. [C. soboliferus Fr. seems to be nothing but a large form of this species. — On the ground in moist foliaceous woods a 40 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. small, rather solitary-growing form is occasionally met with. This variety has an almost naked cap and probably is identical with C. fuscescens Schaeff.]. 4. C. dilectus Fr. Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 10 x 6 |u. Edge and surface of gills set with ovate, vesiculose cystidia (average breadth 23 u). The red filaments on the cap are (sub micr.) pale yellow, about 11 (J broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, in copsewood, on rubbish-heap (sticks, coke, decaying boards etc.), aggregate, Aug. (and Sept.) 1904. The young cap and the stem (especially towards the base) are clad with a very subtile, arachnoid felt of orange-red colour. The base of the stem is pilose, but has no true volva. C. intermedins Penz. and C. roseotinctus Rea seem to be almost identical, although the coloured veil is described as »mealy«. 5. C. picaceus (Bull.). Spores broadly oval, 16— 18X12— 13 u (or 13— 17 X9V2— 12ja). — Felty coating on cap made up of septate, wavy, about 7 u broad filaments (1914). Fig. specim.: Brahetrolleborg, wood of Fagus, Sept. 1897. — Common in woods of Fagus, growing solitary on the ground. 6. C. aphthosus Fr. Spores broadly lemon-shaped, 872— 10 X 51/*— 6V»m black, opaque. Cystidia vesiculose, cylindric-oval, 50—75 X 20 — 27 (a. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, in rotten trunk of Salix capræa, Oct. 1901. (Also found on stump of Salix, Juli 1903). Coating on young cap cottony-felty, later on forming small, somewhat arachnoid scales. 7. C. Rostrupianus E. C. Hansen. Spores oval or ovate-oval, mostly 12— 15x7— 8 ju, opaque, brownish-black. Cystidia vesiculose, ovate-oblong, about 85 X 38 ja. Coating on cap made up of hyphæ formed of irregularly cylin- dric, 12 — 20 |u broad cells. Fig. specim. : Ærholm, alongside a road, on soil mixed with horse-dung, Sept. 1913. — Also found in similar localities, Hjallese and Lindvedgaard, July 1914. No sclerotia found. But for the rest the description by E. Chr. Hansen (Bot. Zeitung 1897) fits my plant well. From C. niveus it is widely different; but the larger specimens approach the description of C. exstinctorius Fr. 8. C. velatus Quel, (forma substerilis). Spores oval, 11 — ll1/2 x 5a/4 — 6 \x, translucid, pale brown (in my specimens rather scarce and often atrophiate). Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 41 Fig. specim. : Langesø, amongst grass behind a shed, in outskirts of wood of Fagus, Aug. 1913. A substerile form ; the gills at first pale pinkish-ochre, then dark grayish-brown. Spores paler than in the type. 9. C. lagopus Fr. Spores oval, ll1/,— HVi x 7*/i M (I) or 10x6|a (II). Gystidia large, vesiculose, ovate or oblong, about 12—25 u broad. Pilose scales formed of long septate filaments (which are hyaline or pale brownish), 15—18 u broad (1914). Fig. specim.: I. Hjallese, on the ground alongside a path in copsewood, July 1897. II. similar locality, Aug. 1897. — Rather common on the ground and on rubbish-heaps, in shady places. [C. tomentosus Bull. I have often seen specimens which answer perfectly to the description of C. t., but I am unable to distinguish them from large specimens of C lagopus. They grow in similar localities. — Ricken's fig. of C. t. suggests C. domesticus]. 10 a. C. fimetarius (L.). (C. macrorhizus Pers.). Spores oval, 9—11 x6-7fi. Cystidia solitary, large, conic-ovate, up to 60 u long and about 35 u broad. (1914: Spores 10— ll1/-,^ long, opaque, blackish-brown). Fig. specim. : Hjallese, on horse-dung in manure-shed, July 1897. — Very common on dunghills; out of doors chiefly in July— Sept., in sheds etc. to be met with almost all the year round. 10 b. C. fimetarius (L.) var. Spores oval, 11—15 x 7— 9u (mostly 13—14 x 71/»— 8 u), opaque, almost black. Cystidia large, vesiculose, about 40 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on rotten hay, Nov. 1912. Smaller than no: 10a. Cap very soon naked; stem slender, translucid, at first sparsely clad with long hairs, soon absolutely glabrous. — This form connects 10 a and 11, but has larger spores than either. 11. C. radiatus (Bolt.). Spores oval, 11— 1272 X 672— 71/, u. Scales on cap formed of rows of cylindric or ovate cells. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on horse-droppings in wood, Aug. 1904. — Very common, in wood and field, in moist weather. Inodorous. Is almost a miniature of no. 10 a, the unexpanded cap only 1—5 mm high and the stem filiform (V3— V2 mm thick). C. pilosus Beck I consider synonymous. 42 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. 12. C. Friesii Quél. A. Spores ovate-subrotund (slightly angular), 8V2 — IOV2 x ^V* I1- Sporepowder blackish-brown. Fig. specim.: Bramstrup, on dead Phragmites-straw, in moist meadow, July 1898. Not quite typical and possibly a distinct species. The cap is almost glabrous, slightly downy. B. Spores triangular-subrotund, somewhat flattened, 8 — 9X6V2H (short diameter only 572 u), pale date-brown, translucid. Lundeborg, on dead grass, woodpath, Aug. 1914. — This I consider the typical form. The cap soon becomes glabrous, but is at first clad with small squamules, which are made up of cells like those of no: 13 (which is very closely allied). C. var. microspore!. A form with still smaller spores (6x5 — öVaH) I have met with once, growing on bits of straw (from horse- droppings). Hjallese, green walk in copsewood, Aug. 1913. 13. C. phæosporus Karst., var. Spores broadly oval, S1/*— 9V2 x 6— 63/4 V, translucid date-brown. The coating on the cap formed of light brown, thick-walled filaments (4- — 5 \jl broad) with irregular, rectangular, somewhat bifurcate branchlets. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on loamy rubbish-heap among germi- nating grass-seed, Sept. 1904 (solitary specimens). Also found on green walk in foliaceous wood. Cap IV2 cm high, cylindric, covered, especially lowrards the apex, by a rather dense felty coating, which is somewhat ochra- ceous and disintegrates into small squamules, which on top of cap are mucronate. Edge of cap soon minutely striate and tur- ning pale lilac. During the night the cap expands, the edge recurves, and the entire surface becomes striate. Sporepowder dark gray-brown. When young this fungus reminds you of C. comatus en miniature. It differs from the description of Karsten by its solitary habit, from 12 B by its oval spores. 14. C. domesticus (Pers.). Spores oval-ovate, gray-brown, 7— 8 X 472— 5 u. — Cystidia (on edge of gills only) globular, about 15 \x broad, with or without a 5— 16 u long, 4— 5u broad appendice (1914). — Veil formed of two different tissues: the outer one made up of septate, thick- walled, yellow, 8u broad filaments; the inner one of globose, hyaline cells. Fig. specimens: Sorø, open space in wood, on the ground among chips, Oct. 1901. — B. Aalykkeskov near Odense, on the ground in foliaceous wood, 1911. — Not rare, on the ground, especially among chips; also an decaying doorsills etc. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 43 The bud is entirely enclosed in the veil, the outer layer of which is felty-setulose, sub-ochraceous, while the inner is whitish and granulöse. Wheu the cap expands, the veil breaks up into minute, granular scales, dispersed on the translucid, radiately splitting cap. — The sporepowder is blackish brown. By the nature of its veil it forms a transition to group B. — C. similis B. and Br. (sensu Bicken) seems to be identical. B. FARINOSI. 15. C. ephemeroides (Bull.). Spores ovate -subrotund, subtriangular, somewhat flattened, 7!/2— 9 x 6— 77a u, brownish-black. Cystidia globose, 23— 30 u. Cells of granular veil globose or oval, 25— 30udiam. or 40xl8u. Fig. specim.: Odense, on horse- and cow-dung in pasture, Sept. 1901. — Bather common on horse-droppings and manure- heaps (cow- and horse-dung), in shady places, Aug.— Oct. This very characteristic little fungus is by some authors referred to C. Hendersonii Berk., but differs totally from Fries' description of this species by the mealy-granular coating on the cap. The ring is usually free, but occasionally remains as a volvaceous brim on the slightly swelled base of the stem. This form is probably C. volvaceo-minimus Crossl. — €. bulbillosus Pat. appears from the description to be identical. As C. ephe- meroides is not known from England, while the English authors describe C. Hendersonii as »pruinose«, the two are most likely identical. The description by Quélet of C. H. fits my plant fairly well. — The »free filament- in the cavity of the stem, mentioned by Fries, I have not observed. 16. C. cordisporus Gibbs. (Plate I, fig. g). Spores very broadly lemon-shaped or triangular-subrotund, some- what flattened, 61/,— 878 x 6 -672 H- Basidia 4-spored. Cells on surface of cap subglobose, 20 — 40 u diam. Fig. specim.: Sollerup, on horse-droppings in a meadow near Arreskov Sø, Oct. 1908. Cap at first ovate, 1—3 ram high, then convex-expanded, 172— 8 mm broad, when young totally covered by a whitish (sub-ochraceous) mealy-granular veil, when expanded radiately fisso-sulcate, disc slightly depressed. Stem 1— 2 cm x 73 mm, almost glabrous, base slightly mealy-downy. Smaller than C. ephemeroides and without ring, but for the rest very much like this species. The smallest specimens suggest C. Gibbsii (Mass. et Crossl.). 44 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. 17. C. niveus (Pers.). Spores lemon-shaped-subrotund, slightly flattened, about 12 — 18 x 10— 12 u (short diameter 8 — 10 ja). Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on horse-dung (Oct. 1898) and cow-dung (Sept. 1899) in a grassfield. Common in green fields and other pastures. The »C. niveus« mentioned by Massee (loc. cit.) seems to be C. Rostrupianus (Conf. E. Chr. Hansen, 1897); his »C. ster- corarius« is C. niveus. 18. C. narcoticus Fr. Spores ellipsoid, blackish-brown, 12 — 1372 x 6V2 M> opaque, with a hyaline epispore. When deprived of the epispore the spore is narrowly ellipsoid, 1 11/2 x 51/2}x. Cystidia subglobose, 20 — 40 u. The mealy papillose coating is formed of globular, 35 — 80 ^ broad cells, which are sparely and minutely warty. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on the ground (in copsewood) on mouldy, rubbish-mixed soil, a number of specimens, July 1914. This species has very much in common with C. stercorarius, but has no sclerotia. When cut it expands a very disagreeable, nauseating odour. — To judge from the description C. inamoenus Karst, is identical. 19. C. stercorarius (Bull.). Spores oval, 10 X 572 H- Cystidia sack-shaped. Veil formed of large globular or ellipsoid cells, which at first are somewhat warty-granulate, diam. 30 — 70 u. Fig. specim. : Hjallese on the ground in richly manured garden-beds, July 1898. — Not very common. Also found in loose horse-dung used as topdressing on the ground in palmhouse (Copenhagen 1914). This fungus (always?) springs from a small black Sclerotium. For full description and synonymy see E. Chr. Hansen's paper (1897). Evidently C. tuberosus Quel, is identical. The same may be true of C. cineratus Quel. — (C. stercorarius, sensu Massee, is C. niveus). 20. C. velox God. Spores ellipsoid, 1:% — 9 x 41/2 u, dark brown. Cells on surface of cap globular, warty, 24 —40 |u diam. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on cow-dung in pasture, Oct. 1904. This species is very closely allied to no. 19, but very minute (cap only 1—3 mm high, when expanded 2—6 mm); stem IV2 — 2 cm x 1/4 mm, villous (especially towards the base); sclerotia none. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 45 21. C. cortinatus n. sp. (Plate I, fig. i). Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 8 — 10x5 — 5x/2 \i, dark grayish -brown (sporepowder black). Cells from mealy surface of cap globular (30—50 \i), from edge of cap cylindric, forming fibrils about 10 — 20 u broad, slightly granulate. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, copsewood, on the ground among short grass, July 1903. (Also occasionally met with in black mould on stumps (Populus, Ulmus), Samsø and Fyn, 1903 — 07). Cap ovate, 4—7 mm high, when expanded convex or slightly depressed, 0,8 — 1,3 cm broad, at first totally covered by a whitish (slightly clay-coloured or sub-ochraceous), loose and scurfy meal, when expanding radiately striate or grooved about halfway, not diffluent. Towards the edge the veil is made up of minute, downy fibrils; these at first connect the cap with the loose downy-villous coating on the stem, which on large specimens forms a very fugacious ringlike zone. Stem 3 — 5 cm x 1 mm, with narrow cavity. The gills are free, at first pale, then grayish- brown. — My plant has much in common with C. filiformis B. and Br., but is twice as large. And C. f., according to Massee, has much smaller spores (5x4 u.). 22. C. curtus Kalkbr. (Plate I, fig. h). Spores oval, 10^2 — 12ij2'X61J2 — 71/2> brownish-black. Sporepowder black. Veil formed of clusters of subglobose, yellowish-brown, somewhat granulate cells (13 — 20 [i broad). Fig. specim. : Aalykkegaard near Odense, on horse-droppings in pasture, Sept. 1901. — Also Hjallese, July 1915. As this characteristic species is only recorded from the Cape, I think it advisable to give a brief description : Cap oval, 2 — 4 mm high, at first entirely covered by the crusty, lighter or darker fox-red veil. When expanding it is flat or slightly convex, fisso-sulcate, diaphanous, fusco-pallid, 3 — 9 mm broad, with a small, slightly depressed disc, and the veil is broken up into very minute granules. The stem is short (1 — 2 cm x !/3 mm), hyaline-pallid, pruinose. The gills are linear, free, blackened by the spores. 23. C. angulatus Peck (Plate I, fig. j). Spores obtusely pentangular, with a prominent apical wart, 7 — 7 x/2 x 6 (u (short diameter only 5 jli), blackish-brown. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia globose, about 22 |u broad. Cells from surface of cap globose or broadly oval, 25 — 45 x 22 — 35 (a, those from apex of cap slightly ochraceous. Fig. specim.: Langesø, on kitchen-offall (greasy paper, coffee- grounds etc.) in shady backyard, gregarious and somewhat cæspitose, July 1913. Cap at first ovate-oval, about 1 cm high, whitish, with a mealy coating which is whitish, near the apex light brown and some- 46 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. what mucronately papillous. When expanded the cap is obtu- sely campanulate-convex, fisso-sulcate almost to the centre, lVj— 2V4cm across, pale grayish. The stem is glabrous, rather short (3 cm x 2 mm), base slightly bulbous and set with squa- mules like the cap. Gills free (but without a collarium), at first pale lilac-brown, then black. Sporepowder black. I refer this species to C. angulatus Peck, which as far as I know has not been met with in Europe before. C. Patouillardi Quel, and C. papillatus Batsch as well as C. Coffece Comes may however be identical. When only half-way expanded it has a superficial likeness to C. disseminatus; when expanded it is not unlike a little C. domesticus. 24. C. micaceus (Bull.). Spores lemon-shaped, 8—11 x 5 (or 7V2— 10 x 4— 5 u]. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on and around stump, Oct. 1896. — Very common, densely clustered, at the base of trunks (of foliaceous trees) or on the trunks themselves. C. NUDI. 25. C. tardus Karst. Spores broadly lemon-shaped, 12— 15 x 7— 9 u, opaque, black. Cystidia vesiculose, very large, conically flask-shaped, up to 24 u broad. The surface of the cap is sparingly set with minute, erect, hyaline setulæ or bristles (cystidia?), about 120 u long. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, fasciculate, on clayish soil, open space in wood, Oct. 1898. — Not uncommon, till late in the autumn (1912 even in January), in woods and gardens. Its habit is intermediate between C. micaceus and C. impatiens, but it is larger than either. (But for the »höckerig-rauen« spores C. ter- giversans Ft. (sensu Ricken) would be almost identical). 26. C. disseminatus (Pers.) Quel. (Psatyrella disseminata Ft.). Spores 81/* — 9 x 472— 5 u. Cystidia 0. Surface of cap with a) globular cells (about 40udiam.), b) cylindric, erect cells (100— 130 u long) with somewhat granulate membrane. The cylindric or borst-like cells are also met with on the edge of the gills near the margin of the cap. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on and around stump ofPopulus, June 1896. — Very common about stumps and trees (especially Populus) in dense masses (consisting of hundreds and hundreds). Several generations (3 — 4) may appear on the same stump, some six weeks after each other. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 47 27 a. C. ephemerus (Bull.). I) Spores ovate, 10 x 6V2 u- Cystidia vesiculous. [Also spores 9V2 — 10x5 — 5x/2 u, ovate-ellipsoid, dark brown ; basidia 972u broad, paraphyses 15 — 25 u. Hairs on surface of cap 46 — 60 u long, smooth. Cystidia on gills about 16 ^ broad, with or without a bottleneck-like contraction of the upper portion. 1914]. Fig. specim. : Hjallese, on path in foliaceous wood, July 1897. (1914, in similar locality, Killerup, October). II) Spores 10-16x6— 8 u (mostly 11— 15 x 6V2— 7x/2 H) blackish brown. Setulæ on cap about 50 u. Cystidia on gills globular or somewhat conical, free portion up to 50 (i long. Fig. specim.: Killerup, on roadside-bank behind a wood, Oct. 1901. — The two forms are almost identical, only the spores differ materially in size. [On horse- and especially cow-dung in pastures a fungus is met with everywhere, which I cannot clearly distinguish from C. ephemerus (II). Like other coprobious Coprini it varies very much in size (unexpanded cap 2 — 13mm high); small specimens are generally pale, the bigger ones subochraceous. It is rapidly diffluent (much more so than C. ephemerus I and II). From all other coprophile species it is most easily distinguished by the minute erect setulæ on the — apparently naked — young cap. To this type evidently belong C. proximellus Karst., C. con- ditus Gill, and probably also Psatyrella subtilis Fr. See also additional note page 50]. 27 b. C. ephemerus (Bull.) var.? Spores ellipsoid, opaque, 11— 13 X 61/*— 7 u, Setulæ on cap 60 u. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on heap of rubbish and rotten sticks, July 1903. — Differs from large specimens of no. 27 a chiefly by its larger (2 cm high), at first dark brown, when expanded some- what paler, campanulate cap. — The stem is setulous like the cap. 28. C. impatiens (Fr.) Quel {Psatyrella impatiens Fr.). Spores ovate-oval 8V8— 11 x 6 (or 9l/8— 12 x 5-6x/2u). Cystidia somewhat flask-shaped or almost like the hairs of the nettle. [1914: Surface of cap with erect setulæ (cystidia) (about 100 ^ long). Hymenium of the Coprinus-type, with sterile cells (para- physes) between the fertile basidia. Spores dark date-brown, slightly pellucid. Sporepowder blackish-brown]. Fig. specim.: Trolleborg, in wood ofFagus, border of meadow, Sept. 1897. — Not uncommon, especially in the outskirts of foliaceous woods, on the ground, solitary or scattered. Easily recognized by the cap, which, even before expanding, is deeply grooved (short and long grooves alternating in a very regular manner). Whether C. (Psatyrella) hiascens is a species really distinct from C. impatiens appears to me rather dubious. 48 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. 29. C. Hansenii n. sp. (Plate I, fig. k). Spores oval-ovate, 12—13 X7fi, dark grayish-brown, slightly pel- lucid. Basidia 9—10 u diam.; paraphyses 17 — 18 u. Cystidia vesiculous, somewhat bottle-shaped, with a short or rather long neck, about 20 y broad. The surface of the cap is formed of balloon-shaped or almost pyriform cells (16 — 24 (a broad). Fig. specim.: Hunderup, on the ground near a dead stump of Populus, June 1902. — Also Horsens, 1908, and Lundeborg, Aug. 1914, on naked ground behind a garden-hedge. Cap at first oval-cylindric, VU—2 cm high, dark rufous chestnut-brown (apex darker), naked, striate, then expanded, at last flat, fisso-sulcate 2/3 way up (disc flat or slightly depressed), 3—472 cm across, of a lighter and paler brownish colour than the bud. Stem rather tough, whitish (tinted slightly brownish), inside sub-ochraceous, fistulöse, glabrous, top somewhat striate, 7 — 9 cm x 3 — 4 mm. Gills free, narrow, at first pale, then ochaceous-brown, at last black, hardly diffluent. Subfasciculate. Having found no description anywhere of this characteristic species I have named it C. Hansenii in commemoration of the Danish biologist and mycologist Emil Chr. Hansen, author of Fungi fimicoli Danici. 30. C. sociatus Fr. (?). Spores ovate-oval, 12 x 7 u, dark gray-brown, slightly pellucid. Sporepowder brownish black. Cystidia somewhat bottleshaped with a broad neck, 20 — 25 \i broad. Surface of cap made up of globular or balloonshaped cells, 25 — 40 |a diam., hyaline or slightly brownish. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, solitary growing on border of wood- path, July 1914. Cap campanulate, 1 cm high, at last expanded, up to 2 cm across, surface grayish- ochraceous-brown, apex sub- fulvous, naked (without veil) but (sub lente) seen to be formed of glistening particles (globular cells), at first deeply striate, then fisso-sulcate almost to apex. Stem 5 cm x l1^ mm, apex slightly dilated, glabrous, whitish. Gills lanceolate-linear, free, soon blackish. This plant differs from the description of C. sociatus by its solitary habit. Its microscopic characters are almost like those of no : 29, but it has the stature of C. plicatilis, from which it is however easily recognized by the spores, by the cap not having a depressed disc, by the darker brown colour and the glitte- ring surface-cells. From large forms of C. ephemerus it differs in having no setulæ on surface of cap. 31. C. plicatilis (Curt). Spores subrotund-lemonshaped (almost like the seeds of Poly- gonum lapathifolium) somewhat flattened, 972 — 11x8—972 H Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. II. 49 (short diameter 6V2 u)- Cystidia vesiculous, sackshaped or some- what bottleshaped^ 25 [i broad. Surface of cap formed of balloonshaped, hyaline cells (20—35 u diam.). Fig. specim.: Hjallese, old lawn, July 1897. — Very common in grass. — In woods (on foot-paths etc.) a paler, more campanulate form is not uncommonly met. This probably is the C. hemero- bhis of Fries. But I do not think it specifically distinct. Fries places the two species in different groups; C. hemerobius he regards as glabrous, while C. plicatilis is placed in »furfurelli«. But as a matter of fact both are perfectly naked. 32. C. miser Karst. (Plate I, fig. 1). Spores subrotund-lriangular, somewhat flattened, 8 x 7 (a (short diam. 5(a), black, impellucid. Surface of cap formed of ovate- globose, about 18 n broad cells. Fig. specim.: Aalsbo, on cow-dung in pasture, under Betulas, Oct. 1899. — Apparently not rare, on cow-dung in copsewoods and pastures, but easily overlooked. This very minute species I formerly referred to C. Schroeteri Karst, (sensu Schroder), but it has much smaller spores. I refer it now to C. miser Karst., although the author describes this species simply as »hyalino-cinerellus« and does not mention that the young, unexpanded cap is more bright-coloured, orange or tile-red, especially towards the apex. From minute specimens of the C. ephemerus-iype it is most easily recognized by being absolutely glabrous, and by the spores. Besides these 32 species some few others are recorded from Denmark. C. oblectus (Bolt.) is mentioned by E. Chr. Hansen as found on manured ground near Copenhagen in 1875. It has not been observed since. — Ricken (loc. cit.) regards it as a mere form of C. sterquilinus. C. alternates (Schum.). This species has not — as far as I know — been met with since the time of Schumacher (a. 1800). It seems to be variously conceived by the different authors. C. deliquescens Fr. is recorded by Sev. Petersen (loc. cit.) from Slagelse Skov. Cooke's figure of this species has very much in common with some forms of C. atramentarius. C. digitalis (Batsch). Also recorded by Sev. Petersen from Slagelse, bul regarded by him as a dubious species. 4 50 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 3. C. sceptrum Fr. has been found by Sev. Petersen in Jylland and C. diaphanus Quel, near Sorø. They appear from the description to be almost identical. Until it is ascertained whether they are really glabrous, or minutely setulose like C. ephemerus, the question of their systematic position cannot be settled. They (especially C. diaphauus) seem to have much in common with C. ephemerus. C. congregatus, (Bull.). — A fungus very much like this species I have met with in foliaceous wood, on grassy drive, growing in large and dense clusters. I have not had the opportunity to study it further, as it has not reappeared for several years. Additional note. C. bisporus n. sp. Immediately before tbe going to press of this paper I have met with a Coprinus of the C. ephemerns-type which differs from all other Coprini examined b}' me in having constantly 2-spored basidia, and which I therefore think deserves a specific name, although macroscopically it differs but very little from its 4-spored allies. — Like the forms mentioned sub no. 27 a. it grows as well on dung as amongst grass. Probably the large-spored 27 a II belongs here. I add a brief description: Young cap 0,5—1,2 cm high, ovate, pallid (like C. disseminatus), apparently naked, but set with minute, erect setulæ. When expanding it becomes grayish- hyaline, radiately sulcate and at last somewhat recurved and diffluent. The gills are narrow, reach the stem and soon become blackish. The stem is 3— 8 cm x 1—1,5 mm, glabrous, translucid. Setulæ on cap 60 — 120 n long. Spores ovate-ellipsoid, 121/,, x 6l/2 I-1 opaque, blackish-brown (sporepowder black). Basidia constantly 2-spored, 9 n broad. Cystidia inflated ovate, about 18 n broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on rubbish-heap and horse-dung in wood July 1915. — Also met with on borders of road and green walk in wood in same locality. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Besides the works mentioned in part I. and diverse papers and notes in myco- logical periodicals the following books and papers have been used by me. G. F. Atkinson: Studies and Illustrations of Mushrooms. (Cornell University Agric. Exp. Bull. 138, 1897). E. Fries: Sveriges ätliga och giftiga svampar. (Stockholm 1860 — 1866). Emil Chh. Hansen: De danske Gjodningss vampe (Fungi fimicoli danici). Viden- skab. Medd. fra den naturh. Forening i Kjøbenh., 1876. _ _ Biologische Untersuchungen über Mist bewohnende Pilze, Botan. Zeitung VII, 1897. René Maire: Notes in »Annales mycologici«, 1913. G. Massee: A synoptic review of the Genus Coprinus in Annals of Botany, X, 1896. Luc. Quélet: Flore Mycologique de la France, Paris 1888. Luc. Quélet et F. Bataille: Flore monographique des Amanites et des Lepiotes. Paris 1902. Ad. Ricken: Die Blätterpilze. Leipzig 1910. SPECIFIC INDEX. Amanita Pa£e aspera 10 — var. Francheti 10 aureola 9 bisporigera 4 caesarea 2 cariosa 9 coccola 2 echinocephala 2 excelsa 9 - f. pallida 9 guttata 11 hyperborea 2 illinita 3 lenticularis 11 magnifica 11 Mappa 8 megalodactyla 12 muscaria 8 nitida 12 pantherina 9 Persooni 12 phalloides 7 f. citrina 8 porphyria 8 recutita 8 rubescens 10 — var. annulo sulph. . . 11 spissa. 10 strangulata 11 vaginata 11 — var. fungites 11 valida 10 velatipes 9 virosa 7 Lepiota (and Ar miliaria) acutesquamosa 28 albo-sericea 27 Lepiota (and Armillaria) Page amianthina 30 aspera 28 aurantia 14 Boudieri 26 bulbigera 15 Bucknalli 30 Carcharias 30 castanea 26 cepæstipes 18 cingulata 14 cinnabarina 29 clypeolaria 24 corticatus 15 Cortinarius 25 cristata 26 denigrata 15 densifolia 23 dolichaula 22 echinata 31 echinella 29 erminea . 25 excoriata 22 felina 24 Forquignoni 27 Friesii 28 fumoso-purpurea 31 fusco-squamea 28 gracilenta 22 gracilis 24 — var. hevigata 24 granulosa 29 hæmatosperma 31 helveola 26 helveola var. Barlæ 27 hispida 28 jurana 16 lævis 23 leucothites 23 Specific index 53 Lepiota (and Ar miliaria) Page Meleagris 25 mellea 31 metulispora 24 micropholis 28 Morieri 27 mncida 15 naucina 23 Olivieri 23 parvannulata 30 permixta 22 procera 22 prominens 22 pudica *. 23 ramentacea 14 rhacodes 23 — var. pnellaris 23 robusta 14 Schulzeri 23 seminuda 30 serena 27 Terrei 29 umbonata 22 Coprinus alternatus 43 angulatus 45 aphthosus 40 atramentarius 39 bisporus 50 bulbillosus 43 cineratus 44 coffeæ 46 comatus 39 conditus 47 congregatus 50 cordisporus 43 cortinatus 45 curtus 45 deliquescens 49 diaphanus 50 digitalis 49 dilectus 40 disseminatus 42 domesticus 42 ephemeroides 43 ephemerus 47 CoprinUS Page exstinctorius 40 filiformis 45 fimetarius 41 Friesii 42 fuscescens 40 Gibbsii 43 Hansenii 48 hemerobius 49 Hendersonii 43 hiascens 47 impatiens 47 inamoenus 44 intermedins 40 lagopus 41 macrorhizus 41 micacens 46 miser 49 narcoticus 44 niveus 41 oblectus 49 ovatns 39 papillatns 46 Patouillardi 46 phæosporus 42 picaceus 40 pilosus 41 plicatilis 48 proximellus 47 radiatus . 41 roseotinctus 40 Rostrupianus 40 Sceptrum 50 Schroeteri 49 similis 43 soboliferus 39 sociatus 4S stercorarius 44 sterquilinus 39 subtilis 47 tardus 46 tergiversans 46 tomentosus 41 tuberosns 44 velatus 40 velox 44 volvaceo-minimus 43 PLATE I. a. Lepiota gracilis (natural size) b. — Cortinarius — c. — helveola var. — (I. — Forquignoni — e. — hispida f. — echinella g. Coprinus cordisporus (nat. size and x,3) /?. — curtus — — i. — cortinatus — ./. angulatus (natural size) k. Hansen i i /. miser (natural size and x 3) DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV. BIND 2 NR.3 TAVLE 1, f"j'>v/rTi 1 Jacob B. Lange del. N. Halkjær Uth. '•, / F. Lindegaard Tryk. PLATE II. AU spores shown magnified 800 times, cystidia and surface-cells 300 times. The numbers correspond with the current no: of each species in the text. Amanita. 1. A. virosa spore. 2a. - phalloides — 2b. - forma citrina 3. - porphyria — 4. - recutita .... 5. - Mappa 6a. - muscaria Oh. - aureola .... 7. - pantherina la. A. excelsa . . . 8b. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. pallida spissa aspera rubescens . . . vaginata . . . . strangulata . . lenticularis . . spore. Lepiota. 1. 2. 3. - excoriata .... : 4i — 4h. — puellaris - & cystidium 0 - felina 7. - clypeolaria . . . 8. — metulispora — 9. - gracilis (laevigata) - 10 - erminea : 11. 12. - Cortinarius . . . — & cyst idi urn 13 - & 14 cystidium 1.".. - helveola var. 10. - alho-sericea . — 17. L. Forquignoni 18. - Mori er i . . . 19. - micropholis . 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. - acutesquamosa - hispida . . . - echinella. . . - cinnaharina . - granulosa . . - amianthina . - C arch arias . - Bucknalli . . - seminuda . . — parvannu - hæmatosperm - mellea .... spore. — , cystidium a. surface-cell. & surface-cell. & surface-cell. Plate II. Coprinus. 1. C. 2. - 3. - 4. - 5. - 6. - 7. - 8. - 9. - 10a. - 10b. - 11. - 12. - 13. - 14. - 15. - 16. - 17. - 18. - 19. - 20. - 21. - 22. 23. - 24. - 25. - 26. - 27a. - 27b ■ 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. comatus. . sterquilinus atramentarius dilcctus . . picaceus aplithosus Rostrupianus velatus . . lagopus . . fimetarius — var radiatus . . Fricsii . . . phæosporus domesticus . ephemeroides cordisporus n i veus . . . narcoticus . stercorarius velox .... cortinatus . curtus. . . . angulatus . . micaceus . . tardus. . . . disseminatus ephemerus . impatiens Hansenii sociatus . . plicatilis . spore. — and cystidium. — and cell of filament. — and cystidium. — and 3 surface-cells. — and part of surface-filament. — globose cells and end of filament. — (from face and side^i and surface-cell. — and surface-cell. — (from face and side). — and cystidium. — and surface cell. — globose surface-cell and end of filament. — (from face and side) and surface-cell. — and cystidium. — and surface-cystidium. — and cystidium from edge of gill. — cystidium and surface-cell. — (from face and side) and surface-cell. DANSK BOTANISK AKKIV. BIND II Nr. 3. TAVLE II. 12 13 Ib 15 16 17 18 «1^ 21 22 23 Zlopsalis Bergh and Diplopsalopsis Meunier) into one genus, viz. Peridinium. The species which must be transferred to Peridinium, are the follow- ing: Peridinium lenticula (Bergh) Pauls, (syn. P. Paulsenii Mangin; P. Meunieri Pavillard; Diplopsalis lenticula, /'. minor Pauls.; Dipl. sphærica Meunier); P. assymetricum (Mangin) nob.; P. caspicum (Ostf.) 3 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 4. Leram.; P. pillula (Ostf.) Lemm.; P. Manginii nov. nom. (syn. Diplop- salis minima Mangin, non Perid. minimum Schilling); P. saecularis (Murr, et Whitt.) nob. (syn. Dipl. saecularis Murray and Whitting); P. Borgei (Lemm.) Lemm. (syn. Peridiniopsis Borgei Lemmermann); P. Cunningtonii (Lemm.) Lemm. (syn. Peridiniopsis C. Lemm.). The P. assymetricum was found sparingly in the sample. P. conicum (Gran) Ostenfeld et Schmidt, 1. c, 1901, p. 174. Specimens agreeing well with the figures of P. conicum (Gran, Rep. Norweg. Fisheries and Mar. Invest., vol. 2, No. 5, 1902, fig. 14} were found in the sample. P. crassipes Kofoid, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zoology, III, 1907, p. 309, tab. 31, figs. 46-47. I have taken one of Dr. Justesens drawings as belonging to P. crassipes. P. depressum Bailey, Smithsonian Contrib. to Knowledge, VII, Washington, 1855, p. 12, figs. 13-14. Seems to be common in the Boeton Strait. Dr. Justesen has made several drawings of it and I have found it in the sample. Probably several forms are included under this name. P. divergens Ehbg.; Paulsen, Medd. Komm. f. Havundersøg., Ser. Plankton, I, No. 5, 1907, p. 16, fig. 23; P. speciosum Jørgensen, 1. c, 1912, p. 8. Both drawn by Dr. Justesen and found by me in the sample. Seems to be common in the Boeton Strait. P. grande Kofoid, Bull. Mus. comparat. Zoology at Harvard College, vol. 50, No. 6, 1907, p. 174, pi. 5, fig. 28. A drawing by Dr. Justesen seems to agree well with Kofoid's figure. P. oblongum (Aurivillius) Cleve, K. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., Bd. 32, No. 8, 1900, p. 20. I agree with Jørgensen (1. c, 1912, p. 6) in keeping P. oblongum distinct from P. oceanicum. The drawing made by Dr. Justesen was very like that by Schutt, Peridineen d. Plankton Exp., 1895, PI. 13, fig. 44. P. oceanicum Vanhöffen, Grönl. Exp. d. Ges. für Erdkunde, Berlin, Bd. II, Teil 1, 1897, tab. 5, fig. 2; P. elegans Cleve, K. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Bd. 34, No. 1, 1900, p. 16, pi. 7, figs. 15, 16. To this species I refer the very flat, long-horned form which I have drawn from a specimen found in the sample (Fig. 1); it was 150 |u long and 110 ja broad. P. pentagonum Gran, Rep. Norweg. Fisheries and Mar. Invest., vol. 2, No. 5. „. 1 D ... . v , .„ 1902, p. 190, fig. 15. Fig. 1. Perulimum oceanicum Vanhon., a form xxr'fu *\ • • t k from the Boeton Strait, a, dorsal view; b, ven- Wltn tms species 1 have tral view; c, side view; d, apical view. (䣣). identified one of Justesen's C. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. 9 drawings. P. latissimam Kofoid (Bull. Mas. comparat. Zoology at Harvard Coll., vol. 50, No. 6, 1907, p. 175, pi. 5, figs. 31, 32) seems very near to it (perhaps identical), the outline being the same in the two species; but the tabulations of the epitheca are different. P. pellucidum (Bergh) Schutt, Die Peridineen der Plankt. Exped., 1895, p. 157; Protoperidinium p. Bergh, I.e., 1881, p. 227, figs. 46— 48. Found in the sample. P. pyriforme Paulsen, Peridineen, in Nord. Plankton, 1908, p. 46, fig. 57. Some of Dr. Justesen's drawings must be referred to this species, others are more doubtful. P. quarnerense (B. Schröd.) Broch, Arch. f. Protistenkunde, 20, 1910, p. 183, fig. 3. A species which answers to the drawings by Broch (1. c.) and to Stein's fig. 8 (tab. 9) of his P. globulus, was found in the sample. P. Steinii Jørgensen, Bergens Museums Aarbog 1899, No. VI, p. 38. Specimens referable to subsp. mediter raneiim Kofoid (Arch. f. Protistenkunde, 16, 1909, pi. 2, figs. 1 — 11) were found in the sample. Phalacroma porodictyum Stein, 1883, 1. c, tab. 18, figs. 11 — 14. Found in the sample. Podolampas bipes Stein, 1. c, tab. 8, figs. 6—8. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Prorocentrum micans Ehrenberg, Abhandl. d. Berlin. Akad., 1833, p. 307; Stein, 1. c, 1883, tab. 1, figs. 1-3, 12. Found in the sample. Pyrophacus horologicum Stein, 1. c, tab. 24. Both found in the sample and drawn by Dr. Justesen. IV. Bacillariaceæ (Diatoms). Actinocyclus Ehrenbergii Balfs, in Pritchard, Infusoria, p. 834; Van Heurck, Synopsis, 1880-81, p. 215, tab. 123, fig. 7. Common in the sample in numerous forms, some answering to the figure quoted, others to the figure of A. Ralfsii (W. Sm.) Balfs (Van Heurck, 1. c, fig. 6), the main part being in characters some- where between the two forms which can not be kept as two species. A. subtilis (Greg.) Balfs, 1. c, p. 835; Van Heurck, 1. c, p. 216, tab. 124, fig. 7. Found in the sample, but it seems doubtful if this form is really distinct from the foregoing species. Asterionella notata Grun., in Van Heurck, 1. c, tab. 52, fig. 3; Cleve, K. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., 34, No. 1, 1900, p. 19, pi. 7, fig. 32. Dr. Justesen has drawn an excellent figure of a chain of this little known species; it (fig. 2) shows the numerous small chroma- tophores. 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 4. Fig. 2. Asterionella notatet Grun., a chain showing its twisted appearance. (Drawn by Dr. Justesen). Asteromphalus heptactis (Bréb.) Ralfs, I.e., p. 838, tab. 8, fig. 21; Gran, Diatomeen, in Nord. Plankton, 1905, p. 45, fig. 49. Found in the sample. Bacteriastrum hyalinum Lauder, Transact. Microscop. Soc., 1864, p. 8, pi. 3, fig. 7; Ostenfeld, Botan. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 232, fig. 9. Some of Dr. Justesen's drawings seem to be this species. I re- produce one of them (fig. 3) to show the chain imbedded in a mucilage and the numerous small chromatophores. With regard to the awns (setæ) the drawing is / rather insufficient. B. varians Lauder, 1. c, p. 8, pi. 3, fig. 1—6. Seems to be common in the plankton of the Boeton Strait, and very varying. One of the drawings answers well to var. hispida (Castracane) B. Schroeder, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Ges. Zürich, 51, 1906, p. 347. fig. 11. Biddulphia mobiliensis (Bail.) Grunow, in Van Heurck, 1. c, tab. 101, figs. 4-6; Boyer , Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1900, p. 698; Osten- feld, Medd. Komm. Havundersog., Ser. Plankton I, No. 6, 1908, p. 7, fig. 2. Seems to be rare in the Boeton Strait. B. sinensis Greville, Transact. Microsc. Soc, London, 1866, pi. 9, fig. 9; Ostenfeld, 1. c, 1908, fig. I- Very common according to the many figures drawn by Dr. Justesen. I reproduce one of them (fig. 4) to show a very large cell, most probably an initial cell from an auxospore. Fig. 3. Bacteriastrum Besides the two plankton forms, several other hyahnum Laud a species 0f Biddulphia were present in the sample chain lmhedded in ^ , , . r» ■ * mucilage. (Drawn by or amongst the drawings, e. g. B. vesiculosa Dr. Justesen.) (Agardh) Boyer and B. tridens Ehbg. \ ■t ' -' ! r- ■■;■ # C. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. 11 w$ fe/-'.-..*'« ''Cj • ••;• • •. i ' ■ . ' ' \ K- -i. - * * • . tf * Fig. 4. Biddulphia sinensis Grev., a very large cell, probably the cell which comes from the auxospore. (Drawn by Dr. Justesen.) Chaetoceras coarctatum Lauder, Trans. Microc. Soc, London, 1864, p. 79, pi. 8, fig. 8; Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., Bd. 1, No. 11, 1873, p. 9, pi. 2, fig. 10; G. Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. 2, Teil 2, 1906, p. 166, pi. 31, fig. 3. Common in the plankton of Boeton Strait, both found in the sample and drawn by Dr. Justesen. Ch. compressum Lauder, 1. c., 1864, p. 78, pi. 8, fig. 6; Cleve, 1. c., 1873, pi. 8. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Ch.didymum Ehbg.; Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Handl, Bd. 20, III, No. 2, 1894, p. 13, pi. 1, figs. 3-4; Gran, Diatom, in Nord. Plankton, 1905, p. 79. As the foregoing. Ch. diversum Cleve, 1. a, 1873, p. 9, pi. 2, fig. 12; Gran, 1. c., 1905, p. 87. As the foregoing. Ch. furca Cleve, A Treatise of the Phytoplankton, Upsala, 1897, p. 21, pi. 1, fig. 10; Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. 2. Teil 2, 1906, p. 169, pi. 32, fig. 13. As the foregoing. Ch. Lauderi Balfs, in Lauder, 1. c, 1864, p. 77, pi. 8, fig. 4; Ch. Weissflogii Schutt, Ber. Deutsch, bot. Ges., 1895, p. 44, lig. 17; Gran, 1. c, 1905, p. 77. As the foregoing. Ch. Lorenzianum Grunow, Verhandl. k. k. zool.-botan. Ges. Wien, 1863, p. 157, pi. 14, lig. 13; Gran, 1. c, 1905, p. 76. 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 4. Several of Dr. Justesen's drawings seem to represent this species which is perhaps only the tropical race of the northern Ch. decipiens Cleve. Ch. paradoxum Cleve, 1. c, 1873, p. 10, pi. 3, fig. 16. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Ch. peruvianum Brightwell, Microsc. Journ., 1856, p. 107, pi. 7, fig. 16; Gran, 1. c, 1905, p. 70. Drawn by Dr. Justesen and not rare in the sample. Ch. polygonum Schutt, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.. 1895, p. 46; Ch. pol, forma Schroeder, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Ges. Zürich, Jahrg. 51, 1906, p. 348, fig. 8. A form agreeing well with Schroeder's figure was drawn by Dr. Justesen. Ch. Schmidtii Ostenfeld, Vid. Medd. Naturh. Forening, Køben- havn, 1901, p. 155, fig. 8. Several drawings are very like the species which I have described from the Bed Sea and the Gulf of Siam. Ch. secundum Cleve, 1. c, 1873, p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 14; Ch. curvi- setum Cleve, in Kanonbaaden Hauchs Togter, Kjøbenhavn 1889, p. 55 with fig.; Gran, 1. c, 1905, p. 91. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Ch. tetrastichon Cleve, A Treatise of Phytoplankton, 1897, p. 22, pi. 1, fig. 7. As the foregoing. Ch. Vanheurckii Gran, Norske Nordhavs Exp., Protophyta, 1897, p. 18; Ostenfeld, Botan. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 240, figs. 18-19. As the foregoing. Corethron criophilum Castracane, Challenger Bep., 1886, p. 85, pi. 21, figs. 12, 14, 15; C. hystrix Hensen, V. Ber. Kommiss. in Kiel, 1887, p. 89, pi. 5, fig. 49; C. pelagicum Brun, Mém. soc. de phys. et d'hist. nat. Geneve, vol. 31, pt. II, no. 1, tab. 19, fig. 6; B. Schroeder, 1. c, p. 343, fig. 3. Two drawings by Dr. Justesen have been referred to this widely distributed species. — None of the drawings of Cosci- nodiscus-forms showed any struct- ure of the valves, they were therefore quite useless. But this drawback was much diminished, as the sample contained several Coscinodisci which could be re- ferred to species, only the larger c-i« c /^„„-„ j- -*u n ones being broken to pieces, rig. 5. Coscinodiscus sp. with many small ö , . r Cocconeis sp. attached to the girdle. Amongst the drawings were (Drawn by Dr. Justesen). two showing how the Coscinodisci are used as hosts for smaller diatoms. I reproduce one of them (fig. 5): The Coscinodiscus wears 11 individuals of Cocconeis sp. around the girdle. C. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. 13 Coscinodiscus Castracanei nom. now; C. centralis var. nov., «Castracane, Challenger Rep, 1886, p. 155, pi. 2, fig. 3; ? C. oculus iridis Ostenfeld, Botan. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 222; non C. centralis Ehbg., nec C. oculus iridis Ehbg. Diam. ca. ?00 fi; valvæ planæ; rosula centralis obvia; areoli sat magni, radiati; apicnli marginales desunt; copula annulata dense striata. Chromatophora haud numerosa, parva. This species is easily known when seen from the girdle, which is densely and finely striate. The valve has about the same structure as that of C. oculus iridis, but is quite flat (fig. 6). As my specimens agree well with the form figured by Castracane as i>C. centralis var. nov.«, I have named it C. Castracanei. It differs Fig. 6 Coscinodiscus Castracanei from the true C. centralis by the nom. nov. a, valvar view; b, girdle absence of any apiculi at the mar- view. (^p). gin and by the flat valves, and does not at all belong to the same group, that which I have called Biapiculati. C. Janischii A. Schmidt, Atl. d. Diatomaceenkunde, PI. 64, figs. 3—4; C. arafurensis var. nov., Castracane, 1. c, p. 153, pi. 2, fig. 4; C. craspedodiscus Castracane, ibid., pi. 3, fig. 5. Fragments of this large species were not rare in the sample. C. Jonesianus (Grev.) nob.; Eupodiscus Jonesianus Greville, Trans. Microsc, Soc, 1862, p. 22, pi. 2, fig. 3; E. ? commutatus Grunow, Denkschr. Wien. Akad. math. Nat. Kl., 1884, p. 79, ex minima parte; Cose, radiatus, var. Jonesianus Van Heurck, Treatise Diatom., 1896, p. 531, ex minima parte; ? Coscinodiscus sp. A. Schmidt, 1. c, pi. 60, fig. 16. Diam. 200 — 280 u.; valvæ plano-convexæ ; rosula centralis ex areolis majusculis cfformata; areoli ceteri sat delicati fere ut in C. Granu Cough; series rectæ, + fasciculatæ ; apiculi numerosi sub- marginales uniseriati delicati, duo autem magni, conici, cavi, fere ut in C. commutato Grun.; apiculi non pauci, delicatissimi in orbem irregulärem fere dimidium inter centrum et marginem ducli ; copula rcgnlari (non obliqua), ca. 50 — 60 (Li lata. Chromatophora numerosa, sat magna. In a paper on the phytoplankton of the Aral Sea (Wiss. Ergebn. Aralsee-Exp., Lief. VIII, Isw. d. Turkest. Abt. d. k. Russ. Geogr. Gesellsch. IV, St. Petersburg 1908) I have created the group Biapiculati for those Coscinodiscus species which have: a radiate arrangement of the areoles with some larger ones in the centre, a single row of small apiculi near the margin of the valve and two larger apiculi in this row, the angle between those two being larger than 90°, smaller than 180°. To this group were referred: C. Granu Gough, C. ara- 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 4. Fig. 7. Coscinodiscus Jonesianus (Grev.) nob., a, valvar view showing the position of two big processes, the small snbmarginal apicnli, the very small apiculi halfway to the centre and the central rosette of ar- eoles; b, valvar view showing a sector with chromatophores and the nucleus. (&%&). lensis Ostf., C. biconicus Van Breemen, C. centralis Ehbg. and C. con- cinnus Ehbg. Another species belonging hereto was rather common in Dr. Justesens sample (fig. 7). On closer examination of the older literature I found that it could be identified with Eiipodiscus Jonesianus Greville; at the same time it became evident that C. biconicus Van Breemen was the same as Eiipodiscus ? vel Coscinodiscus commiitatiis Grunow (1. c, p. 79). Greville's description of his Eiipodiscus Jonesianus (1. c, p. 22) is not very good, but on comparing it with the figure, no doubt remains that we have here a Coscinodiscus, as also Van Heurck (1. c.) has pointed out. The figure showrs three large apiculi (processes) instead of two, but it is probably an error in drawing. Greville says that the structure is »minute«, and that ^the puncta in the centre of the disc are rather larger than the rest.« This makes it difficult to identify his species with Grunow's C. commutatus as Van Heurck (1. c.) and Rattray (Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 16, 1888-89, p. 84) have done. Grunow (1. c.) says : »Mit C. concinnus hängt eine bisher verwechselte und übersehene, nicht seltene Art zusammen, welche ich Eupodiscus ? commutatus genannt habe, welche aber vielleicht besser bei Cosci- nodiscus bleibt. Sie kommt bei Cuxhafen, Brasilien, China, Java und im Peru Guano vor und hat zwei kleine marginale Anhängsel . . Die kleinen Anhängsel von C. commutatus stehen nicht diametral gegenüber. Am Rande stehen kurze Stacheln, von denen, wie bei C. concinnus, kurze, oft schwer sichtbare Radien nach innen gehen,« He quotes A. Schmidt, Atlas, pl. 60, fig. 16, which represents a specimen from Peru Guano, but which is fragmentary and unsatis- factory. Quite recently we have got an excellent photograph of the Cuxhaven C. commutatus in a paper by Chr. Brockmann (Brack- wasserstudien, in Schriften des Vereins für Naturk. an der Unter- weser IV, Geestemünde, 1914, p. 43, fig. 5). From this it becomes evident that it is the same species as that described as C. biconicus by Van Breemen (Plankton van Noordzee en Zuiderzee. Leiden 1905, p. 23, cfr. Ostenfeld, Aral Sea, p. 148, pl. 6, figs. 1—3) from the Zuyder Zee. This species is closely related to that from our sample, but it differs in the much coarser structure and in the absence of the very small apiculi halfway between the margin and the centre. Therefore C. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. J5 C. commulatiis Grun., as far as the North Sea form is concerned, is not identical with C. Jonesianus (Grev.) (but it is probable that Grunow has included both under the one name). Now it seems to me convenient to keep Greville's name for the tropical form with the »minute« structure (Greville's specimen came from a »guano; locality unknown«) and Grunow's for the North Sea form. The synonymy of the first is given above, that of the last is as follows: C.commutatns Grun., Denkschr. Wien. Akad., 1884, p. 79, ex maxima parte; Brockmann, 1. c, 1914, p. 43, fig. 5; C. concinnus, var. Jone- sianus Van Heurck, Treatise Diatomac, 1896, p. 531, ex maxima parte; C. biconicus Van Breemen, 1. c, 1905, p. 23, fig. 5; Ostenfeld, 1. c, p. 148, pi. 6, figs. 1-3. In a Key to identify the species of the Biapiculati which I have published in the above quoted paper (1908, p. 148) the section Ba (which contained only C. biconicus) has to be altered thus: B. Girdle band equally broad everywhere. a. The two asymmetrical apiculi very large. a, structure coarse; cell medium sized. C. commutatus Grun. |3, structure fine; cell large. C. Jonesianus (Grev.) nob. The chromatophores of C. Jonesianus are numerous and rather large, as seen in my figure (Fig. 7). The angle between the two large apiculi is about 100°. C. radiatus Ehbg., Abhandl. Berl. Akad., 1839, p. 148, pi. 3, fig. 1. Under this collective name I place some rather small coarsely areolated Coscinodisci which were not rare in the sample. C. Rothii (Ehbg.) Grunow, Denkschr. Wien Akad., 1884, p. 29, tab. 3, fig. 20. A rather small Coscinodiscus species (ca. 90 u.), which agreed well with Grunow's figure, was found rarely in the sample. C. undulans Rattray, 1. c, p. 104; C. undulatus Castracane, Challenger Rep., p. 159, tab. 8, fig. 3; non C. undulatus Cleve. Fragments of a large species with undulated valves and very large areoles were not rare in the sample. It seems to agree well with Castracanes's above quoted figure of his new species, which came from the Pacific. Detonula Moseleyana (Castr.) Gran, Nyt Magaz. Naturv. 1900, p. 113; Lauderia? Moseleyana Castracane, 1. c, p. 90, pi. 24, fig. 9. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. D. Schroederi (Bergon) Gran, Diatom, in Nord. Plankton, 1905, p. 22; Lauderia Schroederi Bergon, Soc. scientif. d'Arcachon, Stat, biolog., 6eannée, 1902, p. 69, pi. 1, figs. 11-15; B. Schroeder, Viertel- jahrsschr. Naturf. Ges. Zürich, 51, 1906, p. 344, fig. 4; G. Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. 2, Teil 2, 1906, p. 375, pi. 41, fig. 10. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. To this species I think it better to refer the Detonula from the Gulf of Siam which in my report (Bot. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 225) I have called D. delicatula (Perag.) Gran. 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 4. Fig. 8. Ditylium triyonum B. Ditylium sol (Van Heurck) De Toni, Sylloge Algar., 1894, p. 1018; B. Schroeder, 1. c, p. 355, fig. 23; Triceratium sol Van Heurck, Synopsis, pi. 115, figs. 1—2. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. D. trigonum B. Schroeder, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesch. Zürich, 51, 1906, p. 356, fig. 25. One of Dr. Justesen's drawings (Fig. 8) agrees well with the description and figure of D. trigonum ; but I am not convinced that it is an independent species, more probably only a form of the foregoing species. Eucampia biconcava (Cleve) Osten- feld, Bot. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 241, E. hemiauloides Ostenfeld, Vid. Medd. Naturh. For., København, 1901, p. 157, fig. 9; Climacodium biconccwum Cleve; A Treatise of Phytoplankton, 1897, p. 22, pi. 2, figs. 16-17. Dr. Justesen has made several drawings of this tropical species. E. zodiacus Ehbg., Kreideth., p. 71, Schroed., valvar" view. ""(Drawn by P1- 4, fig. 8; Gran, Diatom., in Nord- Dr. Justesen.) Plankton, 1905, p. 98, fig. 126. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Gossleriella tropica Schutt, in De Toni, Sylloge Algar., 1894, p. 1424; Das Pflanzenleben der Hochsee, 1895, p. 20, fig. 7; G. Kar- sten, Deutsche Tiefsee-Exp. 1898-99, 1906, p. 368, pi. 40, fig. 14. Dr. Justesen has made several nice drawings of this beautiful diatom. Hemiaulus sinensis Greville, Ann. Magaz. Nat. Hist. 16, p. 5, fig. 9, 1865; H. Heibergi Cleve, Bih. k. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 1, 1873, No. 11, p. 6, pi. 1, fig. 6. Several drawings of this species were present. Lauderia annulata Cleve, 1. c, 1873, p. 8, pi. 1, fig. 7; Gran, Nyt Magaz. Naturv., Kristiania, 1900, p. 109, pi. 9, figs. 1-4. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Lauderiopsis costata Ostenfeld, Vid. Medd. Naturh. Forening, København, 1901, p. 158, fig. 10. A drawing by Dr. Justesen (fig. 9) must be referred to this species. Navicula membranacea Cleve, A Treatise of Phyto- plankton, 1897, p. 24, pi. 2, fig. 25-28; Ostenfeld, Botan. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 245, fig. 23. Several drawings of this species. Palmeria Hardmaniana Grev. ; Van Heurck, A Treat- ise of the Diatomaceæ, 1896, p. 538, f. 286; Ostenfeld, Botan. Tidsskr., 25, 1902, p. 222, figs. 1-2. This riopsis costata interesting form was found in the sample and Dr. Ju- Ostf.; girdle stesen has made several drawings of it view. (Drawn by Dr. Justesen.) r * t-^__ - : ._— ~ — — — — ■ — .___^ - m C. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. \~] Paralia sulcata (Ehbg.) Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Bd. 1, Nr. 13, 1873, p. 7 ; Gran, Diatom, in Nord. Plankton, 1905, p. 14, fig. 5. Found sparingly in the sample. Planktoniella sol (Wallich) Schutt, in De Toni, Sylloge Algar., 1894, p, 1424; Pflanzenleben der Hochsee, 1895, p. 20, fig. 8 ; Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. II, Teil 2, 1907, p. 369, pi. 39^ figs. 1-11. Both found in the sample and also drawn by Dr. Justesen. — Many of the drawings by Dr. Justesen showing forms of the genus Rhizosolenia are impossible to identify owing to the absence of any structure. Rhizosolenia alata Brightwell, Quart. Journ. microsc. Sc, London, 6, 1858, p. 96, tab. 5, fig. 7. This widely distributed species was present in the sample in a long-beaked form. Amongst Dr. Justesens drawings several are to be referred to this species, most of them belonging to the f. indica (Perag.) Ostenfeld (Vid. Medd. Naturh. Forening, København, 1901, p. 160; Botan. Tidsskr., 25, p. 227, fig 3). An interesting figure shows the auxospore formation ; the auxospore represents the f. indica, the old cell is the typical form. Rh. amputata Ostenfeld, Botan. Tidsskr., 25, p. 227, fig. 4; Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. II, 2. Teil, 1905—07,, p. 376, pi. 42, fig. 2. Of this species, which seems to be an Indo- malayan form, Dr. Justesen has made three drawings. Rh. calcar-avis Schultze, in Müll. Archiv, 1858, p. 339, pi. 13 figs. 5—10; Gran, Diatom., in Nord. Plankton, 1905, p. 54, fig. 66. The same circumstances as in Rh. alala here apply: most of the drawings represent the large tropical form, f. cochlea (Brun) Ostenfeld (Botan. Tidsskr., 25, p. 228, fig. 5), some are intermediate and others again are like the typical form ; further the auxospore formation (in the same manner as that of R. alata) shows an auxospore part which is f. cochlea and a remainder which is the type. Rh. crassispina B. Schroeder, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Ges. Zürich, 51, 1906, p. 345, fig. 5. Some drawings (Fig. 10) show that this interesting species, which was hitherto known from Asiatic coastal waters of the Pacific, also occurs in the Boeton Strait. B. Schroeder suggests (1. c.) that it should perhaps be referred to Rh. hebetata Bail, as a variety, but it seems to me very different from that species. On the other hand, the structure is still unknown, and the place within the genus therefore uncertain. Rh. imbricata Brightwell, I.e., 1858, p. 95, pi. 5, fig. 6; H. Peragallo, Monogr. Rhizosol., p. 113, pi. 5, figs. 2-3. Drawn several times by Dr. Justesen. Rh. robusta Norman, in Pritchard, Infus. 1861, p. 866, pi. 8, fig. 42; Peragallo, 1. c, p. 109, pi. 2, fig. 1, pi. 3, B- Schroed.; figs. 1-2; Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. 2, 2, Sjrdk mew p. 163, 1906, pi. 29, fig. 10. D(r ™esS) Fig. 10. Rhizosolenia crassispina I g Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 4. Numerous drawings of this characteristic species were made. Rh. setigera Brightwell, 1. c, 1858, p. 95, pi. 5, fig. 7; Gran, Diatom, in Nord. Plankton, 1905, p. 53, fig. 64. Drawn by Dr. Justesen and also found by me in the sample. Rh. Stolterfothii H. Peragallo, Diatom, de Villefranche, 1888, p. 90, pi. 6, fig. 44; Gran, 1. c, p. 49, fig. 55. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Rh. styliformis Brightwell, Quart. Journ. microsc. Sc, 6, 1858, p. 96, pi. 5, fig. 5; Peragallo, Monographie Rhiz., p. Ill, pi. 4, figs. 1—5. Both the type and the large tropical form, f. latissima Btw. (1. c, fig. 5 c), were represented amongst the drawings. Roperia tesselata (Roper) Grun , in Van Heurck, Synopsis, 1885, pi. 118, fig. 6; Eupodiscus tesselatus Roper, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sc, 6, 1858, p. 19, pi. 3, lig. 1. Found in the sample. Stephanopyxis Palmeriana (Grev.) Grunow, Denksch. Akad. Wien, 1884, p. 38; Otto Müller, Ber. deutsch. Bot. Ges., 1901, 19, p. 196, fig. 1; Creswellia P. Greville, Transact. Microsc. Sc, 1865, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 9. Common in the Boeton Strait, to judge from the many drawings. S. turris (Grev.) Ralfs, in Pritchard, Infus., 1861, p. 826, pi. 5, fig. 74; Gran, Diät, in Nordisches Plankton, 1905, p. 14, fig. 6. Drawn by Dr. Justesen. Streptotheca thamensis Cleve, in Shruhsole, Journ. Quekett Microsc Club, 1890, N. S., 4, p. 259, pi. 13, fig. 4-6; S. maxima Cleve, Kgl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., 35, Nr. 5, 1901, p. 57, pi. 8, fig. 5; S. indica Karsten, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. 1898-99, Bd. 2, Teil 2, 1907, p. 395, pi. 46, fig. 8. Amongst Dr. Justesens drawings both the typical S. thamensis and the large tropical form (S. maxima) are found, thus showing the identity of the two species. Bd.2 . DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. 5 UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING = 1916 = Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. Af Ove Rostrup. (Med Tavle I— III). 1 J. Linds »Danish Fungi as represented in the herbarium of E. Rostrup« er optaget Størstedelen af mine mykologiske Fund indtil 1912. Hvad jeg dengang oversaa eller senere har faaet undersøgt og bestemt af tidligere Fund, samt hvad jeg siden har fundet, er nedenstaaende en Fortegnelse over. For- uden de for Landet ny Arter, der er forsynede med en *, har jeg anført Findesteder for en Del Arter, der i „Danish Fungi etc." kun er nævnt fra et eller nogle faa Findesteder, eller som jeg har fundet paa Værtplanter, paa hvilke de ikke tidligere er be- mærkede. Af ny Arter er der beskrevet 19, der alle er forsynede med Afbildninger, ligesom jeg har afbildet en Del tidligere be- skrevne Arter, af hvilke jeg har fundet afvigende Former eller Monstrøsiteter, eller som der ikke forelaa Figurer — eller kun mindre heldige Figurer — af. Oomycetes. Peronosporaceae. Cystopus candidus Lév. Paa Camelina linicola. Kobenhavn. Cystopus cubicus Lév. Paa Tragopogon campestris og T. major. Bota- nisk Have i Kobenhavn. Cirsium oleraceum. S. Bistrup, J. Urlev Skov. Plasmopara pusilla (de By.) Schroet. Paa Geranium silvaticum. S. Boserup Skov. Peronospora violacea Berk. Paa Knautia arvensis. S. Kirkelte Hegn. Synchytriaceae. Synchytrium aureuill Schroet. Paa Cirsium palustre. J. Nebsager. Synchytrium globosum Schroet. Paa Cirsium oleraceum. S. Folehaven. Urophlyctis major Schroet. Paa Rumex acetosa. J. Sæby. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. 1 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. Zygomycetes. Mucoraceae. *Mucor problems Schostakow. Paa Hestegødning. S. Gelsskov 1915. ♦Mucor plasmaticus v. Tiegh. Paa Hestegødning. S. Kirkelte Hegn, Okt. 1915. *Absidia glauca Hagem. I Jorden. Møen: Borre 1913. Absidia orchidis (Vuill.) Hagem. I Jorden. Møen: Borre. Pilobolus Kleinii v. Tiegh. Paa Hestegødning. København. *Mortierellaceae. *Mortierella candelabrum v. Tiegh. et le Monn. Paa Polyporus adustus. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave. Paa raaddent Ved: S. Bavnsholt Hegn 1913. *3Iortierella polycephala Coemans. Paa nedfaldne Naale og raaddent Ved af Picea excelsa. S. Bøndernes Hegn, Folehaven, Giesegaard 1914. *Mortierella simplex v. Tiegh. et le Monn. Paa Ekskrementer af Meles taxus. S. Gelsskov, Aug. 1915. *Mortierella globulifera n. sp. Hyphis sporangiferis caespitosis, conti- nuis, simplicibus, basi incrassatis, l/2 — 1 mm altis, infra 24 — 28//, supra Fig. 1. Monierella globulifera. a. Basis af Sporongiebærerne 260 : 1, b. Spidsen af 2 Sporangiebærere og Sporer 560 : 1. 4,5 — 5,5 [x crassis, basi vesiculis subglobosis, hyalinis instructis. Sporangiis globosis, albis, glabris, 40 — 48 p. diam. Sporis globosis, episporio tenuiter echinulato, 6 — 7// diam. (Fig. 1). In fimo equino. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Juni 1913. Af de hidtil beskrevne 28 Mortierella-Aiter er M. echinulata Harz, den eneste, der har piggede Sporer, og M. tuberosa v. Tiegh. og M . pilulifera v. Tiegh. de eneste, der udmærker sig ved kugleformig opsvulmede Hyfer ved Grunden af Sporangiebærerne, men Protoplasmaet i disse er her meget mørkt farvet. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 3 Cephalidaceae. *Piptocephalis mieroccphala v. Tiegh. Paa Mucor sp. paa Ræveekskre- menter. S. Gelsskov 1914. *Piptocephalis fusispora v. Tiegh. Paa Mucor sp. København 1914. S. Ermelunden. *Chaetocladium Brefridii v. Tiegh. et le Monn. Paa Mucor sp. paa Ræveekskrementer. S. Gelsskov 1914. Entotnophthoraceae. Enipusa muscac Cohn. Denne paa Stuefluer saa almindelige Art har jeg samlet paa folgende andre Fluer, der — ligesom de i det følgende nævnte Fluearter — velvilligst er bestemt af Museumsinspector W. Lundbeck, hvorfor jeg herved bringer ham min bedste Tak. Paa Hylemyia cardui. J. Borris. — coarctata. J. Tylstrup. - Hyetodesia variabilis. S. Boserup Skov. - Melanostoma mellinum. Amager Fælled. - Melanostoma scalare. S. Tokkekøb Hegn. - Scatophaga squalida. København. stercoraria. S. Tystofte, Jægersborg Hegn. Medens alle disse er samlede i Juli — Oktober Maaneder, kan jeg med- dele, at Lærer Kav Petersen i Aarhus allerede i April Maaned paa Scato- phaga stercoraria fandt »en forbavsende Mængde Fluer, der dels var døde af Flueskimmelsvamp og dels var i Færd med at do deraf« (Brev af 25. April 1914). Empusa grylli (Fres.) Nowak. Stenobothrus bicolor. S. Uggeløse. Epidemisk paa Cikader (Li- burnia obscurella), der sad paa Undersiden af Blade af Lysimachia vulgaris og Comarum palustre paa en lille Skoveng. S. St. Hareskov. Konidierne 36—41 X 31—38//. *Empusa sciarae Edgar W. Olive. I stor Mængde paa smaa Myg (Sciara sp.), der udvikle- des i henraadnende Frø og Filtrerpapir i et Spire- °' K*oriidier 400 1 apparat. København, Okt. 1897. (Fig. 2). *Empusa Fresenii Now. Paa Bedelus (Aphis papaveris), siddende paa blomstrende Runkelroer. Hvilesporerne fyldte Dyrene og gik endog ud i Følehorn og Ben (se Tav. I Fig. 1, der viser et Laar af en Bladlus, 1* Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. indeholdende 31 saadanne Hvilesporer). S. Tune, Sept. 1912, Tystofte. (Fig. 3a). Entoinophthora muscivora Schroet. Denne Art, der ligesom Empusa muscae synes at være aim. paa Fluer, har jeg fundet paa folgende Arter: Leptis lineola. S. Eskemosegaards Skov. Sapromyza rorida. S. Kude Skov, Eskemosegaards Skov, Sten- holt Vang. Lauxania aenea. S. Lyngby. Sciomyza sp. S. Boserup Skov. Tachydromya major. S. Boserup Skov. Entoinophthora tenthredinis Fres. Paa Imago af en Hemifeles sp. (be- stemt af Dr. I. C. Nielsen). S. Jægersborg Hegn. Paa en Larve af Pachy- protasis rapae. S. Boserup Skov. Paa en ubestemmelig Bladhvepselarve. S. Ryget. Konidierne 39— 50 (—62) X 29— 34 (—52)//. Entoinophthora sphaero- sperma Fres. Paa Tachy- dromia (flavicornis?). S. Eskemosegaards Skov. I stor Mængde paa Sapromyza rorida. S. Folehaven. Paa en Kemiteles sp. (bestemt af Dr. I. C. Nielsen). S. Jægersborg Hegn. Paa Imago af Kornsmælderen (Agriotes lineatus), samlet af Lærer Kay Petersen i Aarhus, der skriver: »Smælderne fandtes paa Hundegræstuer i Udkanten af en Havremark ved Marselisborg Slot. Der var i Regelen et Par Stykker paa hver storre Tue«. Entoinophthora aphidis Hoffm. Paa Aphis brassicae. S. Lyngby. Paa Aphis sp. paa Jordbær. Langel. Tranekjær. (Fig. 3b). Entoinophthora echinospora Thaxt. Paa Lauxania Elisae (?). S. Lyng- by. Paa en Myg. S. Rude Skov. Fig. 3. er. Empusa Fresenii, b. Entoinophthora aphidis. Konidier 320 : 1. *Basidiobolaceae. *Basidiobolus ranaruin Eidam. Paa Ekskrementer af Bufo vulgaris og Rana platyrrhinus. S. Bure So, St. Hareskov, Juli 1913. D. 10. Juli hjembragtes Froen, d. 11. kvitteredes et Ekskrement, og alle- rede d. 13. fandtes der paa dette en rig Vegetation, saavel af Konidier som af Hvilesporer. Ove Rostrup : Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 5 Exoasci. Endomycetaceae. *Eremascus albus Eidam. Paa raadne Frugter af Daucus carota i Spire- apparat. København, April 1889. Carpoasci. Gymnoascaceae. *Gryninoascus Reesii Baranetzky. Paa gamle Hundeekskrementer. Loll. Steensgaard, Juli 1900. Paa raadne Plantedele. Kobenhavn 1916. *Arachniotus ruber (v. Tiegh.) Schroet. I Jorden. S. Charlottenlund 1911. *Arachniotus candidus (Eidam) Schroet. Paa Ræveekskrementer. S. Gelsskov 1914. Asci kuglerunde, 8^ i Diam., eller bredt ovale, 8.5 X 7 [x. Myxotriclium brunneum Rostr. Denne Svamp udfyldte fuldstændig en Puppe, der var dannet af en fra Glostrup modtaget Amphidasys betu- Za nW-Larve. Maj 1914. Ctenomyces serratus Eidam. Paa henraadnende Kalkunfjer. S. Gels- skov, Aug. 1914. Aspergillaceae. *Aspergillus nidulans Eidam. Alm. paa henraadnende Fro i Spire- apparater; paa fugtigt Bomuld og Kork. København. * Aspergillus Amstelodami (L. Magnin). Paa visne Blade af Querem robur. S. Gelsskov 1911. *Eurotium insigne Wint. Paa henraadnende Straa og Blade af Græsser. S. Nygaard ved Damhussoen, Slangerup, Maj 1913. Asci ægformede, 43 X 34//, Sporerne kugleformede, 10 — 12 ja i Diam. Anixiopsis stercoraria Hans. Denne Svamp blev fundet i 1874 paa Ræveekskre- menter i det sydvestlige Jylland af E. Chr. Hansen, der 21 Aar efter med sit gamle Materiale, der mærkelig nok havde holdt sig i Live saa længe, anstillede talrige Dyrknings- Fig 4 Microascus sordidus. forsøg1), ved hvilke han bl. a. paaviste, at En Cirrus 50 : 1. den havde en Konidieform. Siden synes Svampen ikke at være bemærket noget Steds, førend jeg i 1914 og 1915 genfandt den — ligeledes paa Ræveekskrementer og baade med Konidier og Perithecier. S. Gelsskov. l) Bot. Zeit. 1897, S. 127. 6 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. *Microascus sordidus Zuk. Paa henraadnende Plantedele (Frugter af Platanus occidentalis, Blade af Fagus silvatica, sklerotiserede Bær af Vac- cinium myrtillus). København, S. Gelsskov, Tokkekob Hegn. Meget karakteristiske er denne Svamps overordentlig lange, rodbrune Cirri. (Fig. 4)1). Onygenaceae. Onygena equina Fr. Paa Hestehove. S. Klosterris Hegn, Marts 1913. (Fig. 5a). Onygena corvina Fr. Paa nogle i Efteraaret 1913 i Gelsskov udlagte Kalkunfjer fremkom i Aug. 1914 en Mængde smukt udviklede Exemplarer af nævnte Svamp. Sammen med disse Fjer var der tillige udlagt nogle "under Sygdom af faldne Menneske-Taanegle, paa hvilke der ligeledes frem- kom en Del Onygena; disse lignede habituelt mest O. $ O equina, men deres Sporer og <@P f\ ** Sporesække stemmede ganske v/ i* overens med Kalkunfjersvam- Kg> VJ pens ; begge havde Sporesække paa 9 — 11 X 7 — 8// og Sporer b paa 6 — 7 X 2>;i, medens Di- Fig. 5. a. Onygena equina, b. O. corvina. mensionerne for en paa nøj- Sporesæk og Sporer. 860 : 1. agtig samme Sted i Aug. 1906 paa Hestehove fundet O. equina var følgende: Sporesække 14—17 X 10 — 12^, Sporer 7 — 9 X 4 — 5 p. De Maal, der aim. angives for disse 2 Arter, er: x) Senere Tilføjelse : Ved at sammenligne Beskrivelsen og Figurerne i Emil Chr. Hansens »De danske Gjødningssvampe« (Vid. Medd. f. d. naturhist. For. i Kbhvn. 1876, S. 207) af den Svamp, som her beskrives under Navnet Sphaerella Schumacheri, med Zu kåls af Microascus sor- didus, viser det sig at være samme Art, de har haft for sig. At denne intetsomhelst har at gøre med Sphaerella — Mycosphaerella — i den nu vedtagne Begrænsning af denne Slægt, er indlysende, og Saccardo har da ogsaa overført Hansens Svamp til Slægten Rosellinia; at den imid- lertid heller ikke hører hjemme her, viser Zu kåls udførlige Beskrivelse. Men Svampens rette Navn maa da være Microascus Schumacheri (Hans.) ! Jeg benytter Lejligheden til at gøre opmærksom paa et Par mindre nøjagtige Udtryk i Saccardos Oversættelse af Hansens Beskrivelse (Syll. I, 276). Han siger om Asci »oblongo-ovatis, subsessilibus«, medens det hos Hansen hedder »omvendt ægformede, siddende« og i det franske Resumé »sessiles, obovales«, og om Sporernes Farve har Saccardo »olivaceo-brunneis«, medens Hansen skriver »gulbrune, gennemsigtige« ; »jaunes brunes, transparentes«. Ove Rostrup : Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 7 O. equina: Snoresække 16—24 X 12—16/*, Sporer 5—9 X 4— G«. O.corvina: 8— 10 X 7—8/*, — 5—8x2—3^. Der er herefter næppe nogen Tvivl om, at det er O. corvina, der fandtes paa Menneskeneglene (Fig. 5b). Erysiphaceae. Phyllaetinia guttata (Fr.) Lév. Paa en Vandring gennem Ermelunden kort efter Lovfald i 1913 overraskedes jeg allerede i nogen Afstand fra en stor Bøg ved at se Bladene under denne hvidfarvede, som om de var besat med Bim. Ved nærmere Eftersyn viste Aarsagen sig at være den, at et meget stort Procenttal af Bladene var besat med Phyllaetinia guttata, der dækkede bele eller Størstedelen af Bladenes underside. Trods grundig Undersøgelse under talrige andre Træer rundt om i Ermelunden og den tilstødende Del af Dyrehaven fandt jeg ikke et eneste Blad med samme Svamp. Ogsaa i 1914 fandt jeg under det nævnte Træ — og kun der — talrige angrebne Blade, men dog langtfra i saaclan Mængde som i 1913. Men hvad kan Grunden være til, at kun dette ene Træ bliver saa stærkt befængt ? Uncinula biconiis (Fr.) Lév. Denne Arts Oidieform (Oidium aceris Kbh.) angives (f. Ex. af Lindau) at have Oidier paa 25 — 45 X 8 — 12/*, altsaa c. 3% Gang saa lange som brede. Ved at maale en stor Del Oidier fra Blade af Acer pseudoplatanus (Kbhvn. Aug. 1914) fandt jeg imidlertid et ganske andet Forhold mellem Længde og Bredde. Maalene var: 27 — 42 X 15 — 20 /*, og det nøjagtige Gennemsnit 33.3 X 16.7/*, altsaa Oidier, der kun var dobbelt saa lange som brede. Og endnu tykkere — i Forhold til Længden — fandt jeg Oidierne paa Blade af Acer campestre (Langel. Carls- eje, Aug. 1903) nemlig: 24—37 X 14—18/*, i Gennemsnit 27.7 X 16.8//. Uncinula necator (Schw.) Burr. Ogsaa denne Arts Oidier (Oidium Tuckeri Berk.) har jeg fundet betydelig større, end jeg har set angivet i Literaturen. Medens saaledes Schroeter og Lindau begge skriver 25 — 30 X 15—17/* (G. Winter har endog 8 X 5/*), har jeg ved Maalinger af en Mængde Oidier (Ellingegaard, Aug. 1913) fundet Dimensionerne: 30—44 X 18—23^, i Gennemsnit 37 X 21 /*. Hypocreaceae. Hypomyces aurantius (Fr.) Tul. Paa Polyporus varius. S. Klosterris Hegn, Marts 1913. *Melanospora leucotricha Cda. Tern. aim. paa døde Frø i Spireappa- rater hele Aaret rundt. København. Paa henraadnende Grene. S. Rude Skov, Okt. 1913. 8 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. *Melanospora verveeina (Desm.) Fckl. Paa visne Blade af Quercus robur. S. Gelsskov 1911. *Melanospora Townei Griff. Paa henraadnende Naale af Picea excelsa. S. Gelsskov 1914. *Nectriella charticola Fckl. Paa henraadnende Pap. S. Bondernes Hegn, Okt. 1913. *Nectriella paludosa Fckl. Paa meget fugtigt lig- gende Straa af Avena sativa. S. Lundby, Aug. 1913. Sporerne 13 — 15 X 5 — 6pt. Nectria episphaeria Fr. Paa Xylaria polymorpha. S. Ermelunden, Nov. 1914. Paa Cytospora pinastri paa Naale af Abies alba (1 — 4 Peritbecier paa hver Cyto- spora-Pyknide). S. Gelsskov, April 1915. Nectria sanguinea Fr. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Crataegus oxyacantha. S. Ermelunden. *Caloneetria belonospora Schroet. Paa Diatrype stigma. S. Rude Skov, April 1914. Fig. 6 viser et Par Sporer og en mon- En ganske lignende »Doppelascus« har G. Moesz fundet hos Dermatea carpinea1). *Calonectria pellucida n. sp. Peritheciis superficialibus, perfecte sphaericis, pellucido-albis v. hyalinis, 140 — 150 fx diam., pariete 15 jx crasso. Ascis cylindraceis, breviter pedicellatis, saepe curvatis, 160 — 165 X 5«. Sporis mono- stichis, fusoideis, utrinque acutissimis, 3 — 5 septis, qua vix in conspectum cadunt, instructis, guttulatis, 18 — 21 X 3.7 — L3ju. (Fig. 7). Ad paleas Dactylidis glomeratae. S. Gelsskov, Marts 1912. Kun én anden Calonectria-Axt udmærker sig ogsaa ved hyaline Perithecier, nemlig C. adianti Rehni. Chromocrea gelatinosa (Fr.) Seaver (= Hypocrea g.). Paa henraadnende Græsstraa. J. Sæby, Aug. 1893. Epichloé typhina (Fr.) Tul. Paa Poa pratensis. S. Ørslev (P. Nielsen). Paa Alopecurus geniculatus. S. Præstevangen v. Hillerod. Claviceps nigricans Tul. Paa Scirpus paluster. Amager Fælled, Aug. 1908. Calfnectria Claviceps purpurea (Fr.) Tul. Paa Avena pubescens. pellucida. n t i -IA ! t, -n T, En Sporesæk S. Jægersborg Dyrehave. Paa Festuca alopecurus. Bot. 560 • 1 Fig. 6. Calonectria belonospora. En Dobbeltascus og Sporer 560 : 1. strøs Sporesæk. Botanikai Kozlemények 1911, S. 112. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 9 Have i Kobenhavn. Paa Andropogon bicornis. S. Ørslev (P. Nielsen). Paa Lagurus ovatus. Bot. Have i Kobenhavn. Over nogle Spiringsforsøg med Sklerotier af Claviceps purpurea giver hosstaaende 2 Tabeller en Oversigt. Sklerotierne var indsamlede i Løbet af Efteraaret 1913, hvorefter de blandede med Jord i smaa Urtepotter tilbragte Vinteren under aaben Himmel. I Marts Maaned toges de ind og udsaaedes i Petriskaale paa Filtrerpapir, der stadig holdtes fugtigt. Tab. 1 viser, hvorledes Spiringen forlob. Tabel 1. Sklerotier fra Antal Sklerotier, udsaat i Efteraaret 1913 Spirede i Foraaret 1914 Spirede i Foraaret 1915 Døde Secale cereale Molinia coerulea 61 37 61 37 168 415 60 12 2 7 3 — Arundo phragmites Phalaris arundinacea Festuca gigantea Dactylis glomerata 168 569 83 20 152 16 5 Medens Sklerotierne for de 3 førstnævnte Arter »spirede ud« første Foraar, blev af de 3 sidstnævnte en Del henliggende uspirede, ligesom det er Tilfældet med Frø af mange Planter. Efter i Vinteren 1914 — 15 igen en Tid at have været udsat for Frost spirede en Del af dem i Foraaret 1915, medens Pesten raadnede. Tabel 2. Sklerotier fra Antal Stromata pr. Sklerotie 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Arundo phragmites Molinia coerulea Phalaris arundinacea Festuca gigantea 132 10 230 15 4 34 9 135 21 2 2 6 37 22 6 7 11 3 1 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 Tab. 2 viser for de 5 Arters Vedkommende, hvormange Stromata der fremkom af hvert Sklerotium. For den sjette Art, Eugen, var Antallet 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. langt mere varierende, lige fra 2 til 58, ret- tende sig efter Sklerotiets Størrelse ; i Gennem- snit fandtes her 12. Fig. 8 viser et forgrenet Stroma, frem- kommet af et Sklerotium fra Dactylis. Jeg skal endnu tilføje, at der i flere Til- fælde fandtes betydelige Farvenuancer hos de af de forskellige Meldrøjer fremvoksede Stro- mata ; saaledes svarede Farven hos Stromaet paa Festuca gigantea-Sklerotievne for Stok- kens Vedkommende til Nr. 588 i Klincksiecks »Code des couleurs« og Hovedet til Nr. 53 B, medens de tilsvarende for Phalaris arundinacea'& Vedkommende var Nr. 87 og Nr. 62. Fig. 8. Claviceps purpurea Se Teksten. 7:1. *Laboulbeniaceae. *Eumonoiconiyces papuanus Thaxt. Paa en lille, sort Rovbille (Oxy- teles rugosus1)). København, 29. Juni 1913. (Fig. 9). Denne Svamp er i Følge Thaxters store Monografi af Laboulbenia- ceerne, af hvilke der alene paa Rovbiller er beskrevet 105 Arter i 31 Slægter, hidtil kun kendt fra New Pomerania i Bismarckarldpelet ligeledes paa en Oxyteles-Avt. Paa min Rovbille fandtes 15 — 20 Exemplarer af Svampen, fordelt paa Hoved, Thorax, Bagkrop og Ben. Opmuntret af dette tilfæl- dige Fund af en Repræsentant for denne i saa mange Hen- seender mærkelige Svampefa- milie, tog jeg d. 25. Maj 1914 ud til Furesøen i Haab om at kunne finde andre Arter paa de under Stenene ved Bredderne saa talrige Løbebiller. Jeg var da ogsaa saa heldig paa denne første Tur at finde Laboulbeniaceer paa hele 5 forskellige Arter Lobebiller, og paa senere Ekskursioner til samme Sted fandt jeg yderligere 2 Arter Løbebiller med Laboulbenier. De af disse, som det er lykkedes mig at bestemme, er følgende 2 Arter: Fig. 9. Eumonoicomyces papuanus. 190:1. Ligesom de fleste af de i det følgende nævnte Billearter bestemt af mag. se. Kai L. Henriksen, hvorfor jeg ogsaa her bringer ham min bedste Tak. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 11 *Laboulbenia i'lagellata Peyr. Paa Anchomenus albipes og A. Krynickii. S. Furesø, Maj 1914. (Se Tav. I, Fig. 2). At denne Art i hvert Fald paa dette Sted er meget almindelig, viser en Indsamling fra Sommeren 1915, hvor 17 af 23 indsamlede Anchomenes albipes altsaa ca. 75 pCt. var besat med Svampen. Derimod var 25 Indi- vider fra d. 25. September s. A. alle fri for Laboulbenia, hvad der tyder paa, at denne kun trives i den varme Sommertid. *Laboulbenia pterostichi Thaxt. Paa Pterostichus nigrita og P. strenuus. S. Furesø, Maj 1914. (Se Tav. I, Fig. 3). De 3 Lobebillearter, paa hvilke jeg har fundet Laboulbenier, som jeg imidlertid paa Grund af Svampens ufuldstændige Udvikling ikke har været i Stand til at bestemme, er Anchomenes fuliginosus, Pterostichus pygmaeus og Elaphrus cupreus. Sphaeriaceae. Sordaria curvula de By. Af denne paa Gødning og henraadnende Plantedele almindelige Svamp fandt jeg i Juli 1913 paa nedfaldne Frugter af Crataegus monogyna i Jægersborg Dyrehave en Form med næsten linie- formede Perithecier (Tav. I, Fig. 4). Medens Winter angiver Dimensio- nerne til 750—800 x 350—400// og Schroeter til 600—800 X 300—400// — Perithecierne altsaa dobbelt saa høje som brede — var Gennemsnittet af en Kække Maalinger af Perithecier paa Crataegus-Fvugtevne 1060 X 320//; disse var altsaa 3V3 Gange saa høje som tykke. Sporerne var 20—22 X 13—14//. *Sordaria minor (Ell. et Ev.) Sacc. et Syd. Paa henraadnende Straa af Calamagrostis sp. S. Rude Skov, Dec. 1914. Sordaria minuta Fckl. Paa Hundeekskrementer. S. Klosterris Hegn, Marts 1913. *Sordaria setosa Wint. Paa døde Frugter af Platanus orientalis og Onobrychis viciifolia i Spireapparat. København, Febr. 1913. Paa Ekskre- menter af Meles taxus. S. Gelsskov, Aug. 1915. Sporesækkene indeholdt 128 Sporer. Sordaria pleiospora Wint, Paa Kogødning. S. Frerslev Hegn, Aug. 1915. *PIeurage verruculosis C. N. Jensen. Denne meget ejendommelige Svamp fandt jeg i stor Mængde paa nogle fra Tingskov i Jylland stammende »fodsyge« Havrestraa, der var henlagt paa fugtigt Filtrerpapir i en lukket Glasbeholder (til Undersøgelse for eventuelt forekommende Fusarium- Arter), Sept. 1911. Naar C. N. Jensen, der fandt Svampen i en Jordprøve fra en Havre- mark1), henfører den til Slægten Pleurage (—Sordaria ex p.), er det for at i) Fungus flora of the soil (Corn. Univ. Agr. Exp. St. o. t. Coll. of Agric. Bull. 315, S. 472 (1912)). 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. undgaa at opstille en ny Slægt: »It is to be observed that this species is placed in the genus Pleurage rather than to form a new genus«, siger han, men jeg tror ikke, han burde være veget tilbage for dette sidste, da Svam- pen ei saa afvigende fra alle andre Arter af Slægten »Pleurage«, at der ikke er Tvivl om, at den dog en (Jang vil blive opstillet som Typus for en helt ny Slægt. Sporormia lageniformis Feld. Paa gammel Hestegødning. S. Jægers- borg Dyrehave, Gelsskov, Rude Skov. ♦Sporormia vexans Anw. Paa Raadyrekskrementer. S. Tisvilde Hegn, Juni 1915. ♦Sporormia corynespora Niessl. Paa Kogødning. S. Frerslev Hegn, Au-. L915. Trichosphaeria minima (Fckl.) Wint. Paa Ved af Fagus silvatica. S. Gelsskov, Maj L891. ♦Chaetosphaei ia tusoa Fckl. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Quercus robur. S. Elmelunden, Marts 1911. Sporerne 15—21 x 6—7/*. Melanomma pulvisculum (Curr.) Sacc. Paa Ved af Fagus silvatica. S. Frederiksdal Storskov, Maj 1891. ♦Ceratostoma Caulincola Fckl. Paa Frugtskal og Kimblade af spirende Agern {Querem robur). S. Charlottenlund, April 1911. (Tav. I, Fig. 5). ♦Ceratosphaeria aeruginosa Rehm. Paa en død Gren af Quercus robur. S. Thureby l«>14. Sporerne 65 X 5.5//. Nitschkia cupularis (Fr.) Krst. Paa dødt Ved. S. Boserup Skov, Okt. 1890. Amphisphaeria umluina (Fr.) de Not, Paa dødt Ved. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, April 181)1. Strickeria obducens (Fr.) Wint. l'aa nedfaldne Aske-rene. S. Ermc- msden, Okt. L890. Lophiostoma arundinis (Fr.) Ces. et de Not, Paa døde Straa af Arundo phragmites. S. Frederiksdal Storskov, Maj 1891. ♦Lophiostoma gra minetim Sacc. Paa dode Straa af Secale cereale. J. Nebsager, Juli 1891. Stigmatea clymenia (Sacc) Schroet. Paa levende Blade af Lonicera periclymenum. S. Gelsskov, Sept. L914. Mycosphaerella aquilina (Fr.) Schroet. Paa Pteridium aquilinum. S. Rude Skov, Maj l'.U I. Mycosphaerella Tassiana (de Not.) Johans. Paa Jioicus effusus. S. Ravnsholt Hegn, Juli 1914. Mycosphaerella maculiformis (Fr.) Schroet. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Fraxiuus excelsior. S. Elmelunden, April 1911. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 13 ♦Mycosphaerella fraxini Niessl. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Fraxinus excelsior. S. Ermelunden, Maj 1912. Mycospnaerella depazeaeformis (Anw.) Lind. Paa Levende Blade af Oralis acetosetta. S. Gelsskov, Juni 1891. MyCOSphærella latebrosa (Cooke) Schroet. Paa Vingerne af nedfaldne Frugter af Acer psi 'udoplatan us. S. Krmelunden. April l'.tll. At den af mig fundne Svamp ei identisk med, hvad Schroeter og Winter forstaar ved M. latebrosa, er utvivlsomt, men deres Angivelser af Sporernes Størrelse (Winter: 18—21 X 3, Schroeter: meist 20 — 24 x 2 — 3^), der falder ganske sammen med mine Maalinger, afviger betydeligl fra Cookes, der skriver 0.05 mm lange, en Uoverensstemmelse, som imid- lertid ingen af de 2 tyske Forfattere berører. Mycosphaerella stemmatea (Fr.) Rom. Paa levende Blade af Vacci- nium ril is idaea. S. Ravnsholt Hegn, Juli 1914. ♦Mctasphaeria rimularum (Cooke) Sacc. Paa dode Straa af Arundo phragmites. J. Nebsager, Juli 1892. ♦Didymella hyphenis (Cooke) Sacc. Paa vissent Lov af Pteridium aquilinum. S. St. Hareskov, Juni 1914. ♦Didymella aperosa (Desm.) Sacc. Paa døde Stængler af Angelica sil- vestris. J. Urlev Skov, Juli 1892. Leptosphaeria ciilniifida Krst. Paa Festuca arundinacea. S. Flaske- kroen, Juni 1903. Paa Arundo phragmites. S. Sjælsø, Juni 1903. Leptosphaeria Culmifraga (Fr.) Ces. et de Not. Paa visne Straa af Calamagrostis arundinacea. S. Rude Skov, Okt. 1914. ♦Leptosphaeria graminis (Fckl.) Sacc. Paa visne Straa af Arundo phragmites. S. Furesø, Maj 1915. ♦Leptosphaeria poac Niessl. Paa visne Topgrene af Dactylis ghmerata. S. Frederiksdal, Juni L913. Leptosphaeria arundinacea (Fr.) Sacc. Paa visne Straa af Arundo phragmites. S. Kildeskoven v. Gentofte, April 1903, Utterslev Mose, Maj 1903. Leptosphaeria Fuckelii Niessl. Paa visne Straa af Dactylis ghmerata. S. Frederiksdal Skov, Nov. 1912. Leptosphaeria Ivpharum (Desm.) Krst. Paa visne Blade af Typha latijolia. J. Nebsager, Juli 1891. Leptosphaeria nibicunda Rehm. Paa visne Stængler af A ni brisens Silvester. S. Ordrup Mose, Maj 1903. Leptosphaeria doliohun (Fr.) Ces. et de Not. Paa visne Stængler af Angelica silvestris. S. St. Dyrehave, Juli 1903, J. Urlev Skov. Juli 1892. Paa Urtica dioica. J. Nebsager, Juli 1891. Paa Impatiem noli tangere. J. Sæbygaards Skov, Juli 1893. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Fraxinus ex- ceteior. S. Ermelunden, Febr. 1911. 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. *Leptosphaeria Niessleana Ebh. Paa levende Stængler og Blade af Labkyrus stivester. S. Gelsskov, Aug. 1915. *Leptosphaeria galionmi (Rob.) Niessl. Paa visne Stængler af Galium aparine. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, April 1915. Leptosphaeria suffnlta (Fr.) Niessl. Paa visne Stængler af Melam- pyrum vulgatum. J. Sæbygaards Skov, Juli 1893. Leptosphaeria dolioloides (Auw.) Krst. Paa visne Stængler af Tana- cetum vulgare. J. Kleis, Juli 1891. Leptosphaeria derasa (B. et Br.) Auw. Paa visne Stængler af Senecio Jacobaea. J. Nebsager, Juli 1891. Leptosphaeria modesta (Desm.) Auw. Paa visne Stængler af Daucus carota. J. Rosenvold, Juli 1891. Ophiobolus erythrosporns (Riess) Wint. Paa visne Stængler af Urtica dioica. J. Nebsager, Juli 1891. Ophiobolus rubellus (Fr.) Lind. Paa visne Stængler af Bunias orien- talis. København, Juli 1903. Paa Angelica silvestris. J. Urlev Skov, Juli 1892. Paa Papir. S. Hareskov, April 1914. Ophiobolus tenellus (Auw.) Sacc. Paa visne Stængler af Medicago sativa. F. Stige, Maj 1914. *Pyrenophora trichostoma (Fr.) Fckl. Paa visne Græsstraa. S. Ravne- holmene, Juni 1891. Pleospora vagans Niessl. Paa Skeder af Calamagrostis arenaria. S. Hornbæk, Juli 1914. *Pleospora typhae Pass. Paa Typha lati folia. S. Ørholm, Juni 1891. Pleospora salsolae Fckl. Paa visne Stængler af Salsola kali. S. Flaske- kroen, Maj 1889. Pleospora herbarum (Fr.) Rbh. Af Planter, som ikke i »Danish fungi etc.« er nævnt som Værter for denne almindelige Art, har jeg noteret fol- gende: Koeleria glauca, Typha latifolia, Triglochin mar it im um, Iris spuria, Obione pedunculata, Brassica oleracea, Malva alcea, Euonymus europaeus, Pastinaca sativa, Linaria vulgaris. Endvidere er den tern. aim. paa Papir, der længe har henligget i Skove. Pleospora vulgaris Niessl. Paa Anthriscus stivester og Plantage- maritima. S. Flaskekroen, Maj 1903. Alm. paa Papir, der længe har henligget i Skove. Tav. I, Fig. 6 viser et Exempel paa Variationen i Antallet af Tvær- vægge i Sporerne og Antallet af Sporer i Sækkene; de stammer alle 4 fra samme Sporehus paa en Torilis anthriscus-Fxngt. Massaria foedans (Fr.) Fckl. Paa dode Grene af Alnus glutinosa. S. Ermelunden, April 1891. *Phomatospora ovalis (Pass.) Sacc. Paa Avner af Dachjlis glomerata. S. Gelsskov, Marts 1911. Paa Frugter af Lampsana communis. S. Lund- tofte, April 1912. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 15 Det eneste i Passerixis Beskrivelse af denne Art, som han har fundet paa Daucus carota, der ikke helt passer paa mine Exemplarer, er hans Udtryk om Sporesækkene megre conspicuis«. (Fig. 10). *Phomatospora Berkeleyi Sace. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Acer cam- pestre og Fraxinw excelsior. S. Errnelunden, April 1912. Sporerne 6.5 X 2.5//. Ceriospora ribis P. Henn. et Ploettn. Paa dode Grene af Ribes nigrum. S. Errnelunden, Sept. 1914. *Ophiognomonia padi Jaap. Konidieformen {Asteroma padi Grev.) paa levende Blade af Prunus padus. S. Ny Holte, Aug. 1891, F. Seileberg, Sept. 1891. *Gnomonia setacea (Fr.) Ces. et de Not. Paa visne Blade af Quercus robur. S. Gelsskov 1911. *Gnomonia amoena (Fr.) Ces. et de Not. Paa visne Blade af Quercus robur. S. Gelsskov 1911. *Gnomonia inclinata (Desm.) Auw. Paa Bladstilke og Bladenes Underside af Acer pseud opiatanus. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Febr. 1913. Gnomonia erythrostoma (Fr.) Auw. Tæt bedækkende de fra foregaaende Aar stammende Blade, der endnu — netop paa Grund af Svampens Angreb — i vissen og stærkt samrnenkrollet Tilstand i stor Mængde var blevne siddende tilbage paa Grene af Prunus avium. S. Dæmpe- gaard, Maj 1915. Hvad der hidtil foreligger om Forekomsten i Dan- mark af denne Svamp, der flere Steder i Tyskland har op- traadt epidemisk og meget ødelæggende, er en Notits fra 1902 af E. Rostrup1): »Svampen er udbredt over hele Mellemeuropa, og den er naaet til Slesvig og Sydfyn«. *Rchmiellopsis abietis (E. Rostr.)!. Under Navnet Sphaerella abietis beskrev E. Rostrup i 1902 2) kortelig en Svamp paa Naale af Abies alba (Tav. I, Fig. 7). Efter i nogle Aar at have studeret dens Optræden gav han dernæst en udførligere Be- skrivelse af denne i »Tidsskrift for Skovvæsen« 1905 (S. 37) ; han var nu kommet til den Overbevisning, at det var en ægte Parasit, der gjorde ikke ringe Skade paa forskellige Arter Abies, og han var heri enig med en Praktiker som Skovrider E. Moldenhawer, der i Brev af 10/10 1908 om denne Sygdom skriver: »Efter mit Skon skyldes Kalamiteten ikke Frost, men Svampeangreb«, og under 12/7 1909 : »Angrebet er i Aar endnu mere ondartet end ifjor og har bredt sig over store Arealer. Baade Fig. 10. Phomatospora ovalis. En Sporesæk. 560 : 1. 1) Plantepatologi, S. 478. 2) 1. c. S. 597. 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. Top- og Sideskud dræbes, mange Graner er lialvt afnaalede .... Jeg er alvorlig bange for, at SphaereUa skal odelægge mere, end vi kan taale«. Ved ifjor at undersøge en fra Moldenhawer indsendt Gren af Abies nobilis, der aabenbart var angrebet af samme Svamp, saa jeg til min Over- raskelse, at Sporesækkene indeholdt et storre Antal Sporer end 8 (Fig. 11), og ved at gennemgaa bele det i Botanisk Museum og i Landbohøjskolens plantepatologiske Samling opbevarede Materiale af »SphaereUa abietis« (ialt fra 14 forskellige Lokaliteter, og fra flere af disse fra forskellige Tidspunkter) fandt jeg, at samtlige Exemplarer, der havde modne Sporer (fra 7 Lokali- teter, blandt hvilke Typelokaliteten, og saa godt som alle bestemte af E. Rostrup), indeholdt flere end 8 Sporer i Sporesækkene, og at alle kunde identificeres med en af Bubåk og Kabåt i 19101) under Navnet Rehmiellopsis bohemica beskrevet Svamp. Der er efter dette ingen Tvivl om, at det beror paa en Fejltagelse, naar E. Rostrup be- skriver Sporesækkene som 8-sporede, og at Svampen ikke kan henfores til Slægten SphaereUa; men dens rette Navn maa da blive Rehmiellopsis abietis (E. Rostr.)!. I ovennævnte Artikel af Bubåk beskrives paa Ædel- grannaale foruden Rehmiellopsis ogsaa en Art Phoma, P. bohemica Bub. et Kab., og han skriver: »Es ist voll- kommen sicher, dass beide Pilze genetisch verbunden sind«. Denne Art findes ogsaa ofte her i Landet paa de syge Ædelgrannaale ; E. Rostrup omtaler den i den nævnte Artikel i »Tidsskrift for Skovvæsen« og skriver, at »det er rimeligt, men dog ikke tilstrækkelig godtgjort, at det er Formeringsorganer, som tilhorer den omhandlede Svamp« (d. e. SphaereUa abietis), og at den »udvikles forud for de egentlige Spore- huse«, hvad der ogsaa stemmer med Resulteterne af min Revision af det foreliggende Materiale, idet jeg har fundet denne Phoma fra Juli til Oktober, medens det kun er muligt at finde enkelte udviklede Sporer hos Rehmiellopsis i Efteraarets og Vinterens Løb. Saaledes skriver Prof. Kølpin Ravn i Brev af 8/12 1908 om den: »Denne sidste er nu ved at danne Sporer ; i adskillige Sporesække fandtes flere fuldmodne Sporer, men i Fler- tallet af Sporesækkene kun halvmodne. Den almindelige Sporemodning og -spredning finder derefter antagelig Sted i Foraarstiden«, hvilket nu ved mine Undersøgelser har fundet fuld Bekræftelse. De 7 Lokaliteter, hvor Rehmiellopsis abietis med Sikkerhed er paavist, er følgende: Fig. 11. Rehmiellopsis abietis. 2 Sporesække, 400 : 1. !) Naturw. Zeitschr. f. Forst- und Landwirtschaft, 1910, S. 313. Ove Rostrup : Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 17 Paa Äbies nobilis: J. Borridsø, Marts 1910. - Abies alba: S. Gelsskov, 31. Okt, 1900, Rude Skov, Maj 1901, St. Hareskov, Okt. 1900, Vedbæk, Marts 1902, J. Tinning Skov, April 1909. Abies cephalonica: S. Frederiksborg, Juni 1905. *Anthostomella lonicerac (Feld.) Sacc. Paa Grene af Lonicera pericly- menum. J. Barritskov, Juli 1891. Valsa ambiens Fr. Paa Grene af Fagus silvatica. S. Krogenberg Hegn, Okt. 1893, J. Fakkegrav, Aug. 1892. Paa Grene af Cytisus laburnum. S. Frederiksdal, Okt, 1891. Valsa spinosa (Fr.) Nke. Paa Fagus silvatica. S. Boserup Skov, Okt. 1890. Valsa scabrosa (Fr.) Nke. Paa Fagus silvatica. S. Gelsskov, Juni 1891. *ValselIa furva (Krst.) Sacc. Paa Grene af Alnus glutinosa. S. Frede- riksdal Storskov, Maj 1891. *Diaporthe eonjuncta (Fr.) Feld. Paa Grene af Corylus avellana. S. Gelsskov, April 1915, J. Nebsager, Aug. 1891. Cryptospora versatilis (Fr.) Lind. Paa Bark af Corylus avellana. S. Boserup Skov, Okt. 1890. *Cryptospora decorticans Sacc. Paa Fagus silvatica. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Nov. 1891. Fstulina deusta (Fr.) Lind. Paa Daedalea unicolor. J. Rosenvold, Juli 1891. Xylaria carpophila Fr. Paa nedfaldne Skaale af Fagus silvatica. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Juli 1915. Dothideaceae. Rliopograplius i'ilicinus (Fr.) Nke, Om Antallet af Skillevægge i denne Arts Sporer angives almindeligt »3 (sjældnere 5)«. Ved Undersogelse af et stort» Antal Sporer i 2 med et Par Dages Mellemrum samlede Prover af denne Svamp fandt jeg imidlertid folgende betydelige Uoverensstem- melse : Jægersborg Hegn St. Hareskov 19. Juni 1914 23. Juni 1914 Sporer med 3 Skillevægge 97 pCt. 62 pCt. - 4 1 — 7 — - 5 — - 6 2 — 0 18 — 7 — - 7 0 — 6 — 100 pCt. 100 pCt. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. 2 18 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. Medens altsaa hos førstnævnte Prove kun 3 pCt. havde mere end 3 Skillevægge, var dette Tilfældet med 38 pCt. hos den anden. Hvad Storreisen af Sporerne angaar, skriver Winter og Schroeter overensstemmende: 28 — 30 X 7 y.. En Del Maalinger af Sporerne i de 2 af mig. undersøgte Prover gav imidlertid for den førstnævnte 28 — 38 X 7—10^ og for den anden 37—42 X 8—10;/. Dothidella stellariae (Lib.) Lind. Paa Stellaria holostea. S. Færge- lunden, Juli 1910. Dothidella thoracella (Fr.) Sacc. Paa Stængler af Sedum lividum. S. Tystofte, Aug. 1888. Microthyriaceae. ♦Microthyrium microscopicum Desm. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Acer pseudoplatanus. S. Ermelunden, April 1911. Hysteriaceae. Lophodermium ariiiidiiiaceum (Fr.) Chev. Paa tørre Straa og Blade af Festuca silvatica. S. Hæsede, Aug. 1887 (E. Rostrup). Lophodermium typhinum (Fr.) Lamb. Paa Skeder af Typha lad folia. S. Rude Skov, Aug. 1911. Acrospermum graminum Lib. Paa Blade af Bromus Benekeni. S. Dronninggaard, Juni 1891. Paa Græsstraa, S. Tisvilde, Juli 1894. Phacidiaceae. Naevia pusilla (Lib.) Rehm. Paa Stængler af Juncus effusus. S. Jægers- borg Hegn, Juni 1914, Ravnsholt Hegn, Juli 1914. Scleroderris ribis (Fr.) Lind. Paa Ribes nigrum. S. Frederiksdal Stor- skov, Maj 1891. *Trocliila laurocerasi (Desm.) Fr. Paa Blade af Prunus laurocerasus. S. Fredensborg, Juli 1903. *Trochila petiolaris (Fr.) Rehm. Paa Bladstilke og Hovednerver af nedfaldne Blade af Acer pseudoplatanits. S. Færgelunden, Juli 1915. Cenangiaceae. *Patellaria corticola Starb. Paa døde Grene af Crataegus oxyacantha. S. Skoven v. Næsseslottet, Maj 1915, Sorø, Juni 1915. *Tympanis corylina (Sacc.) Rehm. Paa Grene af Corylus avellana. S. Ordrup Mose, April 1905. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 19 Tyinpanis conspersa Fr. Paa Alnus glutinosa. S. Frederiksdal Storskov, Maj 1891. *Ty nipanis amphiboloides Nyl. Paa en afbarket Gren af Quercus robur. S. Pude Skov, April 1891. Foruden Sporer med 7 Tværvægge, hvilket er det Fig. 12. normale Antal, fandtes ogsaa mange Sporer med 8, 9 lympanis 0 br amphiboloides og 10 Tværvægge (Fig. 12). Sporer. 560:1. Pezizaceae. Psendoplectania nigrella (Fr.) Feld. S. Frederiksværk Skov, Marts 1913 (leg. Erik C. Mayland). Lachnea gregaria (Rehm) Phill. I stor Mængde paa sandede Stier i Gelsskov i Aug. 1915. Discina ancilis (Fr.) Rehm. S. Tokkekob Hegn, Maj 1905 (leg. S. Muus). *Ascophanus lacteus (Cooke et Phill.) Phill. Paa Kogødning. S. Fole- haven, Aug. 1915. Ascophanus carneus (Fr.) Boud. Om denne Svamps Forekomst her i Landet siges der i »Danish Fungi etc.« kun »on dung« (efter E. Chr. Hansen: De danske Gødningssvampe, S. 340). Jeg kan hertil føje, at den er ret aim. i Spireapparater, saavel paa Frø (især af Naaletræer) som paa det Filtrerpapir, Frøene ligger paa. Naar den i »Danish Fungi etc.« henføres til Slægten Ascobolus (skønt den har farveløse Sporer), er det en Fejl, som ogsaa Fries begaar i Syst. myc. II (S. 165), hvor han i Diagnosen af denne Slægt (S. 162) selv skriver »sporidia nigrescentia«. Ascophanus Holniskjoldii Hans. Paa Hjorteekskrementer. S. Jægers- borg Dyrehave, Aug. 1914. Rhyparobius sexdecimsporiis (Crouan) Sacc. Paa Hestegødning. S. Gelsskov. *Rhyparobius caninus (Auw.) Schroet. Paa Ræveekskrementer. S. Rude Skov, April 1915. *Rhyparobius pachyascus Zuk. Paa Katteekskrementer, København, April 1915. Paa Hestegødning, S. Gelsskov, April 1915. Saccobolus depauperatus (B. et Br.) Hans. Paa Daadyrekskrementer. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave. Paa Hestegødning. S. Gelsskov. *Saccobolus obsenrus Cooke. Paa henraadnende Straa af Avena sativa. S. Lyngby. *Saccobolus Beckii Heimerl. Paa henraadnende Stængler af AnthylUs vulneraria. S. Lyngby, Nov. 1914. *Saccobolus globulifer Boud. Paa Ræveekskrementer. S. Gelsskov, Aug. 1913. 9* 20 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. *Ascobolus brunneus Cooke. Paa Hestegodning. S. Gelsskov, Juli 1915. *Ciboria acicola Kirschst. Paa nedfaldne Naale af Picea excelsa. S. Gelsskov 1914. Asci 85—100 X 7—9//, Sporerne 10—12 X 4—4.5/;. *Ciboria Sydowiana Rehm. Paa Bladstilke af Quercus robur. S. Gels- skov, Okt. 1914. Rutstroemia bolaris (Pr.) Rehm. Paa lienraadnende Grene. S. Gels- skov, Okt. 1914. Sclerotinia seirpicola Rehm. Tav. 2, Fig. 8 viser et Exemplar, hvis Stok har delt sig og bærer 2 Ascomata. S. Fureso, Juni 1915. Sclerotinia Cnrreyana (Berk.) Krst. Konidieformen (Sphacelia tenuis Sacc.) paa J uncus ejfusus. S. Eskemose gaard, Aug. 1913. Dasyscypha pteridis (Fr.) Rehm. Paa vissent Løv af Pteridium, aquilinum. S. Jægersborg Hegn, Juni 1914. Dasyscypha calycina (Fr.) Fckl. Paa Stammen af en ung, c. 30 cm høj Abies grandis. F. Glorup, Aug. 1907 (leg. F. Lyman). *Laclrnella lonicerae (A. et S.) Fckl. Paa Grene af Lonicera periclymenum. S. Gelsskov. *Lachnum pallide-roseum (Saut.) Rehm. Paa Straa af Dactylis glomerata. S. Gelsskov, Juli 1912. Lachnnm virgineum (Fr.) Krst. Paa Ved af Fagus silvatica. S. Frederiksdal Storskov, Maj 1891. Lachnum ciliare (Fr.) Rehm. Paa nedfaldne Blade af Quercus robur. S. Gelsskov, Sept. 1914. Lachmmi fuscescens (Fr.) Krst. Paa nedfaldne Blade af Quercus robur. S. Frederiksværk Skov, Marts 1913. Lachnnm leiicophaeum (Nyl.) Krst. Paa Stængler af Anthriscus sti- vester. J. Nebsager, Juli 1891. Belonioscypha vexata (de Not.) Rehm. Paa Græsstraa. J. Studsgaard, Maj 1912. Enkelte Sporer 6-rummede (normalt 4-rummede). *Pocillum Boltonii Phill. Paa Stængler af Equisetum fluviatile, liggende i Vand. S. Fuglesangsøen, Maj 1915. (Fig. 13). Skønt Phillips' Beskrivelse af Sporerne1) : »Sporidia 8, elongated, sub- Fig. 13. Pocillum Boltonii. Sporesæk og Sporer 400 : 1. Grevillea 16, S. 94. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 21 cylindrical, obtuse at the ends, 40 — 50 X 3 — 4 fj. ; .... colourless, and fur- nished with several large vacuoles« i flere Punkter ikke passer paa de af mig fundne, der nemlig er lyst gulbrune, 60 — 90 X 4^ og forsynede med 2 Tværvægge, nærer jeg dog ingen Tvivl om, at det er den samme Svamp, vi har haft for os, men at Phillips' ikke har været fuldt modne; thi i umodne Asci har jeg fundet Sporer som af P. beskrevet (den nederste Spore paa Figuren). I Sporesækkene, hvis Størrelse var 72 — 110 X 14 — 16//, fandtes hyppigt kun 2 eller 4 Sporer. *Pezizella microspis (Krst.) Sacc. Paa visne Stængler af Juncus effusus. S. Rude Skov, Maj 1915. *Pezizclla inquiliiia (Krst.) Rehm. Paa visne Stængler af Equisetum hiemale. S. Norreskov, Aug. 1915. Phialea equisetina (Quel.) Rehm. Paa dode Stængler af Equisetum fluviatile. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Maj 1915. *Phialea grisella Rehm. Paa vissent Lov af Pteridium aquilinum. S. Jægersborg Hegn, Juni 1914. *Phialea acuuni Rehm. Paa nedfaldne Naale af Picea excelsa. S. Gels- skov, Dec. 1913. Helotiuni pallescens Fr. Paa nedfaldne -Frugter af Acer pseudopla- tanus. S. Ermelunden, Marts 1912. Trichobelonium Kneiffii (Wallr.) Schroet. Paa Arundo phragmites. S. Furesøen, Maj 1914. *Mollisia amentlcola (Sacc.) Rehm. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Fraxinus excelsior. Skont Mollisia amenticola kun er angivet fra Ellekogler, tager jeg ikke i Betænkning at henfore mine Expl. til denne Art, da Beskrivelsen no je passer. Mollisia atrata (Fr.) Krst. Paa Stængler af Eupatorium cannatrinum. S. Dronninggaard Skov, Juni 1914. *Coniocybe furiuracea Körb. Paa Polyporus vegetus. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Nov. 1891. Helvellaceae. Leotia marcida Fr. Tav. 2, Fig. 9 viser et fra Rude Skov stammende Exemplar med tvedelt Stok. Ustilaginales. Tilletiaceae. Doassansia Martianoifiana (Thiim.) Schroet. Paa Potamoqeton natans. S. Lyngby So, Sept. 1905. Paa Potamoqeton coloratus. S. Gurre So, Okt. 1893. Doassansia alismatis (Nees) Cornu. Paa Alisma plantaqo aquatica. S. Valby, Aug. 1904. 22 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. Ustilaginaceae. Ustilago anomala Kze. I Frugter af Polygonum convolvulus. Koben- havn, Okt. 1908, J. Sæby, Aug. 1893. Ustilago violacea (Pers.) Gray. I Stovknapper af Mélandryum rubrum. J. St. Hesteskov v. Horsens, Juni 1904 (K. Wiinstedt). Mélandryum album. S. Herlufsholm, Juni 1893. Ustilago tragopogonis pratensis (Pers.) Wint. Paa Tragopogon pra- tensis. Bornh. Hammershus, Juli 1885. Cintractia subinelusa (Kke.) Magn. I Frugter af Carex vesicaria. S. Gelsskov, Juli 1904. Carex liirta. S. Folehaven, Juli 1904. Tolypospo riu in junci (Schroet.) Wor. Paa Juncus bufonius. S. Birke- rod, Nov. 1907. Uredinales. Pucciniaceae. Gymnosporangiimi clavariiiorme DC. Paa Crataegus Lambertiana. Kobenhavn 1909. Piiecinia scirpi DC. Paa Scirpus lacustris. S. Furesø, Nov. 1914, Donse, Okt. 1915. Puccinia Pringsheimiana Kleb. Paa Ribes nigrum. S. Sorø, Juni 1915. Puecinia sessilis Schneider. Aecidier paa Paris quadrifolia. S. Nørre- skov, Juni 1915. Puecinia graminis Pers. Paa Avena sterilis. Kobenhavn, Okt. 1886. Puccinia polygoiii-ainphibii Pers. Uredosporer, der ifølge »Danish Fungi etc.« synes at være sjælden forekommende, fandtes i stor Mængde ved Eskemosegaard 22. Sept. 1914. Puccinia libanotidis Lindroth. Paa Bladstilke af Libanotis montana. S. Overby, Aug. 1915. Puccinia asperulae-odoratae Wurth. Paa Asperula odorata. S. Gals- skov, Aug. 1914. Puccinia tanaceti DC. Teleutosporehobe paa Matricaria chamomilla. S. Nærum, Jan. 1914. Sporerne 42—51 X 18—19//. Puecinia millefolii Fckl. Paa Stængler af Achillea millefolium. S. Kude Skov, Sept. 1914. Uromyces geranii (DC.) Otth. Paa Geranium pyrenaicum. S. Jægers- borg, Lyngby. Phragmidium rubi-idaei (Pers.) Krst. Ved at mikroskopere en d. 26. Sept. 1914 i Eude Skov indsamlet Prøve af Hindbærrust overraskedes jeg ved at finde et betydelig ringere Antal Rum i Teleutosporerne; end der sædvanligt angives i Literaturen (f. Ex. Ed. Fischer: 6 — 10, hyppigst Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 23 7 — 8, A.B.Frank: 6 — 10, Paul Hariot: 6 — 10, Ed. Prillieux: 5 — 10, J. Schroeter: 7—9, H. et P.Sydow: 5 — 10, hvppigst 7 — 8, G.Winter: 6—10), nemlig: 2 pCt. Sporer med 4 Rum. 33 — — — 5 — 58 — — — 6 — 7 — — — 7 — For at se, hvad der var det almindelige Forhold her i Landet, under- søgte jeg dernæst Pro ver fra 10 forskellige Steder og optalte Antallet af Rum i 100 Teleutosporer fra hvert Sted; Gennemsnitstallene for disse 1000 Sporer var følgende: c. 5 pCt. Sporer med 5 Rum. 25 — — — 6 — c. 40 — — — 7 — 26 — — — 8 — 4 — — — 9 — Af 4-rummede fandtes i alt kun 3 og af 10-rummede kun 1. Tallene fra de forskellige Steder varierede iøvrigt overmaade meget, hvad hosstaaende Tabel viser. Tav. II, Fig. 10 viser en misdannet Spore fra Gelsskov. Jeg kan endnu tilføje, at jeg har set flere 1-rummede Teleutosporer, men aldrig 2- eller 3-rummede. tß Antal o o! > te 2-* fe > o CO"* > o o, D bo bcao a 'o 3? Gen- Rum i Teleuto- t/2 O fe^ 3 «* CÖ o fe^ A "2 3 1—1 -O S fert CO l— l co CO^ t/3 [>. a ep t- CO to CO "S s os nem- snit sporerne fe co 03 fe 02 fe fe fe CO co fe fe fe fe 4 1 2 _ _ . 0,3 5 — 4 2 9 — 8 1 5 3 22 5,4 6 6 20 14 45 12 36 16 27 23 51 25,o 7 36 42 48 36 21 46 41 51 44 27 39,2 8 53 27 35 8 40 10 41 17 29 — 26,o 9 4 6 1 — 27 — 1 — 1 — 4,o 10 1 0,i 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100,o 24 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. Auriculariales. Auriculariaceae. Auricularia auriculae Judae (Fr.) Schroet. Paa Sambucus nigra. S. Tis- vilde, Juli 1894. Dacryomycetales. Dacryomycetaceae. *Dacryoinyces fragiforniis (Fr.) Nees. Paa Grene af Abies alba. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Marts 1903. Hymenomycetes. Exobasidiaceae. *Exobasidium mycetophilum (Peck) Burt. Paa Collybia dryophila. S. Frederikslund Skov, Aug. 1908 (leg. S. Muus), »Slagelse Skov, Aug. 1912. Exobasidium myrtilli Siegm. Paa Vaccinium myrtillus. S. Gribskov, Juni 1903. Hypochnaceae. Hypochims coronatus Schroet. Paa Bark af Fagus silvatica. S. Frede- rikslund Skov, Okt. 1913. Paa Bark af Picea excelsa. S. Giesegaard, April 1914. Basidier med 7 og 8 Sterigmer er ikke helt sjældne. Craterellus eonmcopioides Fr. Tav. II, Fig. 11 viser et abnormt Ex- emplar med 2 Aabninger og noget fascieret Stok. S. Gelsskov. *Cyphella laeta Fr. Paa visne Stængler af Carduus crispus. Koben- havn, Aug. 1903. Clavariaceae. Typhula gyrans Fr. I April Maaned 1914 samlede jeg i Gelsskov paa et Stykke henraadnende Pap 54 Sklerotier af Typhula gyrans, som jeg nogle Dage efter skyllede i Vand, hvorved jeg bemærkede, at de med Hen- syn til Vægtfylde kunde deles i 2 Portioner: 24, der gik til Bunds, og 30, der svømmede ovenpaa. Efter at være lagt til Spiring paa fugtigt Filtrer- papir i en Petriskaal (paa hver sin Halvdel af det samme Stykke Papir, saa at alle ydre Forhold nojagtig var de samme for de 2 Grupper), spirede de i September og Oktober Maaneder s. A., men paa folgende Maade: Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 25 De Sklerotier, De Sklerotier, der gik til Bunds der svømmede ovenpaa Spiring i September 17 pCt. 43 pCt. 1.— 15. Oktober 8 - 14 - — 16.— 31. 58 - 43 - I alt ... . 83 pCt. dode .... 17 — 100 pCt. 0 — Spiringshastigheden stod altsaa i omvendt Forhold til Vægtfylden. Pistillaria pusilla Fr. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Crataegus oxyacantha. S. Ermelunden. *Hirsutella eiitomophila Pat. Paa en Ptiniis rufipes, fastsiddende paa en Bogestamme. S. Frederikslund Skov, Okt. 1913. (Fig. 14). Fig. 14. Hirsuteila entomophila. a. 15 Frugtlegemer paa en Ptinus rufipes 7:1, b. Et Stykke af et Frugtlegeme 400 : 1. Denne Art er tidligere fundet paa en Bille »analogue aux Chrysoméles« i Equador og beskrevet af N. Patouillard1). Hans Beskrivelse passer nøje paa mit Exemplar, naar undtages Sporernes Størrelse, som han an- giver til 8 X 6/7, medens mine er 8 X 4^; men af hans Bemærkning om Sporen: »elle est d'abord allongée ovoide, puis se renfie dans sa partie moyenne pour prendre dans l'état adulte un aspect citriforme« slutter jeg, at mit Exemplar ikke har været fuldmodent. *€lavaria Kuuzei Fr. S. Boserup Skov, Sept. 1905. Sparassis crispa Fr. S. Bavneholmene, Sept. 1910 (leg. Klavs Vedel). Revue mycologique 1892, S. 67. 26 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. Hydnaceae. Hyduum pudoriimin Fr. S. Tokkekob Hegn, Maj 1905. Odontia fimbriata (Fr.) Schroet. S. Jægersborg Dyrebave, Juni 1905. Polyporaceae. Polyporus minmmlarius Fr. J. Rugtved Skov, Aug. 1893. Polyporus gigantens Fr. Et Exemplar med fuldstændig midtstillet Stok paa en Bøgestub. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Aug. 1914. Polyporus alutaceus Fr. Paa Picea excélsa. S. Ravnsbolt Hegn, Nov. 1909. Polyporus nidulans Fr. Paa Grene af Fagus silvatica. S. Jægersborg Dyrebave, Okt. 1913. Polyporus populinus Fr. Paa Alnus glutinosa. S. Ermelunden. Polyporus aimosus Fr. Paa Corylus avellana. S. Gelsskov, Aug. 1908. Polyporus hirsutus Fr. Paa Grene af Crataegus monogyna. S. Erme- lunden, Jan. 1915. var. crassa. Paa Stammer af Populus tremula. S. Frederiksdal Storskov, April 1915. Polyporus obliquus Fr. Paa en dræbt Bogestamme i Jægersborg Dyre- bave fandtes i Vinteren 1914—15 et Exemplar med en lodret Udstræk- ning paa c. 12 m. Mon denne Art ikke skulde sætte Rekorden for Svampe- frugtlegemers Størrelse? I en interessant Meddelelse om denne Svamp1) omtaler Franz v. Höhnel nærmere dens plantepatologiske Betydning, som bidtil bavde været ganske overset. Polyporus sinuosus Fr. Paa Indersiden af afsprængt Bark af Acer pseudoplatanus. S. Ermelunden. Polyporus sanguinolentus Fr. Paa raaddent Ved. S. Folebaven, Aug. 1914. Boletus appondiculatus Fr. I Slutningen af Juli 1908 fandt jeg i Hare- skov — tæt ved Hareskovpavillonen — en balv Snes Individer af en mig ubekendt Boletus. Jeg sendte nogle Exemplarer til Sev. Petersen, som meddelte mig, at de maatte benføres til B. appendiculatus, maaske dog som en Varietet, idet de adskilte sig fra den typiske Form ved »1) at Hattens Farve ikke synes at forandres fra brunt til rødligt, og 2) at Rørene ikke er korte«. Boletus pruinatus Fr. J. Sæbygaard Skov, Juli 1893, Allerup Bakker, Aug. 1893. Boletus ealopus Fr. J. Sæbygaard Skov, Juli 1893. Boletus castaneus Fr. S. Jægersborg Hegn, Sept. 1906. !) Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 1907.. S. 177. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 27 Gasteromycetes Lycoperdaceae. Gcaster rufcscens Pers. S. Herlufsholm, Dronninggaard Skov. DO Phallaceae. Phallus impudicus Pers. Et Exemplar med en noget fladtrykt og foroven kløftet Stuk og Hat med 2 Spidser (Fig. 15). S. Gels- skov, Aug. 1913. Lignende Abnormiteter omtales af G. Moesz fra Ungarn1) og af P. Hennings fra Brandenburg2). Noget anderledes — og interessantere — er Forholdet hos en af E. Boudier3) beskrevet »développement gémel- laire«, hvor Hatten ligeledes har 2 Spidser, men en apikal og en lateral, og hvor der til denne sidste svarer en lille, fri, helt i Hatten skjult Stok. Fig. 15. Phallus impudicus. Lidt formindsket. Fungi imperfecti. Sphaeropsidales. Sphaeroidaceae. *Phyllosticta Ginkgo Brun. Paa tynde Grene af Ginkgo biloba. Koben- havn, Juni 1888. Pykniderne 90 — 170^ i Diameter. *Phyllosticta tiglii P. Henn. Paa levende Blade af Codiaeum sp. S. Gisselfeld (i Væxthus), Nov. 1914 (com. Hother Paludan). Phyllosticta mali Prill, et Delacr. Paa Blade af Pirus malus. J. Beder, Juli 1914. *Phyllosticta cytisorum Pass. Paa levende Blade af Cytisus laburnum. S. Farum Lillevang, Okt. 1914. *Phyllosücta hederacea (Arc.) All. Paa levende Blade af Hedera helix. Kobenhavn, April 1915. Denne Svamp, der bl. a. af Saccardo og H. Sydow anses for iden- tisk med eller en Form af P. hedericola Dur. et Mont., er af H. Diedicke Botanikai Kozlemények 1911, S. 110. Verh. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg 1897, S. 115. Rev. mycol. 1887, S. 3. 28 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. gjort til Genstand for en nærmere Undersøgelse1), i hvilken han påaviser saa mange baade morfologiske og biologiske Forskelligheder fra P. hederi- cola, at han sikkert har Ret i sin Antagelse, at det er 2 »genügend scharf charakterisierte« Arter. *PhylIosticta plantagiiiis Sacc. Paa levende Blade af Plantago major. S. Hareskov, Sept. 1915. *Phyllosticta sambuei Desm. Paa levende Blade af Sambucus nigra. S. Rude Skov, Sept. 1915. Phoma strobiligena Desm. Paa Thuya occidentalis. S. Fortunen, April 1903 (leg. S. Muus). *Phoma arundinacea (Lév.) Sacc. Paa Straa af Arundo phragmites. S. Furesøen, Maj 1914, Sjælsø, Juni 1903. Phoma acervalis Sacc. Paa Grene af Salix sp. S. Tokkekøb Hegn, Maj 1891. Phoma iirticae Schulz, et Sacc. Paa Stængler af Urtica dioica. S. Bistruphøj, Okt. 1890. *Phoma thalictrina Sacc. et Malbr. Paa tørre Stængler af Thalictrum minus. S. Overby, Aug. 1915. Phoma erataegi Sacc. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Crataegus oxyacantha. S. Ermelunden. Phoma melaena (Fr.) Dur. et Mont. Paa Stængler af Medicago sativa. F. Hemmerslev, Juni 1914. Phoma silvatica Sacc. Paa Stængler af Melampyrum pratense. S. Tokkekøb Hegn, Maj 1905. *Phoma viventis Cooke. Paa levende Grene af Lonicera periclymenunt . S. Gelsskov, Sept. 1914, Færgelunden, Aug. 1915. *Macrophoma coronillae (Desm.) Neg. I og paa de af Asphondylia Mayeri frembragte Galler paa Bælge af Sarothamnus scoparius. København. Af denne »Ambrosiasvamp« findes allerede i Slutningen af Juni inde i Gallen en tæt hvid Belægning af perlesnorformede Hyfer, der fuldstændig omgiver den lille Larve; i sidste Halvdel af Juli fremkommer Pykniderne udenpaa Gallen. Det er F. Neger, der har paavist denne Svamps interessante biolo- giske Forhold2). Phomopsis Durandiaiia (Sacc. et Roum.) Lind. Paa Stængler af Rumex sp. S. Ermelunden, April 1905 (leg. S. Muus). *Sphaeronema anienticola Ces. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Quercus robur. S. Charlottenlund, April 1914. *) Centralb. f. Bakt. etc., 2. Abt., 19. Bd., S. 168. 2) Ber. d. deuts. bot. Ges. 1908, S. 735 og 1910, S. 479. Ove Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 29 Pykniderne c. 200// i Diam., Næbet 800—1500 X 22—28//, Sporerne ovale, farveløse, 3 X 1.8//. Verniicularia afi'inis Saec. et Briard. Paa visne Græsstraa. S. Rude Skov, April 1915. *Dothiorella sorbina Krst. Paa dode Grene af Sorbus aucuparia. S. Frederiksdal Storskov, Okt. 1891. Rabenhorstia rudis Fr. Paa Grene af Cytisus laburnum. København, Maj 1913. *Placospliaeria galii Sacc. Paa Frugter af Galium aparine. S. Jægers- borg Dyrehave, April 1915. *Fusicoccum umbrinum (Bon.) Berl. et Vogl. Paa Grene af Corylus avellana. S. Rude Skov, April 1891. Sporerne 10 X 1.5// (Fig. 16). Cytospora pinastri Fr. Paa nedfaldne Naale af Picea excelsa. S. Gelsskov, Jan. 1914. *Cytospora decipiens Sacc. Paa Frugter af Carpinus Fig 16. betulus. Kobenhavn, Marts 1912. iZbrTnum. Cytospora ambiens Sacc, Paa Frugter af Carpinus Sporer 800 : 1. betulus. Kobenhavn, Marts 1912. Cytospora personata Fr. Paa Grene af Salix cinerea. S. Gelsskov, Sept. 1891. Cytospora microspora (Cda.) Rbh. Paa Grene af Crataegus oxyacantha. J. Sæby, Juli 1893. *Cytospora capitata Sacc, et Schulz. Paa Grene af Pirus malus. S. Trørod, Juni 1914. Cytospora aspenilae Delacr. Paa levende Blade af Asperula odorata. S. Basnæs Skov, Sept. 1879 (P. Nielsen). *Coniothyrium equiseti Lamb, et Fautr. Paa visne Stængler af Equi- setum fluviatile. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, April 1915. Konidierne 5 — 8 X 3 — 4//. Coniothyriiim olivaccum Bon. Paa visne Blade af Pinus austriaca og P. Silvester, Quercus robur og Fagus silvatica. S. Gelsskov 1911. Paa døde Stængler af Trifolium pratense. F. Odense, Juli 1914. (Pykniderne 150— 250// i Diam., Sporerne 5—6 X 2.5—3.2//). *Coi]iotliyrium arundinaceum Sacc. Paa døde »Frø« af forskellige Græs- ser i Spireapparater. København. *Coniothyrium labumophilum O ud. Paa levende Blade af Cytisus laburnum. S. Farum Lillevang, Okt. 1914. *Ascochyta amndinis Fautr. et Lamb. Paa visne Blade af Arundo phragmites. S. Ermelunden, Jan. 1905. Ascochyta teretiuscula Sacc. et Roum. Paa visne Blade af Luzula pilosa. S. Gelsskov, Sept. 1914. s 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. *Ascochyta crataegicola Allesch. Paa Frugter af Crataegus monogyna. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave. Sporerne i mine Exemplarer var lidt større end af Allescher an- givet, nemlig 17 — 20 X 2— 4//. Ascochyta menyanthis Oud. Paa levende Blade af Menyanthes tri- foliata. S. Søndersøen, Aug. 1889. Diplodina Salicis West. Paa Grene af Salix sp. S. Damhussoen, Marts 1903. *Diplodiiia acerum Sacc. et Br. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Acer pseudo- platanus. S. Ermelunden, Nov. 1910. *Diplodina helianthi Fautr. Paa døde Stængler af Helianthus annum. København, Okt. 1889. *Rhyncophoma fulica n. sp. Peritheciis sparsis, primo innatis, dein subsuperficialibus, subglobosis, 250 — 350 // diam., collo cylindraceo, cur- vato, radicitus posito, 80 — 95// crasso, instructis; sporulis cylindraceis, utrinque <£>K3> rotundatis, rectis v. leniter curvatis, uni- ^^Kq septatis (v. interdum continuis), loculis singulis biguttulatis, 11—13.5 X 2—2.8// (Fig. 17). In pyxidiis et seminibus Plantaginis a b lanceolatae. S. Vedbæk, April 1913. *Microdiplodia Beckii (Bäuml.) Allesch. Fig. 17 Rkyncophoma fulica. p A f Dac(yUs glomerala. S. a. En Pyknide 40 : 1, ^ » b. Konidier 560 : 1. Gelsskov, Marts 1912. De af mig fundne Pyknider var 130 — 170 n i Diam., medens Bäumler angiver 200 — 250// for sin fra Skeder af Arundo phragmites stammende Svamp. *Microdiplodia pterophila (Fautr.) Allesch. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Fraxinus excelsior. S. Ermelunden, Nov. 1911. Sporerne undertiden med 2 og 3 Skillevægge (Tav. II, Fig. 12). Microdiplodia microsporella (Sacc.) Allesch. Paa nedfaldne Frugter af Fraxinus excelsior. S. Ermelunden, April 1911. (Tav. II, Fig. 13). Pykniderne c. 200// i Diam. Sporerne lidt mindre end af Saccardo angivet, nemlig 6 — 7 X 2.5 — 3.5//, og for en Del enrummede. Diplodia subtecta Fr. Paa en død Stamme af Acer pseudoplatanus. S. Jægersborg Dyrehave, Nov. 1913. *Botryodiplodia crataegi Vestergr. Paa Grene af Fagus silvatica. S. Eskemosegaard Skov, Juni 1903. Skont B. c. kun er angivet fra Crataegus, tager jeg ikke i Betænkning at henføre den af mig fundne Svamp til denne Art, da Beskrivelsen nøje passer. Ove Rostrup : Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora. I. 31 ♦Stagonospora megistospora n. sp. Peritheciis sparsis, immersis, globoso- papillatis, nigris, 350 — 430^ diam., pariete 25^ crasso. Sporulis oblongo- fusoideis, apice rotundatis, basi truncatis, 6 — 10-septatis, multiguttulatis, 118—137 X 14— 17 /i; basidiis dispersis, cylindraceis, unisep- tatis, 16 X Sfi. (Fig. 18). In culmis languidis Scirpi lacustris. S. Ved Furesoen, April 1912. ♦Stagonospora vexatula Sacc. Paa døde Straa af Arundo phragmites. S. Sjælsø, Juni 1903. Bornh. Aarsdale, Juni 1889. Stagonospora subseriata (Desm.) Sacc. Paa visne Straa af Calamagrostis arenaria. S. Hornbæk, Juli 1914. *Hendersonia equisetina n. sp. Peritheciis gregariis, in maculis pallescentibus innatis, pariete tenui sed obscure fusco, 145 — 175 fx diam. Sporulis cy- lindricis, utrinque rotundatis, rectis v. curvatis, 4 — 7-septa- tis, suffusco-cinereis, 44 — 58 X 4 — 4.5^, in massa nigricanti exhaustis. (Tav. II, Fig. 14). In caulibus putrescentibus Equiseti fluviatilis. S. Jægers- borg Dyrehave, Maj 1915. Hendersonia crastophila Sacc. Paa dode Straa af Arundo phragmites. S. Frederiksdal Skov, Maj 1905. Hendersonia phragmitis Desm. Paa visne Skeder af Arundo phrag- mites. S. Farum So, Juni 1914, Færgelunden, Juni 1914. *Hendersonia anmdinacea (Desm.) Sacc. Paa visne Straa af Calama- grostis lanceolata. S. Kirkelte Hegn, Maj 1915. *Hendersonia piuietoidea Krst. Paa Frugter af Betula verrucosa. S. Charlottenlund, April 1910. *Camarosporium phragmitis Brun. Paa visne Skeder af Arundo phrag- mites. S. Furesø, Juli 1914. Fig. 18. Stagonospora megistospora. a. 2 gennemskaarne Pyknider 11 : 1, b. 2Konidier560:l, c. Konidiestilke 560:1. 32 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 5. *Camarosporiuni propinquum Sacc. Paa døde Grene af Salix purpurea. S. Ved Vintappersoen, Maj 1905. Rhabdospora arundinis (Mont.) Allesch. Paa visne Straa af Bromus inermis. Kobenhavn, Juni 1889. *Rhabdospora narvisiana (Sacc.) Allesch. Paa visne Stængler af Scir- pus lacuslcr. S. Stenholt Vang, Juli 1903. Rhabdospora junci (Desm.) Allesch. Paa dode Stængler af Juncus effusus. S. Gels- skov, Marts 1915. *Rhabdospora pastinaeina (Sacc.) Allesch. Paa Frugter af Heracleum sphonåylium. Ko^ benhavn, Sept. 1911. F. Bolteskov, Aug. 1912. Sporerne 20—30 X l/i. (Fig. 19). Fig. 19. *Rhabdospora campanula«? Fautr. Paa RhabgsP™/™$™dna- dode Stængler af Matricaria chamomüla. S. Nærum, Jan. 1914. Da Fautreys Beskrivelse (»Périthéces épars, sousépidermiques, érum- pents par l'ostiole; spores filiformes 40—60 X 2 å gouttes«) ganske passer paa den af mig fundne Svamp, henfører jeg den til denne Art, skønt det jo p. G. a. Beskrivelsens Kortfattethed er umuligt med Sikkerhed at sige, om vore Svampe er identiske. De af mig fundne Pyknider var 180 — 240 ;x i Diam., og jævnlig var de noget langstrakte i Stængelens Længderetning, og Sporerne var 47—62 X 1.7— 2 p. *Septoria brachypodina n. sp. Maculis valde effusis, laete ferrugineis, immarginatis ; peritheciis amphigenis, gregariis, lenticularibus, 100 — 125 jj. diam., saepe 2 — 3 confluentibus. Sporulis cylindricis, rectis, continuis, hyalinis, 4—5 X Y2fi. (Fig. 20, Tav. | S" III, Fig. 17). . 2. Nr. 5 Tavle I O. Rostrup del. Tavle IL Tavle II. Fig. 8. Sclerotinia scirpicola. 2 : 1. — 9. Leolia marcida. 3.5 : 1. — 10. Phragmidium rubi-idaei. En anormal Teleutospore 270 : 1. — 11. Craterellus cornucopioides. Lidt formindsket, — 12. Microdiplodia pterophila. Konidier 560 : 1. — 13. Microdiplodia micros porella. Konidier 580 : 1. — 14. H endersonia equisetina. Konidier 400 : 1. — 15. Prismaria alba. 560 : 1. - 16. Aspergillus varians. 290 : 1. Se Teksten. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. Bd. 2. Nu. 5 Tavle II (6) 16 O. [loslrup aus zwei neben einander stehenden Carpellen bestehe, deren Griffellamelle sich, wie an diesem Exemplar zu erkennen, nahe über der Basis in zwei Aeste theilt. Die Blüthe bildet, wie bei C. ciliata und den Arten der Section Phycagrostis, den terminalen Abschluss eines Laub- zweiges, dessen äussere (an dem vorliegenden Exemplar beschä- digte) Blätter von den gewöhnlichen Laubblättern nicht ab- zuweichen scheinen". This description is correct in the main points, but not ex- haustive. The next time we hear about the female reproductive organs, a very interesting discovery was made. At the request of F. v. Müller and Ascherson, Mr. I. G. 0. Tepper studied the plant at Ardrossan (York Peninsula, South Australia) and pub- lished some papers on it in the Royal Soc. of South Australia2. According to Black (1913), it seems as if Tepper had not found the young female flower, but only what he considered to be the female propagative organ. From his observations he draws the conclusion "that the plant does not at all develop a fruit proper, nor does the seed ever become dissociated from its plant, but that the fertilized ovum at once germinates and develops 1 In Sitzber. Ges. Naturforsch. Freunde Berlin (1876) 11. 2 I. G. O. Tepper: Some Observations on the Propagation o Cymodocea antarctica Endl. — Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, IV (1881) 1—4 and 47—49, pi. 1 and 5; and ibid. V, 37. — I have not access to the papers themselves, and am restricted to the abstracts given by P. Ascherson (1882) and I. M. Black (I.e., 1913). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 27 into a new plant, which at maturity is detached and begins an independent cycle of existence". This peculiar behaviour was doubted by Ascherson, who in his paper of 1882 gave a quite different explanation of the mat- ter. Nevertheless, as very convincingly shown by I. M, Black, Mr. Tepper was right, and I may at once add that I can confirm Mr. Black's statements. We have in the propagation of Cym. antarctica a very interesting and unique kind of vivipary. When C. A. Acardh (1822) described his Amphibolis zosteræ- folia he mentioned that at the base of the plant there were peculiar comb-shaped horny bracts ("Basis e tribus vel quatuor squamis pectinatis cuneatis, erectis, semiunguem altis, osseis, albis constituta"). They formed a kind of cup from the inner part of which the stem arose. The nature of this "comb-cup" remained unexplained for a long time. Tepper evidently considered it as belonging to the female flower, as it makes up the basal part of what he took to be the "new plant". But Ascherson (1882, 1. c.) rejects this explanation completely. He gives a detailed descrip- tion of the comb and its relation to the stem and the ordinary leaves. The comb consist of 4 lobes, 2 broader and 2 narrower, which he regards as leaves transformed into peculiar scales adap- ted to the vegetative propagation of the plant. This propagation takes place in the following way (as observed by Tepper): The shoot breaks off beneath the comb and floats in the water until the comb acting as an anchor happens to hook on to some body on the sea-bottom, thus fastening the shoot which then takes root and grows into a new plant. Ascherson's explanation of the vegetative nature of the comb was adopted universally, the more so as his description of the young female flower quoted above did not show any point which justifies a connection between the flower and the comb-shoot. It was not until I. M. Black found a series of successive stages of the development of the comb, that it became evident that Ascher- son was quite wrong and that Tepper's observation and conclu- sion — incomplete as they are — were right. The comb-lobes are in reality outgrowths on the outer side of the pericarp, and the shoot which arises from the comb is a seedling from an embryo which begins its growth at once. Not before the seedling has reached a considerable size (6 — 10 cm), does the "shoot" break off, still with the "comb"-pericarp girding its basal part and serving as an anchor. It floats in the water for a time, and in this way the species becomes dispersed by the currents. 28 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. Fig. 14 Cym. antarctica, from Henley Beach, S. A. a, Female flower with in- volucrum (/>) (about 2/i nat. size), b, Longitudinal section through the fruit (about 3/2 nat. size), c, Ripe fruit with "comb" and protruding plumula (about 3/4 nat. size). Through the kindness of Mr. Black I have secured a con- siderable amount of herbarium material of Cym. antarctica from Henley Beach, S. A. and from it have been able to control his description of the female flower and fruit, and its behaviour. The detached seedlings I found myself on the West Austra- lian coast, and also got some from Mr. Hamilton from Bun- burry; they seem to be com- monly cast ashore during the spring. At Carnarvon I hap- pened to find a seedling which was further developed and showed the manner in which the rhizome was formed (Fig. 12). By combining Mr. Black's exhaustive description and my additional observations, we are able to give the following picture of the development of the propagation: The female flower consists of two carpels, as in the other species of Cymodocea; it is terminal at the apex of the upright branches, and is sheltered by two nearly opposite normal foliage leaves. All this is typical and was seen by Ascherson (1876), but in two points the flower differs from the ordinary Cymodocea flower: the styles of the carpels divide into three stigmas (not as usually into two), and the flower is enclosed in a membranous in- volucrum (Fig. 14 a); whether this cup is a kind of perianth or — more probably — bracteoles, I cannot say. According to Mr. Black this involucrum is well developed in his P. antarctica and nearly absent in his P. Griffithii. The flowers and fruits examined by me all had a more or less well-developed involucrum. After the fertilisation the carpels begin to grow, and espe- cially four small outgrowths on their surface increase rapidly in size to form four flat cuneate spreading lobes. Inside them and more toward the apex of the carpel there are some smaller and more pointed protuberances which form a kind of protection around Fig. 15. Cym. antarctica, from Henley Beach, S. A. a, An erect shoot with leaves and the apical fruit. b, A seedling with its "comb"-fruit cleft longi- tudinally. (3/4 nat. size.) C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 29 the apex (see Fig. 14 b). The stigmas and the distal part of the style break off soon after fertilisation while the basal part of the style remains. The wall of the pericarp consists of a thin fleshy outer layer and a hard inner layer, and the fruit is consequently a drupe- let, as in the other species. Sometimes both carpels of a flower are fertilized and grow out as fruits (Fig. 14 b and c), but gener- ally one is abortive (Fig. 15 and 16). As I have had only herbarium material at hand, I cannot say how the embryo develops. On making a section through a fruit, we find a fully grown embryo with a long cotyledon, a short axis and no primary root. This embryo bursts the apex of the pericarp (fig. 146) and appears as a little seedling (fig. 14 c), which by and by becomes larger. For a long time it remains attached to the mother plant. The figures show two different stages; in the first (fig. 15 b) the pericarp has been cleft longitudinally to show the base of the seedling inside the pericarp. The first leaves of the seedling have a minute blade and a large sheath, but gradually the size of the blades in- creases and at last we find, still attached to the apex of the mother shoot, a new shoot 6 — 10 cm long and with well devel- oped foliage leaves; the apices of these ^'leedSg" "stTad": leaves are always truncate and blunt hering to the mother (Fig. 16 a). At a certain moment the ftJ^SSffi-'Si new plant (the seedling) is loosened from involucrum; x, of the the mother shoot, but it takes the peri- $£&££££& carp along with it, and now the pericarp bury, W. A. (3/4 nat size). begins to alter, the fleshy outer part de- caying while the hard inner layer remains. The hard parts of the four lobes become divided into many parallel bristles, and only now does it really deserve its name of a "comb" (Fig. 16ft). The dark green seedlings with their pale yellowish "comb"-bases float in the water until they become anchored in the ground or to some fixed body at the bottom. Then the stem begins to grow more rapidly, and at the same time lateral shoots issue from the lower internodes and produce creeping rhizomes which develop as described above (see p. 22). This peculiar kind of vivipary here found has — as rightly pointed out by Mr. Black — a certain resemblance to the vi vi- 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. pary in Bruguiera, in which plant the seedling also falls to the ground together with the pericarp, while in Rhizophora the empty pericarp remains on the mother plant. The floating power of the seedling makes it possible for it to be carried away by the currents, and in this way the disper- sal of the species is furthered. This is an interesting exception to the ordinary rule that sea-grasses do not possess any spe- cial adaptation for an effective dispersal of their seeds or fruits. Another exception is seen in Posidonia auslralis (see p. 35), but it is remarkable that these two species nevertheless have unusu- ally restricted geographical areas of distribution. 4. Diplanthera uninervis (Forsk.) Ascherson, in Engler u. Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzenfam., Nachtr. (1897) 37; in Das Pflanzenreich, IV 11 (1907) 152; Zostera uninervis Forskål, Fl. ægypt. arab. (1775) 159; Halodule äustralis Miquel, Fl. Nederland. Ind. III (1855) 227; Diplänthera tridentalä Thouars; F. v. Muller, Sec. Census Austral. Plants I (1889) 204 This species, not previously recorded from West Australia, was found sparingly cast ashore at Carnarvon (No. 261). The specimens collected were all sterile. They have an elon- gated creeping rhizome and short-jointed upright leaf-bearing branches, some of which are more or less transformed into youn- ger long-jointed rhizome branches. The leaves are short (4 — 6 cm long) and moderately broad (varying from 0.5 to 1.5 mm). The apex of the leaf-blade has generally three teeth, the marginal ones being more pointed than the central, which, in the narrower leaves, is not much developed, in some cases wholly wanting, thus making the apex two-toothed. D. uninervis is widely distributed along the tropical coasts of the Indo-Pacific region, extending from the Red Sea to Oce- ania. As to Australia I have seen specimens of this species from Rockingham Bay ("Dugong Plant") and Port Denison, Queens- land, both (unnamed) in the National Herbarium of Victoria. Probably it will be found in other places along the tropical coasts of Australia1; on the other hand it can hardly be expected farther south than Carnarvon, the most southerly record hitherto known. 1 F. v. Müller (1. c, 1889) records it from "N. A.", but I have not suc- ceeded in finding his source for this record, as his quotation, "Fragm. Phytogr. Aust. VIII, 218", only says, that it should be sought for along the tropical coasts of Australia. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 31 5. Posidonia australis J. D. Hooker, Flor. Tasman. II (1860) 43; F. v. Müller, Fragm. Phytog. Austr. VIII (1872—74) 218; Sec. Census (1889) 204; Bentham, Fl. Austr. VII (1878) 175; Ascherson, in Das Pflanzenreich IV 11 (1907) 38; Caulinia oceanica R. Brown, Prodr. Nov. Holl. I (1810) 339; C. australiana F. v. Müller, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. VI (1868) 198. Next to Cymodocea antarctica this species is the most com- mon sea-grass along the coast of West Australia. It is known from several places between King George's Sound and Sharks Bay. Outside West Australia it occurs on the coasts of South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania, that is along the whole south- ern side of the continent, and extending further to the extra- tropical west coast. It has only one congener, P. oceanica (L.) Del., an inhabit- ant of the Mediterranean. The genus which stands very isolated within the family, is evidently a very old type, and the restric- ted and discontinuous areas of the two species point to a much wider distribution in former times. We know the morphology, the structure and the biology of the Mediterranean species comparatively well through investiga- tions by French and Italian scientists1. In general the Austra- lian species seems to be similar, but as far as I have seen, little has been written about it, and as I found the plant in fruit and observed the dispersal of the fruits, I think it worth while to publish my observations. Both at Geraldton (No. 269) and at Carnarvon (No. 268) the fruits and leaves of the plant were cast ashore in quantities (28th and 31st Octob. 1914). The following is an extract from my note-book regarding this phenomenon, as it was observed at Geraldton: "The fringe of cast-up material on the coast at Geraldton consisted mostly of Posidonia australis. Besides leaves — both foliage leaves and the short involucral leaves of the inflorescence — the material included numerous fruits of this plant. Most of them had opened. The basal part of the fleshy pericarp had 1 Ph. Caulinus,: Zosteræ oceanicæ Linnei anthesis, Neapoli, 1792. Germain de Saint-Pierre, in Bull. Soc. bot. de France IV (1857) 575, et VII (1860) 474. Ch. Grenier, ibid. VII (1860) 362, 419, 448. Ad. Brongniart et Arthur Gris, ibid VII (1860) 472. Ch. Flahallt. in Kirchner, Loew u. Schroeter, Lebensgesch. der Blü- tenpfl. Mitteleurop. vol. I, 1 Abt. (1908) 537. C. Sauvageau, in Journ. de Botanique IV (1890) 221, 237, et VII (1893) 95. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. Fig. 17. Posidonia australis. a, Leaf-blade and upright shoot, from Carnarvon; b, Young inflorescence with leaves, from Port Pirie, S. A. (leg. Gunnar An- dersson, Aug. 9th 1914) ; c, Inflorescence with ripe fruits and bract, from Geraldton ; d, Whole inflorescence with bracts and old flowers, the horn- like prolongation of the branches visible; from W. A. (leg. F. v. Müller). (Photo, of herbarium material). C. H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 33 split into 2 — 3 lobes, and the whole pericarp was spread out as a nearly flat body, thus liberating the seedling which had drop- ped out. These empty pericarps were present in great masses on the shore, and were also to be seen in immense numbers float- ing in the water. Amongst the empty pericarps I found several whole fruits which had just begun to open; they are oblique- ovoid in shape and each contains a large green seedling. Unope- ned fruits were also found, some unripe or barren. Evidently Posidonia liberates its fruits when ripe, and owing to presence of air in the tissues of the pericarps they rise to the surface and float. Then they open and the seedling, which is heavier than Water, drops out and sinks to the bottom while the pericarp continues to float for a time and then breaks up." ,,The thousands of pale green or yellowish green open pericarps, form, together with the leaves, a fringe along the shore, and present a peculiar sight". A later examination of the material collected and of further £ig. 18. Posidonia australis, from „ 0 . . ... Carnarvon. 1 ransverse section of a specimens from South Australia has leaf-blade. The thick walls of the added to my notes and allows epidermis and the selerenchyma- . ii-,- strands are shown in black, the me to make some additions to vein (one of the lateral veins) is the descriptions of the species as shaded, x, lacunæ. (About i5"/i „ nat. size. given in floras. The creeping rhizome is short-jointed, and in the axil of each leaf there is a short erect shoot with densely arranged lea- ves. As in the Mediterranean species, the leaf-sheath (8 — 12 cm long) persists for some time after the shedding of the lamina; the old sheaths split into fine filaments consisting of the scle- renchyma-strands. Thus the erect shoots become enveloped at their base in a cover of these filamentous remains, but hardly to such an extreme degree as is the case with P. oceanica. The leaf-blades are long (up to 65 cm measured) and ribbon-like (5 — 14, generally 8 — 10, mm broad) with a truncate apex and entire margins. Their structure is known by the investigations of C. Sauvageau (1. c, 1890), and an examination of my material con- firms his description. In a transverse section (Fig. 18) the charac- teristic points are : a small-celled and thick-walled epidermis ; numerous small sub-epidermal sclerenchyma-strands, a lacunose mesophyll with septa formed by several cells, and scattered small Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6 3 34 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. Fig 19. Posidonia australis. Diagram of an inflorescence. sclerenchyma-strands at the points where the septa between the lacunæ (air-chambers) meet. (The structure of some doubtful Posidonia-ledives is dealt with later, p. 37). The inflorescence is terminal on a long naked axis. It is distichous and branching, and consists of about three branch- spikes and the terminal spike; these are supported by and en- veloped in bracts with large sheaths, the leaf-blade being short or absent. A diagram (Fig. 19) of an inflorescence shows the arrangement of the bracts and spikes. The lowermost bract has a blade longer than the sheath, while the blades become gradually reduced in size in passing up the inflorescence. The two lowermost lateral spikes are more or less long-stalked, and their bracts are placed towards the upper end of the axis, while the uppermost lateral spike has its bracts nearly in the axil of the supporting bract of the main axis. All the lateral spikes begin with a short bladeless prophyllum in the axil between the main axis and the branch. The number of bracts immediately supporting the spikes varies from two to four. Each spike bears 4 — 6 (perhaps sometimes more) flowers placed at some distance from each other; the axis is continued into a horn-like process above the uppermost flower (which consequently is lateral like the other ones). In Posidonia oceanica it is stated that the uppermost flower of each spike is male while the others are hermaphrodite. I have not had flowering material of P. australis at my dis- posal, but to judge from the fruiting specimens Fig 20 Posidonia au. all the flowers seem to be hermaphrodite in $tralis,i romGera]dton. . . _,. _m . • +i A lateral fruiting spik- this species (see Fig. 20). There is no perianth. elet (Nat sizef The broad connectives of the three sessile anthers are persistent on the fruit. Their shape is somewhat var- iable, being shorter or longer ovate-lanceolate with a broad base and a more or less obtuse apex (not nearly so acute and pointed C. H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 35 as in fig. 12 D of "Das Pflanzenreich", IV 11, p. 37); they differ considerably from the connectives of P. oceanica which are broadly obovate-cordate with a long mucro and as a rule are denticulate at the base of the mucro. On their outer face there is a keel on which the pollen sacs were placed, but these are thrown off after flowering (Fig. 21a). The base of the fruit is fringed by the persistent connectives as by a cup-shaped perianth (Fig. 20). The female organ consists of one sessile carpel terminating in a sessile stigma which is said to be lobed (F. v. Müller (1868) : "stigmate sessili . . inæqualiter in lobos 3 — 4 acutos fisso"; Bentham gives (1878): "a thick 2- to 4-lobed stigma"). In fruiting specimens the stigma is still discernible as a small, somewhat irregular knob. The fruits (Fig. 20) are oblique-ovoid or ovoid-lanceolate, with a fleshy pericarp ; the colour is pale or yellowish olive-green, and the dimensions are: length 20 — 27mm, breadth 8 — 10 mm. At maturity the fruits become detached, rise to the surface of the water and float owing to the lacunose aérenchyma of the fleshy exocarp. This part of the peri- carp splits irregularly from the base into two or three lobes (Fig. 22 a), so that the FiS- 2L Posidoniaau- v & n straits, a, Connectives "stone" drops out and sinks to the bottom of the anthers, pollen as it is heavier than water. The irregular sacs thrown off (about . i i J» A nat- size)- b, Trans- dehiscence of the fruit is comparable ol verse section of a fruit that of the walnut (Juglans). The "stone" has (abou.t ™t size)- c> v ° ' i-i Longitudinal section no real hard endocarp, only a thin, almost of a fruit (2/3 nat. size). membranous cover for the embryo. The latter protrudes at the apex splitting the membrane into two or three lobes and leaving the way open for the plumule (Fig. 22 d and e). No seed-testa is discernible in the ripe fruits; it has, probably, been absorbed during the development of the fruit. The embryo is large and highly differentiated (Fig. 22/); it consists of a thick. starch-containing central body (the hypocotylous axis) and a plumule (Fig. 21 b and c). Probably the main root does not develop much; it is seen as a tap at the lower end of the central body. The first adventitious root appears at an early stage at the base of the plumule, where even in unopened fruits a small protuberance indicates its position (see Fig. 21 c). This description of the fruits and my notes on their dispersal show that they are adapted for distribution by means of water. The same is the case with regard to the Mediterranean species, as appears from the publications of Caulinus (1. c), Germain 3* 36 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. de Saint Pierre (1. c.) and others. In this respect the genus Posidonia differs from most of the other sea-grasses, since floating of the reproductive organs is a very rare phenomenon amongst them (cf. Cymodocea antarctica). The Mediterranean species (P. oceanica) is very like our Au- stralian one, still it differs in several points as regards the in- florescence, the flower and the shape of the fruit, as well as in the structure of the leaves. P. oceanica is said to flower and set fruits only very rarely, while it appears that the Australian spe- cies flowers more regularly, and the enormous masses of fruits which I found both at Carnarvon and especially at Geraldton, show that the species set fruits in abundance, at least periodi- cally. At what time it flowers is not known with certainty, but to Fig. 22. Posidonia australis, from Géraldton. a, The irregularly three-lobed exocarp opened, b and c, Two different fruits, showing the splitting of the exocarp beginning at the base, d and e, "Stones" of b and c; the plumule protruding at the apex, f, Embryo (of e). (About 5/4 nat. size). judge from analogy with P. oceanica, which flowers in the autumn and ripens its fruits in the next spring, the flowering of P. au- stralis should take place during the autumn of the southern he- misphere, i. e. in March — May, and the fruits should ripen in the spring, i.e. September — November; the latter supposition is confirmed by the fact that I collected the ripe fruits during the last days of October. I hope that some Australian botanist will be able to study on the spot the flowering of this species and the development of the fruit, which has several interesting points still unsolved (e. g. the fate of the coats of the ovule). Posidonia sp. I found at Carnarvon, besides the typical broad-leaved P. australis, some narrower leaves like those of a broad -leaved Zostera. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 37 They were very long; their apex was rounded, not truncate, and they had a much stronger and thicker consistency than the typical ones. I could not find any shoot of this peculiar sea-grass, only the long leaf-blades the bases of which showed that they were thrown off from the sheaths. Two intact leaf-blades were 80 and 105 cm long (thus exceeding P. australis, the longest leaf-blade of which was 65 cm). The breadth of the leaves also differs: P. australis P. sp. 6 — 11 mm 3 — 5 mm (average of 10 leaves: 8.1) (average of 6 leaves: 4) In transverse section (Fig. 23) the aberrant leaves differed in several respects from the lea- ves of the typical P. australis. The epidermal cells have much thicker walls and they are elong- ated perpendicularly to the sur- face. The sclerenchyma-strands are more numerous, and while in the typical P. australis the strands are practically restricted to a subepidermal layer (besides the few scattered in the septa), in this case they are also com- mon in the outer parts of the mesophyll inside the subepider- mal layer. Other interesting points are that the lacunæ in the mesophyll are much nar- rower than in typical P. austr., and that the ordinary cells of the mesophyll are filled with large starch grains. I have never before met with this rich occurrence of starch in the mesophyll of any sea-grass. Apart from these differences, the structure of the leaf points to Posidonia, and the question is, strictly speaking, whether the aberrant leaves belong to some modification of P. australis, or represent a new hitherto unknown species of the genus. The insufficient material at hand does not justify any definite decision at present. I have mentioned it here only to draw the attention of some later observer to this problem which seems worth solving. Fig. 23. Posidonia sp., fromCarnarvon. Transverse section of a leaf-blade. For explanation see fig. 18, with which it is comparable. (About 150/inat. size.) 38 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. Fam. II. Hydrocharitaceae. Two species of Halophila are found in the sea off the West Australian coast; both of them also occur on the East coast of the continent. They differ considerably from each other in external appearance and both are quite unlike the ordinary ribbon-leaved type of sea-grasses. 1. Halophila ovalis (R. Br.) J. D. Hooker, Flora Tasman. II (1860) 45; Ascherson, in Linnæa 35 (1867) 173; Bentham, Fl. Austral. VII (1878) 182; I. B. Balfour, in Transact. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh XIII (1879) 290; H. ovata F. v. Muller, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. VIII (1872—74) 219; Second Census Austr. PI. (1889) 193, et aliis; non Gaudichaud, in Freycinet Voy. Bot. (1826) 430, tab. 40, fig. 1; Caulinia? ovalis R. Brown, Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holland. (1810) 339. As already stated (p. 7) this species was first recorded for West Australia by C. Andrews (1. c, 1902), who found it in Freshwater Bay, Swan River Estuary in 1902 (Fl. of W. Austr., No. 1065), and shortly after it was discovered on the coast of Rottnest Island, off Fremantle (by Markwell). I collected a small piece of it cast ashore at Geraldton (No. 272) and found it growing plentifully in pools on the coast off the Yallingup Gave (No. 273). As to the latter record my diary contains the following remarks: "Halophila ovalis inhabited mostly the smaller pools. It often grows so deeply imbedded in the sand, that only the leaf-blades are visible, and in this case the leaves are long- stalked and the shoot-apex with the young leaves is quite hidden, pale-yellow and etiolated. No flower was found". The leaf blades were 24 — 27 mm long, 10—12 mm broad, and the stalk attained to 40 — 45 mm long. The four localities now known are all along the southern part of the west coast of West Australia, and seem to indicate a common occurrence of the species. H. ovalis is widely distributed along the coast of the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and has the widest area of occurrence of all the Halophila species. Around Australia it is known from West Australia, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and Queensland, and, probably it occurs on all parts of the coast where the conditions permit it to grow. The specimens collected and also all the other specimens seen from Australia are rather uniform: vigorous and robust with long and large leaves (the blades are 25—50 mm long); C. H. Ostenfeld : Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 39 they may be referred to the larger variety which is called Lem- nopsis major by H. Zollinger (Verzeich, der im indisch. Archipel in den Jahren 1842 — 48 gesamm. etc. Pflanzen (1854) 74; quoted from Ascherson (1867) 172). The species seems to vary very much with regard to the size and shape of the leaves, and perhaps some of the more divergent forms are really independent species. But until flowering and fruiting specimens are found in greater abundance than hitherto, it is better to follow Ascherson (1867, 200), who united H. oralis, H. madagascar- iensis Steud., H. major (Zoll.) Miq., H. lemnopsis Miq. (= Lemnopsis minor Zoll.) into one species. With regard to H. ovata Gaudichaud (1. c), I have elsewhere (Ostenfeld, in Philippine Journ. of Sc, IV No. 1, Sect. C. Botany, 1909, 67) shown that it is a good species, at present only known from the Philippines and Mariannes. The morphology of H. ovalis has been thoroughly investigated by I. B. Balfour (1879), and later the structure of the leaves was studied by C. Sauvageau (Journ. de Botanique IV, 1890, 293). Quite recently H. Solereder1 has examined the structure of the leaves of H. ovalis and other species, and has found some interesting features which were overlooked by the earlier authors : The central area of the outer walls of the epidermal cells is thinner than the remaining parts, and when seen from above, a circular spot is more or less distinctly visible. This observation I can corrob- Yxh^'0Vaiis°' orate after examination of my West Australian from Yallingup material of H. ovalis. Solereder's other discovery Cave District. Transverse sec- is not quite so convincing: The leaves consist tion of_ part of only of the two epidermal layers except where a leaf. The black dots are the traversed by the veins. Between these two layers veins (the big Solereder found, singly or a few together, some ^J^ln^^hé idioblasts which he calls '•Schlauchzellen". My circles the air material showed here and there smaller cells he- tween the two epidermal layers, but they did chambers. (About *% nat. size). *) H. Solf.reder: Systematisch-anatomische Untersuchung des Blattes der Hydrocharitaceen. — Beih. Botan. Centralbl., Bd. XXX. 1. Abt. 1913, pp. 24-104. 40 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. not differ in any important point from the other cells, and to me they appear to be only cells produced by a more or less irregular tangential division of the epidermal cells. Around the veins, especially around the middle vein, the leaves are more than two layers thick, and air chambers are present around the middle vein (Fig. 24). The lateral walls of the epidermal cells of both surfaces are much undulated, less so above and under the veins. 2. Halophila spinulosa (R. Br.) Ascherson, in Neumayer, Anleit. z. wiss. Beobacht. Reisen, 1. ed. (1875) 368; 3. ed. (1905) 395; Bentham, Fl. Austr. VII (1878) 183; F. v. Müller, Sec. Census Austr. PI. (1889) 193; Caulinia? spinulosa R. Brown, Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holland. (1810) 339; F. v. Müller, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr, VIII (1872—74) 219 and 283. Many specimens of this rare species, which was not before known from West Australia, were found cast ashore at Carnarvon (31st Oct. 1914; No. 274); some specimens were sterile, others bore male flowers (Fig. 25). The first more complete account of this species was given by F.v.Müller in Fragm. VIII, 219. He described the vegetative part of the plant and the fruit, but owing to a misinterpretation of the thread-like apical prolongation of the fruit, he believed that the plant had "stylo setaceo stigma simplex dimidio crassius depressum gerente". No doubt he had only the fruit with its long process before him, after the stigmas had withered and were thrown off. His "depressed stigma" is the rudimentary perianth, first seen by I.B.Balfour (I.e.) in H. ovalis; and arising from it we must imagine the stigmas — probably three in number and filiform as in other Halophila species. The above misinterpretation led F. v. Müller to suggest a separate genus for the species in question, but in an addition to the same volume (VIII) of his "Fragmenta" he places it (p. 283) "juxta Halophilam". A good description of specimens from the same collection was given by Bentham in Fl. Austr. (1. a). F. v. Müller did not find any male flower, and I have seen no description of it at all. Bentham (1. c.) says: "Male flowers unknown", while Ascherson (1905, 395) mentions "die nur unvoll- kommen bekannte männliche Blüte", but gives no other information about it. My material contained a number of shoots with male flowers and thus enables me to give a full description of their appearance. The vegetative parts of the plant also show several points of interest which are included in the following description of the whole plant. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 41 As in other species of Halophila, there is a transversally creeping, thin and fragile rhizome On its younger parts two membranous and early deciduous amplexicaul scale-leaves are present at each node, from which an erect assimilative shoot and an unbranched root arise. The assimilative shoots attain to 17 — 18 cm in length, and bear numerous pairs of foliage leaves. These Fig. 25. Halophila spinulosa, from Carnarvon. A Flowering male plant with creeping rhizome and erect assimilative shoots. The flowers are hidden in the upper parts of some of the assimilative shoots. (Photo, of herbarium material). leaves are opposite and distichous, and are turned in such a manner that they stand edgewise; therefore the whole shoot is quite flat. Such a distichous arrangement of opposite leaves is rare, though there is a somewhat similar arrangement in Pota- mogeton densus and in Euphorbia buxijolia (civ. E. Warming, in Bull. Acad. Roy. sc. et lettr. de Danemark, pour l'année 1896). 42 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. \"r. 6. Fig. 2tx Halophila spinu- losa. A pair of leaves one of which encloses a male llower bud. (s/3 nat. size). The shoots of H. spitiulosa (see Fig. 25) have a superficial (ecological) resemblance to the assimilative shoots of some species of Caulerpa (e. g. C. crass i folia). The leaves are broad- linear, 13 — 16 mm long and 3 — 4 mm broad, with a spinu- lose-serrate margin, and three parallel veins, besides some very tine anastomosing veins. At the base of the downward-turned side, each leaf has an ear-shaped upwardly bent dilata- tion with an entire margin (Fig. 26). In this pocket the lower part of the llower, when present, is hid- den. The insertion of the two leaves of each pair is exactly opposite: the "ear" is found on the same side of all the pairs ; thus on the right half of a shoot all the leaves have the ears turned towards the ob- server, while he sees the back of all the leaves of the left half. There is, consequently, no alternation as is the case with ordinary opposite leaves. The structure of the lea- ves l does not show any important difference from those of other species of the genus. The leaves consist of the two epi- dermal layers only, except round about the veins (Fig. 28). The outer walls are not undulating (faintly undulating on the outer side of the ear-shaped dila- tation). Around the middle vein some small air chan- nels are present. The spi- nulose margin is made up Fig. 27. Halophila spinulosa. Trans- verse sections of a leaf: a, at the middle: b. near the base. Air cham- bers are shown as circles, veins as black dots. (About 20 x nat. size). 1 Compare C. Sau vag eau, 1. c. (1890) 294. Fig. 28. Halophila spinulosa. Transverse section of a leaf. The veins are shown as black dots, x denotes air chambers. (About M/, nat. size). C. II. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. I. 43 shoot Fig. 29. Halophila eaves 8pinulosa.The apex The of an assimilative shoot, twisted by [ About */i nat. size). of one-celled acute teeth. A transverse section at the middle (Fig. 27 a) shows that the middle vein is somewhat nearer the one margin than the other. This obliqueness is more pronounced in a transverse section near the base where the ear-shaped part is met with (Fig. 27 b). Here the middle vein is found in the upper half of the clasping leaf- base. The first leaves of an assimilative are transitional in form between the scale of the rhizome and the foliage leaves. pairs are somewhat distant in the lower part of the pressure of the the assimilative shoot; further up they are more closely placed, partly covering one another. Probably the assimilative shoots are comparatively short-lived, while the creeping rhizome steadily renews itself by new shoots, the ulder dying away behind. Towards the apex of some assimila- tive shoots male flowers were present in the axils of the leaves, and owing to I heir presence the regular edgewise arrange- ment of the leaves is somewhat disturbed. The flowers press the leaves apart, and by this pressure the upper part of the shoot becomes more or les spirally twisted (Fig. 29). The male flower is placed solitary in the axil of an ordinary foliage leaf, and is enclosed in a two-leaved in- volucrum (Fig. 30). The outer in- volueral leaf is nearly two-keeled (one acute and one blunt angle) with a flat back; towards its apex it is somewhat spinulose-serrate (Fig. 30a). The inner involucraJ leaf encloses the flower bud ; it is one-keeled and has a long-pointed apex (Fig. 306). The flower itself consists of three perianth leaves which, when they open, bend backwards and force the edgewise- Fig. 31. Halophila spinulosa. T runs- verse section through a male set leaf a little aside. The perianth flower, showing the two involucral leaves are obtuse ovate -oblong leaves, the three-leaved perianth . . ., i t -i .i • and the three anthers. (About lamtly one-nerved. Inside the peri- »/ nat. size). Fig. 30. Halophila spinu- losa. Male flower, a and b, outer and inner in- volucral leaves ; r, flower bud with involucrurn; d, open flower with emptied anthers and backwards bent perianth. (About a/a nat. size). 44 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 6. anth are the three four-locular sessile anthers (Fig. 31) which are cast off when emptied, but the central strands remain for some time (Fig. 30 d). The pollen is moniliform (confervoid) as in other Halophila species (see T. B. Balfour, fig. 52); the cell walls are gelatinous and swell in water. The female flower has the same position, and is enclosed in two involucral leaves of the same shape as in the male flower. It consists of an ovoid ovary with a long filiform process on the apex of which the rudimentary perianth and the three fili- form stigmas are supposed to be placed (cf. p. 40). I have seen herbarium specimens of female plants in the collections of the Imp. Botan. Garden of Petrograd and of the Roy. Botan. Gar- den, Calcutta, both from Port Denison, Queensland, and both with young fruits. The fruits were placed below the middle of the assimilative shoot, not at the apex as in the case of the male flower. But this difference may be due to later develop- ment, the assimilative shoot having continued its growth after the flowering time. According to F. v. Müller the seeds are globose, transparent and smooth. The features given above indicate that H. spinulosa does not differ from the other species of the genus in floral characters. As regards the vegetative parts, the rhizome and the shoot-for- mation follow the type, but the numerous opposite and distich- ous leaves are peculiar. The species is known from several places on the north and east coasts of Queensland, from the Philippines, and I have also seen specimens from Java (And jer, leg. Andrea, 1868). Probably it has a wider distribution in the Melanesian region, a suggestion which is strengthened by the discovery of its occurrence at Car- narvon. (Issued 4th Sept. 1916.) Bd. 2 • DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. 7 UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FOHENING 1917 — Studies in the Agarics of Denmark1). Part III. Pluteus. Collybia. Inocybe. By Jakob E. Lange. NEV With three plates. THE GENUS PLUTEUS. / luteus is one of the best defined genera of the whole mushroom-family. While most other genera are rather heteroge- neous, — being made up of different series or groups, some of which show so strong affinity to other genera that they might almost as well be removed to a neighbouring genus — a Plu- teus is always a Pluteus and nothing else. — From Volvaria, with which it has most in common, the genus is clearly distin- guished by its total want of a volva. And Pluteolus (the genus next in kind in the opposite direction) not only differs from Plu- teus by the ochraceous and ellipsoid spores, but also by a totally different texture of the gills (want of inflated cystidia etc.). Pluteus is a truly xylophilous genus. Hut while the larger species almost exclusively grow on rotten slumps and trunks, the smaller ones, such as hispidulus, semibulbosus etc., may also be found growing on the ground (but only where the soil is made up of leaf-mould, rotten twigs, peat or other decaying ve- getable matter). ') Fart I of these Studies (General Introduction. The Genus Mycena was published in »Dansk Botanisk Arkiv« Vol. I no. 5 (1914), part II (Amanita. Lepiota, Coprinus) in vol. II no. 3 (1915). »Danmarks Agaricaceer« now comprises about 900 watercolour- plates, all painted by the author. For further particulars see part I. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. The number of Plutei found in Denmark is comparatively large. While Fries (in »Hymenomycetes Europæi«) does not men- tion more than 15 species found in Sweden, the total number of Danish species is at least 18. But this is not to be wondered at, considering that the beech (Fagus) is the favorite host of most species, and Denmark is particularly rich in beechwoods. (Of course it must also be taken into consideration that a num- ber of »new« species have been detected since the time of Fries). Of these 18 Danish species only two (cervinus and nanus) are common, and most of the others are exceedingly rare or at least very sporadic. Two of the Danish species (P. roseo-albus and P. leoninas) I have never met with during 25 years of in- vestigation (P. roseo-albus has not been seen here for more than a century!), and several others I have only found once or twice. What also causes no little difficulty to the study of the Plutei is their solitary occurrence: It is very rare to find a number of these fungi growing together and thus to get specimens in dif- ferent stages of development for comparison and figuring. Thus P. umbrosus and P. phlebophorus are wanting in my collection, as the specimens found by me have not been in a stage fit for portraying. Still I have succeeded in figuring some 14 species, besides some fairly distinct varieties (17 plates in all) or more than Fries himself had ever seen alive. The Fries'ian idea: to divide the genus into groups according to the texture of the cuticle of the cap, I believe in the main the right one. But being confined to macroscopic investigation Fries was not able to draw the boundary-lines between the tribes with sufficient exactness. — Fries, it will be remembered, arranged the species in three groups: the fibril 1 ose, the a torn ate and the glabrous species. The microscopic examination however clearly shows that there are in fact only two main types: a) the species in which the cuticle is of fibrillose texture and b) those in which it is granulöse, being made up of subglobular, inflated cells. In the first group, which I shall term Tricholomatæ , the cap varies from almost smooth and silky (P. pelliius) to very rough, pilose or squamulose (extreme forms of P. cervinus). In the other group, Micacece, the cap is sometimes covered with glit- tering »meal« (P. semibulbosus), while in other cases it is smooth Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 3 and naked, as the globate cells do not fall apart but from a thin homogeneous cuticle {P. chrysophceus etc.) The fibrillose or cellu- lar texture of the epiderm can be ascertained by means of a good pocket-lens, as the reflection from the globate cells gives to the latter type a micaceous hue. — A transition from one type to the other is formed by those species in which the terminal cells of the fibrils are inflated (clubshaped or almost ovate). Such species (f. inst. P. plaufus) appear to the naked eye as having a somewhat velvety bloom on the surface of the cap. The spores are of smaller value for systematic purposes their ontline and size varying but little (from almost spheric to broadly oval). In the subglobose spore the proportion of the long and the short diameter is about 4:3 or 5:4; in the oval about 3:2. Rut the cyslidia are very characteristic in this genus. In all the species examined cystidia have been found, and they are generally large and inflated. But while in most cases the edge of the gills is densely set with rather plain-looking, obtuse, inflated-clubshaped or subfusoid cystidia, the sides of the gills are in some cases adorned with ventricose, somewhat bottle- shaped cystidia, crowned with 2 — 5 hook- or thornlike excre- scences. In other species the inflated cystidia have a shorter or longer hairlike appendix. Numerous investigations have con- vinced me that the shape of the cystidia is a constant character and consequently of great systematic value, as it is of a much more precise nature than colour-shades and the like characteri- stics, on which one hitherto chiefly had to rely for singling out the different species. Thus f. inst. P. salicinus and the rather similar P. cinereo-fuscus can at once be distinguished in this way. Making use of the microscopic characters for defining the main divisions of the genus a Key can be constructed that will serve as a comparatively easy means to the identification of any species met. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. Bd. 2, Nr. 7. K E Y TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS PLUTEUS FIGURED IN »DANMARKS AGARICACEER«. A. Tricholomatæ. Cuticle smooth or pilose-squamulose, made up of filaments, a. Coronatæ. Cystidia ^011 sides of gills) crowned with 2 — 5 hooks or corniculate excrescences. Spores broadly oval. a. Cap soot-brown or gray. 1. Cap paler or darker soot-brown, large (6— 10 cm). . P. cervinus (1) 2. Cap glaucous-gray, smaller 4— 5 cm P. salicinus (2~i b. Cap whitish. 1. Cap very large and fleshy 8 — 15 cm broad) .... P. petasatus ,'i 2. Cap smaller (5 — lem) P. pellitus 4 |3. Depauperatæ. No hooked cystidia. Spores subglobate. a. Cap whitish, set with small, dark scpiamules. 1. Gap 2—4 cm, slightly squamulose. * Cap becoming minutely squamulose all over, .scpia- mules dirt-brownish P. gracilis 5) 1r Cap slightly pilose-squamulose* in the middle ... P. Robert i (6) 2. Cap 1 cm, everywhere densely clad with fuscous, pilose squamules P. hispidulus (7 b. Cap dark umber or gray, velvety pruinose. 1. Cap dark umber, velvety. Cystidia without hairlike appendix. :|: Edge of gills not dark /'. plautus 8) * Edge of gills fuscous /'. umbrosus (9. 2. Cap gray, with a powdery bloom. Cystidia often with a hairlike appendix P. cinereus 10 B. Micaceæ Cuticle smooth or somewhat mealy, formed of sub- globular cells. Spores almost spherical. a. Cap white, surface micaceous-mealy P. semibulbosus 11 ß. Cap coloured, pruinate or almost naked. a. Margin translucidly striate. Gap small ,2 — 31/., , pale gray P. Godeyi var. (12 b. Margin not striate. 1. Cap cinereous, rather large ('.\ — 4l ,cm) ..../'. cine reo -fusens (13 1. Gap soot-brown or yellowish. * Cap soot -brown. j Stem white P. nanus (14) ff Stem (and young gills) Hushed with lemon- yellow P. n. var. lutescens %_ Gap yellowish-cinnamon P. chrysophæus 15 Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES. A. TRICHOLOMATÆ. a. CORONATÆ. 1. P. cervinus (Schaeff.). Spores broadly oval (or subrotund-ovate), generally 7 -71., -5— 5lLu. Cystidia on edge of gills: inflated, oblnse or somewhat pointed, 20 — 25 u broad; on the sides: bottleshaped fusoid, about 15 — 16 jli broad, apex with 3 — 4 hooks Figured specimens: Hjallese, on slump of Fagus, Oct. 1895. — Common, but solitary, especially on rotten stumps of Fagns, but also to be met with in coniferous woods. This is (a rather dark specimen of) the typical form of this species, in which the cap is almost smooth, the stem, especially downwards, clad with more or less fuscous fibrils (in small specimens almost entirely white). - - But besides this common type I have met with several others. On a big heap of sawdust (at Ry, Jylland) I have found a very robust form which was very much like Cooke's figure of P. eximius (Saund. et Smith) except for the want of the miniate edge. -- And in a hedge (Hjallese) I have seen a large form (which might be called var. svaber) in which the stem was everywhere set with black woolly squamules å la Boletus scaber, but coarser. [P. umbrosus (Pers.) sensu Bresadola (Fungi Tridentini tab. 116) which is very closely related to P. cervinus, especially the last- named variety, I have never mel. Ils corniculate cystidia show that it belongs here and distinguish il from P. umbrosus (auct. div. , no. 9.] 2. P. salicinus Pers . Spores broadly ovate, 8 51/,, u. Cystidia on edge: inflated clavate, 16— 18 u broad; on sides: fusoid-bollleshaped, with hooks. Basidia 4-spored. Filaments on umbo about 12 u diam., formed of elongated cylindric cells with pale fuscous content. Fig. specim.: Søby Søgaard, in wood, on a rotten branch (of Fagus), Sept. 1913. Also found at Lammehave (1913) and on Salix capræa in wood near Kværndrup, Sept. 1916. Fairly typical. Chiefly distinguished from small specimens of P. cervinus by ils glaucous-gray, in the middle slightly luscous- squamulose cap. P. salicinus in the sense of Ricken does not belong here but to group ß. 3. P. petasatus Fr Spores broadly oval 7' ,,,— 9 x 41/.— 5 u. .1914: 7-7]/2 X 5). Cy- stidia lusoid-bottleshaped, 11 — 14 u broad, apex with some few g Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. hooks. [The edge of the gills is sparingly set with obtuse, inflated cystidia. Filaments on umbo formed of about 8 — 10 |u broad cells, which are sometimes slightly fuscous (1914)]. Fig. specim.: Korint, on big heap of sawdust, gregarious, sub- fasciculate; fig. B. specimens (from a very sunny place) with the cuticle scorched and broken up into dark, fuscous, broad scales, Oct. 1899. Also found near Gelsted, on heap of sawdust, Oct. 1914. 4 a. P. pellitus (Pers.). Spores broadly ovate, 6—7x4 — 5 u, Cystidia on sides: sub- fusoid, with hooks, on edge: inflated obtuse. Fig. specim.: Kirkeby, on stump of Fagus, Oct. 1909. Also found in similar locality at Skjoldemose (1900) and Korsør (Sept. 1902). It is not clearly distinguished from pale forms of P. cervinus. 4 b. P. pell. var. Spores subrotund-oval, llj2 x 5'/2 hl- Cystidia as in type. Fig. specim.: Fruens Bøge, on the ground under old beeches, solitary, Aug. 1914. A slender form (cap 41/2 cm, stem about 7 cm), the white cap everywhere sparingly clad with very minute, dark fibrils, which on the umbo become denser and form small, fibrinous, erect squamules. This variety forms a transition to P. Roberti. — P. Roberti in the sense of Ricken appears to be this form. |3. DEPAUPERATÆ. 5. P. gracilis Bres. (as a variety of pellilus). Spores oval-globose, G1/-, — 7 X 5V2 — 6 V- Cystidia on edge (occa- sionally also on sides of gills) inflated clubshaped or somewhat fusoid, about 18 u broad. Surface of cap formed of cylindric or somewhat inflated cells (about 90 x 16 u) which at last become somewhat brownish. Fig. specim.: Aarslev, on old pollarded Populus canadensis, Oct. 1916. The description given by Bresadola fits my plant very well. But to judge from the cystidia it cannot be retained as a variety of P. pellitus. — The other variety, punctillifer Quel, (mentioned in Saccardo Syll. V 668) appears to be almost identical, except for the uncommonly small spores. 6 a. P. Roberti Fr. Spores ovate-globose, 6x/2 — 8 x 51j2 — 6 u. Fig. specimens: Fruens Bøge, solitarv on rotten stump of Fagus, Oct/l899. Jakob E. Lange: Studies m the Agarics of Denmark. III. 7 6 b. P. Roberti var. Spores almost globose, 7 — 8 X 6 — 7 ju. Cystidia inflated cylindric- ellipsoid, 14 — 19 u. broad. Fig. specim.: Fruens Bøge, on rotten twig in foliaceous wood. July 1900. Cap convex-campanulate, small (12 mm). This form is intermediate between P. Roberti and P. hispidulus. (As I have not had the opportunity to examine this species for many years I am not quite certain about its absolute want of hooked cystidia. But to judge from its close affinity to P. his- pidulus it is not likely to have any such). (Vide also no. 4 b.). 7. P. hispidulus Fr. Spores almost globular, 5lj2 — 7 x 5 — 53/4 u, Cystidia inflated-club- shaped, 13 — 16 p. broad. Fig. specim.: Killerup, foliaceous copsewood, solitary on the ground (moist leaf-mouldy soil), Sept. 1905. This elegant little species is well characterized by the soot-black hairs which almost entirely cover the whitish cuticle. In the middle they form erect, pilose squamules, towards the edge adpressed, hairy fibrils. 8. P. plautus (Weinm.). Spores oval-subglobose, 7 — 8V3 x 6—7 u. Cystidia on edge 16 — 24 |u broad, fusoid-ventricose, without hooks. The sides of the gills are very sparingly set with similar cystidia. The filaments on the surface of the cap are obtuse inflated cylindric, 14 — 24 |li broad, pale fuscous-brownish. Fig. specim.: Hjalle-e, on rotten trunk of Picea, Oct. 1901 (and Aug. 1902). Also found in same locality Aug. 1913 (a paler, less strongly umbonate and smaller specimen). 9. P. umbrosus (Pers). Spores ovate-globose, bxj.>— 6 X 4 — 5 u, Cystidia on edge fusoid- bladder-shaped, 15 — 25 \i broad; content yellowish-brown. Not figured. Found at Hjallese, on rotten stump of Populus in outskirt of wood, Sept. 1897, and on stump of foliaceous tree, Trolleborg, Oct. 1900. — The cap was about 4 cm broad, the stem somewhat fuscous. This plant is very well described by Ricken (1. cit. p. 278). It seems to me very closely related to P. plautus, (almost like P. umbrosus (sensu Bresadola) to P. cervinus). But which of the two is the true Ag. umbrosus of Persoon I cannot decide (vide page 5). 10. P. cinereus Quel. Spores subglobose-ovate 7 x 5x/4 u. Cystidia inflated, with or without a hairlike appendix of varying length. Cells from j^ Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Xr. 7. surface of cap inflated and obtusely fusiform (varying from sub- cylindric to almost lemonshaped), about 15 — 18 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, copsewood on boggy, peaty bottom, solitary, Sept. 1906. Also found on rotten stump of Fagus, »Fjellebro«, Sept. 1912, and on leaf-mould (rubbish-heap in shady place) Hjallese, Sept. 1915 and 10. This little species is maeroscopically well characterized by the gray stem, everywhere covered with white, furfuraceous down. The cap is often more expanded than in the figured specimen, always lacunose-rugose about the umbo. (To this section also belongs P. phlebophorus (Dittm.), which has been met with in several localities (on stumps of Fagus) here in Denmark. When typical it is very characteristic, having the entire cap covered with raised lines or rather minute, wavy, irregularly anastomosing ridges, which radiate from the middle and almost reach the edge. These ridges are set with inflated- fusoid cystidia like the gills. — It is figured (very carefully) by Dittmann in Sturm's Detitschl. Flora, tab. 15.). B. MICACEÆ. 11. P. semibulbosus (Lasch). Spores ovate-subglobose, 6—7 x 5— 51/., u. Basidia 4-spored. Cy- stidia obtuse, elongated-eylindric, very prominent, about 13 — 14 u. broad, entire length 75— 115 u. Cells on surface of cap ovate- subglobose or almost spheric, 25 — 35 u in diameter. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, in wood of Fagus and Populus, on the ground, Oct. 1907. This little species has the cap densely covered with micaceous »meal«. It is entirely white, campanulate-subglobose, and every- where sulcato rugose. 12. P. Godeyi Gill. (?) var. Spores subglobose-ovate, 7^2 x 6 u. Cystidia subovate or inflated clubshaped, 12— 25u broad. (1901 : spores subglobose^1/-, — 8X51/-.» — 61/-, u; cystidia inflated fusiform). Fig. specim.: Hunderup, drive in foliaceous wood, on the ground, Sept. 1909. The figured specimen is very small. At Vormark, 1901, on the ground under Salices and Populus, I have met with specimens of the normal size (cap 31/« cm) — The translucidly striate margin distinguishes this species from almost all others. I have also met with a slender, small, almost white, slightly fuscous-powdered form (cap about 2 cm, stem 4 cm). This little mushroom may be regarded either as a pallid form of P. Godeiji or as a reduced albino-varietv of no. 14. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in t he Agarics of Denmark. 111. 9 13. P. cinereo-fuscus J. E. Lange. [P. nanus nar. major Cooke). Plate III lig. 1. Spores subglobose-oval, 8 — 10 X 6 — 7 ja. Cystidia rather obtuse, inflated fusiform or ellipsoid, hyaline, 12 — 13-.fi broad. Cells from surface of cap globular, subfuscous, 35 — 50 u diam. — The cystidia on the sides of the gills similar to those on the edge (1914). 1910: Spores 71/S—S1I2 X 5% — 6V4", cells on cap 25— 45 u. Fig. specim.: Fruens Bøge, gregarious, on heap of leaf-mould Oct. 1897 (and 1898—1916). — Also found on leaf-mouldy ground, Hjaliese, Aug. 1912 and Aug. 1914. This plant undoubtedly is identical with P. nanus forma major Cooke (Illustrations, plate 305 c), but is — I think — betler conceived as a distinct species, differing from P. nanus not only by its larger size but also by the characteristic glauco-cinereous colour (almost like P. salicinus). I add a brief diagnosis: Pileo 3 — 5 cm lato, ex subcampanulato expanso, sub lente mica- ceo-pnlverulento, glauco-cinereo (umbo subfuscus), sub-hygrophano, margine hinter rugoso-striato; stipile 6— S cm x vj.2 cm, cavo, albo, undo, sericeo-substriato; lameltis subconferlis, ex albo salmoneo- subroseis. Spor a' et cyst, ut supr. 14 a. P. nanus (Pers.). Spores almost globose, 7 — 7 7* x 6 — 673 M- Cystidia cylindric- bladdershaped. Fig. specim.: Hjaliese, on the ground in mixed copsewood, Sept. 1897, solitary. - — Rather common, as well on the ground as on rotten stumps. 14 b. P. nanus var. lutescens. Spores almost globose, 6V2— 7 X 51/»— 6 u. Cystidia cylindric- bladdershaped, 11 — 25 u broad. — Cells on surface of cap globular, 30—45)11 diam. (1915). Fig specim.: Revninge, in the head of an old pollarded Populus, Oct. 1899. -- Also Ollerup (on stump of Populus) and in other localities. 15. P. chrysophæus (Schaell.). Spores subglobose, 67i x 5Vi u. Cystidia obtusely fusiform, sub- ventricose, inflated. Cuticle formed of subglobose yellowish cells about 30 ft diam.). Fig. specim.: Hollufgaard, on Fagus and Populus, Sept. 1916. Spores etc. of all the species are figured on plate I. THE GENUS COLLYBIA. Collybia is a genus fairly well separated from the adjoin- ing genera. From Mycena it is distinguished macroseopically by the generally rather flat cap with slightly incurved edge and microscopically by want of the cystidia characteristic to this latter genus. (In most Collybias the gills either have no cystidia at all or inconspicuous hairshaped ones). — Some neighbouring species of Clitocybe differ in having subdecurrent gills, while in Collybia they are generally adnexed. Still it appears to me not unlikely that it would be preferable to transfer to Collybia some of the Clitocybe dijformes (Fries). Their gills are not truly decur- rent and their stem is tough and elastic almost as the stem of a genuine Collybia. But as any deviation from the old estab- lished nomenclature and classification (if it be not a marked im- provement) should be avoided, I leave them in Clitocybe. Also some species of Tricholoma show strong affinity to Col- lybia. This is especially true of T. melaleiicum and its allies. In fact Agaricus stridulus Fr. - - which the author places in Colly- bia — evidently belongs to the melahucum-h'ihe and should not be kept apart trom it. To make as little derangement as pos- sible I therefore shall transfer Ag. stridulus to Tricholoma and place it with its numerous relatives. To Tricholoma I also refer the ambiguous Ag. leucophæatus Karst., which the author at dif- ferent times has placed in Collybia, Tricholoma and Lyophyllum. Within the genus Naucoria the little tribe which might be called »Pisciodoræ« also shows a marked affinity to Collybia. These very intimately related species are now by most authors scattered about, in a very unsatisfactory way, in different genera (Colly- bia, Nolanea, Naucoria). From the genus Nolauea, as now un- derstood, they are excluded by having smooth spores. But the Jakob. E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. H question remains whether it would be preferable to place them in Collybia or Naucoria. In all the species the spores are (sub micr.) hyaline, and in some of them the sporedust is white or at least pale cream-coloured (Collybia mimica Smith and other spe- cies). But as the most common representative of the genus, Ag. Cucumis, has somewhat ferrugineous or incarnate-lawny sporedust, and all of them have large conic-subulate cystidia, I dare not at present place them in Collybia. Probably the best plan will be to include them in Naucoria as a special tribe (Collybiopsis or Pisciodorce). My reasons for transferring Armiltaria mucida to Collybia are stated in part II of these studies. I notice that Ricken (Die Blätterpilze) has adopted the same view (which was, I believe, first propounded by Quélet (Flore mycologique)). In another direction Collybia shows very strong affinity to Marasmius. In fact the line of demarcation is in several places very difficult to discern. In doubtful cases I generally refer to Marasmius any species with thick and firm gills, while those with membraneous and crowded gills are retained in Collybia. Thus Agaricus confluens (= Marasmius argyropus) I place in Collybia. To lump the two genera in one, as Kahsten does, appears to me rather rash. But although fairly well separated from the adjoining genera the Collybias do not form a natural series of closely related species, but are rather heterogeneous. Such fungi as f. inst. Collybia iudicata — C. velutipes -- C. racemosa have certainly not very much in common. Still I shall not attempt to divide the genuine Collybias into subgenera. The old Friesian classification cannot, I believe, be much improved upon. Of his groups Ve- stipedes is the most unsatisfactory one, uniting, I think, too heterogeneous species and separating others which ought not to be kept apart (f. inst. C. teuacella and C. conigena). This group 1 have therefore partly disbanded. With regard to the microscopic characteristics Collybia shows less variety than f. inst. Lepiota. As mentioned above cystidia are wanting in a good many species, and in most others they are rather inconspicuous, hairshaped or like short hyphæ on the edge of the gill. But in a few instances we find more characteristic cystidia. Thus C. radicala has large saek- sbaped cystidia, in C. velutipes they are obtusely fusiform and in C. teuacella they are often more or less hooded. — The spores 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. .'5. are much more diversified and often afford an excellent means for identification. Not only they differ widely in size (from 16 x 10 u down to 3 x 2 u) and shape (from narrow ellipsoid to al- most spheric), but in some few species they also deviate from the ordinary type by being verruculose or sub-spinulose. Two- spored basidia — as in numerous species of Mycena and Om- phalia — I have never observed in this genus. The number of species found and figured in »Danmarks Agaricaceer« is 28. This is not alle the Danish species. Sev. Petersen (loc. cit.) enumerates several others While some of these are very doubtful natives (or very dubilable species) others are distinct and really belong to our flora. Thus f. inst. C. lon- (jipes, C. globularis and C. Micheliana have been found by him and other mycologists, but I have not seen them. KEY TO THE SPECIES FIGURED OF THE GENUS COLLYBIA. I. ARMILLARIA. The stem with a distinct ring. Surface of cap gelatinous. Spores very large, globose . . . C. (Ar miliaria) mucida 1 II. EU-COLLYBIA. No trace of veil or ring. A. Læticolores. Gills generally white or yellowish. a. Striæpedes (Fries). Stem distinctly striate or grooved; rather large fungi, vstem 5 mm or more . a. macrosporæ. Spores large ,6« or more broad . 1. Spores about 10 u broad; stem generally with a long tapering »root« (.. radicata (2) 2. Spores (5 — 7, u hroad; stem truncate with creeping, white root-like mycelium -strings . C. platyphglla 3 b. microsporæ. Spores rather small less than 5 u broad). 1. Spores globose. * Whole plant, when fresh, white or pale yellowish C.maculata 4 s. Cap rufous C.distorta (5) 2. Spores ovate or ellipsoid. * Stem somewhat conical; gills crowded ('. butyracea i,6) a; Stem sub-fusiform, rooting gills distant C. fusipes (7) Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. [3 |3. Lie vi pedes Fries, extended. Stem almost even: small or medium-sized fungi vstem 0,5—5 mm broad . a. viscidæ. Cap viscid; Stem velvet}', yellow to dark brown. C. velutipes (8) b. sicca'. Cap not viscid. 1. Stem glabrous (or slightly pruinose). :|: Stem without a long »root . 7 Spores small (about 5^ long). - Cap medium-sized (21/., — 5 cm; gills whitish ra- rely pallid ochraceous C. drgophila !t r Cap small (2 cm); whole plant yellow. . . C. macilenta 10 77 Spores larger (7— 8y long) granulate. Cap fulvous. C. nitellina (11) * Stem with a long »root springing from cone of Picea C. ienaceita 12 2. Stem flocculose or felty. •'!: Fasciculate, growing on the ground dead foliage. C.confluens (13) £ Solitary. 7 Crowing on rotten mushrooms, cones or on the ground. Spores veiw small (3 — 5ja long. o Not springing from a Sclerotium. Growing on cones (of Pinus C. conigena 14 |; Springing from a Sclerotium. (Crowing on the ground or on mushrooms . § Stem without branches, pallid: Sclerotium brown or ochraceous. » Sclerotium dark brown, ellipsoid or pip- shaped C. tuberosa (15) » Sclerotium ochraceous, roundish . . C. cirrluita (16) §§ Stem blackish (with numerous branchlets); Sclerotium black C. racemosa (17) •f-f Crowing on dead grass or sticksl. Spores larger liu or more long) C. stipitaria (18 B. Tephrophanae Fries). Gills gray or pale dingy: cap hygro- phanous, sordid. (Vide also no. 17). a. Spores smooth. a. Stem with a long tapering »root« C. rancida 19) b. Stem without »root«. 1. Spores ovate or ellipsoid. !: Spores medium-sized (4 n or more broad;. f Cap not striate: growing on the ground. c. Stem rather stout (4 — G mm"! base strigoso- tomentose C. inolens (20) |; Stem 3 -4 mm, not strigose at base C. murina (21) f Cap pellucid-striate; growing on Sphagnum . . C. clusilis (221 * Spores small, 21/., — 31/., n broad. 7 Cap striate, umbonate C. miser (23 ff Cap not striate. n Cap. 2— 3cm broad; odour very faint, mealy . Cozes (24) JJ Cap l1/., cm, foetid C.mephitica (25) 2. Spores almost globose (cap striate) C. cessans (26) j^ Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, \'r. 7. ß. Spores verruculose or spinulose. a Cap striate, ding}' brownish C. erosa (27) b. Cap even, dark fuscous C. tcsqiwrum (28) SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES. I. AR MILLAR I A. 1. Collybia (Armillaria) mucida (Schrad.). Spores globular, 13 — 18 X 12 — 16 u., epispore very thick. Figured specimens: »Fruens Bøge«, on fallen branch of Fagus, Oct. 1895. — On wounded trunks and dead branches of Fagus (as well when lying on the ground as when still on the tree), even high up (about 15 meter), often growing somewhat fasci- culate. It sometimes appears to be a true parasite, but never attacks young and vigorous trees. Found everywhere, till late in the autumn. II. EU-COLLYBIA. A. LÆTICOLORES. a. STRIÆPEDES. 2a. C. radicata (Reih). Spores ovate, 15 x 10 u. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia inflated, cylindric-sackshaped, about 20 \x broad. Figured specimens: Hjallese, wood of Fagus, July 1905; forma arrhiza: Hjallese, July 1903. Common everywhere in our beechwoods, very rarely met with outside. Although apparently growing on the ground it is, I believe, always a true xylophilous fungus, the »root« always springing from a tree-root, and varying in length according to the depth in which this root is running under the surface. — On superficially-running roots the fungus accordingly has no »root at all, but only an alliiform swelling at the base. This form: forma arrhiza, I have found at Hjallese, July 1903, and in Aalykkeskov near Odense, 1911. — A more distinct form is 2 b. C. radicata var. gracilis J. E. Lange. Spores as in the typical form. Cystidia about 40 u long, cylindric- subulate, 2— 3 ju broad, base inflated, subovate. Fig. specim.: Wood of Fagus, Hunderup 1897 (and 1900). i Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 15 In Ihis variety the cap is only about 2 cm broad, whitish- hyaline and somewhat transparent. The stem is white, somewhat downy, 8 cm high. The gills are subdecurrent. If the awlshaped cystidia are a constant feature, it must be regarded as a distinct species, although macroscopically very much like small forms of C. radicata. 3. C. platyphylla Fr. Spores ovale-subglobose, generally 6V2 — 8 x 6 — 62/3 u, epispore thick. (1916: Spores 7^2 — 8V2 x6 — 7 fx, pedicel somewhat lateral). Basidia 4-spored, clubshaped, 7 — 8 u broad. Cystidia sackshaped- clubshnped, about 14 jli broad. — The cells of the fibrils on the surface of the cap are ovate-clubshaped, 12 — 25 ju broad, content grayish-brown (1916). Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on and around stump of Corylus, June 1897. — Not uncommon, especially on and about stumps of Corylus, from early summer. The mycelium always forms thick cottonyarn-like white strings. The form repens figured by Fries Icon. sei. tab. 61) shows this creeping mycelium more luxuriously developed than usual, but should certainly not — as done by Saccardo (Syll. fung. V.) — be put up as a distinct species. 4. C. rraculata (Alb. et Schw.). Spores almost globular, 4 — o1/? x 3 — 41/2 u, (A.) Fig. specim.: A) Aarup, wood of Picea, Oct. 1896. B) Trolle- borg, open grassy space about a wood of Picea, Sept. 1897. Not rare in woods of Picea and in adjoining open spaces among grass and heather. Figure A. represents the main type: the stout-stemmed form with almost pure white, rather small cap. Fig. B. is the more slender and laxe form with pallid- rufous cap. A yellowish, slender form (C. scorzonera Batsch) is also occasio- nally met with. s 5. C. distorta Fr. Spores globose, 31/, — 4 X 3^ — 31, ._, u. Fig. specim.: »Sønderhav near Flensborg, gregarious about stump of Picea, Oct. 1900. — Also found in similar locality at Holte (1900) and Aarup (1910). Although habitually very well characterized this species is not clearly distinguished from the preceding species, the slender form of which forms a connecting link. The peculiar denticulate marginal veil shown in Fries' figure (Icon. sei. fig. 63 x) seems to be a licentia pictoria. (The plant described by Bicken (loc. cit.) under the name C. prolixa (Fl. Dan.), with serrulate gills and 3 — 5 cm broad cap appears lo be a form of C. distorta. C. prolixa according to Fries is a much larger plant with entire-edged gills). 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. 6. C. butyracea (Bull.). Spores ovate-lanceolate, 6V2 — ~l x 3 — 33/4 u. Fig. specim. : Hjallese, wood of Fagus, Okt. 1896. — Very com- mon (often forming »fairy-rings«) as well in beechwoods as in coniferous woods. This species varies very much especially in colour. In woods of Fagus the paler (occasionally almost white) form (fig.) is the predominating type; while the very dark rufo- fuscous or almost sootbrown form is common in our coniferous woods. This latter type often has the stem (all over or from the base upwards) clad with short, adpressed, pallid hairs. This pro- bably constitutes Ag. trichopus Pers. 7. C. fusipes (Bull.). Spores varying from 5 — 8 u 1., 3 — 4 u broad. Cystidia crowded, hairshaped (somewhat wavy), about 2u broad. (1911: Spores 5—6 x 31/*— 4 u). Fig. specim. : Aarup, fasciculate on and around a stump in wood of Fagus, Oct. 1896. -- Also found in »Purreskov« near Hesselager, Aug. 1911, about a living beech. As shown in my figure the fructifications spring from an as- cending, rhizome-like black rhizomorpha. The figured form is most nearly Ag. oedematopus SchaefY., while the specimens found in 1911 belonged to a more slender-stemmed, pale form (cap the colour of calfskin) almost answering to the description of Ag. contortus Bull. But they are hardly specifically distinct. p\ LÆVIPEDES. a. Viscidce. 8. C. velutipes (Curt.). Spores: in figured specimens: 9 — 12 x 2ll2 — 4 u (uncommonly long); in most cases: 7*/2 — 10 x 3'/2 — 4 u, cylindric-ellipsoid. Cystidia conic, rather acute, almost subulate, 8— 12 (J. broad, protruding part 18 — 30 u long. The velvet coaling on the slem is made up of long, wavy, about 4 u broad, yellow-brown hairs. Fig. specim.: Tarup near Odense, on stump of Fraxinus, Sept. 1895. Common, often fasciculate, especially on fresh stumps and living trunks of Ulmus, Fraxinus and Populus. Also parasitic on Sambucus racemosus etc. Only once 1 have met with this species on coniferous wood (a single small specimen on a pole (of Picea)). — Occasionally it is quite dwarfy; I have seen a form, in which the cap was only 14 mm, the whole plant pale yellow. b. Siccæ. 9. C. dryophila (Bull). Spores 5 x 3!/4 M- Cystidia rather inconspicuous, somewhat wavy (and occasionally branched), hairshaped or slightly inflated. .lakob E. Lauge: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 17 Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on the ground in wood of Fagiis, Mav 1897*. This exceedingly common mushroom, which l)egins to appear already in spring or early summer, varies very much in colour (from dark date-brown to almost white or very pale ochraceous: (In a wood of Picea (Tommerup 1898) I have even met with a pure white, very small form). Also the gills vary in colour (from pure white to pallid gilvous or even ochraceous). 10. C. macilenta Fr. Spores ovate, 4% — 5lj2 x 21/-, — 3 u. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia hahshaped, somewhat nodulose or wavy. Fig. specim.: Gerup, near Korinl, on boggy ground in wood of Picea, solitary, July 1900. 11. C. nitellina Fr. forma minor Fr.). Spores 71/2 x 4*/4 u, obliquely ovate, with a somewhat lateral pedicel, granulate-rough. Basidia 4-spored. No cystidia. Fig. specim.: Langesø, on the ground behind a garden-railing in mixed wood, Sept. 1910 (few specimens). This little fungus, well figured by Fries (Iconcs sei. 653), differs habitually very much from the larger type (Icones sei. 65 1). Perhaps it should be regarded as a distinct species, although the spores are similar to those of the large type figured by Rickkn (1. cil. tab. 108). — The plant figured by Cooke (1. cit. fig. 140) can hardly be a true C. nitellina. For comparison I add a brief description of my plant: Cap about 1 cm, flat, umbonate, margin incurved, hygrophanous, dark fulvous. Stem glabrous, lucid, light fulvous, towards the base paler and slightly while-tomentose, somewhat hollow, nodulose-stellate. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specim : Aarup, mossy ground in Picea-plantation, solitary, Oct. 1904. A slender form, almost like a small Mycena. Cap convex, with a small wart-like umbo, dingy brownish, 0,5 cm broad. Stem 3 cm x 0,6 mm. of the same colour. Gills rather broad, somewhat adnate. Quélet (loc. cit.) describes the spores of C. erosa »ovoide- pruniforme« 6—7 \i, but does not mention their warty epispore. 92 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. 28. C. tesquorum Fr. Spores subrotund-oval, 7 x 5lj., p, minutely warty-spinulose (like a Russula-spore). Basidia 4-spored Cystidia 0. Fig. specim.: Between Tommerup and Hæsbjerg, on somewhat peaty ground in meadow outside a beechwood, Oct. 1901. Mv plant is more short stemmed and more evidently umbonate than Fries' figure. It seems to be very nearly allied to C. iylieolor, which, according to Ouélet, has similar spores but is more ashy-gray. In my specimens the cap is dark fuscous, 1 — 2 cm broad, almost even, submembraneous; the gills broad, rather distant, strongly emarginate, almost free, and the stem short (2 cm), fuscous, apex slightly white-plumulose. For figures of spores etc. of the several species vide plate I. THE GENUS INOCYBE. While Fries (in »Hymenomycetes Europæi«) only describes 45 species oflnocybe (as here understood), the number mentioned in Bataille's »Flore analytique des Inocybes d'Europe« is about 100. This extraordinary increase (from 1870 — 1910) is partly explained by the fact, that just about the time of publication of »H. E.« the use of the microscope was introduced in this field of mycology. And one of the first results of this was that a good many species of Inocybe, which hitherto it had been almost inpossible to distinguish, were easily recognised by their different type of spore: smooth or nodulose-stellate. But the discovery of this reliable and practical means ot identification made great havoc to the whole system of classi- fication. In cases where an old polymeric species was seen really to comprise 2 or 3 distinct ones, it was almost impossible to make out which of these new species could rightly claim the old name. Thus in later works we find the old names / scabelht, I. carpta, I. fastigiata, I. hiulca etc. attached to as well smooth- spored as roughspored species in a most bewildering way. — When later on the characteristic difference of the cystidia was also introduced in the diagnoses as a new and valuable means to distinguish species which have a superficial likeness to each other, this new step in advance in many cases increased the confusion in such a way, that now one almost feels inclined to throw the table over end and start afresh with entirely new names for all the species that can be distinguished by the means now available. This however is out of the question ; but occasionally — f. inst. in the case of »/. rimosa« — I deem it advisable entirely to drop the old name; because it evidently was not a specific but a collective name, embracing several common species. »I. rimosa« of the ancient authors to my mind includes /. brunnea, I. Cookei, 24 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. /. sabrimosa, I. asterospora etc., all very common species which were nol then recognised as such. »Type- specimens«, by means of which the priority-right to an old name could he ascertained, as a rule do not exist; and the »type-figures« may he inter- preted to represent anything or nothing. Classification. After the discovery of the characteristic differences in the shape of the spores, the splitting up of the genus Inocybe by creating a new genus (Clypeus (Karsten), Astro- sporina (Schroeter)) to embrace all the rough-spored species, was soon proposed. But it appears to me hardly the right thing to do. Inocybe in the old sense is a very »natural genus: one almost at a glance recognises an Inocybe. And to disband such a natural entity I cannot consider an improvement. But of course the characteristic microscopic differences must needs be accorded a prominent place in any classification pro- pounded. And consequently a rational systematic classification cannot entirely follow the lines laid down by Fries. This eminent mycologist, it will be remembered, divided the genus in several series, chiefly characterized by the nature of the surface of the cap. But although these characters are evidently very valuable for purposes of classification, they lack a good deal in precise- ness, and moreover are greatly influenced by the age of the specimens and the atmospheric conditions. Not so the micro- scopic characteristics. I therefore accord to these the more pro- minent place. Of the microscopic characteristics the shape of the spore is the one most easily ascertained and most marked. We thus get two main tribes or subgenera, the smooth-spor ed (Eu- Inocybe) and the rou g h-spored (Clypeus). But this latter tribe again includes two different types: In most of the rough-spored species the spore is substellate or nodulose, but in some few small ones the spore is subglobose or broadly oval, set with long, acute or somewhat obtuse spinelets. The cy s tid i a come next in importance for purposes of classification. Cystidia of some kind or other are never wanting in the Inocybes. But while a good many, especially of the smoolh-spored species — have cystidia of a rather trivial kind (inflated clubshaped or the like, almost like overgrown sterile basidia) the rest have cystidia of a kind particular to this genus: fusoid-venlricose or almost bottleshaped with a crest of small cristalloid muriculate bodies. In some species both kinds occur .Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. 111. 25 together, hut in such eases those on the face of the gill are always of the crested type, while the edge is provided with both kinds, occasionally with intermediate forms. The trivial kind never occurs on the face of the gill. Some authors, f. insl. Massee and Bataille, reserve the name cyslidia for the muri- culate type only, and consequently divide the species in cystidiate and cystideless series. When we come to the minor subdivisions the old Fries'ian characters must be taken into consideration. But of the 5 tribes established by him the last and smallest (uiscidi) is broken up by removing Agaricus Tricholoma and its allies from the genus altogether (as is now generally done); and the remaining species — which are however unknown to me — probably better can be placed within one group or other of the remaining 4, as they naturally fall in with the subviscid species of these (f. inst. /. umbrina and /. prcetervisa). With regard to the remaining Fries'ian tribes I think the line of demarcation between squarrosi and laceri is rather vague; and the same may be said of rimosi-veluiini I therefore deem it more practical to unite 1 & 2 and 3 & 4 respectively. Although the smell of most fungi is very characteristic and constant, it is of small value for classification-purposes, as it is too difficult to define. Very few, if any, of the Inocybes are entirely inodorous, most of them have a faint but disagreeable earthy« or spermatic smell. But the strong aromatic smell of /. pijriodont and several other species — generally compared to the smell of Calycanthiis-flowers or over-ripe pears — is so unmistakable that it can be profitably used for characterizing this little group of closely related species. The minor details of my classification can be seen in the Key and will require no particular explanation. From the adjoining genera Inocybe is generally well disting- uished. Some modern authors (Schhoeteh, Sev. Petersen a. o.) transfer the indusiate species of Hebeloma to Inocybe, but this can hardly be considered a real improvement. The indusiate and the veil-less Hebelomas are so intimately related in all other respects (also with regard to their microscopic characteristics) that I think it absolutely preferable to maintain the old Fries'ian line of demarcation. To separate f. inst. H. longicaudum and H. testacenm, H. crustuliiriforme and H. faslibile cannot be done without ignoring true relationship. Besides, if veil or no veil is 9(3 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. to be the only and decisive test, some of the Inocybes — which have practically no velum partiale — would have to go loo, and the whole would end in utter contusion. — The little elegant A. petiginosus in later years was referred by Fries to Hebeloma, although he had formerly recognised it as an Inocybe. Its nodulose spores naturally take it back to Inocybe (as done by almost all modern authors). Some of the very smallest species, f. inst. /. calospora, have a habitual likeness to Naucoria. In fact, according to Quélet, two of the species which Fries placed within the genus Naucoria (N. pannosa and N. snblimbala) have stellate or spinulose spores and should be transferred to Inocybe (Clypeus); (vide Bataille »Flore analytique« pag. 22). — Flammula also comprises a few species (from the tribe sericelli) which connect this genus with Inocybe. This is especially true of what I call F. Agardhii (Lund), which is, I believe, identic with Inocybe xanihica (von Post) (L. Romell in lit). Also Inocybe delecta Karst, has much in common with the Flammnla sericelli. — The Cortinarii will very rarely be confounded with the Inocybes by the trained mycologist. The number of species found and figured by me is 47, that is to sav as many as Fries had on record from the whole of Europe, and one third more than he had seen alive. Still I do not doubt my number is too small. No year has passed during my 24 years of investigation in this line without adding to the number of species found. And other mycologists have met with species which I have not seen and which seem to be distinct from any of mine. Thus among the 33 species mentioned by Sev. Petersen (loc. cit.) is /. nuilica, which appears to be a very well defined species. On the other hand some of the »species« figured by me are so intimately related, that it is somewhat doubtful whether they deserve a specific name. Still I think it better provisionally to uphold the existing names than to unite too many forms under one specific name, as long as their whole nature is not more precisely known. Coming myco- logists will have to settle such questions, when the whole field is more thoroughly investigated. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 27 KEY TO THE SPECIES FIGURED OF THE GENUS INOCYBE. I. EU-INOCYBE (P. Hennings). spores smooth, generally ovate or phaseoliform. A. Muriculatae. Cystidia (or at least some of the c.) subfusoid or venlricose, often crested with cristalloid muriculate bodies. CX. Pyriodoræ. The whole plant has a strong sweetish-aromatic smell (almost like Calycanthus-flowers). a. Cap whitish or brownish ochraceous. 1. Cap rather obtuse, fibrillose (or subsquamose) , more or less ochraceous. * Large and stout. The stem (and occasionally also the cap) becomes flushed with bright incarnate /. incarnata (1) % Somewhat smaller, Stem never bright incarnate (onlj' the flesh slightly so, especially in the stem) . . . I pyriodora (2) 2. Umbo acute; cap whitish, then pale clay-colour. . . /. albidula (3) b. Cap obtuse, with bistre or dark brown adpressed scales /. scabra (4) [3. Ingratæ. Smell wanting or faint, disagreeable (»earthy« or spermatic. a. squarrosæ-laceræ. Cap squarrose or tomentose-squa- mulose. 1. Stem with squarrose scales /. Hystrix (5) 2. Stem flocculose-fibrillose. * Spores almost cylindric, long. Flesh brownish .... /. lacera (6) * Spores subovate or phaceoliform. f Cystidia on edge brown. Surface of cap dark brown, (apex of stem at first often bluish), c Cap small (l1/., cm), set with erect minute scales I. cincinnata (7) z Cap larger (2—3 cm), tomentoso-squamulose /. obscura (8) ■j-f Cystidia hj'aline. Cap pale or grayish brown. = Stem pale lilac I. griseo-lilacina (9) I Stem pallid or somewhat brownish. § Cap small (l1/., cm), clad with whitish fibrils and fibrillose scales I. abjecta (10) §§ Cap larger (2— 31/, cm), dull brown (grayish or subfulvous), tomentose and fibrilloso- squamulose I. flocculosa (11) b. rimosæ-velutinæ. Cap fibrillose, when expanding either rimose or almost smooth, sometimes slightly innato-squamulose 1. Spores medium-sized, over 8 n long. * Apex of stem at first violet or bluish. •J- Cap brown, somewhat rimose I. pusio (12) 2,S Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. Bd. 2. Nr. 7. ff Cap lilac (becoming pale silky-fibrillose. . . . 1. geophylla ^13 **Stem not bluish. ■f Cap whitish when young. = Cap small ^2 cm\ acnte. § Cap becoming pallid with age. /. geophylla v. alba (13 b) §§ Cap soon flushed with tile-red or light red /. geophylla lateritia ^1 3 c) r (lap larger 3—5 cm), rather obtuse. § Cap vand other parts) soon more or less Hushed with incarnate: stem without striae /. rubescens (14) §§ Cap becoming pale clay-white: stem mi- nutely striate /. sindonia (15) yf Cap brownish or ochraceous. z Cap ochraceous or pale dingy brown. § Cap pale dingy brownish, soon more or less diffracto-squamose ; stem minutely - striate /. deglubens var. 1(5 §£ Cap ochraceous. > Cap more or less squamulose; young stem pruinose. ^ Cap medium -sized 2 — 4 cm); stem whitish /. cæsaricda (17) Cap small (l--2cm); stem yellowish. /. hirtella(18) » Cap more or less rimose not squamu- lose); stem not pruinose. Cap medium-sized 3—5 cm ..../. postenda (19) (( Cap small, abont 1!/., cm /. auricoma (20) 00 Cap rather dark brown; stem without striae. § Cap medium-sized (2 — 4cml; stem and edge of cap fibrillose /. pallidipes (21) §§ Cap small (1— 2cm); stem not fibrillose J. descissa (22) 2. Spores small ^6-7 n long ; cap smooth, brownish, 1— l1/. cm /. microspora (23) B. Depauperatæ. Cystidia not crested, clubshaped or basidiiform (only found on the edge of the gills). Ct. Pyriodoræ. Smell strong, sweetish-aromatic. Cap fibrillose, somewhat squamulose; flesh turning pink. /. Bongardii (24) ^vide also no. 3/) p. Ingratæ. Smell wanting or faint, disagreeable. a. squarrosæ-laceræ. Cap squarrose or tomentose-squa- mulose. 1. Cap and stem squarrose, dark brown /. calainistrata (25) 2. Cap velvety-squamulose, fulvo-ochraceous.; stem fibril- lose /. delecta (26) b. rimosa?- velut inæ. Cap rimose or almost smooth, sometimes with adpressed, fibrillose scalesX 1. Stem with a submarginate bulb; cap ochraceous. . . /. Cookei (27) Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the- Agarics of Denmark. III. ;M) 2. Stem without distinct bulb, almost equal. * Flesh not turning red or incarnate. j Cap subfulvous-ochraceous, central part with ad- pressed fibrillose scales /. sqnamata 28 ft Cap without scales, subrimose or fibrillose. .i Cap ochraceous, distinctly rimosc; gills at first pale yellowish /. fastigiata 29 00 Gills at first pallid. § Cap not distinctly r i mose very large, with dark umbo, paler towards the edge^ ..../. perial a 30 §§ Cap distinctly rimose, deep brown ..../. brunnea 31 ** Flesh turning purplish-red or pale incarnate. f Cap rather large, with dark violet-fuscous fibrils. Flesh turning purplish-red I. jurana (32) ■f-f- More slender. Cap pallid-ochraceous. Stem when cut or bruised turning pale rosy 7. rhodiola ^33 II. CLYPEUS (Karsten). Spores spinulose, stellate or nodulose. A. Calosporæ. Spores subrotund, spinulose. Cap somewhat scaly, 1' ., — 2 cm I. calospora 34 B. Astrosporinae. Spores stellate or nodulose-angular. (X. Muriculatæ. Cystidia (or at least some of them) subfusiform, apex generally crested with muriculate bodies. a. Spores almost stellate (with conical, blunt or rather acute projections). 1. Stem with a marginate bulb, pruinose. * Cap strongly rimose with dark brown fibrils. Stem minutely striate, pruinose, becoming brown. . I. asterospora :{."> % Cap ochraceous, subrimose. Stem whitish -ochra- ceous /. prætervisa 36 2. Stem almost equal, subglabrous, white: cap pallid or somewhat clay-brownish, fibrillose /. fibrosa 37 1). Spores nodulose. 1. Spores rather large over 8 n long'. :': Stem bulbous. j Cap not rimose, dingy; cuticle formed of whitish silky fibrils /. grammata 38 ff Cap somewhat rimose, brown, o Ca]> not viscid, rather acute. § Rather large cap 15 — 5 cm /. napipes v39^ §§ Cap small (2 cm /. nmboninuta ^40) ""Cap subviscid. rather obtuse I. umbrina 41 **Stem almost equal. j Cap large, dark brown, torn en tose and somewhat squamulose . . , /. phimosa (42) Cap pallid or argillaceous: vide no: .'57. 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. jf Cap smaller il— 3 cm). " Cap fibrillose-tomentose. grayish-brown, l1/« — 3 cm /. lanuginella v43) ""Cap subrimose, brown, small (1 cm^ /. putilla (44) 2. Spores small (7 - 8 n long). Young cap covered with whitish squamules or fibrillose scales, small (1— 2 cm). * Subfascicnlate; stem not everywhere pruinate only slightly flocculose) /. rufo-alba (45) ** Solitary. Stem brown, everywhere pruinate . . /. petiginosa (46) B. depanperatæ. Cystidia not crested, obtuse, inflated club- shaped or somewhat ventricose). Cap dark brown, tomentoso-squamose. Stem flocculose, brownish /. lanuginosa 47 SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES. As many of the Inocybes can only be distinguished by minule details which it is often almost impossible to depict with sufficient exactness, I think it not superfluous to give more detailed notes on their macroscopic characteristics than usual in these studies. Spores etc. of all the species are figured on plate II. I. EU-INOCYBE. A. MURICULATÆ. a. PYRIODOR.K. 1. Inocybe incarnata Bres. (= / pgriodora nar.). Spores broadly ovate, 61/* — 10 x 31/*— 6 M- Cystidia inflated bottle- shaped, about 12 — 18 u broad, muriculate. Figured specimens: Marselisborg near Aarhus, under young beeches, moist ground in wood, Oct 1916 (leg. Poul Laksen). Rare. Very nearly related to the ordinary I. pyriodora, but more robust (stem over 1 cm). The cap is at first almost smooth, pallid-ochraceous or whitish clay colour, then somewhat fibrillose- subsquamulose , ochraceous- brownish, somewhat flushed with Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 3J incarnate. The stem is at first white, then (except base and apex) tinged deep and rich incarnate or pinkish. Flesh of stem incarnate, of cap paler. 2. I. pyriodora (Pers.). Not figured. The typical or intermediate form of the pyriodora-group (well ligured by Bresadola (loc. cit. tab. 52) is not very common with us, but met with occasionally in foliaceous woods. The cap is somewhat ochraceous, scaly-librillose. The flesh is often almost without a tinge of incarnate. Such specimens, especially if the umbo is somewhat conic and the cap without scales, form a transition to /. albidula (no. 3). 3. I. albidula Britz, ex Sacc. (?). Plate III, fig. 3. Spores obliquely ovate, 9 x 5x/2 u. Cystidia on edge of two kinds: a) inflated-fusoid, 13— 16 u broad, muriculate; b) inflated- clubshaped or roundish, 10 — 15 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hunderup, wood of Fagus, Aug. 1915. Not rare, in foliaceous woods. Typical specimens are easily distinguished from the preceding species by the following characteristics : Cap at first conic campanulale, rather acute, then expanded with prominent umbo. Surface at first whitish, smooth (slightly viscid), later on — especially towards the edge - argillaceous and somewhat fibrillose. Stem comparatively short, firm, equal or slightly bulbous, almost glabrous, at last slightly brownish- fibrillose. Gills at first pallid. Flesh almost white, in base of stem and umbo occasionally turning faintly incarnate, as does also the stem when bruised. The descriptions of Saccardo and Bataille do not exactly cover my plant, but I have found no others which will fit it. Probably most mycologists have not separated it from /. pyriodora. [I. corydalina Quel. — It is not rare to meet with specimens of I. albidula in which the umbo — rarely the whole surface of the cap — is as if stained with glaucous-gray ink. This I be- lieve is /. corydalina Quel, (said to smell like Corvdalis cava (bulb?)]. 4. I. scabra Bicken (nee al). Spores somewhat oblique, ovate, 9 X 5 u. Cystidia on edge: a) cv- lindric-bottleshaped, slightly muriculate, about 10 u broad; b) cy- lindric elubshaped, about 7 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hollufgaard. moist foliaceous wood, Aug. 1915. Bather rare. This species is also very close to I. pyriodora. Its chief distinctions are: Cap obtusely umbonale or gibbous, cen- tral part covered with dark umber (or almost bistre) broad, ad- pressed scales, towards the edge fibrillose-lacerate and somewhat paler. Stem whitish, towards the base somewhat sordid. Gills ;jv Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. al first white, then grayist sordid, emarginate with a deeurrent line. Flesh whitish, thai of the stem turning slightly dirt-hrown, but not flushed with incarnate. The synonymy of this species is very bewildering. I have selected the name /. scabra sensu Ricken (loc. cit. pag. 108), but omitted the name Müller (or Flora Danica). What Ag. scaber Müller really is, nobody is likely ever to find out. Probably the plant mentioned by'MASSKE (Monograph pag. 489) and figured by Cooke (loc. eil. tab. 381) sub noin. /. Bongardii is identic. The /. scabra of Fries, Massee, Quélet and others is without smell, and the /. scabra figured by Cooke is very unlike my plant. |3. INGRATÆ. a. squarrosæ-laceræ. 5. I. Hystrix Fr. (forma minorem Fr.). Spores narrowly ovate-lemonshaped, 10 X 6 u. Edge of gills sparingly set with dispersed, fusoid-boltleshaped, slightly muri- culate, about 14 u broad cystidia, mixed with numerous inflated ovate, about 12 u broad ones. The erect cuspidate scales on the cap are formed of agglutinate fibrils. Fig. specim.: Vaasemose, wood of Fagus, Oct. 1915 (a single specimen). Excellently figured by Fries (Icones sei. tab. 106 l), but im- plant was smaller and not so dark. () a. I. lacera Fr. .Spores almost cylindric, long, 11— 15 x 41/3 \i (or 11 — 18 x o-o1/,», 10—13 x 53/4 u). Cystidia (projecting portion) inflated conic, ob- tuse or somewhat acute, occasionally slightly muriculate, about 18 u broad. Fig. specim.: Bederslev, edge of path in young plantation of Picea, July 1898. — Common on sandy ground, especially in plantations of Picea etc., but also in the sandhills along the West- coast. — (/. marilima is said to have nodulose spores, but seems to be very much like this species). 6 b. I. lacera forma gracilis. Spores and cystidia as in the type. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, in copsewood amongst grass (on rather rich soil), Sept. 1904. Slender like a Leptonia, but probably only a somewhat etiolated form. 7. I. cincinnata Fr. Spores obliquely ovate, 9 x 5 \i. Cystidia on edge: a) dispersed, projecting, cylindric- elongated fusiform, slightly muriculate; Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 33 b) numerous, inflated, roundish. On the face of the gills are numerous cystidia of the former kind. Contents of cystidia brownish. Fig. specim. : Hjallese, moist foliaceous copsewood, Aug. 1902. Common in similar localities. In the young plant the upper portion of the stem is (inside and outside) violet-blue The edge of the gills is brown (from the cystidia), the sides pallid (but not bluish). Figured very well by Bresadola (loc. cit. tab. 51 2). The plant figured by Cooke (1. c. tab. 425), with nodulose spores, does not belong here. 8. I. obscura (Pers.). Spores obliquely ovate (narrower towards apex), 1li'2~ 9 x 4!/2 — 5 u. Cystidia brown, inflated, of variable shape. Fig. specim.: Bederslev Dale, in wood of Picea, aggregate, July 1898. — Not rare in similar localities. This species differs from the preceding one in being larger (cap 2 — 3 cm) and more robust. The surface is tomentose- squamulose, disc subsquarrose but not set with erect, pointed squamules like I. cincinnata. The flesh is whitish (in apex of stem occasionally slightly flushed with violet) tasteless and with a faint disagreeable smell. The cap is fuscous-umber, never violet. For this and other reasons I formerly referred this plant to /. dulcamara forma aestivalis, with the description of which (by Fries) it fairly well agrees. But as Ag. dulcamarus Alb. & Schw. — whatever that name was originally intended to repre- sent — is now generally used for a plant very different from mine, I follow most modern authors in using the name I. obscura. 9. I. griseo-lilacina n. sp. (Plate III, fig. 4). Spores somewhat obliquely ovate-ellipsoid, 9 x 5 u. Cystidia in- flated, of variable shape (hyaline). Fig. specim.: Stensballe near Horsens, growing gregariously on leafmouldy ground in wood of Fagus, Aug. 1909. Found se- veral times in similar localities in Fyn (1910—16). Pileo 2 cm lato, pallide brunneo, margine griseo-lilacino, primitus tomentoso, dein lacerato-sqnamuloso , marginem versus fibrilloso et sub- fimbriate-. Stipite A — 7 cm x 3 mm, farcto, intus extusque pallide lilacino, albido-flocculoso- fibrilloso. Lamellis latiiisculis, subadnatis vel adfivis, pallide fusco-brunneis (primitus albido-lilacinis), acie alba. Sporæ et cystidia ut supr. It seems to be closely related to /. violascens Quel. The pale lilac colour distinguishes it from no. 10. 10. I. abjecta Karst. Spores ovate, 81/.,— 91/. x 4V3 u. Cystidia bottleshaped-fusoid , 12 — 13 abroad, apex muriculate. Fig. specim.: Langesø, on black soil, edge of pond in folia- 3 34. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. ceous wood(Fagus and Tilia), Sept. 1916. -- Also found in other localities, in mixed foliaeeous woods. Subfasciculate. Cap 1—2 cm, slightly umhonate, main colour at first hidden by the whitish, fibril lose-subflocculose tomentum, which in the central part soon disappears, thus revealing the brownish colour. Stem somewhat wavy, thin (2— 3 mm), 3— 4 cm high, inside and outside pallid incarnate-brownish, at first every- where white-plum ulose-iibrillose. 11. I. flocculosa (sensu Mass.). Spores obliquely ovate, 9 91/, x 5 u. Cystidia narrowly fusoid, 12 u broad, muriculate; (on the edge also some few obovate-club- shaped ones). Fig specim.: Hojsholt near Tommerup, wood of Fagus and Quercus, Sept. 191(5. Cap 2— 3x/2 cm, campanulate-convex, then expanded gibbous, of a dull brown colour, at last somewhat lighter (subfulvous», everywhere fibrillose tomentose-subsquamulose; towards the edge the fibrils are somewhat hoary-gray and at last slightly rimose. Veil well developed, fibrillose. Stem about 5 mm broad. For the rest not much different from no. 10. Vide also no. 21. b. rimosæ-velutinæ. 12. I. pusio Karst. Plate III, lig. 5. Spores 972— 10 x 4;'/4— 5 ja. Cystidia 13-19 u broad, fusoid-bottle- shaped, muriculate. Fig. specim.: Hollufgaard, wood of Quercus and Corylus, on moist ground, Sept. 1916. Corresponds exactly to the description given by Karsten. (Kri- tisk öfversigt af Finlands Basidsvampar, p. 465.) The apex of the stem is very slightly white-flocculose. Well characterized by the brown, subrimose cap and lilac apex of stem. Affined to /. descissa. 13 a. I. geophylla (Sow.). Spores obliquely ovate-ellipsoid or ovate, 8—9 x 4-6u. Cystidia dispersed, fusoid-bottleshaped, rather long, apex muriculate. Apex of stem clad with hyphæ and cystidia af the same shape as those on edge of gills (1916). Fig. specim.: Hjallese, foliaeeous copsewood, Oct. 1895. — Com- mon in similar localities. 13 b. I. g. var. alba (= A. albas Sehw.). Spores and Cystidia like no. 13 a. - The white — when old somewhat palfid — cap apparently is the only characteristic distinguishing this form from the lilac one It is common Jakob E. Lauge: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 35 - often very numerous -- also in coniferous woods, where the lilac form is comparatively rare. 13c. I. g. var. lateritia (Weinm.). Spores 7— 8 X 5 u, somewhat obliquely ovate. Cyslidia 16 — 20 u broad, ventricose-bottleshaped, rather obtuse, apex with or without small warty excrescences. Fig. specim.: Glamsbjerg, gregarious on the ground in wood of Picea, Aug. 1900. When in bud this variety is white like no. 13 b, and some specimens remain so; but most specimens soon become tinged, all over or partly, with a bright tile-red. 14. I. rubescens Gill. ( = /. Godeyi GUI.k Spores obliquely ovate, 9 — 972 x 5 u. Cystidia broad, inflated, obtuse or ventricose-bottleshaped and muriculate. Fig. specim.: Lemvig, under shrubs in park, Oct. 1908; gre- garious. To be met with occasionally as well in foliaceous as in coniferous woods. Distinguished from 13c by the obtusely-umbonate cap, larger size (stem up to 1 cm broad) etc. The smell is faint, sper- matic. Every p:irt of the plant turns more or less incarnate- rubescent when old or bruised. Bresadola doc. cit. ) refers this characteristic species to Åg. Trinii, Weinm. ; but Masske doc. cit., page 470) conclusively proves this to be an error. All modern authors agree that /. rubescens and /. Godeyi are synonyms. 15 I. sindonia Fr. Spores obliquely ovate, 8 — lO1/« x 41/» — 5 u. Cystidia on edge : a) fusoid botlleshaped, muriculate, 10 - 12 u broad, b) small, ovate- clubshaped, 25 < 10 u. Fig specim.: Vaasemose, edge of plantation of Abies, Oct. 1913. — Found in diverse localities, always in coniferous woods. Intermediate between the white I. geophyila and no. 16. Mi- croscopically it is absolutely like the latter, and probably it is only a variety of this species. Cap 3 — 4 cm, campanulate-convex, soon expanded-umbonate, at first whitish, smooth, then sordidly whitish with a tinge of ochre or pale clay-colour, minutely fibrillose-tomentose, at last some- what flbrillose-rimose. Stem rather long, slender, smooth, minu- tely striate, apex powdered, occasionally slightly hollow, whitish, apex at last slightly brownish. Veil apparent but fugacious. Gills free, crowded, at first whitish, then light grayish-brown with a whitish edge. 3* ;i(5 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. 16 I. deglubens Fr. Spores obliquely ovate, 9 >< 5 u. Cyslidia on edge: a) bladder- shaped, short, 10 — 14 u broad, b) fusoid, protruding, muriculate. Fig. specim.: Hesselager (> Skelmose«), in wood of Abies, Oct. 1906 — and in several other coniferous woods, generali}' gre- garious. Cap at firs,t innately fibrillose-tomentose , then more or less cracked-squamulose, dingy brownish, at last darker, almost date- brown. Stem pallid, with a tinge of brownish, apex somewhat white-plumulose or powdered, minutely downy-fibrillose towards the base. — My plant is never »obscure furfurata< on top of stem, and probably comes nearest to Karsten's var. trivialis. 17. I. cæsariata Fr. var. Spores 7 — 8 X 41/, — 5 u, ovate or ellipsoid. Cystidia scattered, their protruding part cylindric-bottleshaped, muriculate or not. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on moist ground (Spiræa Ulmaria etc.) in foliaceous wood, Aug. 1904. Also found in some other simi- lar localities. Cap somewhat convex, um bona te, then expanded-umbonate, covered (except about the umbo) with brownish-yellow fibrils, which at last form small fibrillose squamules. Stem at first minutely powdered, then smooth, slightly striate. Gills at first whitish, then dingy brownish with a tinge of yellow. — Perhaps too closely related to /. hirtella. — Cooke's figure shows an al- most chestnut-brown, scaly fungus, very different from mine. 18. I. hirtella Bres. Spores ovate, 9x/2 x ;"> u- Cystidia on edge: a) bottleshaped, muri- culate, b) inflated, obtuse. Fig. specim.: Fruens Bøge in grass on roadside in foliaceous wood, Aug. 1907. Also found in other similar localities, espe- cially under Corylus. Cap lx/4 x 2 cm, somewhat conic, at last expanded and slightly umbonate, towards the edge fibrillose and at last slightly rimose, but for the rest set with small fibrillose squamules, central part brownish-yellow, edge paler. Stem minutely striate-sulcate, velvety- pruinose (i. e. clad with cystidia like those on the gills), pallid ochraceous-yellowish. Gills rather distant, adnate, pallid with a tinge of yellow (edge pale), when ripe yellowish-cinnamon. It has a very faint smell (of peach-leaves or bitter almonds). 19. I. posterula Britz, ex Sacc. Plate III, fig. 6 Spores broadly ovate, 7% — 8 x 43/4 — 5u Cystidia fusoid, muri- culate, about 10 — 12 u broad. Fig. specim : Aarup, in wood of Pinus and Picea, Sept. 191(5. Cap 3 — 5 cm, at first somewhat campanulate, then expanded, Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 37 with small umbo, at first almost smooth, later somewhat lihril- lose and slightly rimose, pale ochraceous, umbo suhfulvous. Veil evident, fibrillose. Stem without bulb, somewhat clubshaped (base 1— 11 mm, apex 5— 7 mm), white, apex at last slightly brownish, not pruinose but with white silky fibrils and slightly llocculose above. Gills rather crowded, adfixed, at first whitish then pallid cinnamon with a flush of yellowish. This species differs from /. fastiyiata by the fusoid cystidia, from /. Cookei by want of bulb and by the muriculate cystidia. — The I.descissa of Ricken (1. cit., p. 104) appears to be identic. 20. I. auricoma (Batsch). Spores 9— 91/* x ,"i |ii, obliquely ovate, pale brownish-yellow. Cy- stidia on edge: a) ovate-clubshaped , b) obtusely bottleshaped, about 12 u broad, slightly muriculate Fig specim.: Hjallese, copsewood (Corylus, Quercus etc.), Aug. 1915 (and in other similar localities). Cap lVg cm, conic, then expanded and umbonate, at first smooth, then rimoso-fibrillose. The young cap is pallid ochra- ceous, but soon the fibrils become deeper yellowish-ochraceous. Stem subflocculoseand somewhat fibrillose (apex slightly pruinose) not distinctly hollow. — The figure in Batsch: Elenchus Fun- gorum (V 21) does not show the fibrillose-rimose nature of the cuticle. 21. I. pallidipes Ellis et Everh. Plate III, fig. 7 Spores somewhat obliquely ellipsoid, 10—11 x 5— 5x/2 u- Cystidia on edge: a) awlshaped-fusoid (free portion about 50 u. long), muri- culate, b) short, cylindric-obovate. Fig. specim.: Aarup, on naked ground (roadside) in wood, Sept. 1901. — Also found in some other similar localities. Cap 2 — 3 cm, grayish-brown, at first minutely fibrillose-sub- tlocculose (fibrils somewhat interwoven, whitish, silky), then some- what rimose Veil well developed Stem cylindric, white, 31/a —4 cm. Gills narrowed behind, slightly adnate. Smell faint, spermatic. This species is very intimately related to no. 10 and 11, and possibly not specifically distinct. — I formerly referred it to /. perbrevis (Weinm.); but as most modern authors use this name for a fulvous or rufous little mushroom without muriculate cy- stidia (vide Cooke loc cit. tab. 519, Massee, Monograph p. 490 etc.) I have dropped this name. The description of /. pallidipes in Massee's monograph (p 476) fits my plant very well. To judge from the description /. entheloides Peck (another American species) can hardly be specifically distinct 22. I. descissa Fr. var. Spores obliquely ovate, 8V2 — 10 X 5u. Cystidia fusoid-bottleshaped, about 15 u broad, muriculate. 38 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. Fig. specim. : Hjallese, copsewood (Corylus etc.) Oct. 1898. This little species, which is rather common in similar localites, differs somewhat from the current description of I. descissa. In my plant the stem is not hollow, the gills are adfixed and the fibrils of thr distinctly rimose cuticle are rather dark brown. 23. I. microspora n. sp. Plate III fig. 8. Spores 6l/t — 7 X 4— 41/* u, obliquely ovate. Cystidia : a) obtusely fusoid-bottleshaped , about 14 u broad, muriculate; b) small, obtuse. Fig specim.: »Bleget« and »Frueskov» near Egeskov, gregarious in foliaeeous wood, Sept. 1916. Also met with in other similar localities. Pileo 1,2 — 1,S cm, primitus subconico, dein explanato et minute umbonato, pollute fusco-brunneo (centro obscuriore), primitus lævigato dein mor gine fibrilloso-subrimoso ; stipite æquoli, globro nec pruinoto sed opice leviter flocculoso, 3— 4 cm X n/2—3 mm, primitus pollido dein brunneo-pollido, subfistuloso; lomellis pollide fusco-cinnamomeis adnexis ; odore nullo. Smaller and paler than no 22, and not distinctly rimose. A. DEPAUPERATÆ. ct. PYRIODOR.K 24. I. Bongardii (Weinm ) Fr. Spores ovato-ellipsoid, 13 X 61/* H- Cystidia (on edge) crowded, obtuselv cvlindric-elubshaped, about 10 fa broad. f ap 3__5 cnii obtusely umbonate, fibrillose-squamose, scales ochraceous-brown, towards the edge entirely split up into fibrils. Stem rather long, somewhat wavy, tibrillose, apex slightly mealy. Edge of gills white. All parts of the mushroom become flushed with incarnate when bruised or cut. The large spores and clubshaped cystidia distinguish this species from all other pvriodorous species. The figure of Fries (Icon, sei. II 1071-2) gives a very good idea of the habit of this species. As to the / Bongardii of Cooke and Massee vide no. 4. p\ INGRATÆ. 25. I. calamistrata Fr. Spores oblong-oval, IOV2 — 12 X ö1/,, u. Cystidia inflated clubshaped, 12— 18 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on naked, clayey ground under Alnus and Fagus, Sept. 1912. This is the slender form figured by Fries (Icones sei. 106 s). The cap is only about 2 cm, the stem 5 cm x 3 mm. The base of the stem is clad with a whitish, often somewhat bluish-green tomentum (not so dark as figured by Fries). Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. ;^u, 26 I. delecta Karst. Plate III iig. 9. Spores oval-phaseoliform, 7 — 91/., X 5 u, light brownish yellow. Cvstidia cylindric-clubshaped, 7 -11 u broad. Sporepowder ochra- ceous-cinnamon. Fig. specim. : Aarup, grassy border of drive in plantation of Picea, (sandy soil) gregarious, Sept. 1916. Cap 21/2 — 4 cm convex-plane, at first velvety-tomenlose, then velvety squamulose, at «first pallid ochraceous-brown, later on becoming vividly ochraceous-fulvous in the middle and honey- coloured-ochraceous towards the edge. Veil evident, arachnoid. Stem somewhat hollow, at first pale then sordidly yellow-brown floccose-iibrillose, rather short, 3—6 mm broad. Gills rather crowded, slightly emarginate with a small decurrent tooth, at first yellowish-white (edge white) then yellowish-brown or cinna- mon. Flesh of cap slightly ochraceous, of stem pale dirt-yellow. Karsten cites /. cæsariata v. fibrillosa as a synonym, what the rude figure of Fries (Icon. sei. tab. 109 3) makes not unlikely. The plant described by Sev. Petehsex (loc. cit.) sub noin. /. ftocculosa Berk, is undoubtedly identical, to judge from the careful description given — It forms a transition to the Flammula- type (of the velutini- group) especially Fl. Agardhii. I. Cookei Bres. Spores oval, subphaseolifoim, 7 — 8 41 4 u. Cvstidia crowded, inflated clubshaped or subglobular, 16 — 22 u broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, copsewood, Sept. 1898. Not uncommon. The stem is faintly striate, not powdery-pruinose, apex slightly flocculose-fibrillose. — The bulbous stem (and different cvstidia) distinguishes it from /. poslerula ; the smooth spores and not pruinose stem from /. prcelervisa. - - I. rimosa (Ricken, nee. al.) seems to me almost identical: and so is /. confusa Karst (Kritisk öfversigt of Finlands basidsvampar. Tillägg I. p. 35), only larger and with larger spores. It is very well figured by Bresadola (Fungi Trid. tab. 121). 28. I. squamata n. sp. Plate III fig. 10. Spores broadly ovate-ellipsoid, 9x/2 — I0<ölj., — o1/.! |u. Cvstidia crow- ded, clubshaped, 11 — 15 fi broad. Fig. specim.: Vormark, in grass behind a hedge (planted with Populus) on clayey ground, Oct. 1901. — Also, in similar locality, Vaasemose 1904. Pileo carnoso, conico-e.i panso, 3 — 7 cm lato, siibumbonato, fibril- loso et subrimoso, parte cenlrali in squamis adpressis disrupto, fuluo- lutescente, squamis obsciirioribus ; Stipite ,'i — 7 cm X ,5 — 10 mm, cequali solido, primitus pallide. brunneo, dein saturatiore, fibrilloso-slriato, intus leviter colorato : lamellis subliberis, primitus sordide jlavo- albidis, dein brunneis cum tinctnra fusco-flavis, margine albo. Sporæ et cyst, ut supr. 4() Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. This species is very closely related to /. fastigiata, forming a transition from I. fastigiata to /. mimica Massee (which has larger spores). — Ag. Curreyi Berk., which Massee refers to I. fastigiata, seems to be intermediate between the typical I. fastigiata and I. squamata (to judge from Cooke's figure (1. c. tab. 398). 29. I. fastigiata (Schæff.) Spores oval-subphaseoliform, 10—11 X h1^ u, Gystidia cylindric, obtuse, about 12 u broad. Fig. specim. : Hjallese, in wood of Fagus and Corylus, July 1905. Not uncommon. The cap in this species varies more or less acute, the stem is iibrillose-subfloccose, (not pruinose). Like most modern authors 1 use the name I. fastigiata for this smooth-spored species, excluding diverse rough-spored ones. — /. flavella Karst, as far as I can see only differs in larger spores. Bresadola's figure is somewhat exaggerated, very acute with almost green gills. — /. fastigiata xarsuperba Fries (Icon. sei. tab. 108) hardly belongs here. 30. I. perlata Cooke. Spores ovate, somewhat oblique, 9V2— lO1/, x 61/« H- Cystidia cylindric-clubshaped, 11 (a broad. Fig. specim.: Tommerup, old grassfield behind copsewood, gregarious, July 1914. Cap 5—672 cm> somewhat conical, at last expanded and subumbonate (when moist subviscid), even, very minutely fibrillose, umbo fuscous-brownish, whitish towards the edge, later on be- coming fibrillose-subrimose, the fibrils darker. Stem about 8 cm x 10 — 12 mm, at first white, somewhat fibrillose (not mealy), then turning brownish inside and outside (from base upward). — My plant is not quite so large as Cooke's figure. 31. I. brunnea Quel. Spores 9—11 X 5— 5V3 u- Cystidia on edge of gills inflated club- shaped, 12 — 1 5 ju broad. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, behind a hedge, Sept. 1902. — Rather common in light foliaceous woods, often gregarious. The more or less bright chestnut-brown colour of the cap distinguishes this species from its allies. The bulbless stem is originally almost white but soon becomes partly flushed with brown. When in bud the central part of the cap is often partly covered by whitish adpressed scales and fibrils which soon disappear. When this rudimentary universal veil is very apparent we have, I believe, /. maculata Boud. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 41 32. I. jurana Pat. Spores broadly obliquely ovate, 97a — 10x/2 x 6— ^A- Cystidia elubshaped. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specim.: A. Hjallese, walk in copsewood, Aug. 1915. B. simlar locality, Aug. 1909. — Also collected in a wood ofFagus, near Høbbet, Oct. 1916. Cap at first conical, then expanded, umbonate, everywhere covered by dark violet-fuscous (at last very dark fuscous) fibrils, which in the middle form adpressed scales, while towards the edge the pale bottom-colour is seen between the fibrils. Stem slightly bulbous, apex indistinctly flocculose, librillose below, of -a clingy violet-incarnate colour. Gills at first whitish-gray, then grayish-brown (edge whitish) slightly adfixed. Flesh (especially about the umbo and the lower part of the stem) vinous lilac- incarnate. Smell faint. Bhesadola refers I. jurana to what he calls /. frumentacea (Bull.), from a figure in Bulliakd's work (Champ, de France 571 l) which other authors think represents a Hijgrophorus (or something else). To judge form his own description and figure (loc. cit. tab. 200) his plant is not unlike mine, except for the »frumentaceous< smell which is lacking in my plant. 33. I. rhodiola Bres. Spores obliquely ovate, 9—10 X 6 u. Cystidia elubshaped, 11 — 13 u broad. Fig. specim.: Egeskov, grassy drive in foliaceous wood, Aug. 1914. Cap expanded-conical, about 5 cm broad, rather acutely um- bonate, bottom-colour pale brownish-ochraceous (umbo subin- carnate), everywhere with darker (brownish) very subtile fibrils, at last slightly rimose. Stem 7 cm x 6 mm, fibrillose-striale, not bulbous, from base upward turning pallid-rosy (inside and outside), as does also the flesh about the umbo. Gills at first grayish, then dull cinnamon, with whitish edge, almost free. It is perhaps no more than a pale and slender form of the preceding species (and Bresadola himself unites them in vol. II of Fungi Tridentini) but their habit is very different. II. CLYPEUS. A. CALOSPORÆ. 34. I. calospora Quel. {— l echinospora Egeland). Spores broadly oval or subglobular (8V2— 10 x 7 — 8 fi), set whit ii/2_3U iong? hardly 1 p broad cylindric aculei, sub micr. brown. 42 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. Cystidia on edge of gills numerous, about 10 — 11 u broad, often somewhat muriculate. Fig. specim.: A: Killerup, gregarious in moist wood of Fagus, amongst Juncus bufonius etc., July 1905. B: Fruens Bøge, drive in foliaceous wood, Aug. 1907. Cap 1 — 11/2 cm, at first conic-convex, then expanded with minute umbo, brown, central part set with minute recurved squamules. Stem even, slender (2 — 3 cm x l1/^ mm), Naucoria- like, slightly hollow, especially above with minute white squamules, brown. Gills free, broad (2 3 mm), rather distant and at last rather thick. Flesh of stem brown. — B is a little larger, darker and more densely white-flocculose. In the diagnosis of /. calospora (Fungi Tridentini I) the spores are said to be globose, and for this reason I formerly dared not refer my plant to this species. But authentic specimens from Bresadola, which I have had the opportunity to examine, have spores exactly like mine. Massees figure of the spore of /. calo- spora (Monograph, tab. 32 fig. 12) is exaggerated and misleading, showing an enormous globose spore, about 20 u diameter, with coarse, about 3 u. broad papillæ. The spores are really more like his figure of /. Gaillardii, only the aculei are shorter and blunter. — These two species appear to be very closely allied. My first find (A) is more like I. Gaillardii in size etc. /. echinospora Egeland (Nyt Magazin f. Naturvidenskaberne, Vol. 51 1 1912) is identical. Also /. lanuginosa (sensu Schroet.) seems to belong here. B. ASTROSPORINÆ. a. MURICULATÆ. 35. I. asterospora Quel. Spores 9 — 12 x T1/^ — 9 u, stellate (with 5—8 strongly prominent obtusely conical projections). Cystidia ventricose-bottleshaped, muriculate. — The velvet pruina on the stem consists of similar cystidia (1916). Fig. specim.: Hjallese, mixed foliaceous wood, Sept. 1896. — Rather common. This characteristic species is well distinguished by the strongly rimose, dark brown cap, and the velvety-pruinate, marginately bul- bous stem, which soon turns brown all over (except the bulb). 36 a. I. prætervisa Quel. Spores 10— 12x7— 9 (i, somewhat irregularly substellate (with 5 — 8 coarse, obtuse warts). Cystidia 12 — 14 |u broad, fusoid- cylindric, apex muriculate. Fig. specim. : Hjallese, copsewood, Sept. 1890. — Not uncommon, in foliaceous woods; also met with in wood of Pinus (Aarup 1916). .Jacob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 43 Like /. asterospora it lias a minutely pruinose, marginately bulbous stem; but the cap is ochraceous, less strongly rimose. Probably /. subrimosa Karst, is not specifically distinct: the only notable difference is in the spores, which Karsten says are 13-14 x 10-11 u. (Kritisk Öfversigt, Tillägg I p. 36 . Massee chiefly on account of the large spores — includes it in /. asterospora, 36. I. p. var. pusilla J. E. Lange Plate III fig 11. Spores It)1/« x 71/* H, somewhat irregular, with 7—8 prominent but rather blunt, coarse warts. Cystidia fusoid-bottleshaped, 60 15 u (the neck about 9 u), muriculate. Fig specim : Odense Hed, on boggy ground under Salix cinerea. Aug 1916, gregarious. - Also found in other similar localities in Fyn (and in Jylland by Poul Larsen). Cap 1.2-1.8 cm, at first conic-campanulate, then expanded with a small rather acute umbo, yellowish-brown, minutely fibrillose, then subrimose and slightly darker brownish. Stem 4 cm X I1/-.-— 2 mm, pale above, rest yellowish-brownish, minutely striate and everywhere velutino-pruinose Bulb small, marginate. Gills at first pale, then date-biownish, rather distant, free. Although this little liny plant is not half the size of the ordinary 1 prætervisa (and more like a Naucoria than an Jnocijbe) I do not think it deserves to he put up as a distinct species, as all its microscopic and macroscopic characters are almost ideniic. 37. I. fibrosa (Sow.) var. trivialis. Spores very irregular with prominent and pointed base, 9—13 u long, with subglobular warts. Cystidia inflated, about 18 u broad, apex somewhat muriculate. Basidia occasionally with only 2 or 3 sterigms. Fig. specim.: Hjallese, clayev ground in garden under Populus, Sept. 1902 (and July 1903). - : Found in several places in light foliaceous woods, espeeiallv under poplars. Cap ileshv, obtusely conical (3—4 cm broad, 2—3 cm high . central part pallid argillaceous, rest pale dingy brownish. Sur- face slightlv viscid, minutelv fibrillose (but not truly rimose), edge often irregular. Stem white, firm (6— 10 mm) almost equal (below ground with a slight bulbous swelling), even and almost glabrous Gills rather crowded, almost free, white then pallid brownish-gray An uncomrnonlv large and pale, almost white form of this species I have met with in Jylland (near Langaa 1914); this con- stitutes the /. fibrosa proper (as figured by Bresadola I. C. tab. 56). The more trivial form here figured approaches I. prætervisa, but differs bv the white, almost glabrous stem and want of distinct bulb etc /. fastigiata var. superba (Fries: Icon sei. tab. 108) might be a rather dark, large form of this species. 44 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. X. 38. grammata Quél. (= /. hiulca Bres. nec al.). Spores l1/2— 9 x 5 — 6 (u, nodulose. Cystidia bottleshaped, 15— 18u broad. Fig. specim. : Stenløse, in wood of Fagus and Corylus, gregarious, Oct. 1916. Cap 2V2 — 4 cm, convex, with small, rather acute umbo. The umbo is whitish, glabrous. The cuticle of the cap is made up of delicate, silky whitish fibrils (which are densest towards the edge), through which the pale, dingy-incarnate-brownish flesh is seen. Stem tall (4— 772 cm), even, everywhere minutely pruinose, inside and outside pallid brownish-incarnate, base whitish and terminating in a subterraneous, white, somewhat marginate bulb, dills dirt-grayish, narrowed behind, adnate. /. hiulca (Kalkbr.) sensu Bresad. (very well figured in Fungi Tridentini tab. 1222) is evidently identic; but as I. hiulca is a very disputed species, which has been construed to mean almost everything, I think it better to use Quélet's name. 39. I. napipes n. sp. Plate III, fig. 12. Spores 9 — 10 X 6 u, with 5— 6 rather prominent nodules or warts. Cystidia generally muriculate, about 50 — 60 x 12 — 18 u. Fig. specim.: Knagelbjerg Skov near Faaborg, on boggy ground under Betula and Pinus, Nov. 1907. (Also found at Ryslinge in moist foliaceous wood, Aug. 1908, and near Hobro, in boggy wood. Pileo 3 — 5 cm, ex conico-campanulato e.vpanso et acute umbonato, obscure brunneo vet umbrino, primitus sublceoL minute fibrilloso, dein fibroso-rimoso ; Stipite elato, bnlbosus (bulbtis subdepressus nec marginatus) brunneo, sursum ptdlescens, leuiter striato, minute fibriltoso (nec pruinatoj ; lamelUs subconfertis, angustis, subliberis, e.v albido-griseis brunneis Sporæ et cyst, ut supr. I. carpta Bres. (nec al.) differs in bnlbless stem etc. 40. I. umboninota Peck var. Plate III, fig. 13. Spores 9V2— Hx6fi, conic-ellipsoid, with 5—7 obtuse warts. Cystidia about 15 u broad, prominent portion obtusely conic- cylindric, apex slightly muriculate or smooth. Fig. specim.: Roldskovene (near Skørping), roadside in mixed wood, on mossy ground, Sept. 1900. Cap l1/?— 2 '/a cm, convex, with a very prominent, rather acute, conical umbo, chestnut-brown, fibroso-rimose Stem short, base slightly swelled, glabrous, glossy, slightly striate, chestnut-brown. Gills ventricose, broad, adfixed, becoming cinnamon-chestnut. Flesh of cap white, of stem chestnut-brownish. My plant is smaller than Peck's and has somewhat larger spores. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in tbe Agarics of Denmark. III. 45 41. I. umbrina Bres. Spores 8 — 9x5— 6 (J, nodulose-angulate, with more or less pro- minent obtuse nodules. Cystidia fusiform-bottleshaped, about 1 4 (j. broad, apex somewhat muriculate. Fig. specim.: Vaasemose, wood of Fagus, Oct. 1915. - Also found in wood of Picea (very numerous), Gerup, Oct. 1916 and in Jylland (P. Larsen), and Sjælland (Sew Petersen)]. Cap 1,8 — 2,5 cm, convex, slightly umbonate, innately iibrillose, subviscid. Stem not hollow, minutely fibrillose-striate, apex slightly powdered, bulbous (bulb occasionally marginale, sub- terraneous). Gills at first claycoloured-brownish, narrowed behind and somewhat adnate. Veil evident but fugacious. The whole plant is at first pale brownish but soon turns darker brown (except the white bulb). Dillers from Bresadola's description and figure (Fungi Trid. tab. 55) by being somewhat smaller, the gills not yellowish at first. — /. Rennyi Berk, et Br. (Cooke's illustr. tab. 520 A) looks very much like my plant, but has no bulb. 42. I. plumosa Quel, (nee Bolt.) (?). Spores 9V2 — 12 u long, oblong, nodulose-warty, somewhat oblique. Cystidia dispersed, variable, ventricose, muriculate, 15 — 20 u broad. Fig. specim : Vormark, sandy and stony common on the coast of Store Belt, under poplars, Oct. 1901. Cap rather fleshy, 61/., cm, gibbous, edge at last turned upwards: central part almost even, but for the rest fibrillose-subsquamulose (not rimose), brown (colour of Tricholoma imbricatum). Stem equal, rather short, 1cm broad, slightly iibrillose, paler than cap. Gills crowded, at first dingy white, then pallid grayish brown, adnate. Flesh white. Not hygrophanous but somewhat paler when dry. As I have only found this species once (some few, rather overgrown specimens) I cannot decide whether it is the true /. plumosa of Quélet. It has much in common with /. carpta Bres. (nee al.) (Fungi Trid. lab. 54), (which Quélet cites as a synonym to his I. plumosa), but is not so dark and without the acute umbo 43. I. lanuginella Schroet. Spores 8— 91/2 u, oblong, outline with about 5 obtuse nodules. Cystidia inflated fusoid, 15 — 16 u broad, smooth or somewhat muriculate. Fibrils on cap septate, about 7 |u broad. (Spores oblong, irregularlv nodulose (with 7 — 8 obtuse nodules) (1900). Fig. specim.: Killerup, on moist ground (Juncus bufonius etc.) in foliaceous wood, July 1905. — Also found at Arden, under Salices in garden (1900), and at Lammehave 1905. 46 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 7. Cap l1/2 — 3 cm, at first conic-convex, then plane-convex with small umho, grayish-brown, at last dingy ochraceons brown, tomentose-fibrillose-subsquamulose. Veil evident, arachnoid. Stem pallid, base dingy brownish, minutely silky-fibrillose, rather short. Gills rather crowded, at first pallid then grayish-brown. My plant is somewhat larger than described by Schroeter (Die Pilze Schlesiens I, p. 577) Possibly it is not specifically distinct from 1. curoipes Karst. Also /. cicatricata Ellis et Everh. appears to be almost identic. Habitually it has much in com- mon with the smoothspored /. pallidipes (no. 21). 44. I. putilla Bres. Spores 81/2 — 91/2 x 6— 6'/o u, obtusely nodulose (outline with 5 — 6 nodules). Cystidia fusoid-botlleshaped, about 15 u broad, muri- culate Fig. specim.: Hjallese, on the ground in copsewood (Coryhis), solitary, Aug. 1915. Cap 1,2 cm, acutely conic, minutely fibrillose, at last slightly rimose. Stem whitish, flushed with dingy incarnate (especially downward), bulbless. Edge of gills minutely crenulate. — Smaller than desribed by Bresadola. It has much in common with no. 43. 45. I. rufoalba Pat. et Doass. Plate III, fig 14. Spores irregularly ovale, outline with about 6 obtuse nodules, 7— 8u long. Cystidia: a) bottleshaped, muriculate, b) obovate Fig. specim.: Aarup, sandy road in plantation of Picea, gre- garious, Sept. 1910. Cap 1 — 2 cm, at first conic convex, then expanded, more or less gibbous, when young brownish, everywhere whitish-tomen- toso-pilose, later on darker (subferruginous, umbo darker brown), tomentoso-squamulose Margin without veil. Stem oulside and inside somewhat ferruginous, short (21/2 — 3 cm X 172 — 3 mm), often wavy, not bulbous, at last slightly hollow, apex with white powder, rest slightly fibrillose-flocculose. Gills broad, rather distant, ven- tricose, narrowly adfixed or almost free, at first argillaceous- brownisb. then ocbraceous- rusty brown — Generally subfasci- culate A very distinct little species, well characterized by the white, pilose tomentum. 46. I. petiginosa Fr. Spores 61/, — 7 X 4V2 u, outline broadly ellipsoid, irregularly wavy- nodulose Cystidia crowded, free portion elongated-conic, about 10 u broad, muriculate. — The stem is densely set with similar cystidia (1910). Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. III. 47 Fig. specim. : Hjallese in moist copsewood (Fagus elc), Sept. 1S98. — Common, especially on and around old rotten stumps of Fagus. This elegant little species (easily recognized by the brownish, everywhere minutely pruinate stem, white agglutinate squamules and pale yellowish gills) was in later years transferred to Hebe- loma by Fries — Schkoeter (loc. cit.) describes it very well sub. 110111. Astr. scabella [Ft.). (3. DEPAUPERATÆ. 47. I. lanuginosa (Bull.). Spores 10 x 7 u, outline with about 7 obtuse, but prominent warts. Cystidia obtuse, 16—20 u broad, inflated, generally broadest below middle. Fig specim.: Rvslinge, on moist ground in wood of Fagus, amongst ferns, Oct. 1908. — Also found at Lykkesholm (1909), on old stump of Fagus, and in a bog under Salices and Picea, Langesø, Oct. 1909. a o. localities Some authors distinguish between two species: a xylophilous one: / lanuginosa Bres. and a terrestrial one: /. sabuleloruw iB. et Curt.). Like Masses (1. cit., pag 468) I see no real difference between the two. - - /. lanuginosa sensu Schroet. vide no. 34. - Possibly some of tbe forms described by Sev. Petersen under /. relicina belong here. — The plant is well characterized by the umber-brown, velutino-squamulose cap, the central part of which has minute, erect squamules, while the stem has brown, floccose squamules. — (What /. relicina really is, I do not know. Quélet, Massee and others describe it as a small, smoothspored fungus, while Schroeter's description depicts a gigantic I. lanuginosa). — Clypeus squarrosulus Karst (Symbol ad Myc. Fennic. XXXII) seems to me exactlv like I. lanuginosa. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Resides the works mentioned in part I and II, the following books and papers have been used : An. Q. Batsch: Elenchus Fungorum. Halle, 1783 — 89. Fk. Bataille: Flore analytique des Inoc\Tbes d'Europe. Besancon 1910. P. Bui.liard: Histoire des Champignons de la France. Paris 1791 — 1812. P. A. Karsten: Kritisk Öfversigt af Finlands Basidsvampar; Tillägg I (Helsing- fors 1891.). G. Massee: A Monograph of the Genus Inocybe. Annals of Botany XVIII, Lon- don 1904. Stürm: Deutschlands Flora: Pilze, bearb. von Dittmann u. a. Nürnberg 1817. SPECIFIC INDEX. Pluteus Pa2e i cervinus 5 chrysophæus 9 cinereo fuscus 9 cinereus 7 eximius 5 Godeyi 8 gracilis 6 hispidulus 7 leoninus 2 nanus 9 — lutescens 9 pellitus 6 petasatus 5 phlebophorus 8 plautus 9 Roberti ß roseo albus 2 salicinus 5 semibulbosus 8 umbrosus (Bres. 5 (Rick., 7 C o 1 1 y b i a argyropus (Marasm. 18 butyracea 16 caulicinalis 19 cessans 21 cirrhata 18 clusilis 20 confluens 18 conigena 18 contortus (Ag.) 16 distorta 15 Page dryopbila 16 epichloe Marasm. 19 erosa 21 esculents 18 fusipes 16 inolens 19 leucopbæata 10 maculata 15 .macilenta 17 mcphitica 21 mi mica 11 miser 20 mucida 14 murina 20 myosurus 18 nitellina 17 oedematopus (Ag.) 16 ozes 20 platyphylla 15 prolixa 15 racemosa 19 radicata 14 rancida 19 scabellus (Marasm.) 19 scorzonera 15 stipitaria 19 stridula 10 tenacella 17 tesquorum 22 trichopus (Ag 16 tuberosa 18 tylicolor 22 velutipes 16 50 Specific index. Page Inocybe abjecta 33 Agardhii (Flam.) 26 albidula 31 a«terospora 42 auricoma 37 Bongardii 38 brunnea 40 cæsariata 36 calamistrata 38 calospora 41 carpta 23 cicatricata 46 cincinnata 32 Cookei 39 confusa 39 corydalina 31 •Curreyi 40 curtipes 46 deglubens 36 delecta 39 descissa 37 dulcamara 33 echinospora 41 eutheloides 37 fastigiata 40 superba 40 fibrosa 43 tlavella 40 tlocculosa 34 frumentacea 41 Gaillardii 42 geophylla 34 alba 34 lateritia 35 Godeyi 35 grammata 44 griseo-lilacina 33 hirtella 36 hiulca 44 Hystrix 32 incarnnta 30 Page jurana . 41 lacera 32 lanuginella 45 lanuginosa 47 maculata 40 maritima 32 microspora 38 mimica 40 mutica 26 napipes 44 obscnra 33 pallidipes 37 perbrevis 37 perlata 40 petiginosa 46 plumosa 45 posterula 36 prætervisa 42 pusilla 43 ])usio 34 putilla 46 pyriodora 31 Rennyi 45 relicina 47 rhodiola 41 rimosa 23 rubescens 35 rufo-alba 46 sabuletorum 47 scabella 47 scabra 31 sindonia 35 squamata 39 squarrosula 47 subrimosa 43 Tricholoma (Ag.) 25 Trinii 35 umboninota 44 umbrina 45 violascens 33 xanthica -6 PLATE I. All spores shown magnified 800 times, cystidia and surface-cells 300 t. Tin numbers correspond to the current no. of each species in the text. (All figures are from fresh material: no dried or preserved specimens used.) 3. 4a. 4b. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14a. 14b 15. Pluteus. P. cervinus spore cystidium from edge and face - salicinus — — — - petasatus — - pellitus — — — — var — — — — - gracilis — surface-cell - Roberti — (of a and b — - hispidulus — — - plautus — - cinereus — — - semibulbosus — — — - Godeyi var — - cinereo-fnscus — - nanus — — — lutescens — — - chrysophæus surface-cells. Collybia. 1. C. (Arm. mucida, spore 2. - radicata (arrhiza) — cystidium 3. - platyphylla. ... — 4. - maculata — 5. - distorta — 6. - butyracea .... — 7. - fusipes — 8. - velutipes — 9. - dryophila .... — 10. - macilenta .... — 11. - nitellina — 12. - tenacella — 13. - confluens — 14. - conigena — 15. C. tuberosa .' spore 16. - cirrhata — 17. - racemosa — 19. - rancida — 20. - inolens — 21. - murina — 22. - clusilis — 23. - miser — 24. - ozes — 25. - mephitica — 26. - cessans — 27a. - erosa — 28. - tesquorum — DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV. BIND II Nr. 7. Flutens TAVLE I. Jakob E [.finge del PLATE III. All figures natural size. 1. Pluteus cinereo-fuscus 2. Collybia ozes var. 3. Inocybe albidula 4. — griseo-lilacina 5. — pusio (>. — posterula 7. — pallidipes 8. Inoc\ be microspora 9. — delecta 10. — squamata 11. — prætervisa v. pusilla 12. — napipes 13. — umboninota 14. — rufo-alba. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV. HIND II Nr. 7. TAVLE III. .lakub E. I.aiuje del. Bd.2 . DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. 8 UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING = 1918 = NEW Y Contributions to West Australian Botany. By C. H. Ostenfeld. Part II. C. H. Ostenfeld: Stray Notes from the Tropical West Australia. (PI. I— III). C. H. Ostenfeld: A Revision of the West Australian Species of Triglochin, Crassula (Tillæa) and Frankenia. (PI. IV). Ove Paulsen: Chenopodiaceæ from West Australia. (PI. V — VI). Stray Notes from the Tropical West Australia. By C. H. Ostenfeld. 1 he flora of the tropical part of West Australia is — as mentioned in the Introduction (p. 3)1 — not well known. While the flora and vegetation of the extra-tropical, south-western part have been investigated by many botanists, no professional bota- nist has explored that part of W. A. which lies north of the tropic of Capricorn. Our main special sources for the knowledge of this flora are some plant lists published by the late F. v. Mull'er2 on the ma- terial brought home by the late Sir John Forrest from his audacious exploration journeys. Of course, during such expedi- tions not much attention can be paid to botanical collecting, and it is really admirable how much Sir John Forrest did do in the way of securing herbarium specimens. 1 Ostenfeld, C. H.: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part I. Dansk Botan. Arkiv, Bd. 2. No. 6. 1916. 2 Müller, F. v.: Planls of North-Western Australia. Presented to the Legislative Council by His Excellency's Command. Perth 1881. — The Plants indigenous around Sharks Bay and its vicinity. Ibid., 1883. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Besides these lists, many contributions to the flora are to be found scattered in Bentham's Flora Australiensis (1863 — 1878),1 in F. v. Muller's Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae I— XII (1858—1882), and in his monographs. The "List of Extra- tropic West Australian Plants" published in the Western Austra- lian Yearbook for 1900—01 (vol. I, Perth, 1902) is a revised and augmented edition by A. Morrison of an earlier list compiled by F. v. Müller. In spite of its title it contains — according to information in a footnote — also the names of plants '"re- cently recorded from within the tropical line"; but being a mere enumeration of plant-names it does not contain any indication as to which part of W. A. a species has been found in, and it is therefore impossible to decide if it came from the tropical or the extra-tropical W. A. The list states only that it has been taken within the borders of the State of W. A. In some recent contributions to the flora of Australia we find several records for the tropical W. A.: viz. in K. Domin's papers,2 and in E. Cheel's list of plants collected by the Swedish Zoologist Dr. E. Mjöberg in W. A. and Queensland.3 A paper by B. P. G. Hochreutiner4 on his collections of plants from different parts of the world contains a few records from W. A. where he went on a flying visit in 1905. Valuable contributions to our knowledge of the flora of the farthest north and north-east of W. A. are afforded by the dif- ferent papers on the flora of the Northern Territory published recently from S. Australia by A. J. Ewart and others. Most of the records in the papers here given are the results of short and chance visits to the country; Dr. Mjöberg's collec- tion, however, was made during a longer stay in the Kimberley district. It must be admitted that the collection is not large, and it is really a pity that this excellent explorer, who spent 1 In Bentham's Flora all the earlier records have been incorporated. 2 Domin, K: Additions to the Flora of Western and North-Western Australia. — Journ. Linn. Soc. Botany, XLI, Dec. 1912. — Beiträge zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. I Teil. Bibliotheca Botanica, Heft 85, 1915. 3 Cheel, E.: Plants, in Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg, Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910 — 13. Kgl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Bd. 52, No. 10. 1916. 4 Hochreutiner, B. P. G. : Plantæ Hochreutineranæ, fase. I. — Ann. du Conservatoire et du Jardin botan. de Geneve, 15 — 16. Ann. 1911—1913. See also his paper: Un nouveau Baobab et revision du genre Adan- sonia. Ibid. 11—12. Ann., 1908. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 3 nearly a year in the most interesting part of the tropical W. A. for zoological and ethnographical studies and travelled far into the interior, did not have a professional botanist with him. — No doubt the botanical exploring of the tropical part of W. A. — often called "The Nor'west" — would be an interesting and paying object for a scientist who could afford to devote some time (perhaps a year) to it, and could stand the climate. My own flying visits at different places along the coast, made when the steamer stopped for taking in cargo, gave me the impression that a study of the vegetation would raise many interesting pro- blems both with regard to flora, plant-geography and ecology. It goes without saying that what I could do during such short time and only in the immediate surroundings of the regu- lar stopping places for the steamer, was not much. Still I find it worth publishing, as we know so very little from this part of West Australia, and in the following I shall give some descrip- tions — I admit only very incomplete — of the vegetation of the coast region, and further enumerate the species collected.1 I visited this part of W. A. in the first days of November 1914 and called at the following places (north of the Capricorn): off Onslow (Nov. 1st), Point Samson, near Cossack (Nov. 2nd), Port Hedland (Nov. 3rd-4th), Broome (Nov. 5th) and Derby, King Sound (Nov. 6th-7th). I. Some general Remarks on the Vegetation. The tropical part of W. A. is a part of the immense plateau, of which nearly the whole western half of Australia consists.2 But the surface is not as even or undulating as farther south. We find real mountain landscapes both towards North-west, where Mount Bruce, the highest point of W. A., rises to a height of 1226 m, and towards North (the Kimberley division), the highest point of which is Mount Hann (850 m). In both these regions the coast is more or less indented and provided with islands, and 1 It would have been interesting to compile a list of the flora of the tropical W. A., but from what is said above it seems evident that it is not possible to solve this matter, many of the records of the floras and lists being too indistinct as regards their geographical positions. 2 Jutson, L. T.: An Outline of the Physiographical Geology (Physiography) of Western Australia. Geol. Surv. Bull. No. 61. Perth, 1914. 1* 4 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. the mountains reach the coast in many places. In other places a low foreland is present, as is also the case in the intermediate district, especially "the Ninety Mile Beach" from Port Hedland to Broome. This foreland is sandy and covered by dunes; in bays and outlets of the rivers the mangrove sets in. The climate 1 is tropical and dry. The average temperature for Broome (Lat. 18 ° S.) is 26 ° 6 C, the hottest months being December and January with an average of 29 ° 9 C, and the coldest June— July with 21 ° 7—21 ° 8 C. (see Fig. 2). But the maximum temperatures rise much higher, and their effects upon the vegetation must be very pronounced. We learn that a tem- perature of 49 ° G is not very rare in the interior, and 38 ° C not rare at the coast. Especially significant is the fact that periods of uninterrupted high temperature sometimes occur. E. g. the temperature did not sink under 37 ° 8 (100° F.) in 64 consecutive days in 1902 at Marble Bar, nor in 57 days in 1900 at Nullagine, two places in the interior of the north-western district. No doubt such prolonged heat spells must have a very disastrous result as regards the plant world, at least when not accompanied by rain. And rain, the second important climatic factor, is scanty. The rainfall increases from the north-western corner towards north- east (see Fig. 1), but in no district does it reach such a degree that a rich tropical vegetation can thrive. The north-western district is in reality a desert, the average annual rainfall not reaching c. 500 mm (20 inches) in any place, while the best part, the northern Kimberley, has a rainfall between 750 and 1000 mm (30 — 40 inches); Broome, the best meteorological station, at the south western corner of Kimberley has 583 mm (22.96 inches). There is thus a considerable difference in this respect between the north-west and the Kimberley districts, and what makes this difference even more perceptible than the figures show, is the regularity of the rainfall in the Kimberley district and the ir- regularity in the north-western district. In the latter, the rain- fall differs greatly from year to year. The rain here comes usu- ally with the hurricanes, which sweep over the country during the summer, but are very capricious in their occurrence. During year-long periods hardly any rain falls, and then a hurricane brings 1 See: Hunt, H. A.: Climate of Australia, in Federal Handbook of Australia, prepared in connection with the 84th meeting of the Bri- tish Association for the Advancement of Science held in Australia August 1914. Melbourne 1914. See also: W. A. Year-Book for 1900 —1901, vol. I, Perth 1902, pp. 135—157. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 5 in the course of a few days a downpour which exceeds the yearly- average. Thus I was told in 1914 that Onslow had had practic- Fig. 1. Rainfall Map of Western Australia showing isohyets (in inches). (From Yearbook of the Commonwealth of Australia, 1913, after Jutson, Geo). Surv. Bull. 61, 1914). ally no rain during the past 4 years. On the other hand, a rain- fall of 928 mm (29.41 inches) in 3 days is recorded, in 1898, for 6 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Whim Creek, not far from Onslow. It is evident that such an instability as regards the rainfall makes it impossible for most plants to exist, and the vegetation must be very poor, only con- sisting of expressed xerophytes which can endure both drought and high temperature. It is therefore no wonder that this country is a desert, the only green places being the mangroves along the coast. Much better conditions rule in the Kimberley district, although the rainfall there is not nearly sufficient for a tropical country. The main rain period is in summer (December-March), and very little rain falls du- J. F. M. A. M. J. J. A. S. 0. N D F. 90' 70 \ I \ I \ ' j t- \ i ~±±z----t ring the rest of the year. The diagram (Fig. 2) for Broome of rainfall and tem- perature shows that both curves follow each other in the main. The rain makes the existence of a richer vegeta- tion possible, while on the other hand, the exceedingly dry winters, with their comparatively high temperature, re- strict the luxuriance of the vegetation, the result being — in the best places — a savannah forest, in less favourable places a sa- vannah or steppe or even a desert. I have premised these general remarks to make my few notes on the vegetation better understood. They concern only the vege- tation of the coastal region, as my short visits at the different ports did not allow me time to travel farther in. The vegetation formations observed by me are the following: - 6" 4" V 2" -10 Fig. 2. Diagram, showing mean monthly tempera- ture (the thick line) in degrees of Fahrenheit and mean monthly rainfall (the dotted line) in inches, at Broome. 1. The mangrove formation. 2. The sandy sea-shore formation. 3. The salt pan formation. 4. The sand dune formation. 5. The savannah forest. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 7 1. The 3fangrove Formation. The West-Australian mangrove extends much farther south than the tropic of Capricorn. L. Diels1 mentions it as far south as Bunbury (Lat. 33V2° S.), near the south western corner of the continent; but south of the tropic it is very monotonous, the Grey Mangrove (Avicennia officinalis) being its only wood-plant. This shrub, or small tree, is also the main component of the tro- pical mangrove of W. A., but it is not the only tree. At Point Samson (near Cossack) the low Ceriops Candolleana was com- mon, and at Port Hedland the taller Rhizophora mucronata formed extensive growths along the inner part of the estuary, while Avicennia ruled at the outer part. At Derby, at the head of King Sound, where the large Fitzroy River has its outlet, the mangrove near the jetty had Avicennia as dominating species (Plate I, Fig. 1). But against its dull dark-green and grey foliage the bright and shining green of another low tree, which occurred only in scattered individuals, made a striking contrast. This was Excoecaria agallocha (var. ovalis), a plant widely distri- buted in the coast regions of the Old Worlds tropics. In the higher lying parts of the mangrove at Derby a suc- culent undershrub formed a green cover under the shrubs ; it was a form of Suæda. As it was without flowers and fruits, having shed the fertile branches, I could not refer it to its proper place, and am much indebted to Mr. J. H. Maiden for his help in this matter. He has named it S. maritima; but it differs greatly from the plant as I know it from the shores of Europe. Here, it is a perennial plant and its lower parts are woody. I think it ought to be taken as a species distinct from our European plant. This is also the opinion of dr. Ove Paulsen who has examined my Chenopodiaceæ; he names it S. australis (R. Br.) Moq. The northern part of West Australia is known for its very pronounced tides. It is reported that the tide at Derby reaches to 10 — 15 meters and at Broome and Port Hedland not much less. The steamer arriving at high water off the head of a jetty, must remain there until next high water; and at low water time the water around it has quite disappeared, and it stands on the sea bottom supported by the logs of the jetty (see Fig 3). Such a marked difference between high and low water makes a strange impression on the visitor. He sees at high water the mangroves growing in water which reaches the green foliage of their crowns, 1 L. Diels: Die Pflanzenwelt von West-Australien südlich des Wende- kreises. 1906, p. 207. s Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. while at low water the trees stand with their trunks and bases exposed to the sun, and the sea bottom is laid bare for wide distances. In Rhizophora and Ceriops the arched aerial roots from the branches make, together with the stems, the whole scrub an inextricable confusion of grey stems, while as regards Avicennia the sea bottom is covered by its numerous small vertical asparagus- like aerial roots. The two photos (Plate I, Figs. 2 — 3) from Port Hedland were taken from just the same spot, with an interwal Fig. 3. The steamer at low water leaning against the logs of the jetty at Derby. The sea has retired farther out than the steamer which stands on the naked sea-bottom (Nov. 7. 1914). Photo, by C. H. O. of 6 hours, and show low Avicennia at high water standing in water until the crown, and at low water growing on the dry sea- bottom. (In some depressions water was left by the retiring tide and gives the impression that the bottom is not quite deprived of water). The tides run with great force (10 — 12 knots at some places) and only such well fastened plants as the mangrove trees are able to stand it; therefore we do not find much vegetation between their roots. Usually the soil is quite bare, hardly any sea-weeds and no sea-grasses1 being found. It was an exception to find the green carpet of the Suæda mentioned above, and this was only near the high water mark, where, probably, not every high water ] Compare: The Sea-Grasses of W. A., in Contr. to W. A. Botany I, p. 7. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 9 reaches it. The mangrove formation of W. A. is consequently rather poor; it does not make such a luxuriant impression as do the Malayan and the West-Indian mangroves. Still, this ever- green fringe bordering the coast and estuaries refreshes the eye in these regions, where the other vegetation is far more reduced owing to the dry and, hot climate. When lying at anchor off Onslow, I saw a low mangrove at the outlet of Ashburton River, and at Broome I observed a large mangrove. They seemed to be of the same type as the mangroves described above, and I think the mangroves along the whole coast of the tropical W. A. are much like each other. 2. The Sandy Sea-shore Formation. Where the coast is sandy — and this is the case over large distances — a scanty vegetation of halophilous annual herbs occurs. I had not much opportunity to observe this formation, which passes over into the dune-formation or in places into the salt-pan formation. At Port Hed land I saw it at the coast near the township, where it covered the ground just above high- water mark. It was dominated by large specimens of Salsola kali, and amongst them some plants of Ptilotus villosiflorus and Trianthema crystallinunt 1. The poor plantgrowth along the jetty of Derby should per- haps be referred to this formation. The species observed there were: Cressa cretica, Evolvulus alsinoides (var. sericeus), Neptunta monosperma, Trianthema crystallinum and Boerhaavia diffusa. 3. The Salt-Pan Formation. In depressions and low-lying sandy flats near the coast an open vegetation of halophilous succulent perennial herbs is to be found. Thfs was well developed in depressions at Port Hedland between the town itself and its harbour (Plate II, Fig. 1). The dominating plants were cushion-forming Chenopodiaceæ: Arthro- cnemum leiostachyum, A. Benthami, A. arbuscula and Atriplex exili- folia. The two first named formed coarse, flat cushions, while A. arbuscula was more slender, and its cushions more dome-like; Atriplex again, was a semi-globose low undershrub. Together with them grew Heliotropium curassavicum in half-buried large specimens, Trianthema turgidifolium with its nearly globose leaves and white flowers, Frankenia ambita, and a few plants of Eragrostis Dielsii. 1 At Carnarvon, south of the Capricorn, Salsola Kali and Ptilotus (villo- siflorus?) also occurred at the sandy sea-shore. 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. An analogous formation occurred at Point Samson just above the mangrove. The plants recorded from this locality were Arthrocnemum leiostachyiim, Frankenia ambita and Trianthema tur gidif otium. I add a list of plants from a salt-pan formation at Carnar- von, south of the Capricorn, as its composition and appearance were very like what is said above. The lower zone consisted of a glaucous, long-branched Salicornia australis and the aphyllous Limonium (Statice) salicorniaceum ; at the higher level, three dark- green Arthrocnemum-imdershmbs (A. arbuscula, A. brachystachyum Pauls, and A. pruinosum Pauls.) were predominant; Salicornia had thrown off its ripe fruits, while the Arthrocnemum' 's were with flowers and fruits. Other plants were the aphyllous Samolus junceus, Frankenia pauciflora, a grass and some small Chenopodiaceæ. The enumerations given are all characterized by the succu- lent perennial herbs, many of which are aphyllous, and copious hairiness does not occur in any species. To this formation rather than to the sand-dune formation I reckon two real shrubs, viz. the glaucous Nitraria Schoben, which I saw at Carnarvon, and the bright-green Myoporum acuminatum (var. angustifolium) which grew both at Carnarvon and at Point Samson! 4. The Sand-Dune Formation. The dunes nearest to the sea were covered by the large grass Spinifex longifolius, which was seen at all the places visited (ex- cept Derby, where I had no opportunity of seing sand-dunes). The big globular spiny inflorescences loosen at maturity from the straw, and are rolled by the wind over the bare sand; in shel- tered places one finds them blown together in quantities. No doubt the wind acts as chief agent in the dispersal of this species. At some little distance from the sea the dune plants become much more numerous. Amongst the different species of grasses I may mention Triodia pungens and others. Several annuals were also seen, but as the season was very unfavourable for these ephemeral plants, I am not able to give any information as to them. An interesting feature of the dune-formation is that the shrubs play a great role in its composition. At Point Samson the silver-felted Scævola sericophylla with small whitish flowers was common; at Port Hed land the characterising species was a low Wattle (Acacia Wickhamii), and at Broome other Wattles (Acacia holosericea and A. binervosa). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. H From Carnarvon we have .a description of the dune-vege- tation by Diels (1. c, p. 292) which agrees well with what I saw (see Plate II, Fig. 2). The common shrubs were Scholtzia leptantha, Acacia spodiosperma (bright green), A.coriacea (silver-grey), Atri- plex rhagodioides, Rhagodia baccata, Brachycome latisquamea and the more herbaceous Pityrodia petiolaris, and some species not in flower. In contrast to the salt-pan plants, the dune plants show their xeromorphy in leathery and glossy leaves, in rolled leaves (the grasses), and in densely clothed (felty) leaves, not in succulent leaves nor in aphylly. 5. The Savannah Forest Formation. During my short visits at the ports of the tropical W. A. I met only one non-halophilous plant-formation, viz. the savannah forest at Derby and (in poorer appearance) at Broome. At the latter place I saw only what was left of it inside the area covered by the township itself, and it was mixed up with intro- duced species. The indigenous woody plants noted at Broome were Gyro- carpus americanus (var. acuminatum), Bauhinia Cunninghamii, Ca- rissa lanceolata, Eucalyptus clavigera (var. Dallachyana ?), E. di- chromophloia and the low shrub Psoralea Martini, while the few Adansonia's (A. Gregor ii) were said to have been planted. Amongst the foreign plants Poinciana regia was the most conspicuous, but in gardens (often artificially watered) grew Nerium Oleander, Cocos sp., Bambusa sp., Vinca rosea etc. The savannah forest at Derby was more undisturbed by man, still it was not quite virgin. I saw it at a time of the year when the herbaceous undergrowth had quite disappeared owing to the drought. Had I come a few weeks later, when the rain had begun, I should also have been able to study the herbs and grasses. Now only some withered straw and leaves remin- ded one of the existence of an undergrowth which at times covers the fine red dusty soil. I was forced to content myself with observing the trees and shrubs alone. More prominent than anything else was the big Adansonia Gregorii with its grotesque thick trunk, which has gained it the popular name of "The Gouty Stem" (Plate III, Fig. 2). In the first days of November the trees were mostly leafless, and orna- mented only by masses of ripe fruits, but some had new leaves — at least on parts of their crowns — and had just begun flowering; the shedding of the leaves is thus not coincident in all 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. individuals, nor on all branches of one and the same individual. This Adansonia is the characterising tree of the savannah forest of the north-western Australia and gives it a resemblance to the African savannah forest, in which Adansonia digitata is the pro- minent feature. Also from a plant-geographical point of view its existence is interesting, as the genus Adansonia, with this single exception, is confined to tropical Africa including Madagascar. On the African continent only A. digitata occurs, and it is an open question whether it owes its ocurrence there to the inhabitants (the negros etc.) or is really spontaneous; bat in Madagascar the genus has several species besides A. digitata. This distribution suggests that the genus has had its real home in Madagascar or, better, on the sunken continent of which Madagascar is a remainder, and that it has from there outposts both towards east, where A. Gregor ii arose in tropical North-Australia, and towards west, where A. digitata invaded tropical Africa. Next to Adansonia the white-barked "Gums" {Eucalyptus cla- vigera var. Dallachyana and E. pyrophora) were common. E. cla- vigera var. Dallachyana, which was the commoner, had long pen- dulous outer branches which were moved by the wind. Gyrocar- pus americanus (var. acuminatus) and Bauhinia Cunninghamii were also common. Gyrocarpus is a low tree with a soft wood and thick, light bark; its leaves are much like those of poplar, and it its a deciduous tree which had just got new leaves at the time of my visit. Its peculiar fruits, with the two long wings (see Fig. 5), resemble very much the fruits of the Dipterocarpaceæ. Bauhinia is a low tree with densely branching, dense dark-green foliage and large red-brown pods. Other trees were: Ficus indecora, S ant alum lan- ceolatum, Phyllanthus reticulatus (var. glober), Atalaya hemiglauca, Carey a australis, Hakea sp., Acacia sp. The vine-like Tinospora smilacina was often seen climbing in the trees, and several Loran- JAws-species (see p. 14) infested the trees (noted on Adansonia, Eucalyptus, Ficus and Hakea). The trees stand with open spaces between them, like the trees o£ a park (see Plate III, Fig. 1), and leave no shade. They do not reach to any considerable height. Some of them are ever- green (Eucalyptus, Atalaya, Hakea, Bauhinia etc.), others are deciduous (Adansonia, Gyrocarpus) and are leafless during the dry winter-time. The evergreen species have, of course, xerophytic leaves, but the xeromorphy consists mainly in leathery consistence, not in coverings of hairs nor in succulence. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 13 II. List of the Species collected. In the following list I enumerate all the species which I have collected during my short stays at the different places. This list is of course very incomplete, and does not in any respect pretend to give a full impression of the flora. It was rather difficult for me to identify the plants, as the material at my disposal for comparison was very poor, and I was not able, under the present circumstances, to visit the large her- baria of Kew and London. Nevertheless I trust that the identi- fications will in most cases prove to be correct, and I think that the notes under many of the species may be useful for later wor- kers on the flora of the tropical Western Australia. I have arranged the natural families according to Engler's Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, 7. ed., 1912. Gramineæ. Eragrostis Dielsii Pilger, in Engl. Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 76; Domin, Beitr. FL u. Pfl. Geogr. Austral I. 2 (1915) 391; E. falcata Benth. Fl. Austr. VII (1878) 649, non Gaudichaud. Port Hedland, in dune depression near the coast (No. 1140, 3. Nov. 1914). The specimens collected seem to agree rather well with the var. sciuras Domin (1. c, 392), but I have no authentic specimen for comparison. Triodia sp., T. pungenti R. Br. affinis. Point Samson (Cossack), the characterising grass on a sandy dune-like area, growing together with Scævola sericophylla. The specimens collected (No. 1139; 2. Nov. 1914) — and all specimens seen — were past flowering and fruiting, and the pan- icles contain mostly only empty outer glumes, rarely the lower- most flower, and in no case a whole spikelet. The identification is therefore only approximative. Spinifex longifolius R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. (1810) 198; Benth. Fl. Austr. VII (1873) 504. Point Samson (near Cossack) and Port Hedland, common on the dunes near the shore. Moraceæ. Ficus indecora Miquol in Hook. Lond. Journ. VII (1848) 426; F. orbicularis Benth. Fl. Austr. VI (1873) 175, ex parte. 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Derby, a shrub or small tree with deciduous leaves (Nos. 1176 and 1177, 7. Nov. 1914, hardly yet in full leaf). The small-leaved Ficus which I have collected at Derby (in two slightly different forms), belongs to the collective species F. orbicularis A. Cunn., as limited by Bentham (1. c). But as far as the descriptions go, my specimens agree better with F. indecora Miq., than (1) with F. orbicularis in the original narrower sense (as given by Miquel, 1. c), or (2) with F. Beckleri Miq. (Journ. Bot. Neerl. 1861, 241), and as the reasons for uniting these three species into one are not quite convincing, I prefer to use Miquel's name. Santalaceæ. Santalum lanceolatum R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. (1810) 356; Bentham, Fl. Austr. VI (1873) 214; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. Muell. Bot. Soc. II (1903) 66. Derby, in the savannah forest (No. 1180, 7. Nov. 1914). A small tree with flexible, and pendulous young branches and glaucous leaves. * Loranthaceæ. As I was not quite sure that my determinations of the Lo- ranthaceæ were correct, I sent specimens of the different numbers to Professor A. Engler of Berlin, the well-known authority on this family. He was so kind as to undertake a revision of my identifications, which appeared to agree wholly with his views, and I use this opportunity to thank him for his kind assistance. Elythranthe Exocarpi (Behr) Engler, in Nachträge zu Engler u. Prantl, Natürl. Pflanzenfam. (1897) 126; Loranthus Exocarpi Behr, Linnæa XX (1848) 624; Bentham, Fl. Austr. Ill (1866) 392. Broome, common on Acacia binervosa (No. 1160, 5. Nov. 1914), in full flower, and with some ripe fruits. Loranthus acacioides A. Cunn., in Benth. Fl. Austr. Ill (1866) 392. Derby, common on Adansonia Gregorii (No. 1183, 7. Nov. 1914), all specimens in flower. It does not grow on Acacia, as might be thought from the name, which, however, relates to the likeness of the plant to an Acacia. Loranthus bifurcatus Benth., FL Austr. Ill (1866) 393. Derby, common on Eucalyptus clavigera var. (No. 1181, 7. Nov. 1914); a very characteristic species, with young (unripe) fruits. Loranthus quandang Lindl. in Mitch. Three Exped. II, 69; quoted from Bentham, Fl. Austr. Ill (1866) 395. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 15 Derby, specimens with young buds only (No. 1182, 7. Nov. 1914). The host plant was not noted. The specimens have un- usually broad and short leaves (broadly elliptic). Chenopodiacese. Dr. Ove Paulsen is publishing a separate paper on my Cheno- podiacese from West Australia, see p. 56. Amarantaceæ. Ptilotus villosiflorus F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. Ill (1863) 125; Benth. FL Austr. V (1870) 245; E. Gheel, in K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 52, No. 10 (1916) 7. Port Hed land, near the shore (3. Nov. 1914). Both at Port Hedland and, south of the Tropic of Capricorn, at Carnarvon and Geraldton a small Ptilotus was common in the dune depressions near the shore. It agrees well with the above quoted species which E. Cheel (1. c.) records from Port Hedland. But I think that the Ptilotus species of the warmer parts of Australia require a thorough revision. Gomphrena pusilla Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 256. Nullagine Distr. (I. T. Tunney, June 1901, ex herb. Mus. Perth). . From the botanical collection of the Museum at Perth I ob- tained — amongst several herbarium sheets from the southwestern part of W. A. — an undetermined Gomphrena ("Ptilotus"), which I refer to G. pusilla Benth., a species which comes near to G. Mait- landi F. v. Müller. Nyctaginaceæ. Boerhaavia diffusa L., Fl. Zeylan. (1747) 4; Benth., Fl. Austr. V (1870) 277, ex parte. Derby, on the jetty, a prostrate white-flowered weed (No. 1170, 7. Nov. 1914). The specimens collected agree well with specimens in our herbarium in Copenhagen named B. diffusa L. by Heimerl, the authority on Xyclaginaceæ. They differ in some points (of minor importance ?) from specimens named B. procumbens Roxb. More widely different (e. g. by the much longer pedicels) is B. mutabilis R. Br., if Preiss's No. 2389 from Swan River is to be taken as typical for that species. 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Aizoaceæ. Trianthema crystallinum Vahl, Symbol. I (1790) 32 et in D. C. Prodr. III, 352; Benth. FL Austr. III (1866) 330. Of this variable species (or aggregate of species) a form with long, linear, semiterete leaves was found along the jetty at Derby (No. 1173, 7. Nov. 1914). Another form was collected in a dune depression at Port Hedland (No. 1152, 3. Nov. 1914); it has oblong-linear succulent leaves. (Both determined by Dr. 0. Paulsen). Trianthema turgidifolium F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. X (1876) 83. This interesting succulent species was well described by F. v. Müller (1. c.) upon specimens collected "in plagis sinum Nichol's Bay versus" by M. Crouch. From the same area, Point Samson (near Cossack) I have brought home specimens (No. 1153, 2. Nov. 1914) which agree well with Mtiller's description.1 The leaves are very succulent, globose-clavate, downwards attenuated into a short petiole (see Fig. 4). The flower is whitish, sepals long-triangular, acute, stamens 10 with red-brown anthers, ovary nearly globose with one somewhat excentric filiform style ; the membranous capsule contains several seeds (somewhat more than "circiter 5", as F. v. Müller says). The species has, as pointed out by F. v. Müller, a striking resemblance to small-leaved succulent forms of Sesuvium portulacaslrum, and I must admit that I think the two genera ought to be united, or Trianthema split up into several genera; the present delimitation at least is very arti- ficial and unsatisfactory. T. turgidifolium was found inside the mangrove in a salt-pan together with Frankeniæ and Salicorniæ. In F. v. Muller's 2nd Census (p. 52) the species is given for S. A., Q. and N. A., not for W. A., but there must be some mis- take here (printer's error ?) as Nichols Bay is in W. A., and it is doubtful if the species has been recorded from other states. Menispermaceæ. Tinospora smilacina Benth., Journ. Linn. Soc. V, Suppl. II (1861) 2; Fl. Austr. I (1863) 55; Diels, Menisperm. in Das Pflanzenreich IV (1910) 136. Fig. 4. Trianthema turgi- difolium F.v. Mül- ler. A branch with flowers.(Nat.size). 1 I have also noted it from Port Hedland. G. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 17 Derby, in the savannah forest (No. 1179, 7. Nov. 1914). A coarse climber found climbing in Bauhinia Cunninghamii and many other trees. The ripe drupes are orange-red. Hernandiaceæ. Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq., Select. Amer. (1763) 282, tab. 178 fig. 80, emend. ; F. v. Müller, Sec. Gens. Austr. PI. (1889) 87; G. Jaquinii Roxb. Corom. I (1795) 2, tab. 1; Benth. Fl. Austr. II (1864) 505; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. Müll. Bot.^Soc. Ill (1903) 24, et aliis; G. acuminatus Meissner in D. C. / Prodr. XVI (1864) 248. Broome, a rather low tree with light-coloured bark and light wood (No. 1161, 5. Nov. 1914). Derby, a rather low tree with light-coloured bark and soft wood, in full flower and with ripe fruits (see Fig. 5) and even fully developed new leaves (No. 1174, 7. Nov. 1914). The monotypic Gyrocarpus is usually called G. Jacquinii Roxb. which name was created to include all the hitherto described forms, as it was suggested that they all belonged to one species; but as the name G. americanus Jacq. is the oldest, it must be preferred to all the others, as correctly done by F. v. Müller (Sec. Census., 87). The specimens collected both at Broome and at Derby agree in the nearly glabrous leaves, which are entire, broadly cordate and distinctly acuminate. If we choose to divide the species into subspecies, they may be named subsp. acuminatus Meissn. (1. c); they seem to differ considerably from the two Australian Cywcarpus forms described by R. Brown (Prodrom. Fl. Nov. americanus Holl. 405) the leaves of which are tomentose, at least A ripoqfruit on the underside. ÅVOy* In E. Cheel's paper (Plants, in Results of Dr. (Natsfze). E. Mjöberg's Swedish sc. Expeditions to Australia 1910—13, K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 52, No. 10, 1916, pi. I, figs. 3 — 4) two photos from the Kimberley region, taken by Dr. Mjöberg, illustrate Gyrocarpus, the so-called "cork-tree" (on account of the spongy bark), in leafless and leafy stage; they give a very good impression of its general habit. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 2 18 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Capparidaceæ. Cleome tetrandra Banks, in D.C. Prodr. I (1824) 240; Bentham, FL Austr. I (1863) 90. Port Hedland, in flower (flowers yellow) and with young fruits (No. 1141, 3. Nov. 1914). Leguminosæ. Acacia holosericea A. Cunningh, in G. Don. Gen. Syst. II (1832) 407; Bentham, Fl. Austr. II (1864) 411; A. neurocarpa A. Cun- ningham, in Hook. Icon, pi., tab. 168. Broome (No. 1135, 5. Nov. 1914), a tall shrub, very com- mon. The numerous spirally twisted pods are brown; seeds obo- vate, somewhat flattened, shining black; funicle folded, orange- yellow. Acacia Wickhamii Benth., in Hooker, London Journ. Bot. I (1842) 379; Fl. Austr. II (1864) 392; F. v. Müller, Iconogr. Austr. Acacia XI, tab. 6. Port Hedland (No. 1134; 3. Nov. 1914), a low shrub, very common. The ripe pods are light-brownish, veined, straight; seeds ovate, pale brownish; funicle pale. Acacia binervosa D.G., Mem. Legum. XII 448 (1825); A.bivenosa D. G. Prodrom. II (1825) 452; Bentham Fl. Austr. II (1864)' 380; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. Müll. Bot. Soc. II (1903) 18. (Determ. J. H. Maiden). Broome (No. 1133, 5. Nov. 1914), a medium sized shrub. The ripe pods are light brown, moniliform, but flattened and with thickened margins; seeds somewhat flattened, broadly ovate, shining black; funicle orange-red, much folded. Neptunia monosperma F. v. Müll, in Bentham, Fl. Austr. II (1864) 300. Derby: on the jetty (No. 1172, 7. Nov. 1914). A decumbent herbaceous plant with pale inconspicuous flowers aud orbicular coin-like pods. Bauhinia Ciuminghamii Benth., Fl. Austr. II (1864) 295; W. V. Fitzgerald in Journ. Müll. Bot. Soc. II (1903) 14; B. Leirhhardtii F. v. Müll., Transact. Victorian Inst. Ill (1858) 50; Sec. Census, Austr. PI. (1889) 73; Phanera Cunninghamii Bentham, in Miquel, PI. Junghun. I (1851) 264. Broome (No. 1157, 5. Nov. 1914) and Derby (No. 1178, 7. Nov. 1914); in both places with ripe pods. A rather low tree C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 19 with clustered branches and dense foliage, which give it a singular appearance. A good photo of its habit was taken by Dr. E. Mjöberg and published by E. Gheel (K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., Bd. 52, No. 10, 1916, pi. I, fig. 2). It was common in the savannah forest at Derby and often infested by the climber Tinospora smilacina. The somewhat curved and flat brownish pods contain 2 — 7 seeds. The seeds are flat, oblique-ovate, dull chestnut-brown, 13 — 16 mm long and 10 — 12 mm broad. Crotalaria Cunninghamii R. Br., in App. Sturt Exped. (1849) 8; Bentham, Fl. Austr. II (1864) 182; Hooker, Icon, pi., tab. 829. The well-known "Bird-flower" of the inhabitants (from the likeness of the flower to a bird) was found in full flower and, on the same individuals, with ripe fruits at Port Hedland(No. 1147, 3. Nov. 1914). It is a shrub or undershrub of medium size. Crotalaria triioliastrum Willd. Sp. pi. Ill (1800) 983; Bentham, Fl. Austr. II (1864; 183; C. medicaginea F. v. Müller, Fragm. phytogr. Austr. Ill (1862) 56, ex parte; vix Lamarck. Broome (No. 1159, 5. Nov. 1914), in flower and fruit; an erect herb or undershrub. I agree with Bentham (1. c.) in keeping C. trijoliastrum Willd. apart from C. medicaginea Lam., with which F. v. Müller (1. c.) has united it. My specimens are much like Indian C. trijoliastrum and very different from Indian C. medicaginea, which is a de- cumbent (prostrate) herb with smaller flowers, etc. Psoraloa Martinii F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. V (1865) 11. Broome (No. 1162, 5. Nov. 1914), in flower and with fruit; an erect shrub or undershrub. F. v. Müller (1. c.) described this very characteristic species from a single specimen without ripe fruits. As I have had good material at hand and have grown the species in the Botanical Garden of Copenhagen from seeds taken at Broome, I am able to give an additional description of the flowers and fruits: Planta sufTruticosa, undique albo-tomentosa, præsertim in p<>- dicellis et calycibus; floribus 3 — 6, umbellatis. Calycis lacinii in- æquales, inflmo distincte longiore; corolla parva lilacina, glabra; petalum supremum ovato-rotundatum, emarginatum, breviter un- guiculatum, parte centrali lilacina (CC.1 511 — 506), partibus peri- phericis atque superficie tota externa pallide lilacinis (GG. 0496); 1 CG= Klincksieck et Valette, Code des Couleurs, Paris 1908. 2* 20 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. Bd. 2. Nr. 8. petala lateralia et inferiora in supremis partibus lilacina (CG. 511 — 506), spathulata, unguiculata. Filamenta staminorum glabra, antheræ parvæ, ovato-cordatæ. Stylus curvatus, filiformis, glaber; germen parce pilosum præsertim apicem versus. Legumen ma- turum parvum calyce duplo vel ultra brevius, oblique-ovoideum, ca. 4 mm longum, atrofuscum, tomento albo præsertim apicem versus præditum. Ceterum ut in descriptionem a F. Muellero datam. The species was first found near Glenelg's River, Kimberley (ca. 124°30' Long. E, 15°50' Lat. S.) and now at Broome somewhat farther southwards. Zygophyllaccae. Tribulus cistoides L. Sp. pi. (1753) 387; Bentham, Fl. Austr. I (1863) 288. Port Hed land (No. 1155,3. Nov. 1914). A decumbent yellow- flowered herb. As I have no access to the description of T. Forrestii F. v. Müll, (in Wing's S. Sc. Rec. Nov. 1885), and as my only specimen has no fruit, 1 have given it under the old collective name T. cistoldes L. Euphorbiaceæ. Excoecaria agallocha L. Sp. pi. ed. 2 (1763) 1451; Benth. Fl. Austr. VI (1873) 152; F. Pax, Euphorbiaceæ-Hippomaneæ, in Das Pflanzenreich (1912) 165. Derby, a small tree in the mangrove (No. 1164, 7. Nov. 1914). Amongst the Avicennia's which make up the main part of the mangrove at Derby near the jetty, single specimens of a small tree with dark green and shining leaves occurred. As I only could get specimens without any flower and fruit, I was not able to refer the plant to its proper place. But at my request, Pro- fessor V. A. Poulsen of Copenhagen examined the structure of the leaves and suggested that it might be a species of Excoecaria, owing to its extrafloral glands at the base of the leaf-blade and to the milk vessels. This led me to identify it as a variety of E. agallocha answering well to the var. ovalis (Endl.) Müll. Arg. (D. C. Prodr. XV. 2 (1866) 1221), according to the description of this given by Pax (1. c): Folia suborbicularia vel orbiculari-obo- vata, apice rotundato-obtusa. This variety — as well as the main species — are both known C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 21 from North Australia and Queensland. Whether the variety is or is not really an independent species is another question. Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir., var. glaber Müll. Arg. in D. C. Prodr. XV. 2 (1866); Benth. Fl. Austr. VI (1873) 101. Derby, a shrub with flowers and unripe fruits (No. 1165, 7. Nov. 1914). The distinctions given by Bentham (1. c.) between the glabrous variety of P. reticulatus Poir. and P. baccatus F. v. Müll, are not very sharp, and my specimens agree in some respects with the latter species. But as the flowers — both male and female — have short filiform pedicels longer than the perianth, and as the filaments of the stamens are more or less united, I prefer to place my specimens under the widely distributed P. reticulatus, of which, no doubt, several geographical races will be distinguished in future. Sapindaceæ. Atalaya heniiglauca F. v. Müll., in Benth., Fl. Austr. I (1863) 463; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. Müll. Bot, Soc. II (1903) 12. (Determ. J. H. Maiden). Derby, in the savannah forest (No. 1166, 7. Nov. 1914). A small tree without flowers. Tiliaceæ. Corchorus Walcottii F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. Ill (1862) 9; Bentham, Fl. Austr. I (1863) 278. Port Hedland (No. 1151, 3. Nov. 1914). A small densely tomentose undershrub, in full flower. Malvaceae. Abutilon flavum sp. no v. (Fig. 6). Herba basi sublignosa, undique dense stellato-tomentosa; caulis ramosas pedalis et ultra, insuper — atque petioli pedunculique — pilis simplicibus patentibus instructus; stipulæ parvæ lineares, mox deciduæ; petioli 2.5 — 3 cm longi; foliorum laminæ ovato- cordatæ, acutæ, 3—4 cm longæ, 2—4 cm lata?, marginibus regu- lariter crenato-serratis, supra dense stellato-tomentosæ, subtus dense albo-stellato-velutinæ nervis prominentibus, sine pilis longi - oribus (marginibus exceptis). Flores racemosi, foliis parvis in- structi (ut in A. aurito): pedunculi 2—2.5 cm longi, in parte superiori articulati; calyx 0.7 — 0.8cm longus,5-lobatuslobisobovato- 22 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. Bd. 2. Nr. 8. triangularibus acutis; petala 2 — 2.5 cm longa, flava; stamina flava ; fructus calyce dimidio vel subduplo longior, truncatus, 1.0 — 1.2 cm longus ; carpellæ 10, dense stellato-tomentosæ, apice contractæ, rostro brevi divergenti instructæ; semina ca. 3 in carpella, sub- reniformia, brunneo-purpurea, ca. 2 mm in diametro. Hab. Austr. occid. trop. ad Derby, W. Kimberley. Ab Å.aurito (Wall.) Don præcipue differt: calyx, carpellæ et folia dense stellato-tomentosa sine pilis simplicibns longioribus; corolla calycem triplo superans; carpellæ 10, calyce subduplo longi- ores rostro brevi divergente instructæ; ab A. indico (L.) Sweet: inflorescentia race- mosa, foliis parvis instructa ; caulis, petioli pedunculique præter tomentum pilis longi- oribus simplicibus; foliorum margines dense et regulariter crenato-serrati ; car- pellæ ut supra descriptæ. Near the jetty at Derby I found a yellow-flowered Abutilon (No. 1171, 7. vum iiov. "p.° Part Nov. 1914) which does not agree with any of a branch with species described, as far as I know. It a "TNat.^e) rU1 comes nearest to A. indicum (L.) Sweet (sens, lat., incl. var. australiense Hochr.) and A. auritum (Wall.) Don, but the above given description and the differences pointed out will show that it is quite distinct. Also from the Australian A. Jongilobum F. v. Müll., A. otocar- pum F. v. Müll, (with its var. broomensis Hochr. from Broome) and A. oxycarpum F. v. Müll, it seems well separated, as far as can be judged from descriptions without access to any authentical specimens. Bombacaceæ. Adansonia Gregorii F. v. Müll., in Hooker, Kew misc. IX (1857) 14; Benth. Fl. Austr. I (1863) 223; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. Müll. Bot. Soc. Ill (1903) 5; A. Stanburyana Hochreutiner. in Ann. Conserv. et Jard. botan. de Geneve, 11—12 Ann. (1908) 136, pi. I— II. Broome, a few trees seen (5. Nov. 1914). Derby, common in the savannah forest, with ripe fruits and some trees with newly out-folded leaves , and in flower (No. 1175, 7. Nov. 1914). The flowers were white with a cream-coloured tinge. There is considerable variability in the characters of this plant. This has induced B. P. G. Hochreutiner (1. c.) to create a new species upon a specimen which grows at Broome near the C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 23 police station. The distinguishing marks of his A. Stanburyana are given as: leaflets generally 5 — 6 in number, about 16 cm long, glabrous (while in A. Gregorii: 7—9, not exceeding 13 cm, and white-tomentose underneath), and calyx glabrous outside (in A. Gr. tomentose); and the tree is not so thick and clumsy as is the case with A Gregorii. I do not think that these marks suffice for a distinction between two species, as my material from Derby1 shows that the degree of indumentum is rather variable. In my specimens, the young leaves are stellate-tomentose underneath, but the to- mentum disappears when they are full-grown; further, the num- ber of leaflets ranges from 5 to 9; the calyx is tomentose outside in the buds, glabrous in the fully developed flowers. As regards the trunk of the tree, its clumsiness augments with the age of the individual (see PI. Ill, Figs. 1—2). For better information on the question I asked Professor A. J. Ewart of Melbourne about the material preserved in the Herbarium of Victoria (Miiller's herba- rium), and he has informed me as follows: "specimens named by Baron von Müller range from densely hairy to glabrous calyx (outside), hence A. Stanburyana of Hochreutiner might be classed a glabrous form or variety, but hardly as a species". This is just my opinion: We have only one species of Adansonia, viz. A. Gregorii F. v. Müll., in Australia; but as is the case in many other species, it varies much with regards to its indumentum, and the glabrous form may be named forma Stanburyana (Hochr.), but is of very small systematical value. In one other respect the species varies considerably, viz. the shape of the fruits. I saw specimens with ovoid fruits (f. typica; see Fig. 7), some thicker and some more slender (12.5 x 7 ; 10.5 x 6; 10 x 5.5 cm), but I also met with specimens with com- pletely globose fruits (G.5 x 6.7 cm): f. globosa (see Fig. 8); and what is more remarkable, all the fruits of each tree were of the same shape. This fact is known for many European trees or shrubs (e. g. Quercus and Corylus), and its existence in A . Gregorii corroborates Hochreutiner's suggestion (1. c. 142) that the A. sphærocarpa Chév. of Madagascar is only a form of A. digitata L. with globose fruit, as it agrees with the latter in all other respects. The fruits of A. Gregorii are densely covered with a yellow- brown tomentum which, when rubbed, loosens and gives place to 1 I only saw, but did not collect the species at Broome, as it was said that the specimens were cultivated from seeds brought from Derby. 24 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. thedark-brown, dull and finely granulary sur- face of the exo- carp (see figs. 7—8). This is easily broken — in fact all the fruits blown down by the wind were bro- ken — and the mealy cream- coloured pulp, in which the seeds are im- bedded, drops out, — at Der- by to be eaten by the goats. In Cheel's paper (1. c, PI. 2, Figs. 1 and 3) two of Dr. Mjoberg's photos of the species are reproduced, showing a rather tall (Fig. 1) and a very low (Fig. 3) and "gouty" stem. \f: Fruits of Aclansonia Gregorii F. v. Müll. f. typica, from Derby. (3I5 nat. size). Frankeniaceæ. Frankenia ambita sp. nov. (Fig. 9). Fruticulus decumbens ramosissimus, caulibus sparse (præcipue sub nodis) se- tuloso-puberulis, internodiis foliis æqui- longis vel plerumque multo longioribus. Folia brevia (3 — 6 mm longa), brevissime petiolata vel subsessilia, revoluta, glabra, punctata, oblongo-ovata (inferiora), ob- longa vel lineari-oblonga, obtusa vel sub- acuta, opposita, floralia 4-verticillata ovato-triangularia ; vagina brevissima, ciliata. Flores in cymis aliquoties dicho- tomis. Calycis pars inferior plus minus (usque fere dimidio calycis) a vagina communi obconiea foliorum floralium Fig. 8. Fruit of Adansonia Gregorii F. v. Müll., f. globosa, from Derby. (3ls nat. size). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botanv. II. 25 ambita vel cum eadem concreta; pars libera glabra, linearis, 5-nervis, ca. 4 mm longa, foliis floralibus paullo longior. Corolla alba vel pallide-rosea; petala 5 libera, lamina ovato-cordata margine sub- dentata. Stamina 6, 3 longiora, 3 breviora, medio cohærentia. Styli rami 3; ovula 1 — 2 in placentis (3) singulis fixa. Ab omnibus speciebus australiensibus differ! : calycis parte inferiori in vagina foliorum floralium occulta. Hab. Austr. occ. trop.: Port Hedland in depressione inter d Linas propepor- tuin (No. 1138, 3. Nov. 1914; typus !); Cos- sack (L. Diels, Reise in West Austr., No. 2750, 17. Apr. 1901, in Herb. Berol.); Point Samson prope Cossack (No. 1137, 2. Nov. 1914; forma fo- liis minoribusan- gustioribus flori- busque subsoli- tariis prædita). The specie* of Frankenia here described stands near to F. pauciflora (as collective spe- cies), but it is easily distin- guished by the calyx being more or less (some- times half) im- bedded in the obconical sheath formed by the four floral leaves. pig 9 Frankenia ambita nov. Sp„ from Port Hedland. It differs further [Vh nat. size). 26 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. in the few (1 — 2) ovules on the placentas; F. pauciflora having several on each placenta. The short and comparatively broad leaves and the paler and smaller flowers are also characteristic. The Australian (espec. West Australian) Frankenias are a neg- lected field of investigation, to which I shall return later on when dealing with my plants from the south-western part of W. A. (See pp. 47—55)" Rhizophoraceæ. Ceriops Caudolleana Arnott, Ann. Nat. Hist, I (1838) 363; Benth. Fl. Austr. II (1864) 436; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. Müll. Bot. Soc. II (1903) 22. Point Samson (Cossack), mangrove, in full flower and with seedlings ready to drop (No. 1150, 2. Nov. 1914). The species was common in the mangrove of Point Samson near the jetty; the shrubs were hardly more than the height of a man. On the whole, the specimens collected agree well with the Asiatic form, especially as regards the three capitate bristles of the petals, but the leaves are smaller and more obovate-spathulate than in the type and the sepals longer and narrower (triangular- linear). As I have not access to other Australian specimens I do not know if these differences are of a general character or only local. Rhizophora mucronata Lam., Encycl. meth. VI (1804) 169; Benth. Fl. Austr. II (1864) 435. Port Hedland, mangrove (common), in flower and with the seedlings beginning to grow out of the pericarp (No. 1149, 3. Nov. 1914). Myrtaccæ. Careya australis (Benth.) F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. Ill (1866) 183; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Müll. Bot. Soc. II (1903) 48; C. arborea, var. (?) australis Benth., Fl. Austr. Ill (1866) 289. Derby, common in the savannah forest (No. 1184, 7. Nov. 1914). A small tree with rather flexible young branches, with whitish flowers and green fruits. Eucalyptus. The best authority on this difficult genus, Mr. J. H. Maiden, F. R. S., Director of the Botanical Gardens, Sydney, has been so kind as to identify my Eucalyptus, for which I am much indebted to him. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 27 Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunningh., in Walper, Repert. II (1843) 926: Benth. Fl. Austr. Ill (1866) 250; W. V. Fitzgerald, in Müll. Bot. Soc. II (1903) 43. var. Dallachyana (Benth. 1. c, sub. E. tesselari F. v. Müll.) Maiden MS.; E. papuana F. v. Müll., Descr. Papuan PL I (1875) 8. Derby, a middle sized tree with white bark and flexible pendulous young branches with nearly open flower buds (No. 526, 7. Nov. 1914). common (see PL III, fig. 1). Broome, with flower buds (No. 528, 5. Nov. 1914). This form differs from the specimens from Derby by the scurfy bark of the young flexible branches and by the somewhat broader leaves. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. v. Müll., Journ. Linn. Soc. Ill (1858) 89; Benth. Fl. Austr. Ill (1866) 257. Broome, with ripe fruits (No. 527, 5. Nov. 1914). Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth., Fl. Austr., Ill (1866) 257. Derby, with ripe fruits (No. 525, 7. Nov. 1914). Apocynaceæ. Carissa lanceolata R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. (1810) 468; Ben- tham, Fl. Austr. IV (1869)306; C. Brownii F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. IV (1863) 45, saltern ex parte. Broome, (No. 1158, 5. Nov. 1914). A small spiny shrub in full flower (fl. white, fragrant). Convolvulaceæ. Cressa cretica L. Sp. pi. (1753) 223 ; Benth. , FL Austr. IV (1 869) 437. Derby, near the jetty, abundant (No. 1168, 7. Nov. 1914). The Australian plant (C. australis R. Br.) is distinguished by its large and broad leaves and other characters from specimens of the northern hemisphere. Evolvulus alsinoides L., var. sericeus Benth., Fl. Austr. IV (1869) 438. Derby, sparingly along the jetty (No. 1169; 7. Nov. 1914). This variety with adpressed white hairs (also on the outer side of the calyx) seems fairly distinct from the common E. alsi- noides. The flowers are sky-blue. Recorded beforehand from Port Walcott (W. A.) and Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Borraginaceæ. Heliotropium curassavicum L. Sp. pi. (1753) 130; Bentham, Fl. Austr. IV (1869) 393. 28 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Port Hedland, in low-lying parts of sand-dunes near the shore, partly buried by sand (No. 1156, 3. Nov. 1914). Verbenaceæ. Avicennia officinalis L. Sp. pi. (1753) 110; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 69; R. T. Baker, in Journ. & Proe, R. Soc. of N. S. Wales, XLIX (1916) 257. Point Samson (Cossack), with young flower buds, very common in the mangrove (No. 1148, 2. Nov. 1914). Port Hed land, common (3. Nov. 1914); see PI. I, figs. 2—3. Broome, common (5. Nov. 1914). Derby, with young flower buds, very common in the man- grove (No. 1167, 7. Nov. 1914); see PI. I, fig. 1. This is the main component of the W. Australian mangrove. It is called "white mangrove" or "grey mangrove". As pointed out by R. T. Baker in his recent monograph of "the Australian Grey Mangrove" the name A. officinalis L. covers a great variety of forms. Myoporaceæ. Myoporum acuminatum R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. (1810) 515; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 3. Point Samson (Cossack), a bright-green shrub with white flowers and purple drupes; near the shore (No. 1132, 2. Nov. 1914). I follow Bentham (1. c.) in his treatment of the many closely allied forms of Myoporum. The specimens collected answer well to his var. angustifolium Benth. (1. c. 4) = M. Cunninghamii Benth. in Hügel, Enum. (1837) 78, which latter name ought to be used as it has the priority. Goodeniaceæ. Scævola sericopkylla F. v. Müll., in Bentham, Fl. Austr. IV (1869) 102; K. Krause, Goodeniaceæ in Das Pflanzenreich IV. 277 (1912) 162. Point Samson (Cossack) (No. 1154, 2. Nov. 1914). A shrub with unarmed rather long branches and dwarfy rosulate side-branches bearing silver-clothed leaves and the in- conspicuous white flowers. It was the dominating species in a sparsely covered sand-dune area near the jetty. Compositæ. Pterocaulou sphacelatus (Labill.) Benth. et Hook. Gen. pi. II (1873) 94; F. v. Müll. Sec. Census (1889) 134; Monenteles sphace- Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bo. 2, No. 8. Plate I 1 ; •"' "'" ' 4 tai . Fig. 1. Mangrove of Avicennia officinalis, at Derby; low water, the sea has retired entirely from the mangrove. (7. Nov. 1914). Photo, by C. H. O. -•fc-*.«. '*• •■-, .- -■ - Fig. 2. Mangrove at Port Hedland; high water time, Avicennia's standing in water until the crown. Note: the steamer lying behind the jetty is high on the water. (3. Nov. 1914). Photo, by C. H. O. Fig. 3. Mangrove at Port Hedland; low water time, Avicennia's free from water. Note: the steamer has sunk behind the jetty. (3. Nov. 1914, taken from the same spot as fig. 36, but 6 hours later). Photo by C. H. O. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, No. 8. Plate II Fig. 1. Salt-pan formation at Port Hedland. Low cushions of Arthro- cnemum species, higher of Atriplex elachophyllum. (3. Nov. 1914). Photo. by C. H. O. Fig. 2. Sand-dune at Carnarvon: dune depression in the foreground, dune shrubs on the slope. (31. Octob. 1914). Photo, by C. H. O. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, No. 8. Plate III Fig. 1. Savannah forest at Derby. Adansonia Gregorii (on left) and Eucalyptus clavigera var. Dallachyana (on right) in the foreground. (7. Nov. 1914). Photo, by G. H. O. Fig. 2. A big tree of Adansonin Gregorii at Derby. (7. Nov. 1914). Photo, by C. H. 0. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 29 latus Labill., Sert. Austr. Caled. (1824) 43, tab. 44; Berith. Fl. Austr. III (1866) 523. Port Hedland, a weed (No. 1136, 3. Nov. 1914). The specimens do not agree fully with the plants of P. sphacela- tus from Queensland, and I think De Candolle (Prodr. V, 455) rightly described three species under what is now taken as one. But as my specimens are rather poor with regard to leaves owing to the attacks of some "mining" insects, I leave them at present under the old name. 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. A Revision of the West Australian Species of Triglochin, Crassula (Tillæa) and Frankenia. By C. H. Ostenfeld. The flora of the extra-tropical region of West Australia — especially that of the south-western part — has been studied by many botanists, and is nowadays well investigated. It is there- fore not to be expected that my collection, made in places often visited by collectors, should bring much that is new; and I do not think it worth while to publish a full list of the species of which I have brought specimens home. Still, when working at the identification of my plants, I find here and there some additions and records which may prove to be of interest, and which I intend to publish later on; and in some cases the examination of my material has brought me into a closer study of groups which seem to have been neglected. When possible, I have then tried to get as ample material for comparison as possible, and have several times succeeded in ob- taining sufficient material for a revision of a group or a genus, at least as far as W. A. is concerned. Such has been the case with the three genera Triglochin, Crassula and Frankenia, a re- vision of which I am publishing here. I am much indebted to several gentlemen who have procured material for me, as will be acknowledged below. I may especi- ally mention Mr. J. H. Maiden, F. R. S., of Sydney, Professor A. J. Ewart of Melbourne, Mr. J. M. Black of Adelaide and Pro- fessor L. Diels af Berlin. I. Triglochin (Plate IV). Besides the larger perennial species — viz. T. striata Ruiz & Pav. and T. procera R. Br. — , several small annual species of the genus occur in West Australia. As I happened to collect some C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 31 uf them, I became interested in their systematical relations, which are considered in different ways by different authors. Through the kindness of Professor A. J. Ewart and Mr. J. H. Maiden I got a good number of duplicates from the rich collec- tions in the National Herbariums of Victoria and New South Wales. I have further had access to the specimens in the Her- barium of Berlin, which have been used by the monographer of the genus, F. Buchenau, and I have examined several sets of Preiss's plants, of which especially the herbarium of Lund, Sweden, has a very good one, with labels written by Nees ab Esenbeck. With exception of the collections in Kew and London I have, I think, in this manner succeeded in inspecting all the more im- portant sources of our knowledge as to these plants, and have seen all the Australian species of the genus, in many cases even specimens from the type collection. The late F. Buchenau made a careful study of this genus, and has written several papers about it, his last publication being the monograph in "Das Pflanzenreich" (1903), in which he re- cognizes 6 annual species. Later, two more annual species have been published. Amongst these species Triglochin mucronata R. Br. differs widely from the others by its turbinate fruit with reflexed mucronate car- pel-apices; it seems to be common around Swan Riwer and has a wide range in the extra tropical Australia. I found it in plenty near Bayswater (No. 140, 18. Oct. 1914). All the other annual species are closely related one to another. Bentham (Fl. Austr. VII, 1878) even unites all the then described forms into one species, T. centrocarpa Hook., but no doubt Buchenau and F. v. Müller were right in splitting these plants into several species. T. centrocarpa Hook, and T. calcitrapa Hook, were published in Icon. pi. VIII (1845) as tab. 728 and 731 respectively. Next year (1846) T. trichophora was described by Nees ab Esenbeck in Plantæ Preissianæ (II. 1, p. 54). Then follows T. nana F. v. Müll, in Trans. Victoria Inst. I (1854) and in Hook. Journ. of Bot. VIII (1856) 332. In 1867 F. v. Müller (Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. VI, 82) gives a new latin diagnosis of his species, explains the differences between the hitherto known species (quoting the nos. of PI. Preissianæ) and mentions -- without any real description — a new species T. minutissima. He is much in doubt as to the value of all the species, and writes: Forsan omnes hæ plantæ confluunt. 32 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. A few years later F. Buchenau (Abhandl. Naturw. Verein Bremen, II, 1871) for the first time makes an elaborate study of the species, clearing up the differences in a very good manner. Later (in Engler's Botan. Jahrb. II, 1882) he comes back to the matter, and has several additions and corrections to make although still in the main at the same standpoint as in 1871. Not much different from this is his monograph of 1903; only he adds a new West-Australian species, viz. T. Miilleri. Since the publication of Buchenau's monograph N. E. Brown (Kew Bull. 1914, 189) has described T. Stowardii from Beverley, W. A., and A. J. Ewart (Victor. Natur. 23, 1906, 43) raised T. turrijera (T. centrocarpa var. turrifera Luehm.) from Victoria to specific rank. From my examination of rich material of all these small plants I have arrived at the conclusion that Buchenau's delimitation on the whole holds good, and that it is not permitted, as Bentham did, to unite them into one "species". But there are some smaller points in which I do not agree with Buchenau. Often two or more species grow together on the same spot, and this has made much confusion, as the older collection num- bers sometimes contain more than one species and therefore have been quoted in one way by one author, in another by another; this is specially the case with Preiss's plants. Such small and simple plants with filiform leaves and small inconspicuous flowers in erect racemes, do not show many di- stinction marks, and it is, therefore, but natural that all authors have laid stress upon the only more prominent character, viz. the shape of the fruit. In reality we find here very good di- stinctions between the species, but on the other hand it must be admitted that there is a marked variability, pointing towards the probability that even the now recognized species are collective. Culture experiments will undoubtedly result in the recognition of many micro-species, and it seems that this group of the genus is very polymorphous. My investigation has led me to keep the following species as distinct: 1. Triglochin calcitrapa Hook., Icon. pi. VIII (1845), tab. 731; Buchenau, Pflanzenreich (1903) 12. This species is easily distinguished by the 3 — 4,5 mm long, pyramidal-linear fruits with long, curvate basal spurs. The leaves are setaceous-filiform and much shorter than the fruiting scapes. As Buchenau (1. c.) has pointed out, some specimens are larger C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions, to West Australian Botany. II. 33 and have sessile fruits («, sessiliflora Buchenau), others are more slender and have pedunculate fruits (ß, pedunculata Buchenau, see PI. IV, Fig. 7). On the whole the species seems somewhat variable. I have collected it near the Yallingup Gave House (No. 141; 26. Sept. 1914) and have seen specimens from other places in West Australia, as well as from New South Wales and Victoria. 2. Triglochin Stowardii N. E. Brown, Kew Bull. (1914) 189. Of this species I have only seen a poor specimen (PL IV, Fig. 11), kindly sent me by Prof. A. J. Ewart. It is part of the type collection. Evidently this species is very close to T. calcitrapa. It has the same filiform leaves and the shape of the fruit is not much different ; further, the two species have in common the well- developed basal spurs of the fruit and also the even tapering of the fruit from the base towards the apex; but the fruit is much larger and longer (about 15 mm) and more linear, and the curved spur is shorter. Up to now it is only known from the type locality : Bever- ley, W. A. (leg. F. Stoward 1913). 3. Triglochin turrifera (Luehm.) A. J. Ewart, Victorian Naturalist, 23 (1906) 43; T. centrocarpa, var. turrifera Luehmann; T. calcitrapa Ewart, Victorian Nat., 24 (1907) 60. I have not had access to the two literature references quoted, but Prof. A. J. Ewart has kindly given them in a letter, and has further sent me specimens so named from Taylor's Creek, Wim- mera, Victoria (J. P. Eckert 1898; PL IV, Fig. 10), and another specimen of just the same form, but named T. centrocarpa from Little Desert, County of Lowan, Victoria (F.M. Reader, 1892; PL IV, Fig. 9). These specimens show that Victoria possesses a well marked species which has not hitherto been found outside this state. No doubt it is related to T. calcitrapa, but widely differing by the linear, flaccid leaves and the shape of the fruit. This is short (3,5—4 mm), pyramidal with an abruptly set apical cone, not pyramidal-linear tapering evenly from base towards apex ; further the basal spurs are shorter and not curvate. 4. Triglochin centrocarpa Hook., Icon. pl.VIII (1845), tab. 728; Buchenau, Pflanzenreich (1903) 13; T. nana F.v. Müller, Trans. Vic- toria Instit. 1 (1854) 135, et Hooker's Journ. of Bot. VIII (1856) 332; Buchenau, 1. c, 12. Buchenau keeps T. centrocarpa Hook, and T. nana F. v. Müll, as two distinct species, but I must agree with Bentham (FL Austr. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 3 34 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. VII (1878) 167) that they are connected by a series of forms which makes it impossible to draw a separating line between them, at least not until growing experiments have been tried, and these would probably result in a fair number of distinct micro-species, not in two. Therefore, I do not find it allowable from systema- tical and phytogeographical points of view to maintain two forms the extremes of which may be discernible, while the main bulk arc indiscernible. That Hooker's T. centrocarpa is an extreme form, seems probable from the fact that it has not been collec- ted since Drummond's original specimens ; while specimens referred to the less sharply defined T. nana have often been found. The supposed distinction marks are: T. centrocarpa has ap- pressed, sessile fruits, 3,8—5 mm long, and the backs of the car- pels are subcarinate, while T. nana has erect, pedunculate fruits, 2 — 3 mm long, and rounded backs of the carpels. Now we have in another species, T. calcitrapa, specimens with sessile and larger fruits and others with pedunculate and smaller fruits, without separating them into two species, and conse- quently there is no reason for doing it here. I have myself col- lected a number of specimens of T. centrocarpa at Armadale, near Perth (No. 143, 20. Sept. 1914) which show in some individuals sessile (see uppermost specimen in PL IV, Fig. 2), in others pe- dunculate fruits (see the larger specimens in PL IV, Fig. 2), and the back of the carpels varying from carinate to rounded. The length of the fruits is also highly variable, and there seems, usu- ally, to be a correlation in such a manner that the sessile fruit is larger than the pedunculate one. Neither does the geographical range show any distinction between the forms: I have seen specimens of T. nana collected by F.V.Müller himself in Victoria (Station Peak, 1867 ; PL IV, Fig. 4) and they do not differ in any essential point from West Austra- lian ones ; neither do Tasmanian specimens collected by R. Gunn and quoted by F. v. Müller (Fragm. VI (1867) 82) differ. Also from South Australia I have seen specimens (see PL IV, Fig. 1). The only two instances in which my examination leaves a little doubt are the following: (1) var. brevicarpa nov. var. (fructus oblongo-linearis, brevis, 2—2,5 mm longus, basi haud calcarata). Some specimens collected by myself at Yallingup Cave (No. 145, 26.— 27. Sept. 1914; see PL VI, Fig. 3) are rather large, and have shorter and more long- stalked fruits than usual, and the basal spur of the carpels is much less developed than usually in T. centrocarpa, where it is C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 35 distinct, although very short. This may be an independent species, but at present I prefer to take it as the opposite extreme both to the original T. centrocarpa as figured by Hooker from Drummond's specimens from Swan River district and to the following form. (2) var. longicarpa nov. var. (fructus anguste linearis, 5 — 5,5 mm longus, basi haud calcarata). A specimen sent from the Nat. Herb, of New South Wales collected by M. Koch in W. A. : Watheroo Rabbit Fence (9. 1905) is large (11 cm high) and has unusually long and slender fruits (5—5,5 mm), but does not otherwise differ from the usual T. centrocarpa. I characterize T. centrocarpa Hook, in the wider sense in the following manner: Small to medium-sized (3 — 11 cm), leaves se- taceous-filiform, much shorter than the scapes; flowers 4 — 25, sessile or stalked ; fruits erect to erect-patent, pyramidal-linear to shortly linear, 2 — 4 (rarely 5,5) mm long; carpels slightly dilated at the base, with very short basal (not curved) spur and bluntly keeled or rounded back. The form with nearly sessile fruits and keeled back of the carpels has usually longer fruits (3 — 4 mm) and their base a little more dilated; it may be named a, typica. Under this comes var. longicarpa. The form with distinctly stalked fruits and rounded back of the carpels has usually shorter fruits (2 — 3 mm) and hardly any basal dilation, and for this we may use F. v. Müller's name, calling it ß, nana (F. v. Müll, pro sp.). As an extreme of this var. brevicarpa may be taken. But as said above, it is in many cases not possible to refer specimens to one form or the other, as they are more or less intermediate. T. centrocarpa is widely distributed from Victoria and Tas- mania to West Australia. 5. Triglochin minutissiina F. v. Müll., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. VI (1867) 82; Buchenau, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremens II (1871) 498; Pflanzenreich (1903) 14. F. v. Müller writes (1. c.) that he has distributed a Triglo- chin "sub nomine T. minutissimæ" : "quæ a formis minimis et gra- cillimis T. nanæ jam dignoscitur fructibus pertenuibus fere sessili- bus. Cum T. nana earn consociatam vidi ad portum Philippi, ad montes Stirlingii, ad flumen Murrayi. Ab hac facillime discerni potest T. trichophora (Nees in Lehm. PI. Pr. II, 54) jam propter fructum turgidulum separanda; præterea hæc ultima sæpe multo robustior est. Planta Preissii 2409 est T. minutissima". To this 36 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. very incomplete description Buchenau (1871) has given an arnen- dement and later (1903) a latin diagnosis. This minute plant is characterized by the thin and short (1—1,5 mm), linear, patent, nearly sessile fruits with hardly any basal dilation and with flat or faintly rounded back. I have seen Preiss's no. 2409 (from Perth) which is quoted both by F. v. Müller and Buchenau as T. minutissima. It con- tained two different forms: (1) larger specimens (see PL IV, Fig. 12) with very young fruits and slender somewhat bent scapes, evidently young T. centrocarpa1; (2) minute specimens (see PI. IV, Fig. 13) with ripe sessile fruits and erect scapes — the true T. minutissima. It seems to be a well marked species. According to F. v. Müller and Buchenau, its geographical range extends from Victoria to West Australia, but I have not seen any other spe- cimens than the Preiss'ian ones, and am not sure if it has not been confounded with small and young specimens of T. cen- trocarpa. 6. Triglochin trichophora Nees ab Esenbeck in Lehmann, Plantæ Preiss. II, 1 (1846) 54; emendata. It is with some hesitation that I restore the old name T. trichophora Nees, but after having seen specimens of the type collection with Nees's own handwriting on the label I feel con- vinced to do it. The species was described by Nees in Lehmann's Plantæ Preissianæ upon Preiss's no. 4211 („in arenoso-conchyliosis humidis prope lacum insulæ Rottennest, 20. Aug. 1839") with the following diagnosis: foliis filiformi-setaceis laxis culmo brevioribus, fructibus erecto-patentibus pedicellatis, oblongo-linearibus trisulcis apice le- viter angustatis. In the ensuing description we get the explana- tion of the singular species-name "trichophora". The author thought to have found hairs ("barba seu coma filorum tenuissimorum") inside the fruit; but, as Buchenau (1871, 497) has fully explained, this observation was wrong the supposed hairs being loosened cells of the innerside of the fertile carpels. Buchenau has seen a small specimen of Preiss's No. 2411 and identifies it, "obwohl es keine reifen Früchte besitzt", with T. nana F. v. Müll., but on account of the incorrectness of Nees's name 1 In some collections only sterile specimens with leaf -rosettes are present; they probably all belong to T. centrocarpa, at least they can not be re- ferred to T. minutissima. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. o< he prefers Mueller's younger name. This question of nomenclature has no interest when we unite T. nana with T. centrocarpa Hook. Quite apart from this, however, I think Buehenau was not right in referring T. trichophora to T. nana (i. e. T. centrocarpa sens, lat.). In the herbarium of Lund, Sweden, there is a sheet with the following label: "Triglochin trichophorum N. ab E. NB, von mir bestimmt ohne dass ich wusste dass Sie diese Familie bear- beiten, N. v. E." This is written by Nees von Esenbeck to Endlicher who was the author of the other Alismaceæ in Leh- mann's Plantæ Preissianæ, and consequently the specimens present are authentical T. trichophora. They show us a small and slender plant (see PI. IV, Fig. 6) with setaceous-filiform leaves and with slender, more or less bent scapes. The fruits are not fully ripe, most of them even quite young, and each scape bears very few or only one fruit (Nees writes, in PI. Preiss., "variat scapo uniflora"). The best developed fruits are rather short (about 2 mm), oblong, and differ in essential points from those of T. centro- carpa. F. Müller (1867, 82, quoted above) very appropriately writes "fructum turgidulum". In reality the fruit is shorter and thicker than in the foregoing species. It resembles T. turrifera, but differs by the smaller dimensions and the very short basal spurs and the shorter apical part. Preiss's specimens are rather poor and incomplete, and very likely those seen by Buchenau were quite insufficient to show the distinction from T. nana ; but from those in the Herbarium of Lund it appears evident that F. v. Müller was right in separ- ating it from his species. This view is further supported by a Triglochin which I have collected in a dune-pan near Busselton (No. 144, 30. Sept. 1914) and which I identify with Preiss's plant from Rottnest Island; it is much better developed (see PI. IV, fig. 5) and with ripe fruit, and differs only from Preiss's specimens in the straight scape bearing several (up to 17) fruits; the shape of the fruit is the same, and this is the main point. Upon Nees's original plants and upon mine I have based the following short description: A small, until 8 cm high annual; leaves setaceous-filiform, much shorter than the scapes; scapes erect or ascending, with 1—17 stalked flowers; fruits erect-patent, short (2—2.5 mm), when ripe oblong-ovoid, tapering into a conical apex; back rounded and basal spurs very short, but distinct. The species seems to prefer the coastal region, as it has been found on Rottnest Island off Freemantle on coral-sand and at 38 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Busselton in a dune-pan. It is distinct from T. cenlrocarpa sens. lat., but very close to the following species, which perhaps is only an extreme form of it. 7. Triglochin Muelleri Buchenau, in Das Pflanzenreich, IV, 15 (1903) 12. In 1882 Buchenau (1. c. 509) mentioned a Triglochin collected by Oldfield at Vasse River, W. A., and sent to him by F. v. Müller, but it was not until 1903 that he, in his monograph, described it. To Prof. A. J. Ewart I am indebted for a part of the type collection. The plant in question (see PI. IV, Fig. 8) is somewhat larger and coarser than the other species, as far as possible to judge from the rather incomplete specimens. The leaves are flaccid-filiform; the scapes, according to Buchenau, up to 10 cm high, somewhat curved. They bear many, rather distant flowers. The flowers and fruits are sessile or nearly so, and the fruits (not fully ripe) are ovoid or elliptical, hardly 2 mm long; they have rounded backs, a very minute apical part, and no basal spur at all. The species is only known from the type collection, and from specimens collected at Busselton by F. Stoward (Nov. 1912) and sent me from the Nat. Herb, of New South Wales (exactly resembling the type). Perhaps further investigations will, as said above, result in its being united with T. trichophora. The geograph- ical range of the two species seems to be the same (Vasse River is not far from Busselton). The here given revision of the annual species of Triglochin accepts 7 species, besides T. mucronata. All occur in West Australia with the exception of T. turrifera. West Australia further harbours T. striata Ruiz et Pav. and T. procera R. Br., both of which seem to be common in the S. W. part of the state. Thus it has 9 species of the genus. The following key gives a synopsis of the differences between the annual species: A Key to the Annual Species of Triglochin. A. Carpels with free apex, the three fertile ones with a reflexed apical mucro; fruit turbinate T. mucronata. B. Carpels united up to apex; no apical mucro; fruit linear or pyramidal to ovoid. a. Carpels with well developed, mostly incurved basal spurs: fruit linear-pyramidal or pyramidal. a. Fruit linear-pyramidal, evenly tapering from base towards apex; basal spurs incurved. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 39 1. Fruit 3 — 7 mm long, with rather large basal spurs. T. calcitrapa. 2. Fruit about 15 mm long, basal spurs comparatively small. T. Stowardii. ß. Fruit pyramidal with a conical apex, 3.5 — 4 mm long; basal spurs not incurved T. turrifera. Carpels with very short or hardly any basal spurs; fruit linear to elliptic or ovoid. a. Fruit linear or linear-pyramidal. 1. Fruit mostly linear-pyramidal, 2 — 4 (rarely 5.5) mm long; car- pels with slightly dilated base and very short, but mostly distinct basal spurs T. centrocarpa. 2. Fruit linear, 1 — -1.5 mm long; carpels faith hardly any dilation at the base and no spurs T. minutissima. ß. Fruit oblong to elliptic or ovoid. 1. Fruit oblong-ovoid, 2—2.5 mm long, tapering into a conical apex; very short, but distinct basal spurs.. T. trichophora. 2. Fruit elliptic, about 2 mm long, without any distinct apical port; no basal spurs F. Muelleri. II. Crassula L., emend. Schönl. (Sect. Tillæoidea Schönl.). I think the authors who include Tillæa in the genus Cras- sula are right, and I follow in this respect Schönland in his treatment of the genus in Engler u. Prantl, Natürl. Pflanzenfam. (Crassulaceæ, 1891) and in his recent monograph of the South- African species of the section Tillæoidea (Ann. Bolus Herb. II, 2, 1916). I have found it necessary to restore two of Nees ab Esen- beck's species and to create a new one. Some of the species I have had in culture from seeds taken from herbarium specimens kindly sent by Mrs. M. Davis of Perth, and they have kept their characters very well under cultivation. In the following key I have given the distinction marks for all the species hitherto recorded for W. A. A Key to the W. Australian Species of Crassula. A. Flowers axillary in dense few- to several-flowered clusters (rarely soli- tary in the axils and then sessile), forming spike-like inflorescences, 5- (rarely 4-) merous; seeds two in each carpel. a. Carpels broad, short, obtuse with medium-long style, much shorter than the calyx; at least some flowers on pedicels longer than the calyx C. Miriamæ. b. Carpels long, oblique ovate, acute with a long style; flowers sessile or very shortly stalked. 40 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 1. Stem and branches ascending from a decumbent (sometimes rooting?) base; carpels with recurved beak C. intricata. 2. Stem straight, erect; carpels with nearly straight beak. C. eolorata. B. Flowers axillary, solitary or few together, 4-merous; seeds 1 — several in each carpel. a. Flowers few together at the uppermost part of the plant; 1 seed in each carpel. Water-plant C. natans. b. Flowers solitary in the axils. 1. Leaves 0.5—1.0 cm long; 2 (3) seeds in each carpel. Pedicels shorter than the leaves C. r e c u r v a. 2. Leaves not reaching 0.5 cm; several seeds in each carpel. Pedi- cels much longer than the leaves ... C. bonariensis. C. Flowers in rich dichotomous panicles, 4-merous; several seeds in each carpel C. macrantha. D. Flowers subumbellate at the top of the plant. 3— 4-merous ; several seeds in each carpel C. pedieellosa. 1. Group: Helophythum Schönl. 1. Crassula natans Thunb., Prodr. Fl. Cap. (1794) 54; Schön- land in Ann. Bolus Herb. II. 2, 1916 (1917) 47 (ubi synon.); Diels et Pritzel, in Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 210. Armadale, on damp soil (dried- up ditches) along the railway, in flower and with ripe fruits (No. 361, 20. Sept. 1914). This inconspicuous species was first found in W. A. by Diels and Pritzel at Newcastle, distr. Avon; the specimens were floating in a pond. Our specimens grew in dried-up dit- ches and were small and slender; they agree well with the f. filiformis (Helophytum filiforme Eckion et Zeyher no. 1844, 289) as defined by Schön- land (I. c, 49). Geogr. area: South Africa. Fig. 10. Sepals, petals, and carpels with nectary scales (10 times enlarged), and nectary scales isolated (20 times en- larged) of Crassula species. a, C. pedieellosa (F. v. Müll.); b, C. macrantha (Hook, f.) Diels et Pritzel ; c, C. Miriamæ Ostf. ; d, C. eolorata (Nees). 2. Group: Vaillantii Schönl. 2. Crassula macrantha (Hook, f.) Diels et Pritzel, in Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 210; Tillæa macrantha Hook, f. in Hook. Icon, plant, t. 310 (1841); C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 41 Bentham, Fl. Austral. II (1864) 457; J. M. Black, in Transact. R. Soc, S. Austr. XL (1916) 63. Seems to be fairly distributed in damp places in the neigh- bourhood of Perth. Specimens were collected at Mundaring Weir (No. 363, 13. Sept. 1914), in several places around Armadale (Nos. 358, 359, 362, 20. Sept. 1914) and in the vicinity of Perth (No. 1349, Mrs. M. Davis, 1915). They were in flower and with ripe fruits in September. Often they are more or less red- coloured, especially the sepals and carpels. The species was first re- corded for W. A. by Diels and Pritzel. It was originally de- scribed from Tasmania, and is, according to F. v. Müller (Sec. Census, 84), further found in N. S. Wales, Victoria and S. Australia. From Hooker's descrip- tion it appears that the original Tasmanian plant has ciliated sepals. All the West Australian have no trace of ciliation, and may be worth giving a varietal name (var. nov. nuda: sepala nuda, non ciliata). Bentham (1. c.) mentions the sepals as "sometimes, but not always, ciliate". I have had it in cultiva- tion (in 1917) from seeds taken from plants collected by Mrs. Davis in 1915 (No. 1349). When flowering it has a strong honey- smell. The cultivated specimens, one or which is drawn (fig. 11), grow to a size of ca. 10 cm, and are somewhat more elongated than the spontaneous ones. The leaves are oblong-linear, semi- terete, acute or acuminate. The flowers are usually 4-merous, larger than in other species; they open when full-grown, the green sepals and white petals spreading (diameter about 3 mm); often the petals, which are about as long as the sepals, have pink- Fig. 11. Crassula macrantha (Hook, f.) Diels et Pritzel, var. nuda nov. var. Cultivated specimen. (Nat. size) 42 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. coloured tips. The stamens have orange pollen. The nectary scales are broadly obcuneate or wedge-shaped (see fig. 10 b) and reddish; they secrete large drops of honey. The carpels are green, oblique-ovate with a well developed style and a small stigma; when ripe each contains several (about 6) brown, shortly oblong- cylindrical seeds with a finely rugose testa. The Australian species comes near to the South-African C. decumbens Thunb. (Bulliarda trichotoma Eckl. &Zeyh., see Schön- land, 1. c, 53). Geogr. Area: Extra-tropical Australia and Tasmania. 3. Group: Umbellata Schonl. 3. Crassula pedicellosa (F. v. Müll. ) comb, nov.; Tillæa macrantha, var. pedicellosa F. v. Müller, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. XI (1881) 118; J. M. Black in Transact. R. Soc. S. Austr. XL (1916) 63; T. pedicellosa F. v. Müller, Syst. Census of Austral. Plants I (1882) 48. In his Fragmenta XI, F. v. Müller men- tions (118), under Tillæa macrantha, a new form of which he gives the following descrip- tion: Varietatem pedicellosam, pedicellis pie- risque elongatis calyce pluries multotiesve lon- gioribus detexi in pascuis fertilioribus collinis ad basim montium Stirlingi; hæc varietas quasdam Mitrasacmes species simulat præser-r tim etiam ramificatione parciore v. parcissima et inflorescentia passim quasi umbellata, nisi hæc planta forsan speciem seorsam (pedicello- sam) exibet. Shortly after (1882) he enumerates it as a distinct species, but has, as far as I am aware, not given any more elaborate descrip- tion of it. As the description quoted is very incomplete, and as I have no authentic speci- mens of the species at my disposal, it is with some doubt that I identify with it a small Crassula found near Armadale; but neverthe- less I think the identification a correct one, and my plants agree with specimens kindly sent me by Mr. J. M. Black from S. Australia under the name of Tillæa macrantha var. pedicellosa. The plant in question is a small erect annual (1 — 5 cm high), Fig. 12. Crassula pedicellosa (F. v. Müll.) Ostf.; cultivated specimen (Nat. size). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 43 in the poorest specimens unbranched, but usually branched. Leaves opposite with connate bases, obovate-oblong, obtuse, suc- culent, and, like the whole plant, more or less tinged with red- dish-violet. Flowers in subumbellate cymes at the top of the branches, some with long stalks (up to 1 cm), others short-stalked or nearly sessile. Flowers 4-merous (sometimes 3-merous), sepals (about 1.5 mm long) broadly lanceolate-oblong, acute to acuminate, succulent, never spreading, longer than the subacute ovate petals (1.0 — 1.3 mm long). Stamina 4 (3); carpels obliquely oblong- ovate with a very short style (stigma nearly sessile), when ripe exceeding the calyx, each containing many minute (0.3 mm long) brownish seeds. Nectary scales minute, obcuneate with rounded apex (see Fig. 10 a). Undoubtedly this species is quite distinct from C. macrantha, but on the other hand it is nearly related to some South-African species (sect. Umbellata Schönl. ), namely C. Dodii Schönl. & Baker f., and C. umbellata Thunb. My specimens were found growing in damp clayey places near Armadale (Nos. 1104, 1105, 20. Sept. 1914) and I hade had it sent from the vicinity of Perth (Mrs. Davis, No. 1451, 1915). Of the latter specimens I have sown seeds and have had plants growing, from which the description above has been completed. They (see fig. 12) differed from the spontaneous specimens in richer branching, more slender growth, flowers on longer stalks, and very little reddish tinge. Geogr. Area: S. and W. Australia. 4. Group. Mu s co sa Schönl. 4. Crassula Miriamæ nov. sp. (Figs. 10 c and 13). Herba annua, parva, 4 — 8 cm alta, ramosa. Folia succulenta, ovato- oblonga, acuta vel subacuta. Flores in glomerulis axillaribus, sessiles vel breviter pedunculati, 5-meri (rarius 4-meri intermixti). Sepala succulenta, ovato-triangulata, acuta vel acuminata, mar- gine corrodata ; petala sepalis subæquilonga, lineari-lanceolata, acuminata, albo-pellucida. Stamina brevia; carpellæ obovato- rotundatæ, obtusæ, stylo mediocri instructæ, maturæ quam sepalis incurvatis multo breviores, inflatæ. Semina 2 in carpella singula. Nectaria minuta, lineari-clavata. Hab. Australia occid., in vicinitatc urbis Perth (No. 1452, leg. Mrs. M. Davis, 1915). Ex affinitate C. Sieberianæ a qua præcipue differt sepalis 44 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. brevioribus et latioribus carpellisque obovato-rotundatis, brevibus et inflatis. Amongst the specimens of C. pedicellosa and C. colorata col- lected near Perth by Mrs. M. Davis was a single specimen of another species which I at first took for C. Sieberiana, l a species recorded for W. A. by Bentham (1. c.) and later authors. But on comparison of the specimen with Sieber's origi- nal plant (PI. Sieberianæ no. 173) and with other specimens of the same species from Vic- toria (leg. F. v. Müller) and S. Australia (leg. J. M. Black), it soon became evident that it was an undescribed species, although allied to C. Sieberiana. This makes it probable that the records of C. Sieberiana from W. A. need con- firmation. (It reaches as far west as S. Australia, according to J. M. Black, 1. c). The specimen sent had ripe seeds and from these I have grown some plants which have made it possible to give a full description of the species. I have named it in honour of the collector, my friend Mrs. Miriam Davis to whose indefatigable in- terest I owe a good deal of my collection of W. A. plants. The plant (see fig. 13) is a much branching succulent, ascending or erect annual. The flowers are placed in dense clusters in the axils of the leaves; sometimes, especially on the branches, the clusters form a spike-like inflorescence. Some of the flowers are sessile and some short-stalked ; the longer pedicels longer than the flower itself. Sepals from an ovate-triangular base tapering into an acute or acuminate apex and with somewhat corrodate margin. Petals' much nar- rower and inconspicuous, linear-lanceolate, acu- minate. Carpels, when ripe, shorter than the adpressed sepals, obtuse with a medium-sized slender style, somewhat inflated, Fig 13. Crassula Miriamæ nov. sp., cultivated speci- men. (Nat. size). C. Sieberiana (Schultes) comb. nov. ; Tillæa Sieberiana Schuttes, Mantissa in Roemer & Schultes, vol. Ill (1827) 345; T . pedunculata Sieber, Pl.exsicc. no. 173; non T.peduncularis Smith, in Rees, Encycl. V. 35, no. 4; T. verticillaris D. C, Prodrom. Ill (1828) 382; Bentham*, Fl. Austr. II (1864) 451, ex parte. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 4o broadly obovate or obovate-rotundate ; each containing two ellip- soidal brown seeds. Nectary scales minute, linear-clavate (see fig. 10 c). The allied C. Sieberiana has few-flowered flower-clusters, not aggregating into dense spike-like inflorescences, longer pedicels (several times longer than the flower), narrower sepals and much smaller and narrower carpels (see the fig. on PI. VII of J. M. Black's paper in Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr. XL, 1916). 5. Crassula colorata (Nees) comb. nov. ; Tillæa colorata Nees ab Esenbeck, in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. I 2 (1844) 277; T. adscendens Nees, ibid, (non Crassula adscendens Thunb., 1778); T. verticillaris Ben- tham, Fl. Austr. II (1864) 451, ex parte; T. acuminata F. M. Reader, Vict. Naturalist XV (1900) 96; J. M. Black, Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr. XL (1916) 63, pi. VII. Bentham (1. c.) included Nees's T. adscendens and T. colorata in his T. verticillaris (= C. Sieberiana), but was evidently wrong in this respect. I have examined Preiss's plants no. 1931 and 1932, upon which the two species were based, (specimens in the herbarium of Lund, Sweden), and have found them much different from Sieber's plant. On the other hand, the two species do not differ in any essential point from each other, and I consider them as one species only; for this I use the name C. colorata as C. ad- scendens is preoccupied by C. adscendens Thunberg (1778). Some specimens sent by Mrs. Davis from the vicinity of Perth (No. 1350, 1915) agree well with Preiss's plants, and from them I have had cultivated specimens grown here in Copenhagen for examination. From these different sources I have been able to form a rather full idea of the species in question. Nees's descriptions of the two plants are very exact and elaborate, and I have not much to add. He doubted himself the independence of the latter of his species ("simillima T. adscen- denti, cujus nescio an sit varietas"), and the distinctive marks given are rather valueless, mostly merely modications dependent on external circumstances. Recently F. M. Reader has created a new species, viz. Tillæa acuminata (Victorian Naturalist XV, 96) to the description of which I have no access. But J. M. Black has (Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr. 1916, 63) given some remarks on it, and he has sent me a herbarium specimen of it. It shows that it is the same plant as Nees's C. colorata, and consequently Reader's name must be reduced to a synonym. According to Black, it is widely 46 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. distributed in S. Australia, and as Reader's plant came from Victoria, the species seems to be distributed in the southern extra-tropical Australia from east to west. Combining what the descriptions give with my examination of the specimens collected by Preiss, J. M. Black and Mrs. Davis, and the cul- tivated plants, I give the following description of the plant (see fig. 14): An erect 5 — 8 cm high, branched succulent annual, branches and stem ending in --J- long (often very long) and somewhat interrupted inflorescences. Leaves very succulent, ovate-oblong, obtuse, often mucronate, 2 — 3 mm long. Flowers in axillary dense clusters, sessile, or the older ones very shortly stalked, 5-merous. Sepals very succulent, broadly triangular-ovate, very acute with somewhat corrodate margin ; petals linear-lanceolate, acuminate, white-pellucid, about as long as the sepals. Carpels, when ripe, much exceeding the sepals, oblique-ovate, acute-aristate with a nearly straight beak; seeds 2 in each car- pel, brown. Nectary scales minute, linear-clavate (se fig. 10 d). The species is related to the following, and to some South-African species of the Muscosa group (Sfhönland, 1. c), e. g. C. campestris Endl. In W. A. it is known from Preiss's two localities ("In arenosis haud longe ab opp. Freemantle" and "In arenosis silvæ prope opp. Perth") and from Mrs. Davis's collection, all three localities lying near Perth. Geogr. area: Victoria, S. and W. Australia. 6. Crassula intricata (Nees) comb. nov. ; Tillæa intricata Nees ab Esenbeck, in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. I 2 (1844) 278. FcftoJLC(rNee^a In the herbarium of Lund (Sweden) I have Ostf., cultivated examined a specimen of Preiss's no. 1929: " Tillæa ylNatP5en" (Bulliarda) intricata N. ab E. In arenoso-conchy- liosis humidis prope lacum insulæ Rottennest, Aug. 19. 39". The specimen is a rather poor one, but careful observation makes it possible to compare the plant with Nees's description (1. c). On the whole they agree with each other, but in one C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 47 important point the description is erroneous, viz. the number of ovules is not several ("ovula plura"), but only two, as in the preceding species. No doubt Preiss's plant is very near his two other species, and the only reason for placing T. intricata under the subgen. Bulliarda (while the two others are placed under Tillæa proper) was the supposed differences in the number of ovules, and this is wrong. Near the Ya HingupCaveHousel collected a Crassula on sandy open places (No. 360, 26. Aug. 1914) which is identical with Preiss's plant, and my richer material allows me a fuller conception of the species, which is, in reality, very close to C. colorata. The main differences are the quite different habit, owing to the de- cumbent and rich branching, the solitary or few flowers in the axils, and the recurved beak of the fruiting carpels. A short description runs as follows: A much branched annual with decumbent bases of the stem and branches, and ascending upper parts, 2 — 5 cm high. Leaves suc- culent, ovate-oblong, obtuse, 2 — 3 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary or in few-flowered clusters, sessile or nearly so, 5-merous, forming long interrupted spike-like inflorescences. Sepals broadly ovate, acute-acuminate; petals linear-lanceolate, acuminate, as long as or a little longer than the sepals. Stamens somewhat shorter. Carpels, when ripe, much exceeding the -sepals, oblong- ovate, acute, tapering evenly into a recurved beak; seeds two in each carpel, brown. Nectary scales minute, linear-clavate. The species seems to belong to the coastal area and may be a coastal vicarious species for C. colorata. Hitherto known only from Rottnest Island off Freemantle and Yallingup Gave House. There are two more species of Crassula recorded for W. Australia, viz. C. bonariensis Cambes (= Tillæa purpurata Hook, f.) and C. recurva (Hook, f.) ; but whether these records are correct or not, I do not know, as I have not seen Drummond's plants, among which they are found (according to Bentham, 1. c. 452). I have included them in the key to the W. Australian species of Crassula given above (see p. 39). In the Eastern states there are further C. Sieberiana (Schultes), mentioned above, and the newly described Victorian species C. (Tillæa) exserta (F. M. Reader in Vict. Naturalist XIV, p. 83) which I have not seen. III. Frankenia. The Frankenias of West Australia are rather difficult to ex- tricate. The treatments by the different authors (Turczaninow, 48 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Bentham and Diels) show great uncertainty with regard to the delimitation of the species. Niedenzu, in his survey of the Frankeniacæ in Engler u. Prantl., Natürl. Pflanzenf. (Ill, 6, 1895, pp. 283 — 289) divides the subgenus Oceania, to which all the Australian species belong, into two sections, according to the number and place of the ovules. After examination of a number of specimens of West Australian Frankenias in the herbaria of Copenhagen and Berlin, I have found this distinction mark a good one.1 I distinguish between: (1) ovules on 2—3 parietal placentas, more than two on each placenta; (2) ovules 1 — 2 on each parietal placenta; and (3) ovules only 2—3, basal on long funicles. These three groups fit in for the West Australian species, but I have examined a plant from Port Pirie, S. Austr., which seemed to have 9 basal ovules. My two first groups are Niedenzu's Toichogonia, and my last group his Basigonia. Using these characters as the principal ones, and then those given by Bentham in his very good treatment of the genus in Fl. Austral, vol. I, I have arrived at the conclusions given in the following. I have found it necessary to describe some new species, and I feel convinced that further researches will result in still more new discoveries. As Diels, in his Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. occ, remarks, F. pauciflora belongs to "einen polymorphen Formen- Kreis", and my examination of specimens labelled F. pauciflora have shown that some belonged to sect. Toichogonia and others to Basigonia; these must of course be separated from each other. It is not possible yet to arrange the species of Frankenia into natural groups, as our knowledge is too restricted, and the following key to the West Australian species must, therefore, be taken only as an arrangement according to the characters most easily used for distinction. A Key to the West-Australian Frankenias. A. Placentas parietal, each bearing several (more than 2) ovules. Stems decumbent to erect; flowers large or smaller. a. Leaves shortly, but distinctly petiolate; flowers in leafy dichotomous cymes. 1. Leaves linear, with margins revolute until the midrib; flowers large; stem decumbent or ascending, glabrous or pubescent; calyx glabrous or pubescent F. pauciflora. 2. Leaves, at least the lower ones, ovate with only the margins re- 1 Niedenzu, by the way, not having sufficient material at his disposi- tion, has arranged the Australian species wrongly under his headings. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 49 rurved; flowers smaller; stem erect or ascending, densely pubes- cent; calyx pubescent F. serpyllif olia. b. Leaves sessile, linear, short; flowers in dense heads (aggregated cymes) at the top of the branches, rather small; stem, leaves and calyx puberulous F. conferta. B. Placentas parietal, each bearing 1 — 2 ovules; stems decumbent; flowers small, solitary or in dichotomous cymes. a. Stems quite glabrous; leaves linear-terete, distinctly petiolate: flowers solitary F. Drummondii. b. Stems more or less puberulous; leaves subsessile or sessile; flowers in leafy dichotomous cymes. 1. Calyx more or less imbedded in a sheath formed by 4 floral leaves, glabrous; stems sparingly puberulous, lower leaves oblong- ovate, floral leaves triangular-ovate F. ambit a. 2. Calyx sessile (not imbedded), with 4 linear floral leaves, hairy; stems densely hairy with a short pubescence; leaves linear-terete. F. Maidenii. C. Ovules 2— 3, basal, on long funicles. a. Flowers in dense heads (contracted cymes) at the top of the branches; leaves distinctly petiolate with ciliate sheaths; stems erect, inter- nodes much longer than the linear-terete, glabrous, revolute leaves. 1. Floral leaves ovate-lanceolate, flat and strongly ciliate, much broader than the stem-leaves F. bracteata. 2. Floral leaves like the stem-leaves, linear-terete. t Glabrous or nearly so F. glomerata. ft Branches, young leaves and calyx hairy with short bristly hairs F. setosa. b. Flowers solitary or in leafy dichotomous cymes at the top of the branches; stems decumbent (or rarely erect?). 1. Leaves sessile, shortly linear-terete (under 5 mm long); stems decumbent; flowers small. t Leaves not produced below their insertion, acute or obtuse; stamens 4, style 2-cleft, ovules 2 F. tetr apetala. tt Leaves produced below their insertion into a free, closely ad- pressed appendage; stamens 6, style 3-cleft, ovules 3 (2—4?). F. punctata. 2. Leaves distinctly, but often minutely petiolate on the margin of the sheath. t Leaves very short (not exceeding 2 mm), terete-oblong, much revolute, obtuse, glabrous; sheath rather long (half as long as the blade), with strong cilia F. p arvula. tf Leaves longer (3—6 mm); sheath much shorter than the blade. o Leaves more or less hairy on the upper surface; branches and calyx densely hairy F. Interioris. oo Leaves glabrous on the upper surface; branches sparingly pubescent; calyx glabrous. + Leaves oblong, flat with revolute margins and densely hairy lower surface; internodes much shorter than the leaves; styles 3, ovules 3 F. compacta. ++ Leaves linear, revolute ; internodes longer than the leaves ; styles 2, ovules 2 F. Georgei. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 4 50 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 8. 1. Frankenia pauciflora D. C. Prodr. I (1824) 350; Curtis, Botan. Magaz. tab. 2896; Benth., Fl. Austr. I (1863) 151; maxima ex parte. The specimens from the coastal region are decumbent shrubs with internodes several times longer than the leaves. Stems Fig. 15. Frankenia serpyllifolia Lindl., from W. A. (Herb. Berol., ded. F. v. Muller). (172 nat. size). glabrous or, especially the younger, somewhat pubescent. Leaves oblong or linear, obtuse, revolute, glabrous, distinctly petiolate, 8 — 10mm long; sheaths ciliate. Flowers in leafy dichotomous cymes. Corolla pink. Several ovules on each of the three parietal placentas (I have counted 21 — 24 ovules in the ovary). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 51 Specimens examined: Carnarvon, common in dune depres- sions: Diels 190 L (No. 3722, herb. Berol.); Dr. I. B. Cleland (ex herb. Mus. Perth); C. H. Ostenfeld (No. 1101, 31. Oct. 1914). In arenosis exsicc. inter Restiones ad ripam fluvii Cygnorum prope Peninsulam, Herb. Preiss No. 1283. A coarser, nearly erect form has the same floral characters, but has larger (broader and thicker) calyx and shorter, thicker- leaves (only 3—5 mm long) ; this is, probably, the original form described by De Candolle. It is present in Herb. Berol: (1) Nova Hollandia, Cote occid. Ex Museo Paris 1819, Hb. Kuntze. (2) Inneres West-Australien, Murrin-Murrin, W. J.George 1902, comm. L. Diels. 2. Frankenia serpyllifolia Lindley, in Mitchel, Trop. Austr. (1848) 305; F. pauciflora, var. serpyllifolia Benth., Fl. Austr. I (1863) 152. An erect much branched shrub (20 cm high) with elongated densely pubescent internodes and divaricate dichotomous cymes (Fig. 15). Leaves short and broad, especially the lower, broadly ovate to linear-ovate (the floral ones), with revolute margins (but not so much as in other species), glabrous on both surfaces. Flowers smaller than in F. pauciflora ; calyx hairy. Floral charac- ters otherwise as in F. pauciflora (several ovules etc.). In Herb. Berol. a specimen presented by the late F. v. Müller and labelled »West Austr.« has been named F. serpyllifolia by Bray j), and I think with good reason. It is near F. pauciflora, but the differences in the vegetative parts are so great that I think it a good species. 3. Frankenia conferta Diels, in Diels et Pritzel, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. occ, Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 389. I have seen part of the type specimen (in Herb. Berol.) and refer to Diels' exhaustive description. No doubt it is near to F. pauciflora, the floral characters of which are the same. 4. F. Drummondii Benth. in Fl. Austr. I (1863) 152. I have not seen any specimens of this species, and have placed it in the key according to the description. 5. F. ambita Ostf., see above p. 24 (Fig. 9). Seems to be restricted to the north-western part of the state. x) cfr. Bray, W. J. : The geographical Distribution of the Frankeniaceæ considered in connection with their systematic Relationships. Engler, Bot. Jahrb. XXIV (1897). 4* 52 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 6. Frankenia Maiden» nov. sp. (Fig. 16). Fruticulus decumbens ramosissimus, caulibus calycibusque dense breviterque setuloso-puberulis, internodiis foliis subduplo longi- oribus. Folia brevia (3—4 mm longa), crassiuscula, sessilia, omnino revoluta, brevissime setuloso-pu- berula (saltern juniora, seniora concretione calcarea (?) alba tecta), basi ciliata, subteretia, linearia, false 4-verticillata vel inferiora opposita vagina brevissima ciliata vel nulla. Flores in cymis aliquo- ties dichotomis, sessiles. Calyx linearis, 4 — 5 mm longus. Corolla parva, rosea; petala, ut stamina, infra medium cohærentia, lamina obovata ; stamina 6, inæqualia; styli rami 3 ; ovula 2 in placentis (3) singulis fixa. Hab. Austr. occ. interioris ad Cue (leg. J. H. Maiden, Oct. 1909, ex herb. Nationali New South Wales, sub. nom. F. punc- tatæ; typus in Herb. Copenhagen). In habit this species resembles F. ambita, from which it dif- fers in the dense clothing of very short hairs and in the sessile leaves and sessile (not imbedded) calyx. From F.pauciflora D. C. it differs in the short sessile leaves, the few ovules, the short and dense clothing etc. From F. punctata it is easily distinguished by wanting the basal appendages of the leaves and by the lateral placentas. The later character as well as the 5-merous flowers distinguish it from F. tetrapetala. 7. Frankenia bracteata Turcz., Bull. Mose. XXVII (1854) 367; Benth. Fl. Austr. I (1863) 150; Diels et Pritzel, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. occ, Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 389. I have seen the specimens quoted by Diels and Pritzel (1. c.) and collected by Pritzel (No. 816) at Waeel (dist. Avon). 8. Frankenia glomerata Turcz., Bull. Mose. XXVII (1854) 368; Benth. Fl. Austr. I (1863) 151. To this species I refer some specimens in Herb. Berol. named F.pauciflora, namely: No. 5707, Northampton, L. Diels. They agree in all points with the description given by Bentham (1. c). Fig. 16. Frankenia Maidenii nov. sp., from Cue, W. A. (lV2nat. size). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 53 9. Frankenia setosa W. V. Fitzgerald, in Journ. W. Austr. Nat. Hist. Soc. no. 1 (1904) 3. Known to me only from the description; perhaps only a hairy variety of F. glomerata. 10. Frankenia tetrapetala Labill, Nov. Holl. Plant, spec. I (1804) 88, tab. 114; Benth., Fl. Austr. I (1860) 152; Dieis et Pritzel, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. occ, Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 390. I have only seen the specimens collected by Diels (quoted by Diels and Pritzel, 1. c.) near Esperance (no. 5450). 11. Frankenia punctata Turcz., Bull. Mose. XXVII (1854) 367: Benth., Fl. Austr. I (1860) 153; Diels et Pritzel, Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. occ, Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 390. Only the specimens quoted by Diels and Pritzel (1. c) from Cummening (distr. Avon) were seen. 12. Frankenia parvula Turcz., Bull. Mose. XXVII (1854) 368; Benth. Fl. Austr I (1860) 152. Of this species I have only seen a fragment of Drummond's 5th Coll. Suppl., no. 81. 13. Frankenia Interioris no v. sp. (Fig. 17). Fruticulus ramosissimus decumbens; rami dense setoso-pubes- centes, foliis longiores vel breviores. Folia brevia (3—4 mm longa), lineari-teretia, obtusa vel acuta, valde revoluta, plus minus dense pilis brevissimis curvatis vel rectis patulis prædita, brevissime petiolata, va- gina haud manifesta cl- liataque. Flores in cymis dichotomis paucifloris, parvi; calyx linearis (5—6 mm longus), dense setoso- pubescens, 5-dentatus ; pe- tala 5 rosea, unguibus co- hærentibus, laminis obo- vatis, margine dentata ; stamina 6inæqualia; styli rami 3; ovula 3, basalia. Hab. Austr. occid. interioris: in deserto ad Kalgoorlie (No. 1110, 7. Octob. 1914, typus); ad Bullabulling (L. Diels, no. 5202, in Herb. Berol., sub nom F. paucifloræ). Fig. 17. Frankenia Interioris nov. sp., from Kalgoorlie (no. 1110). (IV, nat. size). 54 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. This decumbent small-leaved shrub seems to be common in the arid interior of the southern part of the State, perhaps taking the place of F. pauciflora of the coast region. It is easily distinct from the latter by the three basal ovules and the dense hairiness as well as by the smaller leaves, shorter internodes etc. From F. Georgei Diels it differs in the dense hairiness, the cohærent petals and the three ovules and three style- branches. var. conspicua no v. var. (Fig. 18). Differt a typo dimensionibus majoribus; internodiis foliis longioribus; foliis lati- oribus oblongo-ovatis vel oblongis, mar- gine solum revoluta, subtus glabris, 5 — 7 mm longis, obtusis, distincte pe- tiolatis; calycibus majoribus, 6 — 7 mm longis; corollis conspicuoribus ; ceterum ut in typo. Coolgardie Goldfields, J. Wood, Oct. 1908 New South Wales, sub nom. F. paucifloræ). A plant kindly sent me by Mr. J. H. Maiden of Sydney, I con- sider as a luxuriant variety of F. Interioris. It has a rather different habit, but agrees in all essential characters with the main species. 14. Frankenia Georgei Diels, in Diels et Pritzel, Botan. Jahrb. 35 (1904) 389. I have not seen this species, which was based upon specimens collected at Mur- rin-Murrin (Distr. Austin) by W. J. George, 1902. 15. Frankenia conipacta nov. sp. (Fig. 19). Fruticulus decumbens et repens, ramis brevibus, dense foliatis superne sparse setoso- hirsutis, internodis foliis multo brevioribus. Folia oblonga, obtusa, plana, margine solum revoluta, supra glabra, subtus dense hirsuta, distincte petiolata, vagina ciliata, 4—5 mm longa. Flores in densis cymis dichotomis, sessiles, mediocri ; calyx linearis, ca. 5 mm longus, glaber; corolla (an pallide-lutea?); petala Fig. 18. Frankenia Interio- ris var. conspicua nov. var., from Coolgardie. (V-/2 nat. size). Hab. Austr. occ. : (Herb. Copenh., ex Herb. Fig. 19. Frankenia com,' pacta nov. sp., from Wagin Lake. (I1/* nat. size). Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, No. 8. Plate IV Australian Annual Triglochins. I. T.centrocarpa var. nana, from S.A., Port Elliot. 2. T.centrocarpa, typica, 3 specimens from W. A., Armadale. 3. T. centrocarpa, var. brevicarpa, from W. A., Yallingup Cave. 4. T. centrocarpa, var. nana from Vict., Station Peak (leg. F. v. Müller). 5. T. trichophora, from W. A., Busselton. 6. T. trichophora (spec, authent,), Preiss no. 2411 (from the heri), of Lund). 7. T. ealcitrapa, var. pedunculata, from W.A., Yaliingup Cave. 8. T. Miilleri, from W. A., Vasse Kiver (part of type collection). 9. T. turrifera from Vict., Little Desert. 10. T.turrifera, from Viet., Taylors Creek. II. T.Stowardii, from W.A., Beverley (part of type collection). 12-13. Preiss no. 2409 (from the Melbourne herb.) containing young T. centrocarpa (12) and T. minatissima (13), part of type collection. (Photo, of herbarium specimens; nat. size). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 55 5; lamina obo vata, margine dentata ; stamina 6, subtus cohærentia, styli rami 3, ovula 3 basalia. Hab. Austr. occid. : ad Wagin Lake (leg. Miss Crown 1891, Diels no. 7835 in Herb. Berol., ex Herb. Melbourne). This species is very distinct from the others by the nearly flat oblong leaves with densely pubescent lower surfaces, by the short internodes, the dense foliage and inflorescence and by the floral characters. 56 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Chenopodiaceæ from West Australia. By Ove Paulsen. The Chenopodiaceæ collected by Dr. C. H. Ostenfeld in Western Australia and handed over to me for identification are of importance, because every contribution to the botany of those little-known countries must be welcomed. But especially with regard to this family our knowledge is scarce, and most of all this applies to the group Salicornieæ, which has been very much neglected. — Several doubtful or difficult questions have arisen; in such cases I have figured the material ; and if the species con- cerned are thus rendered recognisable for others with certainty, an advance is made, even if my decisions be not correct in every case. I. Rhagodia R. Br. 1. R. Gaudichaudiana Moq., in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 53; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 154. Kalgoorlie (No. 335, 7. Oct. 1914). 2. R. baccata (Labill.) Moq., in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 50; Chenopodium baccatum Labill. Nov. Holl. pi. spec. I (1804) 71, tab. 96; Rhagodia Billardieri R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 408; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 152; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. Austr. Sals. 3 (1890) tab. 21. Leaves opposite. Fruits fleshy, red. Carnarvon, in dunes (No. 344, 31. Oct. 1914). 3. R. parvilolia Moq., in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 52; R. cras- sifolia R. Br. var., Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 155. An undershrub ; leaves small (5 — 8 mm long), obovate to ob- long, mealy; inflorescence very open, spiciform. Flowering. Kalgoorlie (No. 327, 8." Oct. 1914). G. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 57 Fig. 20. Hair of Cheno- podium nitrariaceum. II. Chenopodium. 4. C. nitrariaceum F. v. Müll., in Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 158; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. 3 (1890) tab. 28. Leaves mostly opposite. Plant pubescent, by characteristic hammer-shaped hairs (Fig. 20). SufTrutescent ; in No. 328 there are long dead shoot-systems, and the year-shoots are only about 5 cm long. Tn No. 343 they attain a length of 15 — 20 cm. Both bear young fruits and single ripe ones. Tarn min, in heath (No. 328, 6. Oct. 1914); Geraldton, in sand dunes (No. 343, 28. Oct, 1914). III. Atriplex L. 5. (?) A. stipitatum Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 168. The specimens collected being male only, they are not discernible from A. Mo- quiniana Web., which species according to Bentham differs from A. stipitatum by its fruiting bracteoles. Male clusters in open spikes. Flowers yet unopened. Kalgoorlie (No. 336, 10. Oct. 1914). 6. A. rhagodioides F. v. Müll., Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 172. Of this frutescent and mealy-white species two specimens are present in the collection. The first, No. 346, is a female specimen without any male flowers, but whith numerous fruits clustered along the branches. The bracteoles are without dorsal appendages, thickened to the top or nearly so, a narrow strip of thin tissue being sometimes left. The outline varies from rhomboid to nearly semiorbicular and broader than long ; a medial point or blunt angle is always present. Width of bracteoles about 5 — 6 mm. — Most of leaves in this plant are hastate-lanceolate, but entire ones are also found. The second plant, No. 347, is male, nevertheless some few fruits are found. The male flower-clusters are terminal, globular; only on the main shoots more are combined, so as to form some- thing like a spike or panicle. — The leaves are lanceolate and entire, only the uppermost ones are angular below. Carnarvon, in dunes (No. 346, 347, 31. Oct. 1914). 58 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 7. (?) A. angulatum Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 174; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. 2 (1889) tab. 11. No flowers or fruits present. The plant seems to be an erect shrub. Kalgoorlie (No. 337, 7. Oct. 1914). 8. A. exilifolia F. v. Müll. Fragm. VII (1869) 9; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 175. A semiglobose low undershrub. Flowering. Port Hed land, in dune depressions (No. 1145, 3. Nov. 1914). 9. A. spongiosa F. v. Müll., in Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 179; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. 2 (1889) tab. 20. Carnarvon, in sand dunes. Fruiting (No. 345, 31. Oct. 1914). IV. Chenolea Thunb. 10. C. carnosa (Moq.) Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 190; Echinop- silon ? carnosus Moq., in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 136; Bassia carnosa F. v. Müll. Cens. Austr. pi. (1882) 30. The perianth being spineless and wingless, this species must be named Chenolea and not Bassia. Suffrutescent ; fruits unripe. Kalgoorlie (No. 334, 7. Oct. 1914). V. Bassia All. 11. B. sclerolænoides (F. v. Müll.) F. v. Müll. Gens. Austr. pl. (1882) 30; Echinopsüon sclerolænoides F. v. Müll. Fragm. VII (1869) 13 ; Chenolea sclerolænoides (F. v. Müll.) Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 192. Suffrutescent ; fruiting. Kalgoorlie (No. 333, 7. Oct. 1914). 12. B. (liacantha (Nees) F. v. Müll. Gens. Austr. pl. (1882) 30, Iconogr. 8 (1891) tab. 78, Anisacantha diacantha Nees, in Lehm, pl. Preiss. I (1845) 635; Kentropsis diacantha Moq., in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2(1849)138: Sclerolæna diacantha Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 194, Fruiting. Kalgoorlie (No. 338, 7. Oct. 1914). 13. B. Drummondii (Benth.) F. v. Müll. Gens. Austr. pl. (1882) 30; Anisacantha Drummondii Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 199. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 59 Stem and leaves strigose-tomentose, otherwise the plant agrees with Bentham's description. Fruiting; perianth bearing two long spines and one very short; seed vertical. Kalgoorlie (No. 339, 7. Oct. 1914). VI. Koch i a Schrad. 14. K. villosa Ldl., in Mitch. Trop. Austr. (1848) 91 ; quoted from Benth. Fl. Austr. V, (1870) 186; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. 6 (1890) tab. 53; Diels in Engl. Jahrb. 35 (1905) 185. A low erect shrub, young stems white-tomentose, leaves Fig. 21. Fruit of Kochia Ostenfeldii in longitudinal section. The section was somewhat excentric; the stipled line shows the extent of the inner cavity in center. About 4/i- terete, silky-tomentose, glabrescent; fruiting perianth 17 — 19 mm diam., glabrous, yellowish-brown. Kalgoorlie (No. 342, 7. Oct. 1914). 15. K. villosa Ldl. var. humilis Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 187. Agrees with F. v. Müller's specimens from Murray desert (Herb. Berlin). A low sufTrutex, very hairy. Flowering and fruiting; fruiting perianth lanate, with reddish tint, diameter 7 — 9 mm. Kalgoorlie (No. 325, 7.-8. Oct. 1914). 60 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 16. K. sedifolia F. v. Müll., Journ. of Bot. 8 (1856) 205; Iconogr. 6 (1890) tab. 54; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 187. Leaves clavate tomentose, in dried state perfectly brown. Fruits few, fruiting perianth 6 mm diam. Kalgoorlie (No. 329, 7. Oct. 1914). 17. K. Ostenfeld« n. sp. (PI. V fig. 1). K. ut videtur annua, caule stricte erecto ramis numerosis brevibus erecto-flexuosis munito et obtecto, dense lanato-tomentoso, tomento in ramis iunioribus albo bre- .-17'.. ü viusculo (axillis tarnen longe lanatis), in partis vetustioribus brunnescenti ; folia permulta teretia obtusa glabrescentia, dum novella lana axillari obtecta. Flores solitarii, perianthium floriferum ad medium lobatum lobis inæqualibus ex- trinsecus dense tomentosis, perian- thium fructiferumbasi turbinato- cylindrico verticaliter anguste quinque-alatum, alis superne in- ferneque liberis, superne membrana hori- zontali disciformi circulari seme! interrupta glabra instructum, apice semierectum, loins pyramidem brevem pubescentem forman- tibus colore nigrescenti. (Fig. 21, 22). Alt. plantæ 20—50 cm, long, ramorum 3 — 10 cm, long, foliorum adultorum 1 — 1.5 cm, alt. perianthii fructiferi 0.5 cm, diam. mem- branæ horizontalis 1.1 — 1.2 cm. Kalgoorlie (No. 324, 7. Oct. 1914; No. 326, 8. Oct. 1914). Fig. 22. Ripe fruit of Kochia Ostenfeldii seen from below. About «7i. VII. Enchylæna R. Br. 18. E. tonicntosa R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 408; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 181 ; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. 9 (1891) tab. 85. Fruiting. Kalgoorlie (No. 331, 7. Oct. 1914). Vlll. Threlkeldia R. Br. 19. T. diffusa R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 410; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 197; F. v. Müll. Iconogr. 9 (1891) tab. 86. A small shrub; fruiting. Geraldton, in sand-dunes (No. 348, 28. Oct. 1914). C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 61 IX. A rth roen em um Moq. Since 1 870, the year when Vol. V of Bentham's Flora ap- peared, no original treatment of Australian Salicornieæ has been published. Only some of Bentham's species have been given generic rank by Hooker (Teclicornia, Pachycornia) who adds "analysis florum ob mollitiem organorum difficillima". It is true that it is a difficult tribe, and it seems to be disliked by systema- tists. In trying to identify the species collected by Dr. Ostenfeld I have been able to compare them with Australian specimens, from the Berlin Museum, kindly placed at my disposal by Pro- fessor Diels. For the rest, no material was at hand for com- parison, so I had to name the plants mostly after descriptions. Allthough some of the species are not known to belong to the genus named above, they are enumerated here; when their seeds become known they may, if needed, be removed to other genera. 20. A. Arbuscula (R. Br.) Moq., Chen. mon. enum. (1840) 113; D. G. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 152; Salicornia arbuscula R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 411 ; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 203. (PI. VI, fig. 1). A shrub forming do- me-like cushions. Spikes short; the fruiting peri- anths are horizontally emerging, free, and den- tate above (Fig. 23). Peri- carp thin and membra- naceous, radicle below, al- bumen lateral and embryo curved. Fruiting, only No. 330 not, this was apparently dying. Kalgoorlie (No. 330, 7. Oct. 1914); Carnarvon (No. 351, 31. Oct. 1914); Port Hedland, in dune pans (No. 1142, 3. Nov. 1914). 21. A. lciostachyum (Benth.) comb, nov.; Salicornia leiostachya Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 203. (PI. V., fig. 2). Shrubby, articles thickened upwards, shortly and bluntly bidentate, with scarious margins. Even between the nodes bearing ripe spikes the internodes are still covered by assimilatory tissue. Fig. 23. Arthrocnemum Arbuscula. a, ripe perianths with seeds, b, seed seen from the side. About 10/i- 62 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. Ripe spikes nearly sessile, 1—3 cm long, 0.5—0.7 cm thick, blunt, cylindric or tapering upwards, with oblique depressed rings and no acuminate points. When the spike is broken, the fruiting perianth remains with the article be- low it. Flowers in threes, wholly im- mersed, perianth flattened above, without indenta- tions. Ripe peri- carp hard and brown, compressed, seen from the side broadly ovate (Fig. 24 e); style wither- ing, not persistent. Radicle below, al- bumen lateral. This species has been identified from Bentham's description only. It is, if rightly understood, nearly related to A. indicum (Willd.) Moq. (PL V, fig. 3). Of the last-named species we have in Copen- hagen specimens collected by Rottler on the plains at Tranque- bar and thus properly identical with those seen by Willdenow. They differ in the shape of the ripe fruit. In A. indicum, the style is persistent like the rest, and placed obliquely (see Fig. 24, /), and the pericarp is obovate. As stated by Ungern-Sternberg (Versuch einer Systematik d. Tribus Salicornieae, Diss. Dorpat 1866, p. 70), the pericarp is easily Assuring in the sagittal plane. Were it not for these differences, the two species would seem to be identical. A study of a larger material, however, might per- haps reveal other differences. Port Hedland (No. 1144 bis, 3. Nov. 1914). Fig. 24. a — d, Arthrocnemum Benthami. a, 3 fruiting perianths, the one on the right hand lacks ovary. b, outline of ripe fruit, c — d, seeds (emb., embryo, alb., albumen), e, outline of fruit of A. leiostachy urn. f, same of A. indicum. About 10/i. 22. A. Benthami n. sp. (PL VI, fig. 2). Fruticosum erectum carnosum ramis oppositis internodiis superne vix dilatatis margine scarioso bifido lobis acutiusculis. Spicæ 0.8 — 2 cm longæ maturæ 0.4 — 0.5 cm crassæ breviter vel longiuscule pedunculatæ 8 — 12 articulatæ, articulis brevibus in C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 63 spicis junioribus margine scarioso leviter bifido, in spicis maturis lineis depressis leviter curvatis limitatis, curvaturis binis super- ioribus convexis oppositis in dentibus minutis productis. Flores terni immersi articulo superiori arcte adhaerentes, perianthio superne dilatato edentulo, stamine uno anthera ad medium lobata, perioarpio indurato brunneo ovato-lanceolato, semine uno radicula infera albumine laterali (Fig. 24 a — d). This species distinguishes itself from the preceding by the following characters: The stem bearing ripe spikes has as a rule lost its assimilatory tissue, the spikes are smaller, and the rings between the articles bear small acumens, the shape of the ripe pericarp is different, and the style is persistent. It may be that this is the true .4. leiostachyum. The two species were collected in the same place and at the same time; Dr. Ostenfeld took them for the same species. He remarks that A. Benthami forms coarse flat cushions. On the other hand, a Berlin specimen is labelled: about 3/i m high. Dr. Ostenfeld has observed that broken off spikes of this and the foregoing species are carried by the wind, and thus sow out the seeds. Point Samson (Cossack), outskirts of Mangrove (No. 1143, 2. Nov. 1914); PortHedland, dune depression (No. 1144, 3. Nov. 1914). In the Berlin herb, the species is present from: Carnarvon (L. Diels, No. 3739), and South Austr., Port Adelaide, leg. J. G. 0. Tepper. 23. A. (?) bidens Nees ab Esenbeck, in Lehm. PI. Preissianae I (1845) 632; Moq. in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 151; Salicornia bidens Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 203. A sterile specimen only. It has been named on account of its relatively long and distinct foliar scales. Fruit and seed are not known, and thus it remains doubtful to which genus our species belong. — Preiss' original specimen was also from Swan River. Swan River at Perth (No. 340 A, 6. Sept. 1914, E. Dorph- Petersen). 24. A. (?) pruinosum n. sp. (PI. VI, fig. 3). Erectum fruticosum ramosissimum ramis oppositis ramulorum articulis pruinoso-glaucis 1 cm brevioribus apice scarioso-dilatatis, lobis 2 oppositis quam collo laterali paullo majoribus acutatis vel angulatis. Spicæ 1 — 3.5 cm longæ 8 — 17 articulatæ articulis brevibus superne scarioso-dilatatis margine fere annularibus. Flores 64 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. terni non cum fobis cohærentes brevissime exserti, perianthio infundibuliformi superne bidentato, stamine uno, pericarpio mem- branaceo debili. Semina non adsunt (Fig. 25). The bluish-green colour and the long spikes with un- lobed margins are charac- teristic for this species. Flowering. Carnarvon, on the beach (No. 349, 31. Oct. 1914). 25. A. brachystachyum sp. (PI. VI, fig. 4). * Erectum fruticosum Fig.25. Arthrocnemum pruinosum. a, 3 flowers seen from outside, b, a flower seen from the left side, with hairs on its top. About 10/i« ramosissimum ramis oppo- sitis ramulorum articulis viridibus (in sicco cinereo-viridibus) 1 cm brevioribus v. longioribus apice dilatatis et in dentes 2 distinctos acu- tos productis margine anguste scarioso. Spicæ 0.5 — 1.2 cm longæ ca. 0.3 cm crassæ articulis 4 — 8 brevibus inferioribus leviter et obtuse loba- tis, superioribus margine fere annulari. Flores ter- ni cum foliis non cohæ- rentes, et juniores et vetustiores longe exserti perianthio superne bre- viter dentato, pericarpio cum stylo indurato brun- nescenti semine uno al- bumine laterali radicula infera. Stamina non ad- sunt (Fig. 26). Characteristic espe- cially by the shape and appearance of the spikes. Fruiting Carnarvon, on the beach (No. 352, 31. Oct. 1914). Fig. 26 Arthrocnemum brachystachyum. a, 3 fruit-bearing perianths, b, ripe fruit, c, seed (emb., embryo, alb., albumen). About 10/x. X. Salicornia L. 26. S. australis Solander in Forster, Flor. insul, austral, prodrom. (1786) 88 ; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 205 ; Salicornia indica R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 411, non Willd.; ? Halocnemum australasiacum C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. II. 6o Moq. in D. G. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 149; Salicomia quinqueflora Bge. in Ung. Sternberg 1. c. (1866) 59. A low bluish-green shrub. Flowers in fives, whereby this species is easily recognisable. The specimens have lost their fruits, the axes remaining. Here, then, the spikes are not tumb- led about by the wind (comp. A. leiostachyum). From the defici- ency of fruit and seed it is uncertain whether the species is a Salicomia, or an Arthrocnemum. Carnarvon, in salt pans (No. 350, 31. Oct. 1914). 27. S. sp. A slender, sterile specimen. Swan River at Perth (No. 340 B, 6. Sept. 1914, E. Dorph- Petersen). XI. Suæda Forsk. 28. S. australis (R. Br.) Moq., Ann. se. nat. 23, (1831) 318; Chenopodium austräte R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 407; Chenopodina australis Moq. in D. C. Prodr. XIII 2 (1849) 163; Suæda mari- tima Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 206. The specimens have been named Suæda maritima by Mr. J. H. Maiden. They are shrubby below, sterile, having thrown off their fruits, but the branches are shooting freely. Having had no opportunity to examine flower and fruit, I have made cross-sections of leaves. The anatomy of the leaf is, as a whole, like that of S. maritima from our North-European coasts, but there is one difference, namely that the epidermis is very papil- lose on all sides of the leaves1). Thus, both the shrubby habit of the plant and the shooting after flowering show that it is perennial, and the papillæ on the leaves give further proof for the assumption that S. australis, if derived from S. maritima, is no longer identical with it, but must be regarded as a distinct species. Swan River at Perth (No. 341, 6. Sept. 1914, E. Dorph- Petersen). Derby, dominant in mangrove (No. 1163, 7. Nov. 1914). 29. S. sp. A fragment. Kalgoorlie (No. 232, 7. Oct. 1914). 1 On the value of anatomy in identification of the species of Suæda, see the present writer's book : Studies in the Vegetation of the Transcaspian Lowlands. Copenhagen 1912. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. 6 66 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 8. XII. Salsola. 30. S. Kali L. Spec, plant. (1753) 222; Benth. Fl. Austr. V (1870) 207. A somewhat long-leaved and coarse orm. The anatomy of the leaves is like that in northern specimens. Carnarvon, on sandy beach (No. 353, 31. Oct. 1914); Port Hed land (3. Nov. 1914). (Issued 22th May 1918.) Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bi>. 2, No. 8. tø ■ 1. Kochia Ostenfeldii, from Kalgoorlie. 2. Arthrocnemum leiostachyum, from Port Hedland 3. Arthrocnemum indicum, from Tranquebar, India. (2/3 nat. size). Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, No. 8. Plate VI 1. Arthrocnemum Arbuscula, from Port Hedland. 2. A. Benthami, from Port Hedland. 3. A. [?)pruinosum, from Carnarvon. 4. A.brachystachyum, from Carnarvon. (2/3 nat. size). Bd.2 . DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. 9 UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING = 1918 = Mosses and Lichens collected in the former Danish West Indies By F. Borgesen and C. Raunkiær. In the years 1905-6 we visited the Danish West- Indies, and from that tour dates the greater part of the material which this list contains. As to the rest of the material most of it is due to F. Børgesen's travellings, respectively in 1892-93 and 1895-96. Finally the list contains some specimens collected by Eggers, 0. Paulsen and C. H. Ostenfeld. The whole of the material is in the Botanical Museum University of Copenhagen. Our warmest thanks are due to the Professors V. F. Brothe- rus and E. Wainio (Helsingfors), who were kind enough to de- termine the whole of the material, respectively the mosses and the lichens. The lichens have been included in Wainio's "Additamenta ad Lichenographiam Antillarum illustrandam" (Annales Academiae Scientiarum Fennicae. Ser. A. Tom. VI. Helsingforsiae 1915). The, names of those species collected by us and mentioned in Wainio's paper as new are, in the present list, printed in large type. The mosses, on the other hand, have never been published before. Therefore, by the permission of Professor Brotherus, the new species, there are only two of them, are here accompanied by his descriptions. The greater part of our collections were chiefly got in St. Jan, the central part of St. Thomas, and the western part of St. Croix. Some of the localities were visited by us together; but, as the chief aim of our investigations in the West-Indies was of a dif- ferent nature, we had, each of us by himself, opportunities of making collections in places where the other did not go. And, even if we went to the same places it often was at a different time of the year. Still, of course, one must not expect on account Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 9. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 9. of this that the flora oi' mosses and lichens have been even mode- rately explored. A beginning is made, that is all. This is shown, too, as far as the mosses are concerned, by a comparison of our list of mosses with the one made by Elizabeth Gertrude Brit- ton1, based upon collections in 1913. The two lists contain about the same number of species, Miss Britton's 23, ours 24, all of them collected in the Danish West-Indies ; but 9 species only are common to both lists, which shows that not even a fourth part of the collected species are common to both lists, these pointly containing the 38 species of mosses now known in St. Croix, St. Thomas, and St. Jan. Four of these 38 species have, up till now, never been found elsewhere, except in the above-mentioned is- lands, namely: Hyophila uliginosa E. G. Britton, Phascum sessile E. G. Britton, Trichostomum perviride Brotherus, and Bryum (Apa- lodictyon) Raunkiærii Brotherus. Even if the number of species of mosses undoubtedly, in the course of time, will increase greatly, the fact remains that the former Danish West-Indies are as deficient in species as they are destitute of areas covered with mosses. Larger patches of ground covered densely with moss are found only on the higher lands, e. g. Makumbo at St. Jan. The lichenflora is far richer in species, our list containing 156 species, of which 59 are described as new in the above-quoted work of Wainio. All these species have so far, been found only in the Danish West Indies. Many of the new species live on stones and cliffs in places sprayed by the surf, and one of us, Børgesen, had opportunity of making collections here. Most of the species from this locality have never been described before. 1 Elizabeth Gertrude Britton. West-Indian Mosses. II. Mosses of the Danish West Indies and Virgin- Islands. (Bull, of the Torr. Botan. Club 42. 1915.) I. Mosses Determined by V. F. Brotherus. Leucobryaceae. Octoblepharum albidum (L.) Hedw. St. Thomas: Sig- nalhill (Eggers); St. Jan: America Hill (Raunkiær 340, 350); Esperanne (Børgesen); Makumbo (Raunkiær 344). Fissidentaceae. Fissidens Kegelianus C. Müll. St. Thomas: St. Peter (Børgesen); Crown (Raunkiær 331). Calymperaceae. Syrrhopodon breviligulatus C. Müll. St. Jan: Bordeaux (Raunkiær 358). Galymperes disciforme C. Müll. St. Croix: Caledonia Valley (Børgesen); St. Thomas (Eggers). Pottiaceae. Weisia edentula Sull. St. Croix: Canebay (Børgesen); Kingshill (Raunkiær 334); St. Jan: Foygut (Børgesen); Bordeaux (Børgesen; Raunkiær 343, 372); Rustenborg (Børgesen). Trichostomum perviride Broth, n. sp. Dioicum; caespito- sum, caespitibus densiusculis, rigidis, viridibus, haud nitidis ; cau- lis c. 1.5 cm altus, erectus vel adscendens, infima basi parce fusco- radiculosus, dense foliosus, superne plerumque furcatus; folia sicca circinato-crispula, marginibus involutis, humida patentia, stricta, canaliculato-concava, e basi brevi, ovali late lineari-lan- ceolata, acutiuscula, saepius hyalino-mucronata, rarius obtusius- cula, mutica, marginibus anguste involutis, integris, nervo crassius- culo, continuo vel breviter excedente, dorso laevi, cellulis minu- tissimis, subquadratis, papillosis, obscuris. basilaribus majoribus, breviter rectangularibus, hyalinis, laevissimis. Caetera ignota. 4 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 9. St. Thomas, Crown, ad terram (Raunkiær 367). Species T. jamaicensi (Mitt.) Broth, affmis, sed foliorum forma facillime dig- noscenda. Hyophila Tortula (Schwaegr.) Hamp. St. Croix: Canaan (Børgesen); Jolly Hill (Raunkiær 365, 371). Barbula hymenostylioides Broth. St. Croix: Crequis (Børgesen). Barbula Crügeri Sond. var. laevinervis Broth, n. var. Compacte caespitosa; folia subcucullata, nervo dorso laevi. St. Jan: Hope (Børgesen). Tortula agraria Sw. St. Croix: Prosperity (Børgesen); Caledonia Valley (Raunkiær 571); Jolly Hill (Raunkiær 564); Northside (Børgesen). St. Thomas: Løvenlund (Raunkiær 563, 568). St. Jan: America Hill (Børgesen, Raunkiær 376). Bryaceae. Bryum (Apalodictyon) Raunkiaerii Broth, n. sp. Dioicum; caespitosum, caespitibus laxis, faciliter dilabentibus, mollibus, pal- lide viridibus, haud nitidis; caulis usque ad 2 cm altus, erectus, infima basi parce radiculosus, laxissime foliosus, simplex vel parce ramosus; folia sicca et humida patula, haud decurrentia, cymbi- formi-concava, elongate oblonga, obtusa, marginibus erectis, inte- gris vel apice plus minusve distincte obtuse serrulatis, elimbata, nervo tenui, rubello, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxe ob- longo-hexagonis, teneris, parce chlorophyllosis, basilaribus elongate rectangularibus. Caetera ignota. St. Croix, Caledonia, ad rupes pr. cataractam (Raunkiær 572). Species pulcherrima, statura robusta, colore foliisque remotis, patulis oculo nudo jam dignoscenda. Bryum Crügeri Hamp. St. Croix: Caledonia Valley (Bør- gesen). Bartramiaceae. Philonotis ligulatula (C. Müll.) Par. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 363). Philonotis tenella (C. Müll.) Besch. St. Thomas: Løven- lund (Raunkiær 567). Erpodiaceae. Erpodium domingense (Spreng.) C. Müll. St. Thomas: Løvenlund Gut (Raunkiær 366, 368). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. O Leskeaceae. Thuidium involvens (Hedw.) Mitt. St. Jan: Debt (Raun- kiær 335); Esperance (Raunkiær 348). Thuidium minutulum (Hedw.) Bryol. eur. St. Jan: Ma- kumbo (Raunkiær 375). Entodontaceae. Stereophyllum leucostegium (Brid.) Mitt. St. Thomas: Magensbay (Børgesen). Hypnaceae. Microthamnium thelistegum (C. Müll.) Mitt. St. Jan: Makumbo (Raunkiær 347). Taxithelium planum (Brid.) Mitt. St. Jan: Bordeaux (Raunkiær 339, 345, 351, 354, 364, 576); Debt (Raunkiær 338, 356, 359); Susannaberg (Børgesen); Makumbo (Børgesen; Raun- kiær 574, 575); Esperance (Børgesen; Raunkiær 374); America Hill (Raunkiær cfr. Octoblepharum albidum 340, 350). Vesicularia vesicularis (Schwaegr.) Broth, var. Poep- pigiana (Hamp.) Broth. St. Croix: Grequis (Børgesen); Mount Stewart (Børgesen). Vesicularia leucoclada (Schimp.) Broth. St. Croix: Mount Stewart Gut (Raunkiær 369, 370). Sematophyllaceae. Rhaphidostegium caespitosum (Sw.) Jaeg. St. Thomas: St. Peter (Børgesen). Rhaphidostegium admixtum (Sull.) Broth. St. Jan: Esperance (Børgesen); Debt (Raunkiær 332, 346); Bordeaux (Bør- gesen); America Hill (Børgesen; Raunkiær 341, 352). Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 9. II. Lichens Determined by E. Wainio. I. Discolichenes. A. Cyclocarpeae. Trib. Parmelieac. Eumitria Antillarum Wain. St. Thomas: Signalhill (Eggers). Ramalina gracilis (Pers.) Nyl.* R. Antillarum Wain. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 435); Mt. St. Peter (Børgesen), High- est Ridge (Eggers). Ramalina complanata (Sw.) Ach. St. Croix: Judith Fancy (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Signalhill (Eggers). P arme li a (Amphigymnia) peresta Krempeln, var. flavo- granulosa Wain. St. Croix: Mount Stewart (Raunkiær 433). Parmelia dominicana Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen), Ma Folie (Biese). Parmelia crinita Ach. St. Thomas: Signalhill (Eggers), Highest Ridge (Eggers). Parmelia Sancta Grucis Wain. St. Croix: Fair Plane (Bør- gesen). Parmelia latissima Fée. var. cristifera (Tayl.) Hue. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). St. Thomas: Signalhill (Eggers). Parmelia subcrinita Nyl. (Syn. P Mauriensis Hue). St. Thomas: Crown (Eggers) et alibi (Hornbeck, Børgesen). Parmelia coralloidea (Mey. & Flot.) Wain. St. Thomas: Signalhill (Eggers), Mt. St. Peter (Børgesen), Crown (Raunkiær 415), s. 1. (O. Paulsen); St. Jan: Bordeaux (Raunkiær 462, Bør- gesen). Parmelia sulphurata Nees et Flot. St. Thomas: s. 1. (Ove Paulsen): St. Jan: Makumbo (Raunkiær 442), Bordeaux et prope Susannaberg (Børgesen). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. 7 Parmelia (stirps Cyclocheila) tropica Wain. St. Croix: (Ove Paulsen). Parmelia martinicana Nyl. St. Croix: Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 547); Fair Plane et Judith Fancy (Børgesen). Parmelia Raunkiaeri Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raunkiær 461); Judith Fancy (Børgesen). Parmelia granatensis Nyl. St. Croix: Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 545). Parmelia (Xanthoparmelia) lus it ana Nyl. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 424); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Borgesen). Var. de- cipiens Wain.; Buck Island pr. St. Thomas (Børgesen); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Trib. Lecanoreae. Lecanora subtilissima Wain. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Lecanora cinereo-carnea (Eschw.) Wain. St. Croix: Sandy Point et Cane Bay (Raunkiær 550, 407); St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Lecanora prosecha Ach. var. rubescens Wain. St. Croix: Crequis et Caledonia Valley (Børgesen). Trib. Pertusarieae. Pertusaria coccopoda Wain. St. Thomas : Mt. St. Peter (Børge- sen); St. Jan: Foygut bay, America Hill (Børgesen). Pertusaria xanthodes Müll. Arg. var. biformis Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raunkiær 467), Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). Var. stramineo-albida Wain. St. Croix: Northside (Børgesen). Pertusaria simplicata Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raun- kiær 467). Pertusaria praetervisa Wain. var. straminea Wain. St. Croix: Hams Bluff et Via Oxholmia (Børgesen); Cane Bay 8 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 9. (Raunkiær 425. 426); Buck Island (Børgesen). St. Jan: Brynes Bay (Raunkiær 429); Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Var. expallescens Wain. St. Croix: Hams Bluff et Crequis (Børgesen). St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Var. pileolata Wain. St. Croix: Hams Bluff et Salt River et ad Prosperity (Børgesen). Pertusaria flavens Nyl. St.Croix: s. 1. (Ove Paulsen). Pertusaria glaucopunclata Wain. St. Thomas: Crown (Raun- kiær 417). Trib. Theloschisteae. Placodium cupuliferum Wain. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Placodium cinnabarinum(Ach.) Anzi. Buck Island prope St. Thomas (Russi.). Placordium subf ulge scens (Nyl.) Wain. f. dispersa Wain. St. Croix: Caledonia valley (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Ma- gensbay Estate (Børgesen); St. Jan: America Hill (Børgesen). Placodium aurantiacum (Lightf.) Tuck. *P1. Bassiae (Willd.) Wain. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 422). Placodium ferrugineum (Huds.) Hepp. var. caesio- rufa (Nyl.) Wain. St. Jan: Reef Bay et Foygut Bay, America Hill (Børgesen). Placodium leptozonum (Nyl.) WTain. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Placodium Boergesenii Wain. var. squamoso-areolata Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay (Børgesen); St. Jan: Reef Bay (Bør- gesen). Var. leptozonoides Wain. St.Croix: Salt River (Børgesen). Placodium janinum Wain. St. Jan: Kebay (Børgesen). Placodium agratum Wain. St. Croix: Hams Bluff et Via Oxholmia (Børgesen). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. 9 Plaoodium diplacioides Wain. St. Croix: Crequis, Mt. Eagle (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Løvenlund (Raunkiær 413); Ma Folie (Biese); St. Jan: Kebay, Esperance et Reef Bay (Børgesen). Placodium diplacium (Ach.) Wain. var. carneofusca (Nyl.) Wain. St. Croix: Caledonia valley et Crequis (Borgesen); St. Thomas: Løvenlund (Raunkiær 405); St. Jan: Esperance, Ke- bay et Reef Bay (Børgesen). Var. p h a e a (Tuck.) Wain. St. Croix : Crequis, Caledonia valley et Hams Bluff (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 411), Magensbay Estate (Børgesen), St. Peter (Børgesen); St. Jan: Su- sannaberg (Børgesen). Var. verrucosa Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Bør- gesen); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Var. lecideoides Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raunkiær 427), Via Oxholmi et Prosperity (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Magens- bay Estate (Børgesen); Buck Island prope St. Thomas. Transiens in var. verrucosam; St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen); in var. phaeam transiens; St. Croix: Prosperity (Børgesen). Var. de minut a Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen). Trib. Buellieae. Anaptychia granulif era (Ach.) Wain var. farinulenta Wain. St. Thomas: Signalhill (Eggers). Physcia callosa Nyl. var. macra Wain. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesenj. Physcia integrata Nyl. var. obsessa (Mont.) Wain. f. psathyra (Tuck.) Wain. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Var. sorediosa Wain. f. tris ti s Wain. St. Croix: Crequis (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 402), Magensbay Estate (Børgesen); St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen), Coral Bay (Raunkiær 453); f. palles c ens Wain. St. Croix: Fair Plane (Børgesen). Physcia crispa (Pers.) Nyl. var. mollescens (Nyl.) Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Løvenlund (Raunkiær 410, 431), Magensbay Estate (Børgesen), Signalhill 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 9. (Eggers); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Raunkiær 554, 556), Reef Bay Makumbo, Susannaberg (Børgesen), f. me Ian Ophthal ma Wain. St. Thomas: Løvenlund (Raunkiær 541). Physcia minor (Fée) Wain. St. Croix: Northside (Bør- gesen). Physcia adglutinata (Floerk.) Nyl. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raunkiær 406). Physcia picta (Sw.) Nyl. St. Croix: Northside (Børgesen) et alibi (Ove Paulsen); St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær); St. Jan: Cruz Bay. Ph. picta (Sw.) Nyl. f. p runi f era Wain. St. Croix: North- side (Børgesen); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Ph. picta (Sw.) Nyl. f. lavata Wain. St. Croix: s. 1. (Ove Paulsen). Physcia purpurascens Wain. St. Croix: Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 542), Fair Plane (Børgesen). Pyxine Meissneri Tuck. var. genuin a Malme. St. Croix: Fair Plane (Raankiær 548), Jolly Hill (Raunkiær 436), Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 546), Hams Bluff et Cane Bay (Børgesen), s. 1. (Ove Paulsen). Var. rinodinoides Wain. St. Jan: Coral Bay (Caroline) (Raunkiær 443). Pyxine connectens Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raun- kiær 406). Pyxine dissecta (Fee) Wain. St. Croix: Northside (Bør- gesen), Cane Bay (Raunkiær 406). Pyxine heterospora Wain. St. Thomas: Løvenlund (f. rugulosa WTain., Raunkiær 409), Crown (Raunkiær 420); St. Jan: Cruz Bay et Reef Bay (Børgesen). Pyxine obscurascens Malme. St. Thomas: St. Peter (Bør- gesen). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. 11 Rinodina pyxinoides Wain. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Rinodina Boergesenii Wain. St. Croix: Hams Bluff (Bør- gesen). Rinodina Antillarum Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen). Rinodina intrusa (Krempeln.) Malme. var. leioplaca (Müll. Arg.) Malme. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Melanospicilia contiguella Wain. St. Thomas: Magens- bay Estate (Børgesen). Var. vegetior Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Bør- gesen). Buellia dejungens Nyl. var. chrysophaea Wain. St. Croix: Hams Bluf! et Mt. Eagle (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Magens- bay Estate (Børgesen). Var. chrysochlora Wain. St. Croix: Caledonia Valley (Bør- gesen); St. Jan: Makumbo et Esperance (Børgesen). Var. chrysochroa Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Løvenlund (Raunkiær 404); St. Jan: Rustenborg (Børgesen). Buellia endochrysea Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen). Buellia trachyspora Wain. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Buellia gyrosa Wain. St. Jan: Rustenburg (Børgesen). Buellia poliocheila Wain. St. Thomas: Ma Folie (Biese), Ma- gensbay Estate (Børgesen); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Buellia parachroa Wain. var. interrupta Wain. St. Thomas : Magensbay (Børgesen). Buellia pachydermatica Wain. St. Thomas: Ma Folie (Biese). Buellia conspirans Nyl. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Bor- gesen). 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 9. Buellia modesta (Krempelh.) Müll. Arg. St. Croix: Fair Plane (Børgesen), Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 542); St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 419). Buellia Lauricassiae (Fée) Wain. St. Croix: Jolly Hill (Raunkiær 436); St. Thomas: s. 1. (Borgesen). Buellia polyspora (Willey) Wain. var. diminutiv a Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raunkiær 467). Buellia pachyphragma Wain. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Borgesen). Buellia orcularia Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay (Børgesen) ; St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Trib. Pannarieae. Coccocarpia pellita (Ach.) Wain. var. parmelioides (Hook.) Müll. Arg. St. Jan: Esperance et Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Coccocarpia cronia (Tuck.) Wain. var. isidiophylla (Müll. Arg.) Wain. St. Jan: s. 1. (Ove Paulsen). Var. i s i d i o s a (Müll. Arg.) Wain. St. Thomas : St. Peter (Bør- gesen); St. Jan: Susannaberg (Børgesen). Trib. Heppieae. HeppiaBolanderi (Tuck.) Wain. St. Jan : Cruz Bay (Bør- gesen). Leptogium moluccanum (Pers.) Wain. St. Jan: Ma- kumbo (Raunkiær 428, 441). Leptogium caesium (Ach.) Wain. St. Jan: Esperance (Børgesen). Leptogium marginellum (Sw.) Mont. St. Thomas: St. Peter (Børgesen). Leptogium coralloideum (Mey. et Flot.) Wain. St. Jan: Makumbo (Raunkiær et Børgesen). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. 13 Collema (sect. Blennothallia) acarosporoides Wain. Buck Is- land near St. Croix (Børgesen). Synalissa lichinella Wain. St. Jan: Cruz .Bay (Børgesen). Pyrenopsis Antillarum Wain. St. Thomas : Magensbay Estate (Børgesen); St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Pyrenopsis negans Wain. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Psorotichia aspicilioides Wain. St. Croix: Crequis (Raun- kiær 432). Psorotichia americana WTain. var. pallescens Wain. St. Jan: America Hill (Børgesen). Psorotichia Boergesenii Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay (Bør- gesen). Trib. Lecideae. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. f. subulata (L.) Wrain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen), f. radiata (Schreb.) Coem. Wain, parce cum praecedente (Mt. Eagle). Cladonia pityrea (Floerk.) Fr. f. sorediosa Wain. St. Croix : Mt. Stewart (Raunkiær 430). Lecidea medialis Tuck. Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay, Mt. Eagle (Børgesen); St. Jan: Makumbo (Børgesen). Lecidea subvelutina Wain. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær, 558, 559, 560). Lecidea (Biatorina) trifera Wain. St. Croix : Jolly Hill (Raun- kiær 440). Lecidea (Biatora) janina Wain. St. Jan: Macumbo (Børgesen). Lecidea piperis (Spreng.) Nyl. f. erythroplaca (Fee) Krempeln. St. Jan: Makumbo (Borgesen); f. circumtincta Nyl. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 454). 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 9. Trib. Gyalecteae. Gy ale eta lutea (Dicks.) Tuck. St. Jan: Caroline (Raun- kiær 464). Trib. Diploschisteae. Diploschistes actinostoma (Pers.) Zahlbr. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen); St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen) ; St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Børgesen). Trib. Thelotremcae. Thelotrema rhodothecium Wain. St. Jan : Debt (Raunkiær 403). Thelotrema compunctum (Sw.) Nyl. var. Antillarum Wain. St. Croix : s. 1. (Ove Paulsen); St. Jan : Cruz Bay (Raun- kiær 553). Thelotrema aquilinum Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Bør- gesen). Gyrostomum scyphuliferum (Ach.) Fr. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 412); St. Jan: Reef Bay (Borgesen), Coral Bay (Raunkiær 449, 451), Borcks Creek (Raunkiær 544). Trib. Lecanactideae. Lecanactis (Basidiactis) denticulata Wain. St. Croix : Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 546); St. Thomas: s. 1. (Børgesen). Lecanactis dryina (Ach.) Wain. St. Croix: Fair Plane (Børgesen), Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 546). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. 15 B. Hysterieae. Trib. 1. Graphideae. Graphis acuminata Wain. St. Jan: Esperance (Raunkiær 437). G rap his virgin ea(Eschw.) Nyl. St. Jan: Bordeaux (Raun- kiær 456), Debt (Raunkiær 403). Graphis collospora Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). Graphis punctif ormis (Eschw.) Nyl. St. Thomas : Crown (Raunkiær 417). Graphis arthonioides Wain. St. Croix: Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 546), Fair Plane (Raunkiær 548). Graphis trichosa Ach. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 455). Graphis tenella Ach. var. epiphaea Wain. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Raunkiær 408), Hams Bluff (Børgesen); St. Jan: Coral Bay (Raunkiær 452), Cruz Bay (Raunkiær 557). Graphis Afzelii Ach. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 466). Graphis atroalba Krempeln. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 458). Graphis (sect. Anomographe) coriacea Wain. St. Croix : Cale- donia Valley (Børgesen). Graphis (sect. Glyphis) cicatricosa (Ach.) Wain. var. simplicior Wain. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 416) ; St. Jan: Coral Bay (Raunkiær 447). Var. con fluens (Zenk.) Wain. St. Jan: Coral Bay (Raun- kiær 447). Opegrapha (subg. Euopegrapha) cylindrica Raddi. St. Thomas : Mesgin Estate (Borgesen). Opegrapha obvelata Wain. St. Croix: Little Princess (Ove Paulsen). Opegrapha interalbata Nyl. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Raun- kiær 555). 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 9. Opegrapha b rachycarpoides Wain. St. Croix: Kings- hill et Little Princess (Børgesen). Chiodecton (Enterographa) substellatum Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). Chiodecton endorhodum Wain. St. Jan : Debt (Raunkiær 403). Chiodecton sanguineum (Sw.) Wain. St. Jan: Cruz Bay (Raunkiær 553). Chiodecton (Mazosia) granuläre (Müll. Arg.) Wain. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 559, 560). Arthonia nebulosa (Müll. Arg.) Willey. St. Jan: Borcks Creek (Raunkiær 544). Arthonia lignicola Wain. St. Jan: Bordeaux (Raunkiær 459). Arthonia americana Wain. St. Jan : Bordeaux (Raunkiær 438). Arthonia substellata (Ach.) Nyl. St. Croix: Little Prin- cess (Ove Paulsen and Børgesen), Sandy Point (Raunkiær 551). Arthonia minuta Wain. St. Croix: Little Princess (Ove Paulsen). Arthonia aquilina Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). Arthonia platyspilea Nyl. St. Croix: Cane Bay (Bør- gesen); St. Thomas: s. 1. (Børgesen). Arthonia perpallens Nyl. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). Arthonia subrubella Nyl. In insulis Danicis Indiae Occi- dentalis 1905 — 06 (Børgesen). Arthonia rubella (Fee) Nyl. St. Thomas: Northside Bay (Børgesen), Crown (Raunkiær 418). Arthonia gregaria (Weig.) Koerb. var. tumidula Almq. St. Jan: Bordeaux (Raunkiær 459). Naevia subvelutina Wain. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 559). F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. 17 II. Pyrenolichenes. Verruearia aethioboliza Nyl. St. Croix: Crequis (Bør- gesen). Parmentaria astroidea Fee. St. Croix: Alt. Eagle (Bor- gesen). Thelenella (Microglaena) brasiliensis (Müll. Arg.) Wain. St. Thomas: Magensbay Estate (Børgesen); St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). *Bottaria ochraceof lavens (Nyl.) Wain. St. Croix : Fair Plane (Børgesen); St. Jan: Coral Bay (Raunkiær 448, 450). B ott aria li brie o la (Fee) Wain. St. Croix: Krausses La- goon (Raunkiær 543). Pyrenula glabrescens Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen). Pyrenula laevigata Pers. var. microspora Wain. St. Croix: Little Princess (Ove Paulsen); St. Jan: Makumbo (Borgesen). Pyrenula eerina (Eschw.) Müll. Arg. St. Croix: Krausses Lagoon (Raunkiær 543), Sandy Point (Raunkiær 549), Salt River (Børgesen), s. 1. (Ove Paulsen). Pyrenula circumfiniens Wain. St. Thomas: Crown (Raun- kiær 401). Porina (Segestria) rudiuscula (Nyl.) Wain. var. granu- latula (Nyl.) Wain. St. Jan: Makumbo (Børgesen). Var. tetra- spora Wain. St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 403). Porina (Segestria) nucula Ach. var. nucalis Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Børgesen); St. Jan: Makumbo (Borgesen). Porina (Segestria) isidiophora Wain. St. Thomas: Crown (Raunkiær 401); St. Jan: Debt (Raunkiær 454), Bordeaux Hill (Raunkiær 439). Porina (Segestria) Tetracerae (Ach.) Müll. Arg. St. Jan: Bordeaux Hill (Raunkiær 439). 18 F. Børgesen and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens in Dan. W. Indies. Porina (Sagedia) glaucopallida Wain. St. Jan: Makumbo (Borgesen). Porina (Sagedia) buellioides Wain. St. Jan : Kebay et Susanna- berg (Børgesen). Porina (Sagedia) Bucidae Wain. St. Thomas: Mesgin Estate (Børgesen). Porina (Sagedia) crequisina Wain. St. Croix : Crequis (Bør- gesen). S tri gul a (Melanothele) argen tea (Fée) Wain. St. Croix: Caledonia valley (Børgesen). Strigula elegans (Fee) Müll. Arg. St. Croix: Caledonia valley (Borgesen). ArthopyreniaAntillarum Wain. St. Jan: Makumbo (Borgesen). Arthopyrenia insularis Wain. Ad corticem arboris in Insulis Daniels Indiae occidentalis (Borgesen annis 1905 — 1906:). Arthopyrenia subinsularis Wain. St. Croix: Mt. Eagle (Bør- gesen). Didymella Cinchonae (Ach.) Wain. St. Thomas: s. 1. (39: H. F. A. Éggers). Microtheiia leucothallina Wain. In Insulis Danicis Indiae occidentalis (Børgesen annis 1905 — 06). Didymosphaeria detincta (Nyl.) Wain. St. Jan: Reef Bay (Børgesen). Lichenes imperfecta Lepraria xanthina Wain. St. Croix: Belvedere (Børgesen), Mt. Stewart (Raunkiæi* 444). Bd.2 . DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr.io UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING = 1919 = I. The Pollination of Asclepias cornuti Dcne. By LIRKARY Holger Jørgensen. new y^kk BOTANICAL JN one of the descriptions of the pollination of Asclepias cor- nuti, which we have got, are quite satisfactory as regards the condi- tions of the insects, because none of them are founded upon direct observations. The foundation of most of the descriptions is evidently con- fined to an observation of where upon the insect the corpusculum (Co RR y) [the stigmatic gland (Rob. Brown), Klemmkörper of the German authors] is fixed. In the work by Hildebrandt (1) and in contemporary works by Müller (2) and others, as well as in a later work by Corry (3), the pollinating insect is said to get its foot into the fissure of the anthers (alar chamber (Corry), Germ. Nar- benkammer) below, so that the foot is drawn up through the latter, by which means the corpusculum fixes upon one of the claws of the foot. It is, however, easy to see that the foot of the insects, we are here concerned with, is too big to be drawn up through the fissure of the anthers. So it is only from the situation of the corpus- culum upon the insect that the above-mentioned investigators have judged about the whole condition of the insect during the pollina- tion. Moreover the observation of the situation of the corpusculum is most probably erroneous. In recent literature sufficient informa- tion is found to make it a matter of doubt whether the corpusculum is able at all to be fixed upon a claw. Neither Hildebrandt nor Müller has given any illustration of legs of insects with cor- puscula. It is true that Corry has done so; but in the first place it is the foot of a fly, which is figured, though he, as well as the earlier investigators, has found that bees are the only pollinators, and, secondly, the corpusculum upon this foot of a fly is fixed, not upon a claw, but upon one of the pulvilli. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. The only naturalist, who has made a closer study of the condi- tions of the insect during the pollination, is Robertson (4), who studied the pollination in America; but not even Robertson tried any direct observation. His results were got by the examination of the pollination of a species of Asclepias with greater flowers, Asclepias Sullivantii. In this species R. often found hive -bees captiv- ated, and he then noticed that the insect did not stick with the whole of its foot in the fissure of the anthers but with one claw or the pulvillus. R. then assumed the case to be the same in other species of Asclepias, e. g. in A. cornuti, viz. that the insects do not get the whole of the foot into the fissure of the anthers, but only the part upon which the corpusculum fixes. In the case of A. cornuti it is stated that the corpuscula may be found upon the claws of the insects, upon the pulvillus and the stiff hairs of the foot. The last data, as far as I am aware, about the pollination of Asclepias cornuti are found in Zander's "Die Biene" from 1913, rather an exoteric work. Zander holds that the corpusculum always fixes upon the pulvillus, and figures the foot of a bee with the corpusculum fixed there. The extraction of the pollen-mass apparatus is described as follows: the insect gets its foot into the fissure of the anthers, and when the foot has got a little way up, it slips out, and the pulvillus gets up into the corpusculum. This de- scription is not adequate, as it is not easy to understand, why the pulvillus should just get hold of the corpusculum, when the foot had got out of the fissure of the anthers. All existent works agree about the question, which irisects perform the pollination; it is everywhere hymenopters: . • Bombus Coelioxys Scolia mellifica Delpino X Müller X Hildebrandt Corry X Robertson X Zander In the bot. gard. of Copenhagen . Further there is unanimity that the insects perform the polli- nation by means of the foot. The foot of the pollinating insects is built alike, ending in two moveable claws, between which there is a .little plate, the pulvillus. (several species) (several species) (several species) X X X X X X X X X Holger Jørgensen: The Pollination of Asclepias cornuti Dcne. 3 As there does not exist any investigation of the pollination of Asclepias cornuti as yet, founded as far as possible upon direct ob- servations, it may be to the purpose to bring one forward in order quite to elucidate the question. First we must emphasize the difficulty of a direct perception of the details during the pollination, the pollinating insects moving very quickly and restlessly from flower to flower ; but so much the more carefully one ought to observe the facts of the pollination that really are to be seen, and the features of the structure of flower and insect which are of importance at the pollination. From a minute examination of the insects, humble-bees, which in the botanical garden of Copenhagen pollinate A. cornuti, it appears that the corpusculum may be fixed in two places, viz. upon the pro- boscis, where the corpusculum encloses the utmost joint of the palp of the lower-lip (Palpus labialis), and upon the foot, where the corpusculum is fixed upon the pulvillus, the small plate between the two claws of the foot. The proboscis is of no importance to the pollination. Hildebrandt and Müller do not mention any corpus- cula at all upon the proboscis, and in the bot. garden of Copenhagen corpuscula may, as mentioned above, be found upon probosces of insects ; but in the first place it is much more seldom to find corpus- cula upon the proboscis than upon the foot, secondly the pollen- masses have seldom been removed from corpuscula fixed upon the proboscis. As to the position of the corpusculum upon the foot, opinions have been divided. H. Müller for instance believed the corpuscula to be fixed upon the claws, whereas N. E. Brown in a foot-note to Corry's text states that the claws are of very little importance at the extraction of the corpusculum, and Robertsox holds that the corpusculum may be fixed upon the claws, upon the pulvillus, and upon the stiff hairs of the foot. The most recent invesl - igator, Zander, has always found the corpusculum fixed upon the pulvillus, and this agrees with my own observations. On an examina- tion of the literature, one might hesitate to take Zander's statement of the position of the corpusculum to be of universal validity; but for one thing the literature proves that it is not easy summarily to observe where upon the foot of the insect the corpusculum is placed, for we may not, I suppose, take it that Müller really always found the corpuscula fixed upon the claws, when Zander, who, even as Müller did, studied the pollination in Germany, always, and Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. several other investigators often have found the corpusculum fixed upon the pulvillus. Without a microscopic observation, at any rate, it cannot be decided, where the corpusculum is fixed, and we may add that this observation must be very careful. At a cursory obser- vation under the microscope, it may often appear as if the corpus- culum is fixed upon a claw, even if it is fixed upon the pulvillus. Nevertheless one ought perhaps to accept the various observations of the situation of the corpusculum upon the foot of the insect as holding good severally, if it were not possible to approach the question still more, viz. by trying if it is possible to fix the corpusculum upon a claw. It is easy enough to make the ex- periment bypassing a claw up through the fissure of the anthers. By this ex- periment one may, it is true, pull out the corpus- culum, but I at least have never succeeded in making the corpusculum fix upon a claw. The reason of this I believe to be, partly,that a certain flexibility of an organ is required to enable it to pass up through the fissure of the corpuscu- lum, the edges of the lat- ter over lapping, and this flexibility the stiff claw does not possess, partly, that the claw most probably is too clumsy to be able at all to pass through the tiny fissure of the corpusculum. It remains to discuss Robertson's finding corpuscula upon the stiff hairs of the foot. None of the naturalists, who have in Europe examined the insects that pollinate A. cornuti, have found corpuscula upon the stiff hairs of the foot of the insect. In the bot. garden of Copenhagen I found corpuscula fixed upon the foot of bees above the claws; these corpuscula, however, were not fixed directly upon the stiff hairs, but upon appendages of corpuscula of Asclepias incarnata, which were in their turn fixed upon the stiff brushes. The species A. incarnata is growing next to A. cornuti. A. Fig. 1. A. Foot of humble-bee with corpusculum. The foot is seen from below X 3. B. Flower of Asclepias cornuti, upon which the foot of a humble-bee has been placed in the position which it occupies, when the humble- bee is extracting the corpusculum. X 20. C. Corpusculum seen from the outside. X 50. Holger Jørgensen: The Pollination of Asclepias cornuti Dcne. O incarnata is pollinated by humble-bees, just as A cornuti, and its corpuscula are extracted by means of the stiff hairs of the foot of the insect. When an insect flies from A. incarnata over upon A. cornuti, the corpusculum of the latter will get fixed as mentioned. A . incarnata is an American species, which in America grows in the same places, and gets pollinated by the same insects, as A. cornuti. This may probably be the reason of Robertson's observing the corpusculum of A. cornuti upon stiff hairs; for the same thing which is true of the claws is also true of the stiff hairs, viz. that it is impos- sible by experimenting to make corpuscula fix upon them. By this it has been made probable that the corpusculum always is fixed upon the pulvillus, presumably because this part of the foot is the only one, which fits in with the fissure of the corpusculum — so that the pulvillus is of vital importance for the extraction of the corpusculum and thus for the pollination. It remains to show how the insect gets the corpusculum fixed upon the pulvillus. A compa- rison between the foot of the insect and the fissure of the anthers proves that the foot of the insect cannot possibly enter into the fissure of the anthers. This becomes the more conclusive, if we con- sider that the pollinating insect always catches hold with extended claws, and this it may be perceived to do. At the outset it might appear to be difficult for the insect to get the corpusculum fixed upon the pulvillus, but the structure of the flower is such that the pulvillus by the movements of the foot of the insect will invariably be passed into the corpusculum. If we pass the foot of an insect upwards upon the flower, in such a way that the two claws pass upon the outside of the fissure of the anthers, while the pulvillus is inside the fissure (vid. Fig. 1), the corpusculum with the pollen- masses will be extracted, and a subsequent microscopic examination will prove the corpusculum to be fixed upon the pulvillus. If we are beforehand familiar with the movement which the insect must make to perform the pollination, we may sometimes see it performed by living insects, especially by such as, for one reason or another, are crawling slowly about upon the flowers. On such occasions we may also see that the insect itself determines whether it will put the pul- villus quite into the stigmatic gland, or remove its foot, before the pulvillus gets as far, so that the term, which several naturalists favour, viz. that the foot is caught in the fissure of the anthers, is not quite correct. The pollination of the Asclepias cornuti is consequently, at least in Europe, performed in the following manner. When the polli- nating insects, humble-bees and a few other hymenopters, move 6 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. about upon the flowers, they catch hold with extended claws and thus clutch the fissure of the anthers. When the insects next remove the foot, while keeping hold of the fissure of the anthers, the pul- villus is passed through the fissure of the anthers up into the corpus- culum, and gets the latter fixed upon it (Robertson, Zander and others). The corpusculum with the pollen-masses having been ex- tracted, the appendages turn, so that the pollen-masses, during the moving about of the insects upon the flowers, constantly turn the edge, in which the chink of the pollen-mass is formed, towards the fissure of the anthers (Hildebrandt), by which means the pollen-mass is placed with the chink-forming edge in towards the stigma (Rob. Brown). It is the pollen-mass alone, which is pulled up into the fissure of the anthers (Robertson); we must, however, add that the whole of the pollen-mass apparatus also may be pulled up into the fissure of the anthers, which explains that the corpus- cula may sometimes be found fixed inside the fissure of the anthers towards the stigma. After that the pollen-masses have been torn off, the remnants of the appendages fixed upon the corpuscula will act, as the pulvillus did before, by which means the insect may happen to become encumbered with the curious dichotomous com- bination of corpuscula (Hildebrandt). Literature. 1. F. Hildebrandt: Ueber die Befruchtung von Asclepias comuti. Bot. Zeit. 1866. 2. H. Müller: Die Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insekten. Leipzig 1872. 3. Corry: On the Structure and Development of the Gynostegium etc. — Trans. Linn. Soc. 2 ser. vol. 2. 1881—87 Bot. 4. Robertson: Notes on the mode of Pollination of Asclepiadeæ. Bot. Gaz. XI, 1886. 5. Rob. Brown: On the Organs and mode of Fecundation in Orchideæ and Asclepiadeæ. — Trans. Linn. Soc. XVI, 1833. II. Some Remarks on the Germination of the Pollen-mass and the Growth of the Pollen-tubes in Asclepias cornuti Dene. By Holger Jørgensen. A. The Formation of the Chink of the Pollen-mass in Asclepias cornuti and in Asclepias incarnata. 1. The pollen-mass of Asclepias germinates, as is known, by the formation of a chink, through which all pollen-tubes grow out, in the blunt projection of the pollen-mass. Ehrenberg (1) and Brown (2) have first observed the chink and the relation of the pollen-tubes to the same, and that the chink is formed in nutrient solutions as well as in the alar chamber has been proved by Brown and later by Corry (3). Both Brown and Corry sought, though in vain, for some peculiarity in the wall of the projection, pores or the like by which to explain the formation of the chink. Neither of these investigators, the only ones, as far as I know, who have been engaged about the reason of the formation of the chink, have proceeded further than to search fora differentia- tion of the wall of the pollen-mass. So they presumably held that the reason of the formation of the chink is the penetrating of liquids into the pollen-mass through the wall of the projection of the pollen-mass; but they have not proved this, and even by such proof the reason of the formation of the chink has not been explained. The pollen-mass seems by its characteristic form, by the manner in which the pollen-tubes issue from it, and by the dis- engagement of the inner grains of pollen from each other during the germination, to be a unity, where the separate grains are sub- ordinated to the whole. So it will be natural to speak of the ger- mination of the pollen-mass, and of the wall of the pollen-mass. As the single grains of pollen, however, when isolated, which may be 8 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. effected by cutting the pollen-mass, germinate just as well as when they are in the pollen-mass, the latter must principally be regarded as a group of grains of pollen which have however remained so coherent as to have kept common walls. Thus the form of the pollen- mass is due to the grains of pollen being arranged in a characteristic manner, and the wall of the pollen-mass is in reality nothing but a mosaic of the walls of the grains of pollen. Consequently the chink Fig. 1. A. The part of the pollen-mass of Asclepias incarnata, in which the fissure is formed, shortly after the pollen-mass being put into water. B. Pollen-mass of Asclepias cornuti with its fissure. Here, as in the following Figs., the walls between the grains of pollen have been left out. must be taken to be a bursting of the outer walls of the grains of pollen that form the projection. After the bursting, the pollen-tubes of these grains grow out through the chink thus formed. During the germination, the inner grains of the pollen-mass gradually detach themselves from one another, so that all the grains of the pollen- mass may send their pollen-tubes out through the chink. The chinks being formed by bursting is already seen by the fact that its edges are quite keen (vid. Fig. 1), and further it is seen quite clearly in the closely related species, Asclepias incarnata; for in this species the chink is formed so to speak instantaneously on the pollen-mass being put into water. At the same time it is quite Holger Jørgensen: The Germination of the Pollen-mass etc. 9 obvious in this species that the chink is made on account of turgor in the grains of pollen, as the protoplasm of the grains of pollen, in whose walls the chink is formed, is squeezed through it immediately after its formation (vid. Fig. 1). In the Asclepias cornuti the chink is not formed until long after the liquid, in which the pollen-mass is put, has penetrated, so that all the grains of pollen become turgid, before the bursting takes place. Our object is now to show, why only the grains of pollen, that form the projection of the pollen-mass, burst open their free surface, while the rest of the grains of pollen, which help to form the surface of the pollen-mass, send their tubes into the pollen-mass, and from this out through the chink. 2. Brown arid Corry assumed there being some peculiarity in the wall of the pollen-mass of the projection, and, in fact, there is a difference between the wall of the projection and the rest of the wall of the pollen-mass. This difference may be made visible by dyeing with aniline dyes. If we examine a pol- len-mass, which has been lying only a few moments in a safranine or some other solution of aniline dyes (of other aniline dyes I have tried neutral red, methyl green and methyl blue and all gave the same result) it will be seen Yig. 2. that the wall of the projection has been dyed intensively, while the rest of the wall of the pollen-mass has not yet become dyed (vid. Fig. 2). Only on remaining in the solution of colour for a longer time, the whole of the wall of the pollen-mass is dyed. From the wall of the projection, the coulouring-matter soon enters into the pollen grains within, and hence into the pollen-mass, of which fact we may convince ourselves by crushing the pollen-masses, which have been lying in the solution for a shorter or a longer time. Thus the wall of the pollen-mass of the projection proves to absorb ani- line dyes sooner, and to let them pass through more quickly, than does the rest of the wall of the pollen-mass1). I shall here take the opportunity of mentioning a few reactions of co- lour in the wall of the pollen-mass. In bases the wall of the pollen- mass is dyed a reddish-brown ; the colour disappears again in water, and more rapidly in dilute acids. In strong sulphuric acid the wall of the pollen-mass becomes a deep red. The colour disappears in a weaker acid and in water, but reappears on the pollen-mass being replaced 10 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. Besides, the rapid penetration of fluids into the pollen-grains of the projection may be proved in another way. Pollen-masses are, immediately on being taken out of the flower, yellow to the naked eye, owing to the colour of the wall of the pollen-mass ; but under the microscope they prove to be greyish and opaque. Their greyish appearance is due to the water in the pollen-grains, for on remaining exposed to the air the greyish appearance is lost ; it reappears however on the pollen-mass being placed in a vessel saturated with vapour. Desic- cated pollen-masses appear to be yellow also under the microscope, be- sides being pellucid, owing to an oil in the grains of pollen. If a desicca- ted pollen-mass is put into water or in a vessel sa- turatedwith vapour, the pollen-mass is seen under the microscope to become greyish, first where the chink is later on formed, and the greyish appearance from there to spread into the pol- len-mass. Thus liquids are proved to penetrate most rapidly into the grains which are lying just inside the chink, and to penetrate from here quickly into the other grains of the pollen-mass. Further it is shown that the difference in pene- trability in the different parts of the wall most probably is related to a difference in the chemical nature ; but by this the cause of the formation of the chink has not been found; for we must here emphasize that the chink of the pollen-mass in Asclepias cornuti when being upon the stigma or in strong sugar solutions, is not made until long after the surrounding liquid has penetrated into the pollen-mass, so that all the grains are able to become turgid before the chink is formed. So the formation of the chink cannot be due to the fact, that the chink-forming grains of pollen become turgid before the rest of the grains of pollen. The joint pressure of the grains of the pollen-mass is of no- consequence for the formation of the chink. Sections of pollen- masses containing the chink-forming grains of pollen, form the chink in sugar-solutions and do so as quickly as an uninjured pollen-mass (vid. Fig. 3 A). It must however be added that the sections, if very small, form no chink (vid. Fig. 3 B). Moreover the chink is not formed in strong sulphuric acid. In pollen-masses, which have been lying in strong sulphuric acid, and are then placed in bases, the deep red co- lour first goes, and then the reddish-brown base-colouring appears. Molisch (4) has discovered that the extine of the pollen grains of cer- tain Compositæ are dyed a deep red with concentrated sulphuric acid. Holger Jorgensen: The Germination of the Pollen mass etc. 11 in its whole length at once, it appears to be the separate grains of pollen which gradually extend the chink. Sometimes one may also find in the alar-chamber pollen-masses, which have as yet formed only a tiny chink, through which a single pollen-tube has grown out, even as the pollen-masses of certain Asclepiadeæ do not open by a chink but by pores i. e. by several smaller chinks. Accordingly it is the pollen-grains of the projection only, which form the chink. Now the question is, what qualities in these grains of pollen are the cause of the chink. The thickness of the wall of the pollen-mass is the same through- out the whole. It is true that the part of the wall of the pollen-mass, in which the chink is formed, is dyed more quickly with aniline dye than the rest, but also the very hard resinous appendages are dyed very quickly with aniline dyes. Thus nothing in the construction of the wall, as far as it is known, indicates that the part of the wall of the pollen-mass, in which the chink is formed, should be weaker than the rest of the wall. An explanation of the formation of the chink founded upon a fact which cannot be proved is however unsatisfactory, especially if some other explanation may be found. In the species Asclepias incarnata the chink is formed, as men- tioned above, almost instantaneously on the pollen-mass being put into water or into weak sugar-solutions, and immediately after the formation of the chink the protoplasm of the grains of pollen which form the chink is squeezed through it. But after the first burstings have taken place, the bursting in the pollen-mass becomes weaker and weaker, and eventually no bursting of any grain of pollen seems to take place. Now it cannot be taken for granted that the outer walls of the inner grains of pollen are stronger than those of the chink-forming ones, and reacting against water and aniline dyes in the same way as these. Now we must assume that the grains of pollen which form the chink, at any rate in the beginning of the germ- ination are able to apply a greater osmotic pressure than the rest of the grains, and that the chink is due to this pressure, rather than assuming differences in the strength of the walls to be the reason of it. Moreover — in the case of A. cornuti as well as of A. incarnata — the chink-forming grains of pollen, on the concentration of the solution of sugar or of glycerine in which it is lying being intensified, keep the greyish appearance, which is due to content of water, longer than the rest of the grains of the pollen-mass. We have proved, first, that the formation of the chink is due only to the pollen-grains of the projection of the pollen-mass, second- ly, that there is nothing to indicate that the wall of the pollen-mass 12 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. should be weaker in the place where the chink is formed than the rest of the wall, — finally it' has been shown to be probable that between the chink-forming grains of pollen and the rest of the grains of the pollen-mass there is the difference that the chink- forming grains of pollen at any rate in the beginning of the germina- tion are able to apply a greater osmotic pressure than the rest of the grains. An inner differenciation in the pollen-mass corresponding to the differenciation of the wall of the pollen-mass was to exist accord- ing to this theory. The pollen-grains of the projection were to be distinguished not only by their walls absorbing water and aniline- dyes rapidly, but also by being able themselves to become more turgid than the rest of the grains of the pollen-mass. The explanation of the formation of the fissure given here is founded upon the acceptance of a fact to be met with elsewhere in the vegetable world. Lidforss (9) and others have pointed out in the case of several plants that on the grains of pollen from the same anther being placed in water, a certain percentage of the grains of pollen burst, while the rest do not become so turgid as to burst, and it must here be called in mind that at any rate in the cases where the bursting comes to pass by the protoplasm being squeezed out through the germ-pores differences in the strength of the exine cannot possibly be of any consequence. In the two species of Asclepias with which we are here concerned, the pollen-grains that are able to become most turgid were then to form the projection of the pollen-mass. B. The Germination of the Pollen-grains and the Growth of the Pollen-tubes. Robert Brown (2), who is the first to have studied the germ- ination in culture of the pollen-mass of Asclepias cornuti, found that the pollen-mass is able to germinate well upon the stigma of Orchis, but badly in dilute sugar solutions. Corry (3) for his experi- ments in germination used 5 per cent cane-sugar solutions, and found that the germination proceeds badly by a concentration of that sort, and that in front of the chink a viscid matter is formed, through which a few pollen-tubes grow out. By way of completeness I shall Holger Jorgensen: The Germination of the Pollen-mass etc. 13 mention Gager (5), who likewise used a 5 per cent cane-sugar solu- tion and slices of sugar-beet, but did not follow the development of the pollen-tubes in culture beyond the very first stage. On the pollen-masses of other species of Asclepias we have a quite short paper by Halsted (6). According to Halsted the pollen-masses of these species germinate in cane-sugar solutions, the concentra- tions of which are between 1 and 100 per cent, and best in a middling concentration, e. g. at 65 per cent in the case of A. verticillata. In Halsted as well as in Brown a further statement as to what is meant by a good germination is wanting. Most probably it means that the pollen-tubes grow out from the pollen-mass and attain to a considerable length. I shall use the term "good germination" to denote the above-mentioned conditions. Presumably the experimenters, mentioned above, cultivated their pollen-masses in rather big cups, that is, in a considerable quantity of liquid. This is a mode of cultivation, which comes natu- ral, when one has to do with these rather big objects, and in the case that we are concerned with, the determination of the concen- tration, by which the best germination comes to pass, we thus pre- vent the pollen-masses from altering the concentration of the solu- tion by themselves. I myself began by cultivating pollen-masses in the following way: I placed a chance number in 10 or 25 c. c. of nutrient solution, and as such was used cane-sugar solutions of different concentra- tions. The only constant result arrived at through such experiments, is that the pollen-masses are able to germinate in cane-sugar solu- tions, the concentrations of which are between 5 and 35 per cent. Otherwise the results vary. Now the germination is best at 20 per cent, now at 30, and again at 35 per cent. Sometimes the pollen- tubes are at these concentrations strongly twined, at other times all the tubes of pollen remain inside the pollen-mass as they do at the low concentrations at which germination takes places. On exami- ning the contents of a pollen-mass, which has been germinating for some days in a 5 per cent solution all the grains of pollen will be found to have germinated, but the pollen-tubes to have burst because of some part of the protoplasm having been squeezed out through the end. The matter which Corry observed in front of the chink of the pollen-mass thus consisted of protoplasm which had been squeezed out. Before leaving these experiments of culture I shall only mention that the pollen-tubes from one pollen-mass in the different solutions are often found to have grown into another, and vice versa. 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. A B Fig. 4. A. A pollen-mass which has germinated in pendant drop of a 5 per cent cane-sugar solution. X 25. B. The germination when 5 pollen-masses have been placed in a pendant drop of a 5 per cent cane-sugar solution. X 25. Further particulars about the conditions of the pollen-mass in culture will be arrived at by cultivating the pollen-masses in very small quantities of liquid e. g. in pendant drops. In this way the pollen-mass may alter the liquid, but this is evidently an altera- tion, which is of vital import for the development of the tube of pollen. It will be found that experiments of culture in pendant drops give constant results. By varying the size of the drop and the number of pollen-masses pla- ced in it the fol- lowing law may be derived: at low concentrations (5—10 per cent) it takes less liquid in proportion to the pollen-mass to produce a good germination than at higher concentrations (20—60 per cent). While one pollen-mass in a big pendant drop of a 5 per cent cane-sugar solution does not germinate otherwise than in a greater quantity of liquid of the same concentra- tion, the germination gets the better, the more pollen-masses are placed in such a drop (vid. Fig. 4). At higher concentra- tions in pendant drop, the quantity of liquid may be greater in proportion to the size of the pollen-mass than at 5 per cent, to produce a good germination, and I found that when the proportion between the cubic contents of the liquid and the pollen-mass was of a certain quantity, the germination became far better than I had ever found it in greater quantities of liquid, and the type of germination resembled the one produced in the style, (vid. Fig. 5). Upon this I tried how one pollen-mass germinates in greater quantities of liquid of different cane-sugar concentrations. Thus it Fig. 5. Pollen-mass which has germinated in pendant drop of a 30 per cent cane-sugar solution. X 25. Holger Jørgensen: The Germination of the Pollen-mass etc. 15 was proved that the pollen-masses were able to germinate in cane- sugar solutions of different strength (5 — 35 per cent), while the type of germination was everywhere the same. In all the solutions the majority of the pollen-tubes remained inside the pollen-mass, and the pollen-tubes which succeeded in getting outside the chink, grew back into the pollen-mass once more (vid. Fig. 6). I shall now endeavour to give an answer to the question, what influence it is which the pol- len-mass exercises upon the surrounding liquid, an influence easy to be seen, when small quanti- ties of liquid are used, though less obvious, where the nutrient solution is great in quantity in proportion to the pollen-mass. The question is evidently not of any qualitative alteration of the nutrient solution. A greater quantity of liquid, in which a great number of pollen-masses have been germinating is not better suited to be nutrient solution than is a fresh-preparated one, even as the crushing of pollen-masses in a nutrient solution is of no matter to the use of the latter for experiments in germination. So it is an all but obvious conclusion that we have to do with a quantitative alteration. At low con- centrations the pollen-tubes do not get very long before bursting, the less liquid the pollen- mass is placed in, the longer they become, at higher concentrations they get still longer before bursting, and by letting the concentration of the liquid, in which the pollen-mass is placed, rise highly, the bursting of the pollen-tubes may be al- together avoided, though the development of the pollen-tubes will generally be stopped at the same time. If we contemplate these facts and the other conditions of the pollen-mass, starting from the theory of the osmotic pressure, we must conclude that the alteration of the liquid, effected by the pollen-mass, an alteration which makes the pollen-tubes grow, consists in the concentration of the liquid being made to rise, and as the transfer of pollen-masses from one concentration to another in greater quantities of liquid is of no consequence to the growth of the pollen-tubes it is moreover to be concluded that this rise must proceed quite smoothly. Accordingly I will explain the conditions of the pollen-tubes in culture in the following manner. I. The pollen-tubes need in order to grow a particular external stimulus. This stimulus presumably Fig. 6. Pollen-mass which has germinated in 10 ccm. of a 30 per cent cane-su- gar solution. The same germination in greater quan- tities of cane-sugar solutions the con- centrations of which are between 10 per cent and 35 per cent. X '25. 16 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. consists in the liquid, in which the pollen-tubes are growing, altering its concentration quite steadily from a lower to a higher concentration. II. Further, the pollen-tubes are stimulated positive chemotropic by cane sugar. Thus the twinings which often result on the pollen- masses germinating in greater quantities of liquid are explained — in the case of A. incarnata I have seen pollen-tubes branch out in the end, — and thus it may also be explained that pollen-tubes in pollen-masses, germinating in greater quantities of liquid, remain inside the pollen-mass, or return to it after having grown outside the chink, as these great pollen-masses are able to produce them- selves an alteration of the concentration in their own interior, and, finally, that pollen-tubes from one pollen-mass so readily grow into another pollen-mass. Pollen-masses are able to germinate at a higher concentration in pendant drop than in greater quantities of liquid. Pollen-masses germinating at such a high concentration in pendant drop, e. g. at 50 per cent, send forth pollen-tubes just as long as at lower con- centrations, and the whole type of germination is the same, only the germination proceeds a little slower. It must here be taken for granted that the pollen-mass at first burns the sugar till the con- centration in the pendant drop has been reduced to the value at which the germinatinon can begin. In Asclepias, and no doubt in the Asclepediaceæ upon the whole, the pollen-tubes may be pulled out of the style, as they come out together with the pollen-mass, from which they issue, on the latter's being taken out. What may be learnt in this way about the pollen- tubes and the fluid of the style corroborates the view, which we have advanced aboye of the reason for the growth of the pollen- tubes, short pollen-tubes in the style proving to be surrounded by a rather thin liquid, while the longest pollen-tubes, which we are able to take out, are surrounded by a very dense liquid. More- over the pollen-tubes in the style never twine. Our experiences of the germination of the pollen-mass of Asclepias justify our criticizing the works by Molisch and others, whose task has been to describe the conditions of the germination of the pollen- grains and the growth of the pollen-tubes, for in none of them due allowance has been taken to the fact that the grains of pollen and the pollen-tubes may alter the surrounding liquid. At any rate in the case of two species, viz. Campanula rotundifolia and Linaria vulgaris, I have succeeded in proving that germination of pollen- grains and growth of pollen-tubes only take place when many grains of pollen are accumulated in the nutrient solution. If the pollen- HoJger Jørgensen: The Germination of the Pollen-mass etc. 17 grains of these two species are placed separately or few together in pendant drop it is impossible to make them germinate at any con- centration; but the pollen-grains of both these species are able to germinate and send forth long pollen-tubes, when a great number are accumulated in a very small pendant drop of a weak cane-sugar solution (e. g. 1 per cent). A fact which in this case also indicates an alteration of the concentration as being the reason of the ger- mination and the growth is that only a percentage of the grains of pollen germinate1). Most probably what has now been asserted in the case of As- clepias cornuti and the two above-mentioned species will prove to be true in the case of more plants. This I infer partly from the re- marks often met with in the literature that the germination of the grains of pollen is capricious, partly from a remark by Elfving(7). The latter used for his experiments weak sugar-solutions and re- marks about the final fate of the pollen-tubes in culture as follows: In all the cultures the pollen tubes eventually swelled in the end and decayed by bursting. Molisch (4) and others have in the case of the pollen-grains of various plants stated the concentrations of sugar at which the best germination takes place, and the limits within which germina- tion is possible at all. These concentrations prove to be different for the different plants. Perhaps one may draw the conclusion from these figures that the rising of the concentration, required by the different pollen-tubes in order to develop normally is different for the different species. This would agree very well with the results, Strasburger (8) arrived at, through his experiments in the way of germinating upon the stigmas of other species of the pollen- grains of different species. Strasburger found that the pollen-grains of many species are able to germinate on the stigmas of other plants and to send shorter or longer pollen-tubes into the styles. This seems to imply that it is not reasonable to take so great qualitative differences for granted between the style-liquids of the different plants, as experiments in culture by Molisch (4), Lidforss (9) and others implied. Assuming that a rising of the concentration takes place in the style-liquid, different for the styles of different plants, that this rising of the concentration is necessary to the growth of the In Campanula rotundifolia the pollen-tubes often grew from the drop into the air. Such tubes were not attracted by ovules placed in the damp chamber, perhaps because the ovules are here separated from the plant. 18 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2 Nr. 10. pollen-tubes, and that the rising of the concentration which the pollen-tubes of the different plants require is different, the results of Strasburger would receive a simple explanation. Results. I. 1. It has been proved to be likely that the pollen-grains, in the free outer-walls of which the chink of the pollen-mass in Asclepias cornuti and A. incamata is formed, are able to become more turgid than the rest of the grains of the pollen-mass. By this the formation of the chink would be explained in the most natural way, as no other reasons for the formation of the chink are to be found. 2. The part of the wall of the pollen-mass, in which the chink is formed absorbs aniline-dyes more quickly and allows these and water to pass more quickly through itself than does the rest of the wall of the pollen-mass. 3. The wall of the pollen-mass assumes in strong sulphuric acid a deep red colour, which disappears in dilute sulphuric acid, in water, and in alkali. In alkali the wall of the pollen-mass gets brown. This colour disappears again in water and in dilute acids. II. 1. The pollen-mass of Asclepias cornuti is able to germinate in cane-sugar solutions of different concentrations, but different according as the quantity of liquid is great or small in proportion to the cubic-contents of the pollen-mass. The pollen-mass ger- minates best in small quantities of liquid, the concentrations of which are between circa 20 per cent and circa 30 per cent. As the pollen-mass presumably makes the concentration of the small quantity of liquid rise, and as no other alteration of the liquid can be found, the difference of the germination in a great and a small quantity of liquid is most probably due to, that the pollen-tubes in order to grow require that the concentration of the nutrient solution rises steadily and at a certain rate. 2. The conditions of the pollen-tubes placed under different conditions of culture give reason to assume that the pollen-tubes are positive chemotropic to cane-sugar. 3. From out of the style of the plant, pollen-tubes of various lengths may be taken. Short pollen-tubes prove to grow in a thin Holger Jørgensen: The Germination of the Pollen-mass etc. 19 liquid, long pollen-tubes in a very dense liquid. This then agrees well with what has been said above of the reason of the growth of the pollen-tubes. In the style the pollen-tubes do not twine. 4. The twinings of the pollen-tubes in culture may be explained by the assumed chemotropy, there being in culture a great chance of unilateral influence upon the pollen-tubes. 5. In Campanula rotundifolia and in Linaria vulgaris it has also been shown to be probable that the pollen-tubes in order to grow require a gradual rising of the concentration of the nutrient solution. Literature. 1. Ehrenberg: Ueber das Pollen der Asclepiadeen. Berlin 1831. 2. Rob. Brown: On the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideæ and Asclepiadeæ. Trans. Linn. Soc. XVI, 1833. 3. Corry: On the structure and development of the Gynostegium etc.,. Trans. Linn. Soc. 2. ser. vol. 2. 1881—87 Bot. 4. Molisch: Zur Physiologie des Pollens etc. — Sitzungsber. d. k. Akd. d. Wiss. in Wien, mat. nat. Kl. Bd. CII Abt. I, 1893. 5. Gager: The development of the pollinium etc. — Annals of botany XVI, 1902. 6. Hal s ted: The germination of pollen. — Bull of the Torrey Bot. Club. Vol. 16, 1889. - 7. Elfving: Studien über die Pollenkörner der Angiospermen. — Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Med. u. Naturw. 1879. 8. Strasburger: Ueber fremdartige Bestäubung. — Pringsh. Jahrb. Bd. XVII, 1886. 9. Lidforss: Zur Biologie des Pollens. - Pringsh. Jahrb. 29, 1896. • Bd 2. • DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV • Nr. n UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING — 1921. nor ank; Ai uakub* Studies in the Agarics of Denmark") Part IV Pholiota. Marasmius. Rhodophyllus. By Jakob E. Lange. With one plate. THE GENUS PHOLIOTA. I he great French mycologist Quélet, that ingenious con- triver of genera, in his »Flore Mycologique« splits up the old genus Pholiota so completely that it is difficult to trace the scattered remnants to their new position. Most of the Friesian section Hamigeni he lumps (sub nom. Cijclopus) with Hebeloma and Naucoria in a new genus Hylophila. Only P. aurea (= Vahlii) does not go into this genus but is placed in Lepiota, next to L. amianthina and others of the section Granulosi (sub nom. Lepiota pyrencea). (What Quélet calls P. aurea is P. spectabilis Fr.). — Of the section Truncigeni of Fries together with most Flammulas and the fascicularis-tribe of Hypholoma he forms another large genus (Dryophila), while P. mycenoides is shifted to Galer a. As any student of these agarics will see this revolutionary reclassification is in fact a rather natural one, uniting species which really have numerous traits in common, while the old *) Part I of these Studies (General introduction. The genus Mycena) was published in D. B. A. vol. I no 5 (1914); part II (Amanita, Lepiota, Copri- nus) in vol. II no. 3 (1915); part III (Pluteus, Collybia, Inocybe) in vol. II no. 7 (1917). — »Danmarks Agaricaceer« now comprises over 900 watercolour-plates, (Library of the Bot. Museum, Copenhagen) all painted bj' the author. For further particulars see part I. 1 2 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 11. Friesian classification is rather artificial — lumping plants of so different a nature as f. inst. P. præcox, P. Vahlii, P. squarrosa and P. mycenoides in one genus, merely because their spores are rusty or brown and their stem annulate. My only reason for not following Quélet are the practical difficulties of most inno- vations. Mycologists are used to regard spore-colour as the leading character of the main divisions of the Agaric family and will find the new paths rather bewildering. Probably a total reclas- sification of the whole family of Agarics had better be postponed till we have acquired a more detailed and precise knowledge of all the species (including their anatomy), while all we at present know of innumerable species are brief diagnoses made up of a few vague adjectives (partly contradictory in the different textbooks). But while thus maintaining the genus Pholiota in the Frie- sian sense I cannot altogether approve the minor points of his classification. Thus he places P. erebia in Eudermini although its spore-colour decidedly refers it to Phaeoti. And the sharp distinction which he tries to establish in the section Squamosi between the pallid-gilled and the yellow-gilled species is hardly valid. The proper delimitation of the genus is no easy task, even when one does not attempt any great deviation from the Frie- sian classification. Thus f. inst. some of the velaie Galeras have a veil almost like that found in Lepiota seminuda (a mem- braneous white one which, when the cap expands, forms a row of marginal appendiculate teeth). But I refrain from including them in Pholiota, restricting the genus to embrace the distinctly annulate species. — Some sub-annulate Cortinarii may also easily be mistaken for true Pholiotas. In most cases the want of cystidia will serve as an indication of their true nature. Lastly some sub-annulate Hebelomas may be mentioned as running into Pholiota (and vice versa). In fact P. radicosa and P. erebia are by some authors shifted to Hebeloma. Microscopic characteristics. Two-spored basidia appear to be rare in this genus. The only cases within my range of observation are P. erebia and a little Galera-like species which I call P. teneroides. — The form and size of the spore is not very variable within the genus; the extremes are 4—5 x 2Va u (P. flammans) and 12—14 X 7-8 (P. caperata). In most cases the epispore is smooth, but in some species it is rough or minutely warty. This is especially the case in species Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 3 which deviate from the normal Pholiota-type and branch off into Hebeloma (P. radicosd), Cortinarius (P. caperata) etc.; but also such a typical Pholiota as P. speclabilis has rough spores. Cystidia are found in most species; but in most cases they are rather trivial: obtusely hairshaped or slightly clubshaped. In a few cases they are vesiculose or inflated-bottleshaped (f. inst. P. prcecox). Another characteristic type of Cystidium is that found in P. squarrosa: obovate-clubshaped, generally tipped with a short cylindric-hairshaped appendix. The number of Pholiotas figured in »Danmarks Agaricaceer« is comparatively small, only 18, while Fries in »Hymenomycetes Europæi« enumerates 47 (of which 37 seen by himself). The geographical position of Denmark is too northern to give us a fair representation of the South-European tribe Aegerilini. And our woods — nearly all of which are under rational cultivation by the forester (old stumps lifted, superannuated and sick trees not allowed to stand etc.) — are a rather poor home for xylo- philous fungi. Still the number of species could undoubtedly be added to. ThusSEv. Petersen (Danske Agaricaceer) records P. sphaleromorpha and phragmatophylla as well as P. terrigena and P. muricatu. And I myself have seen a specimen (from Sjælland) of a xylophilous Pholiota which probably was P. aegerita. If these be added the number of Danish species approaches very much that of the Central-European Pholiotas recorded by Ricken (27). — 1* KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS PHOLIOTA FIGURED IN »DANMARKS AGARICACEER« A. Hutnigenæ (Fr.). Growing on the ground (vide nos. 9 and 10). a. Velatæ. Cap with a powdery bloom or set with fibrinous scales (from universal veil . a. Cap smooth, mealy; outside of ring granulate, radiately sulcate , LP. Vahlii. b. Cap rugose-rivulose, sparsely set with fugacious, fibrinous or cobweb-like scales 2. P. caperata. |3. Nudæ. Cap smooth. a. Phæotæ (Fr.). Spores dark brown. 1. Basidia 2-spored ; cap watery umber or fuscous . . 3. P. erebia. 2. Basidia 4-spored; cap whitish or argillaceous. * Cap almost white, fleshy. Spores 12 — 13 x 71/.,,«- *■ P dura. t Cap pallid argillaceous, subhygrophanous. Spores 9x5 ,« 5. P. præcox. b. Euderminæ (Fr.). Spores rusty. 1. Basidia 4-spored. Ring radiately sulcate 6. P. togularis. 2. Basidia 2-spored. Ring almost smooth 7. P. teneroides. (Large, fleshy mushroom with incomplete ring: vide Phlegmacium clarieolor etc.) B. Truncigenae (Fr.). Growing on or around stumps or standing trees, on sticks or needles (or attached to Sphagnum). CX. Carnosæ. Cap flesh}', rather compact, not hygrophanous. a. Phæotæ. Spores dull brown. 1. Cap set with cotton}7, white, deciduous scales. . 8. P. destruens. 2. Cap smooth or slightly fibrillose-scaly towards the edge 9. P. radicosa. (Cap smooth, rootless: P. aegerita, pag. 9). b. Euderminæ. Spores rusty, 1. Cap more or less viscose or smeary. * Spores small (6 x 3l/s fl)\ stem with glutinous scales 10. P. adiposa. % Spores larger (8 — 9x5 <(); stem fibrinous, dry. 11. P. aiirivella. 2. Cap dry. * Cap and stem squarrosely seal}'. f Spores 6 — 8 fl long. Cap with brown squarrose scales 12. P. squarrosa. ff Spores 4 — 5 y. 21/., «. Cap with sulphur-yellow scales 13. P. flammans. £ Cap with adpressed fibrinous scales. Stem fibrinous 14. P. spectabilis. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 5 |3. Hygrophanæ (Fr.). Cap but slightly fleshy, hygrophanous smooth. a. Stem with brown scales below the ring 15. P. mutabilis. b. Stem without brown scales. 1. Growing on wood (twigs, needles). * Cap 2 — 5 cm broad; gills rather narrow . 16. P. marginata. £ Cap about 2 cm; gills broad 17. P. unicolor. 2. Growing on Sphagnum. Stem very slender. . 18. P. mycenoides. SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES. A. HUMIGENÆ. a. VRLATÆ. 1. P. Vahlii (Schum.) (= P. aurea Matt.) Spores 12x5 u, fusiformly ellipsoid. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia 0. Cells on surface of cap inflated (ovate, subspheric or almost fusiform), light yellow, up to 30 \x long. Figured specimens : Copenhagen, on the ground (rich soil) in churchyard (Vestre Kirkegård), Oct. 1905 (numerous specimens). — Also found at Holmstrup, in a garden, Oct. 1913 (solitary). The name P. aurea has by several authors (f. inst. Quélet) been applied to P. spectabilis, with which this plant has nothing to do. — A very elaborate description is given by Sev. Petersen in »Meddelser fra Foreningen til Svampekundskabens Fremme« (Hæfte 1, 1916). — In my specimens the radiating ridges on the ring (which are well shown in Fries' figure — Icon, selectæ II, 101 — ) extend half way down the stem or more. This form is figured by Coöke (loc. cit. tab. 347) sub nom. var. Herefordensis Renny. — I do not think there is any real difference between P. Vahlii and P. aurea; but as the latter name has been so much misapplied I deem the former one preferable. 2. P. caperata (Pers.) (Rozites c. Karsten) Spores liy2 — 13 x llj2— Sx/2 (i, broadly ovate or somewhat lemon- shaped, minutely granulate, somewhat oblique. Basidia gene- rally 4-spored. (1913: Spores 12 — 14 x 7— 78/4 u). Fig. specimens: Grib skov, woodofFagus, Sept. 1896. Chiefly in beech-woods, but also met with in mixed (coniferous-lolia- ceous) woods. Not common. On account of the rudimentary universal veil Karsten has placed this species in a new genus, Rozites, intended to form a parallel to Amanita. Fries in his earlier works referred it to Cortinarius (Phlegmacinm). g Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2. Nr. 11. |3. NUDÆ. 3. P. erebia Fr. Spores 10—13 x 5—6 ja, ellipsoid. Basidia 2-spored, about 7 u broad. Cystidia cvlindric-elubshaped, about 10— 12 u broad (1909). Fig. specimens: Trolleborg, wood of Fagus, gregarious on moist ground. Not rare. Fries (loc. cit.) figures this species sub nom. Armillaria deni- grata. Ricken (Die Blätterpilze) besides P. erebia (in the supple- mentary notes pag. 460) describes a plant which he calls P. om- brophila Fr. But the two descriptions are almost identical. Fries' figure of P. ombrophila var. brunneola is not unlike a pale P. erebia; but according to his descriptions it belongs to Eudermini, close to P. togularis. However as he also - erroneously — places P. erebia in Eudermini, it is not improbable that his figure represents a form of P. erebia. 4. P. dura Quélet ((Bolt.) Fr.?) Spores 12—13 x 7V2 u, ovate-ellipsoid. Edge of gills rather sparsely set with broad, obtuse, cylindric-sackshaped, 14—16 u broad cystidia. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, border of road, in grass, July 1897. Rather common on roadsides and in cultivated fields. Not clearly distinguished by several authors from P. prcecox. It differs from P. p. macroscopically by its cream-white, rather fleshy and absolutely non-hygrophanous cap (while in P. p. the cap is more or less argillaceous or horn-brownish and subhygrophanous) and microscopically by the larger spores etc. — Schroeter (loc. cit.) describes it very well sub nom. P. can- dicans (Schaeff.); but the dimensions of the spores which he gives are rather those of P. prcecox. Fries (Hym. Europæi) describes it as having a »fulvous« or »alutaceo-fuscescent« cap. And probably what he calls P. dura is really but an open-air form of P. praecox. — I follow Quélet, Ricken and others in attaching the name P. dura to the white species. 4 a. P. dura var. (P. vermiflua Peck) Spores as in type. Cystidia ovate or balloon-shaped, about 18 u broad. Fig. specimens: Hunderup, on naked ground amongst garden- shrubs, July 1915. A large and strongly areolate-rimose form very much like the one (var. xanthophijlla) figured by Bresadola (loc. cit. fig. 159), but the gills are not yellowish. 5. P. praecox (Pers.) Spores 9—10 x 5—5 Vi M» ovate-ellipsoid. Cystidia rather sparse (on edge and faces of gill), up to 20 u broad, inflated flask- shaped, obtuse. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 7 Fig. specimens: Hunderup, wood of Fagus, on the ground, June 1899. Rather common, like the preceding species, from midsummer till harvest-time. 5 a. P. praecox var paludosa J. E. L. Spores etc. as in type. Fig. specimens: Dalumgård, marshy meadow, June 1901, and Lindvedgård (similar locality), June 1907. This little slender form has the stature of a Naucoria. The cap is only l1^ — 3 cm broad, the stem very slender, somewhat wavy, 5 — 6 cm x 2 — 3 mm. When fresh it is minutely striate around the edge. 5 b. P. praecox var. cutefracta J. E. L. Spores etc. as in type. Fig. specimens: 1) Hesselager, border of road, Oct. 1906. 2) Horsens, amongst grass in outskirts of wood of Fagus near the fjord. More compact, not hygrophanous, at last areolate-rimose. This probably is what Fries called P. dura (.vide supr.). 6. P. togularis (Bull.) Spores 7^2 — 9 x 43/4 — 5. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia hairshaped, protruding portion 30 — 35 ^ long, apex obtuse, slightly swelled, up to 7 (i broad. Fig. specimens: 1) Hjallese, on old lawn, April 1898. 2) Same garden, on cultivated ground, Maj 1903. Common in similar localities. The first figure represents the paler form, the second a larger and darker brownish (subferrugineous) form, which somewhat approaches the description of P. ombrophila Fr. (Fries in his earlier works applied the name P. Arrhenii to this species, using the name P. togularis for the plant which in »Hymenomycetes Eur.« he calls P. ombrophila.) 6a. P. togularis var. filaris Fr. (Icon. sei. tab. 104). , Spores ll/3 x 4l/4 u. Cystidia hairshaped. Fig, specimens : Hjallese, copsewood, on the ground, 1) Oct. 1895 and 2) Sept. 1897. Smaller (cap 1 — 1,6 cm) and more slender (stem 2 mm), cap somewhat striate. — Like the typical P. t. it is characterized by the radiatelv sulcate ring. Ricken (loc. cit.) applies the name P. blattaria Fr. to this species; but the Friesian species has a smooth ring (vide his »Monographia Hvmenomvcetum Sueciae«, vol. I pag. 308). 7. P. teneroides now sp. Spores 11 — 12 x 5 — 5l/2 (a ellipsoid. Basidia 2-spored. Cystidia cylindric-flaskshaped, obtuse, about 12 (a broad. 8 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Fig. specimens; Erholm, moist ground in wood of Fagus, amongst dead sticks and twigs of Picea, Sept 1913. (Also at Hjallese, moist copsewood, on the ground, Sept. and Oct. 1915). Pileo 1,5—1,8 cm, convexo-campanulato, hijgrophano, exstrio, ochraceo-ferrugineo (sicco : ochraceo-lutescente, rugoso). Stipite elato, tenui (6.5 cm X 2 mm), subtiliter striato, lutescente, e basi fusces- cente, intus ferrugineo, glabro (primitus leuiter albo-plumuloso). Annulo angusto, piano, læuiusculo, membranaceo. Lamellis latis, primitus pallide ochraceis, dein ferrugineis, subdistantibus (subliberis)- Sporce el cystidia ut supr. It is not improbable that this species is identical with P. togu- laris (Bull.) sensu Ricken (loc. cit. pag. 199) which again he con- siders almost like Galera oualis Fr. ; but neither of the Friesian descriptions appear to me to confirm this opinion. From Galera tener (with some forms of which it has a habitual likeness) it can easily be distinguished, not only by the annulate stem but also by the totally different cystidia. B. TRUNCIGENÆ a. CARNOSÆ. 8. P. destruens Brond. Spores 7:/2 — 8V2 x 5 ju, oval, sub micr. pale brown. Basidia 4- spored. Cystidia hairshaped, obtuse, about 5 (a broad. Fig. specimens: Flødstrup, on stump and dead trunk of Popu- lus canadensis, Sept. 1899. Not uncommon, always on Poplar. The fruitbodies always spring from the central part (the pith- region) of the stump, while in most other xylophilous fungi they are chiefly to be found in the peripherial region. — Bresadola (loc. cit.) and others consider P. heteroclita Fr. identic. And as Fries has not seen P. destruens, this is not unlikely. However I have never met P. destruens on Betula, on which tree P. he- teroclita is said to grow profusely in Northern Europe. 9. P. radicosa (Bull.) Spores 7V2 — 9^2 x 5 — blj.2 u, ovate-ellipsoid, very minutely aspe- rulate. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia hairshaped-clubshaped, up to 40 u long and 8 \i broad (in some cases broader, up to 12 a). Fig. specimens: Ravnholt, in wood of Fagus and Quercus, Oct. 1897. — Not uncommon, but generally solitary. The cap, which Fries describes as »laevi, glabro«, is often more or less squamose-fibrillose towards the edge (from .velum). The spores are very much like those of most Hebelomas (not coarsely warty as shown in Ricken's figure (loc. cit. tab. 33). A form, P. radicosa minor (not figured) was found by me in wood of Betula (Trolleborg 1897). The cap was only 3^2 cm broad, the stem almost rootless. It grew in numbers on the ground. Jakob. E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 9 [P. aegerita Brond. I have seen a specimen of a fungus (found in northern Sjælland growing on an old board) which probably was a true P. ae. The spores were 9 x 5 u, sub micr. transparent, light brownish-yellow. The cap looked like a large P. præcox. This somewhat dubious record is the first for Den- mark, I believe, of a representative of this South-European tribe.] 10. P. adiposa Fr. Spores 5V2— 62/3 x 'S1^—^3^ u, oval, smooth, sub micr. pale brownish-yellow, Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens : Hesbjerg, clustered at the base of stumps of Fagus. — Rather common, generally fasciculate on (and occa- sionally in the vicinity of) stumps of Fagus. Although this agaric is one of the most characteristic species (and rather common) authors disagree very much about it. Thus Quélet (and Saccardo) says the spores are about 9 (a long. And Fries himself (in Hymenomyc. Europæi) describes it as »intus albus«, while in fact the flesh of the cap is pale yellowish, that of the stem yellow. 11. P. aurivella (Batsch) Spores 8—9 x 5 u (or l1/,-9 x 43/4— ö1/«). Fig. specimens: »Fjellebro« near Egeskov, fasciculate on dead Alnus(?) (several meter from the ground), Oct. 1900. (Also found at »Fruens Bøge«, on Fagus, Oct. 1914 and at Krabbesholm (on Juglans), Oct. 1918, in both cases nestling in small clusters in decaying knotholes of living trees). Very well characterized by the triangular, broad, adpressed, dark bay-brown scales on the yellow or subferrugineous cap. Fries describes the cap as »subviscido«. But whenever I have seen it I have found the surface of the cap strongly slimy. I have never met with this species on stumps or at the foot of trees. 11a. P. auriv. var. Spores 9 x 5 — 5V3 u, oval-ovate, sub micr. yellowish-brown (Spore-powder dark cinnamon). Cystidia hairshaped, short. Fig. specimens: Fruens Bøge, solitarv on living Fagus, Oct. 1912 (and 1917) and on another beech Oct. 1914. Differing from the type by the pale yellow (central part some- what ferrugineous) cap and the stem which up to the ringlike zone is densely clad with recurved squarrose scales which at first (like the stem) are whitish, but soon turn brownish-rusty (from base upward). — Is this P. cerifera Karst. (Mvcologia Fennica III p. 169)? 12. P. squarrosa (Müll.) Spores 7 — 8 x 4 u, ellipsoid-oval. I have also met with speci- mens of this species (on Fraxinus) with somewhat smaller spores lø Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. (6y2 x 3Vi M) and obovate-clubshaped cystidia (8—10 u broad) with or without a short hairlike appendix. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, fasciculate on foot of Quercus, Oct. 1895. — Rather common, on various trees (Malus, Robinia Picea etc.). 13. P. flammans Fr. Spores 4—5 x 5V2 u. ellipsoid. Cystidia crowded, rather obtuse, cylindric-bottleshaped, total length about 30 u. Fig. specimens : Kumpedal near Kellerup (Jyll.), on stump of Picea, Sept. 1897. Rather rare. 14. P. spectabilis Fr. Spores 8—10 x 5— 5V2 M, ovate-ellipsoid, minutely granulate. Cystidia crowded, obtuse, hairshaped, apex slightly swelled. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Dyrehaven near Copenhagen, on foot of living Crataegus, Oct. 1897. Not uncommon on stumps and at the base of old trees (Ulmus, Fagus, Quercus etc.). The plant varies very much in size (from 4 cm to 23 cm broad) and surface of cap (from almost smooth, slightly fibril- lose to almost squarrose). ß. HYGROPHANÆ. 15. P. mutabilis (Schaeff.) Spores 6 — 7 x 4 — 5 u, ovate-ellipsoid. Cystidia crowded, short, hairshaped, apex slightlv swelled and rounded, free portion about 12—14 u long. Fig. specimens: Hunderup, on stump, densely fasciculate, June 1901. Common, exclusively on foliaceous trees, from spring till late in the autumn. 16. P. marginata (Batsch) Spores 8V8 x 51/* M» ovate-ellipsoid (1896) or l1^— 9 x 5— 5l/2 u. Cystidia hairshaped, apex obtuse, base somewhat inflated (1910). Fig. specimens: Hjallese, on stump of Picea, fasciculate, Oct. 1896. — Typical form rather rare, generally confined to coniferous wood; but I have also (1910) seen it growing on stump of folia- ceous tree (Fagus?) — a form with very narrow and crowded gills. 17. P. unicolor (Vahl) Spores A: 71/3 — 9 x 4y2 — 5 u, ovate or ovate-ellipsoid. B: 9— 10X 5— ö1^ H- Cystidia obtuse, hairshaped, base somewhat inflated (6—9 u), free portion 40 — 50 ja long. Fig. specimens: A. Hjallese, on stump of Salix capræa, solitary Oct. 1898. B. Hjallese, on rotten stump of Picea (a number of specimens) Oct. 1898. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. \\ The form B. had darker (almost ferrugineous-fuseous) stem and broader, more triangular gills than A. — Rather rare; but on fallen sticks of Picea an intermediate form between nos. 16 and 17 is not rarely met with. It seems to me that the speci- fic value of P. unicolor is rather dubious; it is hardly more than a small and dwarfy form of P. marginata. 18. P. mycenoides Fr. (?) Spores 10 — 11 x 67a u, ovate (1898) or 9—10 x 6 u, somewhat lemonshaped (1914—17). Cystidia obtuse, cylindric-hairshaped, base slightly swelled, total length about 30 u, base 9 u, apex 5 — 6 fi. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Holstenshus, growing on Sphagnum in a bog, July 1898 (and Sept. 1909, July 1914 and 17). I add a brief description of this little Galera-like fungus : Cap 1^2 — 2 cm, conic-convex with small umbo, pellucido-striate, at first gilvo-ochraceous, then somewhat ferrugineous, strongly hy- grophanous. Stem slender (7 — 8 cm x 2 mm), paler than the cap, with a little cottony ring that soon disappears, above the ring slightly mealy and just below the ring with some few scattered white, fugacious squamules. Gills rather crowded, broadly adnate with a slightly decurrent tooth, ochraceous. On account of its fugacious ring I refer this species to Pho- liota; but it is very closely allied to the hypnophile Galeras and Tubarias. Pholiota muscigena Quélet appears to me (to judge from his description) very nearly the same plant; and Tubavia paludosa Fr. forma stygia (Icones selecta pag. 28) chiefly differs in the even, not pellucido-striate cap. — The typical P. myce- noides (of Fries) differs from my plant in having a »membrana- ceous, entire and persistent« ring (Fries: Monographia I pag. 321). For figures of spores and cystidia of the several species vide the plate. THE GENUS MARASMIUS. The synonymy of the Marasmii appears to me less entangled than that of most other genera of the Agarics. Presumably this is chiefly due to the fact that these fungi can be preserved. While dried specimens of most other agarics are hardly recogni- zable, type-specimens of a Marasmius can be kept for exami- nation in a herbarium in a comparatively good condition. And while the description of f. inst. a Coprinus or a Cortinarius to be of any value must almost be written down on the spot, at the right moment, a Marasmius requires no hurried work: it can be correctly described in the laboratory days or weeks after the foray. — Still a good deal of ambiguity exists, and probably the number of names is considerably larger than the number of species. Thus in a recent work (F. Bataille : Flore monographique des Marasmes d'Europe) the author describes 96 species (while Fries in Hymenomycetes Eur. only has about 60). But of these Bataille has only seen 24 (one fourth), that is to say about the same number and almost the same species as Fries himself knew and which are also on record from Den- mark in recent years. This suggests to me that at least some of the other 72 species — when properly compared and criti- cally examined — will be found to be mere names. But while well worked up by the earlier mycologists, the classification of the genus Marasmius has not profited much by modern methods of investigation. The introduction of the microscope in mycological work has not considerably altered our conception of the different species. If you cannot disting- uish two nearly allied species by means of a pocket-lens, the microscope in most cases is not likely to help you. Thus the spores, which in most genera are of the highest value as a spe- cific character (and may serve even to characterize sections or subgenera), are in Marasmius almost uniform. Only a single European species (which has not been found in Northern Europe) Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 13 M. epodius Bres. has extraordinarily long, almost needleshaped spores. In general the spores are sub-ellipsoid, smooth, attenua- ted of the base. In most cases they are pipshaped, but occa- sionally they are more narrow, fusiform or almost club-shaped. Nor do they vary much in size. The extremes in the species observed by me are 11x7 (J (M. alliaceus), 11 x 43/i u (M. recu- bans), 6 x 31/, y (M. perforans) *). The genus appears to comprise no 2-spored species. — Cy- stidia in most species are wanting or inconspicuous; but some few species have characteristic setulæ (borstlike cystidia?) on the gills or the stem. Another type of cystidia (which is very commonly met with in Mycena) is found in some few of the smaller Marasmii on the edge of the gills. These cystidia are obovate with small wartlike excrescences. Finally in a single species (M. cohærens) the surface of the cap is made up of cells crowned with a number of small coloured setula which give to the cap a somewhat velvety bloom. Classification. I do not think the systematic arrangement of the species within the genus Marasmius has been very much improved since the time of Fries. Probably a really satisfac- tory classification cannot be attained as long as we know so very little about the innumerable tropical species. (Although our knowledge of the mycological flora of the Tropics is as yet very fragmentary the number of Marasmii recorded from these parts is very large. As early as in the eighties of last century Saccardo (Sylloge Fung. vol. V) enumerates about 200). Maras- mius (and the same holds true of Lentinus) evidently has its centre of distribution in the tropical countries, the European species being only as it were the sentinels of an army — si- milar in this respect to the Ericas of Northern Europe as com- pared with those of the Mediterranean flora. Some few of the Friesian species are now generally regarded as mere forms or varieties. Thus M. urens and M. peronatus are by most authors treated as synonymous, and so are M. Wynnei, M. globularis and others. M. epichloe is hardly anything but Collybia stipitaria, and M. calopus too close to M. scorodonius to be considered a distinct species. Even M. argijropus I feel *) Massee (European Fungus Flora) mentions several species with gigantic or very minute spores. Thus for M. prasiosmus he has 14 — 16 X 7 ft, for M. alliaceus 14-16 x 8 „, for M.fuscopurpureus 4x3 «,, for M. graminum 4x3,, etc. But to my mind these observations are not altogether reliable. 14 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. inclined (like Schroeter) to regard as identical with Collybia con- fluens (see below). Such alterations will reduce the number of Marasmii a little, but on the other hand Mycena cohcerens evi- dently is a true Marasmius, very close to M. lupuletorum. Several post-Friesian authors have tried materially to alter his classification. Thus Karsten (loc. cit.) splits the genus in two, making of the Friesian section Mycena a new genus An- drosaceus (Patouillard) and uniting his section Collybia (sub nom. Eu-Marasmias) with the genuine Collybias in a genus Ma- rasmius (sens. nov.). Evidently a good deal can be said in favour of this rearrangement. Still such species as M. globula- ris, M. lupuletorum (Bresad.) and M. scorodonius (of the Eu-Ma- rasmii) differ considerably from the Collybia-type and link the Collybia-like species to the Androsacei, f. inst. M. cohærens, M. alliaceus and others. Ricken, who maintains the Friesian genus, alters the classi- fication by dividing the section Collybia in two instead of the. original three. This is done by splitting up the second lot(7er- gini) and dividing its constituents between the first (Scortei) and the third (Calopodes) . I consider this a decided improvement. In fact the group Tergini is not very well defined by Fries. Thus while he places M. globularis in group A, he puts M. Wyn- nei (which is probably identical) in group B. — But like Quélet I think it better to transfer M. alliaceus and its allies (the Frie- sian group Chordales) from seel. II (Mycena) to sect. I (Collybia); and consequently I also adopt the Quéletian names for the two main sections, viz: Radicosi and Insitilii. (The annulate, resu- pinate and sessile marasmioid species I leave entirely out of con- sideration, as I have never seen any of them.) The most ambiguous species to fit into any system are M. foelidus, M. ramealis and their allies. Fries places them in Ca- lopodes, together with M. scorodonius etc. with which they have verj' little in common ; Quélet on the other hand transfers them to Insititii. I am inclined to think they cannot be properly classified without working up simultaneously the whole field of allied species from the Tropics. — M. scorodonius too stands rather isolated, without any natural affinity to other species here mentioned. Like Ricken I place it next to M. lupuletorum etc. The minor points of my classification can be seen in the Key and will require no particular explanation. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS MARASMIUS FIGURED IN »DANMARKS AGARICACEER«. A. Radicosi (Quélet). Large or medium-sized species (cap l!/2 cm or more): Stem somewhat rooting or attached to the substratum by means of mycelium. Generally growing on the ground. (NB.: nos. 9 — 11.) a. Scortei (Fr. ext.). Stem tough, but not cartilagineous or horny, generally becoming hollow with age, but not distinctly fistulöse from the beginning, more or less fibrillose. a. Taste pungent 1. M. urens. b. Taste fade 1. Base of stem strigose. * Cap wrinkled, but not pellucido-striate, becoming dark purplish-brown. Base of stem curved, attached to dead foliage 2. M. fiiscopurpureus. t Cap pellucido-striate. Stem straightly rooting amongst dead needles (of Pinus) 3. M putillus. 2. Base not strigose. * Gills distant. Growing on the ground (parasitic on grass-roots) forming »fairy-rings« 4. M. Oreades. t Gills very crowded (vide Colhjbia confluens). ß. Cartilaginei. Stem cartilagineous or almost horny, di- stinctly fistulöse, polished or velvety-pruinate, generally becoming bay-brown or sepia from base upward. a. Without smell. 1. Cap, gills and apex of stem at first milkwhite. 5. M. globularis. 2. Cap brownish or ochraceous-pallid. Gills wood-coloured (pallid) or yellow. * Gills pallid, almost free. f Gills (especially on the edge) set with brown setulæ or borsts. Stem polished 6. M. cohcerens. ff Gills without borsts. Stem minutely velvety- pruinose 7. M. lupiiletoriim. | Gills decurrent, yellow: M. cauticinalis. b. Smelling of garlic. 1. Stem polished, glabrous, fulvous-bay 8. M. scorodonius. 2. Stem powdery or velvety. jß Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. * Stem without root, attached to dead foliage, base bay-brown, velvety 9. M. prasiosmus. | Stem rooting, blackish or fuscous, velvet3r-prui- nose 10. M. alliaceus. B. Rameali. Small or dwarfy (less than 3 cm high). Stem insititious, tough (but not horny) minutely flocculose or velvety. Growing on twigs (or on dead stems of herbaceous plants). a. Cap 2—3 cm. Stem blackish, velvety. Stinking. ... 11. M. foetidns. (3. Cap about 1 cm. Stem pale or brownish. Inodorous. a. Stem brown, setulose Cap whitish with minute brown fibrillose adpressed scales (vide Colhjbia stipitaria). b. Stem pale, slightly downy or flocculose. 1. Cap pallid, slightly incarnate 12. M. ramealis. 2. Cap pure white (M. Candidas). C. Insititii (Quélet). Stem insititious, borst- or hairlike, blackish or umber. a. Bo tu læ (Fr. ex parte), dills forming a short tube around the stem, like the nave of a wheel. a. Cap milk-white, 0,6—1,5 cm 13. M. Rotula. b. Cap tile-red or pallid woodcolour. 1. Cap wood-coloured, pallid. * Stem about 3 cm. Growing on dead foliage. Spores < 10 J« long. Gills 8—12 . 14. M. Bulliardi. % Stem capillary. Growing on dead grass. Spores > 10 n. Gills 6—7 15. M. limosus. 1. Cap more or less tiijged tile-red 16. M. graminum. |3. Perforantes. Gills not forming a tube or nave around the stem. a. Stem glabrous 17. M. androsaceus. b. Stem velvety, hairy or downy. 1. Gills rather broad. * Foetid. Cap about 1 cm, pale with a rufous tinge. Stem black, velvety 18. M. perforans. % Inodorous. Cap 3 — 4 mm, semiglobate, milk-white. Stem capillary, umber, slightly hairy 19. M. recnbans. 2. Gills fold-like or reduced to wrinkles on lower surface of cap. Cap milk-white, about 1 cm, flat. . . 20. M. epiphyllus. SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES. A. RADICOSI (QUÉLET). a. SCORTEI (FR. ext.). 1. M. urens (Bull.) (M. peronatus Bolt.) Spores 9 x 33/4 ju, pipshaped-lanceolate. Cystidia crowded, short, cylindric. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, in wood of Fagus, Aug. 1896. Com- mon in woods amongst foliage (also in coniferous woods). This species varies a good deal in colour (from pallid to dingy rufous wood-colour. The base of the stem is more or less pero- nate. But like Schroeter and other authors I can see no suffi- cient reason for distinguishing two species (M. urens and M. peronatus). — Saccardo gives for M. urens the spore-measure 3—4 x 21/s— 3 u, for peronatus 6—8 x 3—5 u; MASSEEhas8x4 u and 10 x 6 — 7 |a respectively But I have never observed either the very small or the very large spores in any specimens. 2. M. fuscopurpureus (Pers.) Spores 6V2 — 8 x 3 — 3l/2, pipshaped-lanceolate. Basidia with very long sterigms (8 u). Fig. specimens: Hjallese, wood of Fagus, Oct. 1895 and 1909 (young). Fries places this species in Tergini, but its natural position is next to M. urens He describes the strigose coating at the base as »rubiginous«; but it is generally dingy ochraceous- pallid. When young the whole plant is much lighter in colour (pale gilvous-ochraceous), the edge minutely striate. This to my mind is probably M. terginus Fr. 3. M. putillus Fr. Spores 9 x 33/4 u, pipshaped-lanceolate. Fig. specimens: Håre Bjerge, rather numerous, rooting in a deep layer of Pinus montana-needles, Oct. 1906. Also found at Arup, Oct. 1911, in wood of Pinus silvestris. 4. M. Oreades (Bolt.) Spores 9V9— IOV2 x BVi- " 6 H> broadly pipshaped. Fig. specimens: Fruens Bøge, old grassfield, border of road, 2 lg Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Aug. 1904. — Very common, generally forming »fairy-rings« by its parasitic growth. [M. argyropas (Pers.) I consider synonymous with Collybia confluens (vide part III of these Studies).] ß. CARTILAGINEI. 5. M. globularis Fr. Spores 6—7 x 4 \x, broadly pipshaped. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, wood of Fagus, Oct. 1895, subfasei- culate. Rather common in woods of Fagus (and Picea). — Like Ricken I see no real difference between this species and M. Wynnei Berk, and M. fuscescens Schroet. 6. M. cohærens (Pers.) (M. erythropus Schroeter.) Spores 9— 9V3 x 5 u, obovate-pipshaped, base somewhat oblique. The face and especially the edge of the gills is generally (but not always) set with long, brown, acute, awlshaped setulæ (about 50 u x 7—8 u). The surface of the cap is formed of basidiiform, hyaline cells the top of which are crowned with numerous small brown borsts. Among these cells are isolated setulæ like those on the gills. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, copsewood, Sept. 1897 and 1898. Not uncommon. Fbies places this species in Mycena. I consider Mycena balanina Berk, identic. Ricken and others give M. cera- topus Pers. as a synonym. 7. M. lupuletorum (Weinrn.) Bres. (nee Fries). Spores 9 x 41/« M pipshnped. Cystidia on edge obovate, 20X11 u. Setulæ on stem brown, acute, 60 x 6 u, Fig. specimens: Ålykkeskov near Odense, on the ground amongst dead foliage, twigs etc., Aug. 1918. Rather common. Differs from the preceding species by the cap not being prui- nale and generally of a paler colour, and by the stem which is everywhere minutely powdery-flocculose (from the setulæ). — It is rather peculiar that these brown setulæ which in the .one are found on the cap and gills, but" not on the stem, are in the other wanting on the cap and gills but present on the stem. — Bresadola~(1oc. cit. tab. 130) describes and figures this species with a short incurved stem what I think rather abnormal. Rickens description is more to the point. Fries' (Collybia) lupu- lelorum (Weinm.) is totally different; but some authors think his M. erythropus is a synonym to M. lupuletorum as here under- stood'(not to no: 6), although he describes its stem as glabrous. [The characteristic little species M. cauticinalis (With.), which is not uncommon in the Scandinavian pinewoods, is probably also to be met with in similar localities in Denmark. It differs from all the other species by the clear yellow, decurrent gills.] Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. J 9 8. M. scorodonius Fr. (A/, alliatus Schaeff.) Spores 7 — 8 x 3x/2— 4 y. pipshaped. Fig. specimens: Arup, on tufts of grass in plantation, Sept. 1899. — Common, chiefly on grass but also on twigs of Calluna, Picea etc. (especially on sandy land). 9. M. prasiosmus Fr. Spores 9 x 5 u. pipshaped. (Another find: 8 x 41/-, — 5 u). Fig. specimens: Hjallese, in wood, attached to dead leaves of Quercus, Oct. 1985. Rather rare, chiefly on oak-leaves but also found in wood of Fagus. My plant is almost intermediate between the descriptions of M. prasiosmus and M. porreus (Pers.). On account of the persi- stent smell, the rather crowded and thin gills etc. I refer it to M. prasiosmus. The stem is minutely powdery-pubescent above and densely clad with a bay-brown velvety coating below, which dilates on the leaf on which it grows. According to Massee the spores of M. piasiosmus are 14 — 15 x 7 u (those of M. por- reus subglobose, 4 u in diameter). According to Ricken they are 7 x 4 u-, while Bataille has 8 — 11 x 4 — 5 u. 10. M. alliaceus (Jacq.) Spores 10 — ll1/2 x 6'/2 — 7 p, ovale. Cystidia on edge crowded, inflated-cylindric or subfusiform, about 11 /a broad. The coating of the stem is made up of hyaline, cylindric, obtuse, 6 — 9 u broad hairs. Fig. specimens: Grib skov, (wood of Fagus), Sept. 1896. Com- mon. The root springs from buried sticks or branches (always of Fagus). 10 a. M. alliaceus var. subtilis (now var.) Spores 10 x 61/2 \i, broadly ellipsoid-ovate. Cystidia obtuse, cy- lindric-hairshaped or slightly ventricose, 6 — 8 ju broad. Hairs on stem scattered, short, erect. Fig. specimens: Ry, on the ground under old Fagus, in wood, Aug. 1902. (Also found at »Fruens Bøge« Aug. 1916, similar locality.) Cap 3— 4*/s mm, convex, pellucido-striate, pallid fuscous. Stem setaceous, rooting, 3 — 4 cm high, 0,4 mm broad, fuscous, apex whitish, ptuinale. Gills free, distant, broad, ventricose, dingy whitish. — Although this little tiny plant at first sight not at all reminds you of M. alliaceus I do not think it deserves spe- cific rank. B. RAMEALI. 11 M. foetidus (Sow.) Spores 872 — 10 x 33/4 — 4 u, lanceolate-ellipsoid, somewhat flatte- ned on one side. 9Q Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, on sticks and stumps of Corylus, Oct. 1895. (Also found at Revninge, on Corylus). [Probably the pretty little Collybia stipitaria (Studies III pag. 19) has its proper place here. Marasmius epichloe, M. caulici- nalis (Bull.) and M. scabellns (Alb. at Schw.) to my mind are all synonymous.] 12. M. ramealis (Bull.) Spores 8—9 x 2x/2 (or 8V2 x 3VJ lanceolate-ellipsoid. Cystidia sackshaped with short hairlike excrescences, small. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, on twigs of Corylus, gregarious, Nov. 189(3. Very common on twigs, sticks and dead herbaceous stems, often densely crowded. — Cooke erroneously figures and descri- bes the spores as only 4x2 u (loc. cit. tab. 1127 B.). [M. amadelphus (Bull.). On twigs of Cratægus I have met a form with more saturately coloured (dingy incarnate-fulvous) cap which was very much like the plant figured by Bulliahd (550 III) as M. a. But as it did not differ in any other way from M. ramealis, I do not regard it as a distinct species. The M. amadelphus described and figured by Bresadola (loc. cit. tab. 130 II) is also very much like mine, but has somewhat larger spores. (10 — 12 u).] [M. candidus (Bolt.). In moist and shady places, amongst grass (on dead tufts of grass, small twigs etc.) a little slender form of M. ramealis is occasionally met with. The cap soon becomes snow-white, the stem is almost glabrous, whitish. This probably is M. candidus (Bolt.), but I am inclined to regard it as an etiolated form of M. ramealis. The spores are somewhat shorter (7V2 x 3l/i MX while Quélet has 16 u and Bataille 12— 14 x 5—6 u." But on Cooke's figure (loc. cit. tab. 1127 C), said to be safter Bolton«, they are much smaller.] C. INSITITII (QUÉLET) a. ROTULÆ (Fr. ex parte). 13. M. Rotula (Scop.) Spores 8—9 X3V2—4V2 u, pipshaped. Cystidia few in number, inflated, apex somewhat granulate-warty. Fig. specimens: Allerup and Hjallese, on dead half-buried twigs and thereabout, in copsewood, Oct. 1895. — Common. 14. M. Bulliardi Quélet. Spores 8V2— 10 x 4V4—41A2 H, pipshaped. Cystidia as in no: 13. Fig. specimens: Ålykkeskov near Odense, on dead foliage (under Fraxinus etc.) on boggy ground, Sept. 1904. Bather rare. The somewhat smaller and pale wood-coloured cap distinguishes this species from no: 13. But the small branchlets with abor- Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 21 tive heads are only developed in damp places. When they are wanting you have M. Rotula var. phyllophila Schroeter which is rather common in our woods (on leaves of Fagus and Quercus). 15. M. limosus Quélet. Spores 12 x 5V2> pipshaped-lanceolate. Cyslidia obovate, about 12 u broad, apex warty. Fig. specimens: Kirkeby, on dead leaves of Aira cæpitosa (boggy ground in wood, Nov. 1911, gregarious). Very tiny an flaccid. Cap about 2 mm, whitish with a tinge of wood-colour, stem only 1/i mm thick. 1(5. M. graminum (Lib.) Spores 8 — 12 x 5 u, narrowly pipshaped. Fig. specimens: Sanderum in bog, on dead grass, gregarious, Juli 1897. It differs from no: 15 by the tile-red cap and the fuscous (not blackish) stem. Rare. [I have met a form of this species (?), (Kerteminde, on Agrostis alba, on lawn, Aug. 1917) differing from the main type by some- what larger and paler cap (only the central part tile-reddish), at first with a small papilla but soon umbilicate (number of gills 6—13). The spores were somewhat smaller (91/«— 101/* x ^lU~- 4x/-> H) and no cystidia to be found. This probably is M. Cur- reiji (B. et Br.), Cooke's Illustr. pi. 1130; but it is rather too close to M. graminum to deserve specific rank. Cooke's concep- tion of the graminum-group appears to me altogether somewhat ambiguous. M. graminum (as I conceive it) he describes sub nom. Mycena juncicola Fi\, while his figure and description of M. graminum (loc. cit. pi. 1129) depicts quite another agaric (with globular, minute spores).] |3. PERFORANTES. 17. M. androsaceus (L ) Spores 7 x 3J/2 u> ellipsoid-pipshaped. Fig. specimens: Tommerup, on dead branches of Picea in dense plantation, June 1898. Not uncommon, especially on Calluna, on heaths, but also on needles of Pinus etc. In damp places it develops an aerial mycelium consisting of black, hair- like creeping strings. 18. M. perforans (Hoffm.) Fr. (M. abietis (Batsch).) Spores 5 — 7 x 31/3 q, pipshaped. Fig. specimens: Årup, on dead needles of Picea, Oct. 1896. Very common, and often very numerous; always springing from a single needle. 19. M. recubans Quélet. Spores 10 — 13 x 4V8— 5 u, fusiform-ellipsoid. Cystidia cylindric, omewhat ventricose, total length about 40 u, breadth 7 — 10 u. s 22 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, solitary on the petiole of dead leaves of Quercus (rarely on Salix capræa), Sept. 1898. Not rare, but always solitary. This little tiny plant is easily overlooked or mistaken for a small Mycena (from which it is most easily recognized by the bay-brown stem). It appears to be very nearly related to M. saccharinus Batsch, from which it differs by broader gills, sul- cate cap without papilla and darker stem. My plant deviates from the description of Quélet by having the lower portion of the stem sparsely clad with long, woolly, minute hairs (not tomentum) and by larger spores (Quélet says 6 — 7 u). By these two characters it approaches M. saccharinus which seems to be intermediate between M. recubans and M. epiphyllus. 20. M. epiphyllus Fr. (M. squamula Batsch). Spores 10 x 4J/2 M or 10—12 x 3x/2— 4 u, pipshaped-lanceolate. Cvstidia awlshaped (free portion about 30 u long). Hairs on stem 250—600 u. Fig. specimens: Hjallese on petioles and dead shoots of Populus canadensis, Oct. 1896. Rather common, often numerous, especially on leaves and petioles of Fraxinus, on boggy ground. For figures of spores, cystidia etc. vide the plate. THE GENUS RHODOPHYLLUS. All the pink-spored agarics with angular spores are so inti- mately related — especially with regard to their microscopic characters — that like Quélet and Schroeter I think it right to unite them in one genus, regarding Entoloma, Leptonia etc. as subgenera only. And for this genus I adopt the Quéletian name Rhodophyllus. — Schroeter coined the name Hyporhodius (adapted from the Friesian tribal name Hyporhodii) for the same purpose, but his name is less appropriate as the Hyporhodii of Fries include also smooth-spored agarics, f. inst. Pluteus and Voluaria. When the nature of the spore is thus made the leading character of this genus one of the Friesian subgenera {Clitopilus) must needs be split up, as it includes smooth-spored species as well as angular-spored ones. While the smooth-spored species can probably be shifted to Paxillus (at least such species as C. Primulas and C. nmndulus) all the angular-spored species (of which I know anything) can fairly well be transferred to Eccilia, without materially altering the natural limits of this subgenus. Of course in doing so you impair the parallelism which Fries tried to establish between the whitespored series and the pinkspored one (Tricholoma— Entoloma, Clitocybe—Clitopilus etc. But this parallelism evidently is more apparent than real. Although the Rhodophylli are very uniform with regard to their anatomical structure (they all have large, subventricose and somewhat protruding basidia with long sterigms, rarely any characteristic cystidia etc.) there is' one leading microscopic feature which comes very useful for purposes of classification, viz. the form of the spore. Nearly all the species can be placed within two groups: the one with almost isodiametric the other with heterodiametric spores. The first type of spore is subglobular, generally more or less acutely 5-(6-) angular; the second ovate or oval, more or less angular or wavy. To the former belongs the majority of the Entolomas (Genuini 24 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. and Nolanidei of Fries) besides some few species of Nolanea and Eccilia. To the latter the group Leptonidei of Entoloma, all the Leptonias and the majority of the Nolaneas and Eccilias. Besides these two types (with small variations within each type) we have in Nolanea pascua (and some few other species) a third: the quadrangular-stellate or almost cruciform spore. 2-spored basidia are rare. Nolanea cetrata is constantly twospored (as already observed by Schroeter). In Leptonia cha- lybæa the number appears to vary (even on the same gill) from two to four, three being the ordinary number. In the specimens of L. euchlora which I have investigated the number of sterigms was 2 — 3 (but I have only found this species once). Cyst id i a are rarely met with; and when present they are generally very trivial: hairshaped or subcylmdric. Classification. The numerous species of the genus Rho- dophyllus represent comparatively few types. Many species are almost too intimately related to deserve specific rank. This is especially true of the Entolomæ Nolanidei Fr. From E. clypea- tum through E. rhodopolium, E. nidorosum etc. to E. speculum all the species form a chain of almost imperceptible links. And when this holds true of the living plants themselves the case is of course still worse when it comes to recognizing and di- stinguishing species from figures and descriptions In the figure the minutiae which characterize the different species (shades of colour, villosity etc.) are either entirely lost or accentuated out of all proportion. — It is therefore rather difficult to attain to a fully correct identification and naming of the species found. Still I hope that my list will not show many serious mistakes. The number of Danish Rhodophylli appears to be compara- tively large. The number of species found and figured by me is 47 (besides some few species which I have not found in a condition fit for portraying). — Fries in Hymenomyc- Europ. enumerates 69 species (including the angular-spored Clitopili and Eccilias) which he has seen himself. And Ricken (loc. cit.) has about eighty (besides some dubious natives) for all Central Europe. - The species mentioned by me are not all the Danish Rhodophylli. Sev. Petersen (loc. cit.) describes several species — f. inst. Leptonia formosa, L. solstiiialis, Nolanea codes, N. vina- cea and Eccilia parkensis — which I have not met with. Thus probably the total number of Danish Rhodophylli is considerably above 50. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS RHODOPHYLLUS FIGURED IN »DANMARKS AGARICACEER«. I. ENTOLOMA Fr. A. Ovisporæ (Leptonidei Fr.) Spores heterodiametric. Cap not hygrophanous, more or less floc- culose or fibrillose, dry. a. Stem bluish-fuscous, everywhere with darker, minute, floccu- lose scales \. R. dichrous. j3. Stem fibrillose. a. Cap campanulate, umbonate. 1. Gills whitish, Stem subfuscous with dingy purplish- rubescent fibrils 1. R. porphyrophæus. 2. Gills of a sordid-gray colour. No trace of red on stem. 3. R jubatus- b. Cap convex or slightly depressed 4. R. griseo-cyaneus B. Subsphærosporæ. Spores isodiametric. Cap smooth. a. Genuini Fr. Cap not hygrophanous, subviscid. a. Cap and stem with a tinge of blue 5. R. madidus. b. Cap whitish or alutaceous. No trace of blue. 1. Not umbonate. Cap very large (up to 20 cm). Gills yellowish , 6. R. lividus. 2. More or less umbonate. Cap smaller. Gills not yel- lowish. * Cap convex, umbonate, medium-sized (5 — 8 cm) 7. R. prunulohies. % Cap conic-campanulate, 3-4 cm 8. R. repandus. |3. Nolanidei Fr. Cap hygrophanous. a. Cap not viscid. 1. Large and fleshy. Cap subumbonate, lurid or sordid gray 9- R- ch/pealus. 2. Slightly fleshy. * Stem rather long (longer than width of cap). f Cap not white. ° Cap rather large, pallid gray or livid § Stem white Cap obtuse 10. R. rhodopotius. §§ Stem livid. Cap conic, expanding ... 11. R. turbidus. § Cap smaller, ding}' date-brown. Stem grayish § Umbonate 12. R. majalis. §§ Not umbonate 13. R. nidorosus. 26 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. ff Cap whitish , 14. R. speculum. $ Dwarfy: small and short-stemmed. f Cap coarsely striate half way up, not silky 15. R elaphinusvar. ff Cap even or ver}r minutely striate. ° Cap with a silky lustre, roe-brown to umber. Odour mealy. Gills even 16. R. sericeus. § Cap pitch -brown. Odour faint. Gills transversely veined . 17. R. costatus. b. Cap small, slightly viscid, sepia. Stem very slender, pallid 18. R. Batschianus. II. LEPTONIA Fr. A. Edge of gills black or dark blue. Ct. Edge blue. Growing on stumps 1. R. euchrous. (3. Edge black. Growing on the ground 2. R. serrulatus. B. Edge of gills not darker than face. Ct. Stem not yellow or white. a. Gills at first pure white. Stem dark blue. 1. Cap sepia- brown, squamulose 3. R. placidus. 2. Cap blackish-blue, velvety-flocculose in the middle 4. R.lampropus. b. Gills bluish or sordid. 1. Gills at first bluish. Stem dark blue 5. R. chalybæus. 2. Gills ding}-. Stem glaucous or brown'sh 6. R. asprellus. p. Stem 3rellow or white. a. Stem yellow, turning greenish coerulean when touched. 7. R. euchlorus. b. Stem white. Cap whitish or slightly ochraceous . 8. R. sericellus. III. NOLANEA Fr. A. Spores 4-(5-) angular, stellate or almost cruciform CX. Cap large (2 — 4 cm) 1. R. pascuus. ß. Cap small (1— l1/., cm) 2. R. bryophiliis. B. Spores not quadrangular-stellate. a. Spores heterodiametric (subovate). a. Basidia 2-spored (whole plant with a tinge of ochraceous) 3. R.cetralus. b. Basidia 4-spored. 1. Plant not yellowish or pallid. * Tall (8—11 cm) 4. R. hirtipes. t Smaller (Stem less than 7 cm). f Gills pure white when young 5. R. infula. f f Gills fuscous or pale umber. ° Cap glabrous, l1/, — 2 cm. § Cap papillate. Stem rigid, polished. Gills not thick 6. R. mammosus. §§ Stem short, fuscous, not shining. Gills thick 7. R. clandestinus. ° Cap minutely fibrillose, very small (less than 1 cm) 8. R. fumosellus. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 27 2. Plant yellowish or pallid. * Whole plant more or less yellowish 9. R. icterinns. % Cap very small, pallid 10. R. minutus. |3. Spores isodiametric (subglobate-angular). a. Cap and stem not bluish. 1. Cap (and gills) fuscous, radiately striate 11. R. junceus. 2. Cap pallid. Gills incarnate-whitish (vide R. minutus, no: 10). h. Cap and stem with a glaucous tinge 12. R. roelestinus. IV. ECCILIA Fr. (ext). (including the angular-spored Clitopili). A. Spores heterodiametric (subovate). a. Whole plant white or alutaceous. a. Stem slender. Cap convex, subdepressed. Gills subdecur- rent 1. R. cameo-albas. b. Stem rather short. Cap convex-umbilicate. Gills decur- rent 2. R. cancrinas. |3. Cap brownish or fuscous. a. Stem short, not cartilagineous 3. R. undatus. b. Stem rather long (twice width of cap or more). 1. Cap subsquamulose-tomentose. Stem fibrillose. 4. R. Mougeotii. 2. Cap smooth. Stem polished, glabrous. * Cap about 2 cm. Gills sligthly decurrent. 5. R. griseo-rabellas £ Cap 1 cm or less. Gills narrow, strongly decurrent. 6. R. nigrella. B. Spores isodiametric (subspheric;. a. Gills sordid. Cap dark umber or soot-brown 7. R. rusticoides. |3. Gills whitish. Cap pallid with pale fuscous coarse striæ. 8. R. rhodocijli.v. [Spores very small (about 5 „ in diam.) almost spheric : vide Clitopilus (Paxillus) popinalis.l V. CLAUDOPUS Fr. Cap reniform, sordid gray; paler and silky when dry. Stem very short 1. R. byssisedas. SYSTEMATIC AND FLORISTIC NOTES. I. ENTOLOMA. A. OVISPORÆ (LEPTONIDEI FR.). 1. R. dichrous (Pers,) Spores 9 — lO1^ X ß1^— 7 u, ovate, obtusely angular. Basidia 4-spored. Edge of gills formed of cvlindric-hairshaped, 6 — 7 \x broad cells. Squamules on stem made up of cylindric, up to 9 u broad cells with bluish-gray content. Figured specimens: Husmandsskolen near Odense, on the ground amongst grass and foliage in wood of Quercus and Cory lus, solitary, Oct. 1919. This species is very well characterized by the bluish-fuscous stem, all over sparsely set with minute blackish flocci. Ricken (loc. cit.) gives a very good description of it. It has a habitual likeness to Tricholoma terretim. 2. R. porphyrophæus Fr. (/?. siibrubens Karst.) Spores 10 — 12 X 6 ju, obtusely angular-wavy. Cystidia inflated, large, flask-shaped, occasionally with a roundish head. Fig. specimens: Hesbjerg near Tommerup, growing aggregately in a meadow in wood of Fagus, Oct. 1901. Also found at Langå (Jyll.) in similar locality, 1914. I do not see any real divergence between porphijropbæus and siibrubens. Fbies places R. p. in Genuini, but it is related lo R. jubatum, and the spores also indicate its proper place to be in Leptonidei. — Kaksten (Symb. ad Mycol. Fenn. VI) describes the stem (of R. subrubens) as hollow, at first furfuraceo-squamu- lose then glabrous, the gills as white, turning sordidly incarnate. Fries (Icones selectæ) has (for R. porphyrophæus) »lamellæ primo griseo-albidæ, dein sporis griseo-rubellæ« and »slipes nudus sed impolitus, opacus ... solidus«. In my specimens the stem was slightly furfuraceo-squamulose and librillose-striate with a very narrow cavity, the gills at first white then dusky incarnate. These differences appear to me too slight to make good any claim to specific distinction for the two. .Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 29 3. R. jubatus Fr. Spores 9 — 10x/2 X 5l/ä -6 u, outline oval (base obliquely pointed) wavy-angular. Fig. specimens: Near Blåkilde (by Arden), in short, mossy grass in a meadow, Sept. 1900. Differs from no: 2 by the dark gills, smaller dimensions and total want of any trace of red on stem. Cooke's figure (loc. cit. lab. 317) is more like R. porphyrophceus. 4. R. griseo-cyaneus Fr. var. Spores 9x/2 — 11 x 7 — 8 u, wavy-angular. Fig. specimens: Between Lindved and Hollufgård, bogg) ground amongst Carices, Hypna and Mnium, Sept. 1902. This is not the typical form, which I have met in several other places (Budme, Sept. 1912 and Sanderum Aug. 1909) always in grass on peaty ground, and which is characterized by a con- vex, not depressed cap with a tomentose (only very slightly flocculose) coating and almost free gills (without hairshaped cells on the edge) — The form here figured forms a transition to R. (Eccilia) Mongeotii (vide pag. 39), and is possibly not specifi- cally distinct from this species. It is very much like Cooke's figure of Ag. ardosiacus (loc. cit. tab. 328), which most authors consider a synonym of B. Mongeotii. — I add a brief descrip- tion of my plant: Cap 2— 4lj2 cm, convex, slightly depressed, dingy lilac, central part becoming paler and discoloured, every- where minutely tomentose-squamulose. Stem 4 — 6 cm, attenuated upward, base white, apex lilac-gray, fibrillose, subfistulose. Gills white, adnate, almost plane, turning rosy. It appears to be rather close to R. (Entoloma) Rozei Quel. B. SUBSPHÆROSPORÆ a. GENUINI FR. f). R. madidus Fr. Spores 7 — 8 u in diam., almost spheric, obtusely pentangular. Not figured. — I have only met with this characteristic species once (at Bellinge, grassy slopes near river, Oct. 1908). It is very well distinguished from all other species by the stout, steel- blue, striate-fibrillose stem. 6. R. lividus (Bull.) {R. sinuatus Fr.) Spores I1/., — 10 u in diam., subspheric, obtusely 5-(6-)angular. Fig. specimens: Tommerup, in wood of Quercus and Fagus, on moist clayey ground. (Also in Trelle skov, near Fredericia, Sept. 1910 and at Langesø bv Odense (wood of Quercus) Sept. 1915.) The cap in my specimens was yellowish alutaceous, smooth, 30 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. not iibrillose. It has a faint smell (of fresh meal or raw cucum- ber). — Like Schroeter I see no real difference between R.lividus and R. sinuatus. 7. R. prunuloides Fr. Spores 8 — 10 x 7x/2 |u, globose-ovate, obtusely angular. . Fig. specimens: Hjallese, under Populus on roadbank, solitary, June 1898. (Also on old common near Nyborg (»Øen«), Sept. 1905, and at Dalum, on grassy slopes towards river, Sept. 1905.) 8. R. repandus (Bull.) Spores about 7 lj.2 ja in diam., almost spheric, obtusely 5-(6-) angular. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Tommerup, in grass on green slope between wood and bog, Sept. 1908. (Also at Langesø, near Odense, in similar locality Oct. 1914. — The cap is slightly viscid at first, when dry somewhat shining or glossy. The gills are crowded, emarginate-free. It has a faint odour of fresh meal or raw cucumber. |3. NOLANIDEI FR. 9. R. clypeatus (L ) Spores 8 — 10 x 7V3 — 8 u, outline spheric or globular-oval. Fig. specimens: Odense, on the ground in orchard, gregarious and subfasciculate, June 1898. Rather common in May and June, under hedges etc. It has a distinct »mealy« odour. Specimens with paler cap and more pallid-whitish gills — which are not uncommonly to be met with — form a transition to R. rhodopolius. 10. R. rhodopolius Fr. Spores 10— 10V2 x 7—8 u, obtusely pentangular, ovate-subglobu- lar. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Vissenbjerg, wood of Fagus, Sept. 1908. — Common, generally gregarious, but never fasciculate. The typi- cal form is chiefly to be met with in woods of Fagus. An absolutely sterile form, with pure white, abnormally ruffled and curled gills, is occasionally found. 11. R. turbid us Fr. (?) var. Spores 9 — 10 x 61/2 — 7 u, irregularly (6-)angular, broadly ovate. Fig. specimens: Lundeborg, wood of Quercus, Aug. 1917. Typical specimens of R. turbidus — answering to Fries' de- scription and figure (Icon. sei. I) — I have never seen. But the form here portrayed (which I refer to R. t.) I have met in several places, especially under Betula on boggy ground. It is very close lo R. rhodopolius, perhaps only a variety of this species. I add a brief description : Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 31 Cap 4 — 71 o cmj conical, at last expanded and rather acutely umbonate; flesh thin. The colour resembles that of darker forms of R. rhodopolius. The edge is somewhat striolate. Stem somewhat clubshaped, tall and rather slender, 9—10 cm x 4 — 8 mm (above) and 6 — 10 mm (below), striate, paler than the cap (recalling R. (Nolanea) pascuus). Gills rather narrow, some- what distant, free or almost free, at first pallid, then light trout- red. Odour none. 12. R. majalis Fr. Spores 7 — 10 x 7-8 u, subspheric, 5-(6-)angular. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, in copsewood, gregarious, May 1902. Cap dingy date-brown, margin slriolale, with a distinct umbo. Stem striate, of a pale watery-gray colour, slightly hollow. 13. R. nidorosus Fr. Not figured. Plants answering to the description of R. n. are rather common in moist and close copsewoods, especially on boggy ground under Salices. It is almost too close to no: 12, only differing in want of umbo and in having a more pronoun- ced* »nitric« odour. The stem is generally more slender. Micro- scopically there is no difference. 14. R. speculum Fr. Spores 9 x 6V2— 7 u, spheric-oval, irregularly 5-(6-)angular. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, gregarious in wood of Corylus and Quercus, Sept. 1908." Not uncommon. - - My plants differ from the description of Fries in having a (very faint) nitric odour. Intermediate forms between 13 and 14 occur. 15. R. elaphinus Fr. (?) var. radiatus (nov. var.) Spores 8— 9V2 x 7— 77s u, subglobular-ovate, obtusely angular. Fig. specimens: Fruens Bøge, edge of a young plantation of Fagus, Oct. 1902 (and Aug. 1903). Cap slightly fleshy, l1/2—21/2 cm, convex-expanding, with a small, rather acute umbo, hygrophanous, coarsely radiato-striate half way up, pale dingy date-brownish. Stem short (3 cm), pallid, slightly hollow. Gills horizontal, rounded behind, pallid. This species is the smallest and most dwarfy form of the series which begins with R. clypeatus and includes no: 9—15, all of which run into each other without any distinct lines of demarcation. — My plant differs very materially from the type of Fries (gills not so broad, cap less fleshy, somewhat umbonate, colour lighter etc.) and forms a transition to R. sericeus. 16. R. sericeus (Bull) Spores 8 — 10 x 6—7 u, irregularly and obtusely angular, sub- spheric-oval. Fig. specimens: 1) Trolleborg, drive in wood, amongst grass and moss, Sept. 1900; 2) Hjallese, on old lawn, Sept. 1900. — Common. 32 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Rather variable. Fig. 1 represents the comparatively slender and light-coloured form which is occasionally mistaken for R. (Nolanea) pascims, from which it is easily distinguished by the subspheric, obtusely angular spores and the »mealy« odour. 17. R. costatus Fr. var. Spores 7 — 8 x 6V2 — 7 (a, subspheric-pentangular. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, permanent pasture-field, Nov. 1899 (and 1914), subfasciculate. Not very well distinguished from dark forms of no: 16. My plant had a (very faint) mealy smell. The stem was not white- squamulose above as indicated by Fries. By its pitch-brown colour and the rather small spores it formed a transition to Ent. Cordæ Karst. 18. R. Batschianus Fr. Spores 6l/2— 71/, X 6— 6l/2 u(or 61/, x 53/4) almost spheric, slightly angular. Cystidia absent. Basidia 4-spored. Sporedust very pale incarnate. Fig. specimens: Kirkeby, wood of Picea, on mossy ground, Oct. 1914. Also found in Håre Bjerge, Oct. 1906 and 14, and at Hesbjerg, Oct. 1912 in similar localities. This species differs very much from all other Entolomas which I know. It has the slightly viscid cap of the Genaini, but it is somewhat hygrophanous. The almost sootbrown, small cap (which is minutely striate at the margin) and the long and slender stem reminds one of Nolanea, the at length somewhat depressed cap and the at last sligtly descending gills recall Eccilia — My plant belongs to the second type of Fries (with whitish gills). II. LEPTONIA. 1. R. euchrous (Pers.) Spores 9 — 11 x 5 — llj» u, oval or ovate, obtusely angular-wavy. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, 1) solitary on stump of Corylus, Sept 1897; 2) gregarious on stump of Alnus, Oct. 1899. —'Not uncommon. When examined by means of a pocket-lens the stem is seen to be dusky with minute violet fibrils. 2. R. serrulatus (Pers.) Spores 8—11 x 6— 7 |u, ovate-oval, with 5 — 8 rather sharp angles. Basidia 4-spored (in B.). Cystidia clavate, 11 — 12 u broad, fasci- culate, pale gray (1909). Fig. specimens: A) Flensborg, grassy slope on rather sandy Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 33 soil, Sept. 1900. B) Nyfæste near Arup, amongst grass and heather, on sloping ground, Oct. 1900. - Not common. Very variable. A) forms a transition to Eccilia atrides (which as Fries says is hardly specifically distinct). The gills had a long decurrent tooth; tlie cap was black, shining (sunburnt). In B) the gills were extraordinarily broad, semicircular and broadly adnate. The stem had no black points above, but black striæ formed of the decurrent edge of the gills. - In other cases the cap is rather profoundly umbilicate, even when young. But I do not think these differences sufficient for establishing several distinct species. The figure af Cooke (loa cit. tab. 333) is without the blackish edging and altogether different from what I call B. s. It looks like a form of R. (Entoloma) (jriseo-cijaneus or E. ardosiacus (Quélet). 3. R. placidus Fr. Spores 9 — 10 x 6— 6Va u, obtusely angular-wavy. Fig. specimens: Trolleborg, around stump of Fagus, in grass Sept.' 1900. Not uncommon, on and around old stumps of Fagus. In the figured specimens the stem was minutely striate, not white-pruinate above. On decaying stump of Fagus (Hjallese, Oct. 1909) I have met with another, considerably stouter form of this species: Cap up to 4 cm broad, mousegray-brownish, fibrilloso-squamose. Stem short, curved, coarsely striate, (almost grooved) blackish-blue. The very large form which Fries figures (Icon. sei. tab. 97) withsquamose cap and the stem all over set with darker squa- mules is more like R. (Entoloma) dichrous. 4. R. lampropus Fr. Spores 91 *— ll1/., x ßi/2— 7 u, irregularly oval, nodulose; (also 10—13 x 7—8 u.)." Fig. specimens: Vissenbjerg, amongst grass and heather, on hillslope outside a plantation of Picea, Aug. 1905. Here and there in similar localities. The figured specimen was rather slender-stemmed and blackish- blue, almost like no. 5. except for the white gills. In other places I have met with more short-stemmed specimens and also with a form with rather profoundly umbilicate cap. 5. R. chalybæus (Pers.) Spores 10x7 u, irregularly ovate, about 6-angular. Basidia gene- rally 3-spored (but varying, even on the same gill, from 2- to 4- spored. Cvstidia 0. Fig. specimens: Hollufgård, in copsewood (Betula, Prunus Padus etc.), gregarious, Sept. 1917. — Also found at Krabbes- holm, Sept. 1917 (in wood of Fraxinus and Alnus). 3 34 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. 6. R. asprellus Fr. Spores 11 ^ x 7% H> oval, angular. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: 1) Sanderum, boggy meadow, amongst grass, July 1897; 2) Bramstrup, in a mossy bog, July 1897. — Rather common. The stem varies in colour (brownish, bluish gray etc.). 7. R. euchlorus (Lasch) Spores 10V2 — 13 x 7 — 8 u, irregularly angular, broadly or nar- rowly ovate. Basidia with 2 or 3 long sterigms. Fig. specimens: Border of main road between Korinth and Høbbed, in grass, Oct. 1900, gregarious. My specimens differed from the description of Fries in having a smooth stem. When bruised the flesh (especially that of the stem) becomes verdigris-skyblue. — This species (which Fries only knew from herbaria and figures) is hardly distinct from the Friesian species R. (L.) incanus. 8. R. sericellus Fr. (Entoloma s.) Spores 11— 11 V2 x 7—7% (or 9—10 x 7 u), broadly ovate, rather angular. Fig. specimens: 1) Skørping, old grass-field, Sept. 1897 ; 2) Årup, border of road in wood, Sept. 1898. — 2) is a slender form from a shady place, a transition to R. (Eccilia) cameo- albus. — Common in old grassfields etc., especially on light soil. Like other modern authors I place this species in Leptonia, although it has no near relations here, but rather in Eccilia. III: NOLANEA. A. SUBSTELLATÆ. 1. R. pascuus (Pers.) Spores 9 — 10 x 7—9 u, 4— 6-angular, with prominent angles- or almost stellate Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Gelsted, amongst moss and grass, green walk in wood of Picea, Oct. 1906. Rather common, especially in open spaces in coniferous plantations, rarely met with in frondose woods. In open pastures a more dwarfy and somewhat lighter form occurs. [Some French mycologists apply the name R. proletarius Fr. to this species; but as Fries (»Monographia« I p. 293) expressly states that R. proletarius is characterized by its cap being »medio villosus et umbrinus« I must needs disagree from this opinion. The same authors reserve the name R. pascuus for the species here described sub nom. R. cetratus Schroeter, which Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 35 to my mind is not the typical R. pascuus of Fries but probably identical with the plant mentioned in his »Monographia« as a pinophile distinct variety of R. pascuus, or probably a distinct species.] — 2. R. xylophilus nov. spec. Spores 10 x 8l/2 u, irregularly angular-stellate. Fig. specimens: S. Nærå, on rotten stump of Fagus, Sept. 190!. Also on stump of Corylus, Hjallese, Oct. 1909. Although microscopically almost identical to the preceding specits this little tiny plant can hardly be regarded as a variety of R. pascuus. Habitually it has much in common with R. mi- nutus Karst, (no: 10). I add a brief diagnosis: Pilens 1 cm latin1, coiwexus, pellucido-slriatus, pallidus (parscentralis subfusca, slriis isabellino-argillaceis, leviterin incarnato vergentibus). Stipes 4 cm x / mm, subpellucidus, (ilbidus. Lamellce liberie, albce, dein pallide roseo-incarnatæ. Sporæ lit supr. B. NODULOSÆ. a. OVISPORÆ. 3. R. cetratus (Fr.?) Schroeter. Spores 101/« — 11 x 7 — 71/* u, subovate, obtusely angular-wavy. Basidia always 2-spored. Fig. specimens, Kirkeby, amongst moss and sticks in wood of Picea, Oct. 1904. Not uncommon in coniferous woods. This species is often confounded with R. pascuus, but it is easily recognized by its microscopic characters. Macroscopically it differs in being more slender, with a slight tinge of ochra- ceous all over. The description of Fries does not fit very well, and besides his plant is said to grow »in fagetis«, what the species here mentioned never does. Saccardo says the spore is »4-apicu- latis«, an observation which probably refers to a form of R. pascuus. 4. R. hirtipes (Schum.?)J. E. Lange — R. mammosus Ricken (nee Fries). Spores 10 — 14 x 7 — 81/.,, ovate or oval, rather obtusely angular. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia hairshaped. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, in wood of Quercus, Corylus etc., solitary, Oct. 1895. Not uncommon in similar localities. Ricken describes this plant very well sub nom. (N.) mammo- sus Fr., but it is not at all like the Ag. mammosus figured in Icones selectæ The habitat also differs, as Ag. mammosus is said to grow *in locis apricis, graminosis«, while my plant grows in dense and rather moist copsewoods. — To my mind the Ag. hirtipes figured in Flora Danica represents this species, 3* 36 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. although it is said to grow »in silvis inter folia pinea putrescentia«. The chief characters of this plant are as follows : Cap conic-convex, with a minute, at last disappearing, papilla, 2 — 4V2 cm broad, somewhat pellucido-striatulate, dingy brownish (when dry paler and silky). The edge of the cap extends a little over the gills and is at first somewhat inflexed. Stem tall (8 — 12 cm), slender and straight, silky, striate, paler than the cap, slightly thickened towards the base which about 2 cm up is clad with a pure white cobweb-like tomentum. Gills ventricose, almost free, at first whitish then incarnate-pallid. It has a faint smell of cucumber. 5. R. infula Fr. Spores 8 — 9 x 6 u, oval, rather prominently angular-wavy. Basi- dia 4-spored. Cystidia 0. Fig. specimens: Sanderum, boggy pasture, Aug. 1909. Not uncommon. This species has much in common with no: 6, but the gills are pure white at first, then rosy-incarnate. 6. R. mammosus (L. ?) Fr. Spores 9^2 — lOVs x 7 — 7^2 u; subovate, obtusely angular-wavy. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Gerup, near Holstenshus, amongst grass, bor- der of road through wood of Picea, Aug. 1902. Not uncommon, especially on hill-slopes etc. My plant is identic with the form figured by Fries (Icones selectæ). What the larger form men- tioned in the text as figured by Bulliard is, I do not know (vide no : 4). — R. papillalus Bres. is probably identical. 7. R. clandestinus Fr. Spores 11 — 12^2 x 7 — l1^ u., oblong, irregularly wavy-angülar. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens : Vasemose near Holmstrup, grassy slope out- side a wood, Sept. 1902. — My plant differs somewhat from other descriptions of B. c, and I therefore add a short diagnosis: Cap about lx/2 cm, at first conic-convex, then slightly depressed with a small papilla, sootbrown, indistinctly striate (when dry silky-fibrillose, grayish-brown). Stem short, comparatively stout. (2 — 3 cm x 2 — 3 mm), grayish-brown, hollow, smooth and even. Gills thick, distant, broader towards the stem and broadly adnate, grayish-brown. Smell none. 8. R. fumosellus Wint. Spores very large (14—18 x 7l/2 — 9 u), oblong-ellipsoid, wavy- angular. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Lykkesholm, in a bog under Alnus, Sept. 1909, solitary. Cap 0,9 cm, conic-convex, coarsely pellucido-striate, sootbrown, sparsely clad with minute, pallid, flocculose fibrils. Stem 4 cm x 1 mm, of the same colour, with pallid, minute Jakob E Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 37 flocci above and flocculose-fibrillose below. Gills distant, broad, sootbrown (at last with a rubescent tinge from the spores broadly adnate, slightly emarginate with a decurrent tooth, edge not darker than face. This last character and the distant gills are the only differences between my plant and the description of Winter (Saccardo V no: 29%), and I do not think them suffi- cient for considering it specifically distinct. 9. R. icterinus Fr. Spores 8 — 12X7 u. Cystidia (in figured specimens) rather short, somewhat nodulose hairshaped. (In other finds 0.) Fig. specimens: I: Odense, on boggy ground in park under Alnus, Oct. 1896. — Rather common in similar localities. It has a faint, but very characteristic fragrant smell (almost like pineapples). 9a. R. i. forma gracillima J. E. Lange. Spores 9 — 10 x 7 u, subovate, with rather prominent angles. Cystidia 0. Fig. specimens II: in a grassy ditch under hedge, Våsemose near Holmstrup, Sept. 1902. Differing only in being smaller (cap 1 cm) and very-slender (stem 6 cm X 1,5 mm). Intermediate forms are often met with. The cap is often almost devoid of yellow, rather pallid and watery dingy incar- nate, with a fulvous tinge at the top. Such forms, which especi- ally occur late in the season after the first frosty nights, might be referred lo Ag. pleopodius (Bull.), which Ricken takes to be identical with Ag. verecundas Fr. But the characteristic smell (first noted by Schroeter, but not observed by Ricken) makes me believe they are only reduced forms of R. icterinus. 10. R. minutus Karst. Spores 9—10 x 7 — 7V_> u, 5-(6-)angular. Fig. specimens: Pederstrup, on boggy ground in wood, under Alnus, gregarious, Aug. 1902. Also found at »Egeskov«, Sept. 1916. Cap 1 — l1/-, cm, piano convex, slightly umbilicate, minutely striate to umbilicus, pallid, striae a little darker (dingy drab or pale brownish), umbilicus darker. Stem slender (3 — 5 cm x Vj.z mm , brownish, apex paler, even, base slightly white-fibrillose. Gills whitish then rosy-incarnate, somewhat adnate. — The spores are sometimes almost spheric (as indicated by Karsten) and it might therefore be sought under ß. But I place it here in the vicinity of R. icterinus, with the smaller forms of which it has much in common. ß. SUBSPHÆROSPORÆ. 11. R. junceus Fr. Spores 8V2 — IOV2 x 7V-.>— s u< subspheric, obtusely 5-(6-)angular. Basidia 4-spored. 38 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, wood of Fagus, Oct. 1904. — Not common, generally solitary, in moist woods. The form cuspidata figured by Fries (Icon, sei.) with an acute, very prominent umbo I have never met. My plants are convex or somewhat campanulate, obsoletely umbonate. It is a very distinct species on account of its almost spheric spores, its sub- fuscous, very coarsely striate cap and the broad, dusky gills. 12. R. coelestinus Fr. Spores 8 — 9 x 7 ja, obtusety 5-(6-)angular, spheric-ovate. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Tommerup, pasture on ground sloping towards bog, outside a wood, Nov. 1907. My specimens differ from the description of Fries in not having the centre »scabrello« and the stem at first not fistulöse By the subspheric spores it can easily be distinguished from the bluish Leptonias. The cap is bluish-fuscous or dingy steelblue (when dry: dark steelgray and silky). IV. EGCILIA. A. OVISPORÆ. 1. R. carneo-albus Wither. (Clitopilus c.J Spores 8 — 11 (generally 10—11) ja long, subovate, irregularly and obtusely angular. Fig. specimens: Korsør, on hedgerow in wood of Fagus, Sept. 1902. — Also at Rold (Jylland), Hesbjerg (Fyn) etc., always in woods. A dwarfy form, cap only 3 mm broad, is also met with. It is extremely close to R. sericellus and hardly deserves spe- cific rank. The only differences are the somewhat decurrent gills and the slender stem. Occasionally the cap is almost snow- white. Altogether it might be characterized as an etiolated, sil- van form of R. sericellus. 2. R. cancrinus Fr. (Clitopilus c.) Spores 10 — 13 x 7 — 7V2 M, ovate or oval, irregularly wavy. Ba- sidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Kerteminde, sandy pasture near the coast, Julv 1909. — Also at Sanderum, pasture on boggv ground, Aug 1909. Differing from no: 1 chiefly in the depressed, subinfundibuli form cap, shorter stem and strongly decurrent gills. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 39 3. R. undatus Fr. (Clitopilus u.) Spores 8VS — 9*/2 x S1^ — 6 u, oval, irregularly wavy. Fig. specimens : I) Rønningesøgård, roadside in park, amongst grass and moss, Sept. 1902; II) Kerteminde, pasture on sandy ground near coast, Sept. 1905. Not common. My plant differs from the description of Fries in not having a hollow stem; but in the excellent figure in Fries' Icon. sei. tab. 96 the cavity is also wanting. The agaric figured by Cooke (loc. cit. pi. 486) sub nom. Ag. undatus evidently has nothing to do with Fries' species. And undatus Fr. sensu Ricken is a smooth-spored species referred by him to Paxillus. — Fig. II represents a more membranaceous and infundibuliform variety, almost answering to Fries' description of * Ag. viarum. A still more reduced form is: 3 b. R. undatus var. pusillus J. E. Lange. Spores 9 \.i long, subovate, with about 6 obtuse angles. Fig. specimens: Hjallese, on naked soil under hedge, roadside in wood, Aug. 1907, gregarious. Cap 1/g — 172 cm> plano-convex, profoundly umbilicate, indi- stinctly striate, dingy pale gray, at first slightly hoary-pruinose (especially towards the edge). Stem paler than cap, not hollow, at first slightly pruinose, 1 — 2 cm x l1^ mm, base slightly white- woolly. Gills rather strongly decurrent, dingy pallid, moderately crowded, arcuate, soon with a pallid-incarnate tinge. Sporedust very pale incarnate. Although this little tiny plant at first sight does not at all recall R. undatus, the var. viarum connects them very intimately, and I therefor refrain from making it a distinct species. 4. R. Mougeotii Fr. var. Spores 10 x 7 \a, obtusely angular, ovate. Edge of gills set with hairshaped-cylindric, 6 — 8 \i broad, obtuse cells. Fig. specimens: Bramstrup Mose, in boggy meadow, July 1902. This plant is very closely related to the form of R. (Entoloma) griseo-cyaneus figured and described pag. 29. Perhaps it is only a sunburnt form of the same species Cap convex, at first umbilicate, then somewhat infundibuliform, 22/2 — 3 cm, dark gray-violet, everywhere hairy-tomentose-squamu- lose. Stem 4-- 5 cm x 3 mm, steel gray-lilac, hollow, somewhat fibrillose and with indistinct blackish flocci. Gills adnate, at last somewhat decurrent, whitish then pink. 5. R. griseo-rubellus Lasch. Spores 9 — 10 x 7 — 71/3 M, broadly ovate, wavy-angular with about 6 angles. Basidia 4-spored. Fig. specimens: Vormark, Falleskov, growing gregariously in grass, open space in plantation of Picea, Sept 1905. (Also found on sloping ground outside a plantation, at Gelsted, Sept. 1912. 40 Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, Bd. 2, Nr. 11. Central part of cap slightly squamulose. Stem smooth, gla- brous. Gills at first whitish, rather distant, horizontal, adnate and slightly decurrent. 5 b. R. g. var. Spores longer (10—13 X 7—8 u). Fig. specimens: Bramstrup mose, on boggy ground, July 1903. Stem slenderer and paler, but for the rest not differing mate- rials' from the type and probably only a palustrine form. 6. R. nigrella (Pers.?) Quel.? Spores 9 — 12 x 6'/2 — 71/2 |u, ovate (subspheric or oblong) irregu- larly wavy-angular. Fig. specimens: Dalum Landbrugsskole, solitary in a garden, bed of hardy perennials, July 1898. As I have only seen a single specimen of this characteristic little agaric I am not in a position to decide its systematic po- sition. Probably it is identic with what Quélet called R. nigrella Pers. (Saccardo V no. 3027). As his description is very brief I give here my own diagnosis : Cap 1 cm broad, infundibuliform, fuscous (becoming blackish), edge striate. Stem smooth, subfus- cous-steelgray with a slight violet tinge, somewhat fistulöse, 21/a cm x 2 mm. Gills narrow, strongly decurrent, incarnate Flesh steelgray. B. SUBSPHÆROSPORÆ. 7. R. rusticoides Gill. Spores 8x6 fi, subspheric 5-anguIar. Fig. specimens: 1) Håre Bjerge, sandy hillslope amongst lichens, grass and Sarothamnus, Oct. 1907; 2) Hjelmernp, sandy hedgerow, Oct. 1915. — This very distinct species — which Fries did not know — appears to me very nearly allied to his Agaricus parkensis (espe- cially as represented in his figure (Icon. sei. I) in which the gills are fuscous (while in the diagnosis they are said to be whitish). 8. R. rhodocylix (Lasch). Spores 8 — 10 u. in diameter, subspheric 5-angular. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia coarsely hairshaped. Fig. specimens: Højsholt near Tommerup, on decaying slump of Betula in boggy wood, Sept. 1908. Also found at Sandager, growing in a bog under Alnus and Picea (on the ground amongst dead needles), Aug. 1913. [Under Subsphærosporæ also might be sought Clitopilus popi- nalis Fr. which has very small, almost spheric spores (about 5u in diameter), but which probably should be transfered to Paxillus.} Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. IV. 41 V. CLAUDOPUS. 1. R. byssisedus (Pers.) Spores about 9 u long, obliquly ovate, wavy-angular. Basidia 4-spored. Cystidia 0. Fig. specimens: Høbbed, near Korinth, edge of wood amongst foliage, Nov. 1901. — Also at Våsemose, on decaying stump (of Fagus) in wood, Oct. 1915. — My plants were not resupinate at first. The (very short) stem is almost lateral For figures of spores etc. vide the plate. BIBLIOGRAPHY. F. Bataille: Flore monographique des Marasmes d'Europe. Besancon 1919. J. Bkksadola: Fungi Tridentini. Tridenti 1881—1890. M. C. Cooke: Illustrations of British Fungi. London 1881—91. E. Fries: Hymenomycetes Europæi. Upsaliae 1874. Icones selectæ etc. I — II. Holmise 1867 — 77. Monographia Hymenomycetum Sueciæ. Upsaliæ 1857 — 63. Flora Danica. Haunise 1763— P. A. Karsten : Kritisk öfversigt af Finlands basidsvampar. Helsingfors 1889 — 91. G. Masskk: European Fungus-Flora. London 1902. British Fungi. London (no date). Sev. Petersen: Danske Agaricaceer. København 1907 — 11. Luc. Quélet: Flora Mycologique de la France. Paris 1880. Ad. Ricken: Die Blätterpilze. Leipzig 1910. P. A. Saccahdo: Sylloge Fungorum. V. Patavii 1887 (& supplem. vols. .1. Schroeter: Die Pilze Schlesiens. I. Breslau 1885 — 89. SPECIFIC INDEX. Page Pholiota adiposa 9 aegerita 9 Arrhenii '7 aurea 5 — v. Herefordcnsis 5 aurivella 9 blattaria • . • 7 candicans . 0 caperata ■ 5 cerifera • . . 9 destruens 8 dura ' 6 erebia ..... 6 ttammans 10 heteroclita X marginata 10 muricata 3 muscigena 11 mutabilis 10 mvcenoides 11 ombrophila 6 v. brunneola .... 6 paludosa (Tubaria) 11 phragraatophylla 3 præcox 6 — paludosa 7 — cutefracta 7 radicosa 8 minor 8 spectabilis 10 sphaleromorpha 3 squarrosa 9 tcneroides 7 terrigena 3 Page togularis 7 — fllaris 7 unicolor 10 Vahli 5 vermiflua 6 M a rasmius abietis . 21 alliaceus 19 — subtilis 19 alliatus 19 amadelphus 20 androsaccus . '-Ü arg3Topus 18 balaninus (Mycena) ........ 18 Bulliardi 20 candidus 20 caulicinalis 20 cauticinalis 18 cobærens (Mycena) 18 Curreyi 21 epichloc' I« epiphyllus 22 erj'thropus 18 foetidus 19 fuscescens 18 fuscopurpureus 17 globularis 18 graminum 21 juncicola (Mycenal -' liraosus . • 21 lupuletorum 18 Oreades 17 perforans 21 peronatus 17 porreus 19 44 Specific Index. Puge prasiosmus 19 putillus 18 ramealis 20 recubans 21 Rotula 20 — phyllophila 21 saccharinus 22 scabellus 20 scorodonius 10 squamula 22 terginus 17 urens 17 Wynnei 18 R h o d o p h y 1 1 u s ardosiacus 29 asprellus 34 atrides 33 Batschianus 32 byssisedus 41 cancrinus 38 carneo-albus 38 cetratus 35 chalvbæus 33 clandestinus 36 clypeatus 30 codes 24 coelestinus 38 costatus 32 dichrous 28 elapliinus v. radiatus 31 euchlorus 31 euchrous 32 formosus 24 fumosellus 36 griseocj'aneus 29 griseorubellus 39 hirtipes 35 icterinus 37 incanus 34 infula 36 Page jubatus 29 junceus 37 lampropus 33 lividus 29 madidus 29 majalis 31 mammosus Fr 36 Rick 35 minutus 37 Mougeotii 39 nidorosus 31 nigrella 40 papillatus 30 parkensis -40 pascuus 34 placidus 33 pleopodius 37 popinalis (Clitopilus) 40 porphyrophæus 28 proletarius 34 prunuloides 30 repandus 30 rhodocylix • 40 rhodopolius 30 Rozei ... 29 rusticoides 40 sericellus 34 sericeus 31 serrulatus 32 sinuatus 29 solstitialis 24 speculum . 31 subrubens 28 turbidus 30 undatus 39 — viarum 39 — pusillus 39 verecundus • 37 vinaceus ...... 24 xylophilus 35 EXPLANATION OF PLATE. All spores magnified 800 times, cystidia and basidia 300 times. — The numbers correspond to the current no: of each species in the text. All figures are from fresh material, no dried or otherwise preserved specimens ever used. — For most microscopical observations only an ordinary objective (dry system, focal distance 3,2 mm) is used. 1. P. Vahlii . . . spor e 2. » caperata . — 3. » erebia . . . — basidium 4. » dura. . . . — cystidia 4a. T> » verm i fin a — cystidium 5. » praecox . . — — 6. » togularis . — tin. » » filaris — 7. » teneroides — basidium. 8. » destruens . — PH OLI OTA. 9. P. radicosa. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 10. 17. 18. adiposa . . aurivella. . scpiarrosa . flammans . spectabilis. muta bilis . marginata . unicolor . . mvcenoides spore, cystidium — cystidia cvstidium 1. M. urens spore 2. » fuscopurpureus — 3. t putillus 4. » oreades — 5. » globularis ... — f>. » coluerens .... 7. » lupuletorum 8. 9. 10. scorodonius prasiosmus . alliaceus . . MAP, A S MIUS. M. alliaceus var » foetidus . » ramealis . — borst, sur- face-cell — cyst., borst from .stem — cvstidium 10a. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 10. 17. 18. 19. 20. Rotula . . . Bulliardi . . limosus ■ . graminum . androsaceus perforans . recubans . . epiphyllus . spore, cystidium cvstidium — cvstidium (E n t o 1 o m a 1. dichrous spore, hairs from gill 2. porphyrophæus . . — cystidium 3. jubatus — RHODOPHYLLUS. 4. griseo-cyaneus var. spore 5. madidus — 0. lividus — 7. prunuloides .... — 8. repandus — 46 Explanation of Plate. 9. clypeatus spore 10. rhodopolius .... — 11. turbidus var. ... — 12. majalis — 14 speculum — 15. elaphinusv.radiatus — 16. sericeus — 17. costatus — 18. Batschianus .... — (h e p t o n i a) 1. euchrous — 2. serrulatus — 3. placidus — 4. lampropus — 5. chalybæus — basidium 6. asprellus — 7. euchlorus — basidia 8. sericellus — (Nolaneaj 1 . pascuus spores 2. xylophilus — 3. cetratus spore, basidium 4. hirtipes . . 5. infula .... 6. mammosus 7. clandestinus 8. fumosellus 9. icterinus . . 9a. — var 10. minutus . . 11. junceus . . (E ceil i a) 1. carneo-albus 2. cancrinus . 3. undatus . . 3b. — var. pusillu 4. Mougeotii var. 5. griseo-rubcllus 5b. i 6. nigrella .... 7. rusticoides. . . 8. rhodocylix . . (C 1 a u d o p u s) 1. bvssisedus . . . spore DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV. BIND II Nr. 11. FÅvlioicL 6 6a 00 0 oft 0 0 9 \l 10 II 12 13 " 7* 15 16 MaJXLSmiixs 1 2, 3 11 12, 73 1*t- E-nt. 0 o 0 o o 0 - 16 17 18 v 79 \ BÅjodopJujlhu ©O 6) lp; Lept,. Q) (o) å ,0 10 71 12 /^ Mi IS 17 13 1 Z 3 Nolan . O o 6 ' — f 7 M o a" 1 z ;o lv 3 S>et- 7Ö 7/ -Ébc Cl/zzzcZ Q00OQ@(§g}Q§ 0 Jakob E. I.inu/e del. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF BIND 2 DANSK BOTANISK FORENING STUDIES IN THE GENUS ENTORRHIZA C. WEBER BY C. FERDINANDSEN and O. WINGE WITH 8 FIGURES IN THE TEXT KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKKERI 1914 Pris : 50 Øre. DANSK BOTANISK FORENING udgiver siden 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. BOTANISK TIDSSKRIFT, som udgives i ca. 4 Hefter aarlig og tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV, som udgives i tvangfri Hef- ter, der kan købes særskilt i Boghandelen. Medlemmer af Foreningen kan abonnere paa dette Tidsskrift for 4 Kr. om Aaret. I 1913 er udgivet: Nr. 1. E. ØSTRUP: Diatomaceæ ex Insulis Danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ. Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant forma- tions of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. Olaf Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likenøkologi. 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West- Indies. I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange : Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. Pris 3 Kr. Indmeldelse af nye Medlemmer i „Dansk Botanisk For- ening" sker ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen, Adr. Botanisk Museum, København K. Det aarlige Medlemskontingent er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Ud- landet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. REDAKTION: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge og C. H. Ostenfeld. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet den 17. Juli 1914. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF BIND 2 DANSK BOTANISK FORENING THE MARINE ALGÆ OF THE DANISH WEST INDIES PART II. PHÆOPHYCEÆ BY F. BØRGESEN WITH 44 FIGURES IN THE TEXT KØBENHAVN H. HAGERTJP'S BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKKEBI 1914 Pris: 2 Kr. 25 Øre. DANSK BOTANISK FORENING udgiver siden 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. BOTANISK TIDSSKRIFT, som udgives i ca. 4 Hefter aarlig og tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV, som udgives i tvangfri Hef- ter, der kan købes særskilt i Boghandelen. Medlemmer af Foreningen kan abonnere paa dette Tidsskrift for 4 Kr. om Aaret. I 1913 er udgivet: Bind 1, Nr. 1. E. ØSTRUP : Diatomaceæ ex Insulis Danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ. Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. . Bind i, Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Bind 1, Nr. 3. Olaf Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likenøkologi. 3 Kr. Bind 1, Nr. 4. F. Børgesen : The Marine Algæ of the Danish West-Indies. I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Bind 1, Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange : Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. Pris 3 Kr. Bind 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and Ö. Winge : Studies in the genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Indmeldelse af nye Medlemmer i „Dansk Botanisk For- ening" sker ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen, Adr. Botanisk Museum, København K. Det aarlige Medlemskontingent er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Ud- landet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. REDAKTION: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge og C. H. Ostenfeld. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet den 9. Oktober 1914. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING BIND 2 No. 3 STUDIES IN THE AGARICS OF DENMARK BY JAKOB E. LANGE PART II AMANITA. LEPIOTA. COPRINUS WITH TWO PLATES KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL TRYKT HOS J. JØRGENSEN 4 Co. (IVAK JANTZEN) 1915 PRIS: 3 KR. DANSK BOTANISK FORENING udgiver siden 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. BOTANISK TIDSSKRIFT, som udgives i ca. 4 Hefter aarlig og tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV, som udgives i tvangfri Hefter, der kan købes særskilt i Boghandelen. Medlemmer af Foreningen kan abonnere paa dette Tidsskrift for 4 Kr. om Aar et. I 1913 er udgivet: Bd. 1, Nr. 1. E. ØSTRUP: Diatomaceæ ex Insulis Danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ. Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 2. M. VAHL: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 3. Olaf Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likenøkologi. 3 Kr. Bd. 1, Nr. 4. F.Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Bd. 1, Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. BØRGESEN : The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part. II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet: Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymorphien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Med Resumé: Etudes introductives sur la polymorphic de l'Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange : Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part. II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. C. H. OSTENFELD: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Indmeldelse af nye Medlemmer i Dansk Botanisk For- ening sker ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen, Adr. Botanisk Museum, København K. Det aarlige Medlemskontingent er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Ud- landet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor Køben- havn. REDAKTION: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge og C. H. Ostenfeld. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet den 5. Oktober 1915. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING BIND 2 No. 4 A LIST OF PHYTOPLANKTON FROM THE BOETON STRAIT, CELEBES BY C. H. OSTENFELD KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL TRYKT KOS J. JØRGENSEN «c Co. (IVAR JANTZEN) 1915 PRIS: 75 ØRE DANSK BOTANISK FORENING udgiver siden 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. BOTANISK TIDSSKRIFT, som udgives i ca. 4 Hefter aarlig og tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV, som udgives i tvangfri Hefter, der kan købes særskilt i Boghandelen. Medlemmer af Foreningen kan abonnere paa dette Tidsskrift for 4 Kr. om Aaret. I 1913 er udgivet: Bd. 1, Nr. 1. E. ØSTRUP: Diatomaceæ ex Insulis Danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ. Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 2. M. VAHL: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 3. Olaf Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likenøkologi. 3 Kr. Bd. 1, Nr. 4. F.Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Bd. 1, Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. BØRGESEN : The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part. II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet: Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymorphien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Med Resumé: Etudes introductives sur la polymorphic de 1' Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 3. JAKOB E. LANGE: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part. II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. C. H. OSTENFELD: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Indmeldelse af nye Medlemmer i Dansk Botanisk For- ening sker ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen, Adr. Botanisk Museum, København K. Det aarlige Medlemskontingent er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Ud- landet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor Køben- havn. REDAKTION: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge og C. H. Ostenfeld. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet den 5. Oktober 1915. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF BIND 2 DANSK BOTANISK FORENING Nr. 5 BIDRAG TIL DANMARKS SVAMPEFLORA. I AF 0. ROSTRUP MED 3 TAVLER OG ET RESUME: CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FUNGUS-FLORA OF DENMARK. I KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKKERI 1916 Pris: 3 Kr. Dansk, Botanisk Forening. Adresse : Botanisk Museum, Gotersgade 130, Kobenhavn K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Medlemsbidrag er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Udlandet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. — Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalenderaaret. Foreningens Publikationer. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. Botanisk Tidsskrift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virk- somhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks Plantevækst, samt originale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmer mod et Tillægskontingent af 4 Kr. aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. I 1913 er udgivet: Nr. 1. E. Østrup: Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Gum tab. I). Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likén- økologi. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. G. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza G. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet: Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Amanita. Lepiota. Goprinus. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd.2, Nr. 4. G. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymor- phien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Bésumé: Etudes intro- ductives sur la polymorphic de l'Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. I 1916 er udgivet: Bd. 3, Nr. 1 a. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (1). Pris 3 Kr. Redaktion: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge og C. H. Ostenfeld. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet d. 25. August 1916. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING .. a BIND 2 Nr. 6 CONTRIBUTIONS TO WEST AUSTRALIAN BOTANY BY G. H. OSTENFELD PART I INTRODUCTION C. H. Ostenfeld: THE SEA-GRASSES OF WEST AUSTRALIA KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKKERI 1916 Pris : 1 Kr. 50 Øre. Dansk Botanisk Forening. Adresse : Botanisk Museum, Gotersgade 130, København K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Medlemsbidrag er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Udlandet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. — Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalenderaaret. Foreningens Publikationer. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. Botanisk Tidsskrift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virk- somhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks Plantevækst, samt originale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmer mod et Tillægskontingent af 4 Kr. aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. I 1913 er udgivet: Nr. 1. E. Østrup: Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Cum tab. I). Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likén- økologi. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. G. Ferdinandsen and Ø.Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza G. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet: Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark- Part II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. G. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymor- phien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Bésumé: Etudes intro- ductives sur la polymorphic de l'Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. I 1916 er udgivet: Bd. 3, Nr. 1 a. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Bhodophyceæ (1). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr.5. O. Bostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora I. (3 Tavler). Bésumé: Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark. I. Pris 3 Kr. Bedaktion: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge og C. H. Ostenfeld. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet d. 4. September 1916. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING BIND 2 No. 7 STUDIES IN THE AGARICS OF DENMARK BY JAKOB E. LANGE PART III PLUTEUS. COLLYBIA. 1N0CYBE. WITH THREE PLATES KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL TRYKT HOS J. JØRGENSEN * Co. (IVAR JANTZEN). 1917 Pris: 2 Kr. 50 Øre Dansk Botanisk Forening. Adresse: Botanisk Museum, Gothersgade 130, København K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Med- lemsbidrag er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Udlandet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. — Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalenderaaret. Foreningens Publikationer. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. Botanisk TidSSkFift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virksomhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks Plantevækst, samt originale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk ArkiV, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmer mod et Tillægskontingent af 4 Kr. aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. I 1913 er udgivet: Nr. 1. E. Østrup: Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occiden- talis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Cum tab. I). Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likénøkologi. Pris 3 Kr. .,,„.-,. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part. I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet: Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. C. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen; Indledende Studier over Polymorphien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Bésumé: Etudes introductives sur la polymorphic de l'Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. I 1916 er udgivet: Bd. 3, Nr. la. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ. (1). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. Ib. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (2). Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 5. O. Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora I. (3 Tavler). Resumé: Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark. I. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 6. C. H. Os ten f eld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part I. Introduction. The Sea-grasses of West- Australia. Pris 1 Kr. 50 Øre. Redaktion: L. Kolderup Rosenvlnoe. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet d. 10. Juli 1917. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING N g CONTRIBUTIONS TO WEST AUSTRALIAN BOTANY BY C. H. OSTENFELD PART II C. H. Ostenfeld: STRAY NOTES FROM THE TROPICAL WEST AUSTRALIA. (Pl. I— III). C. H. Ostenfeld : A REVISION OF THE WEST AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN, CRASSULA (TILLÆA) AND FRANKENIA. (Pl. IV). Ove Paulsen: CHENOPODIACEÆ FROM WEST AUSTRALIA. (Pl. V— VI). KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKKERI 1918 Pris: 4 Kr. Dansk Botanisk Forening. Adresse : Botanisk Museum, Gotersgade 130, København K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Medlemsbidrag er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Udlandet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. — Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalenderaaret. Foreningens Publikationer. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter : 1. Botanisk Tidsskrift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virk- somhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks Plantevækst, samt originale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmer mod et Tillægskontingent af 4 Kr. aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. I 1913"er udgivet: Nr. 1. E. Østrup: Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Cum tab. I). Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likén- økologi. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet: Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob .E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd.2, Nr. 4. G. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymor- phien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Resumé: Etudes intro- ductives sur la Polymorphie de lAnthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. I 1916 er udgivet: Bd. 3, Nr. 1 a. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (1). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 b. F.Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (2). Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd.2, Nr. 5. O.Rostrup: Bidrag ti! Danmarks Svampeflora I. (3 Tavler). Resumé: Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark. I. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 6. C.H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part I. Introduction. The Sea-grasses of West Australia. Pris 1 Kr. 50 Øre. I 1917 er udgivet: Bd. 2, Nr. 7. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part III. Pluteus. Collybia. Inocybe. Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. le. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (3). Pris 3 Kr. 50 Øre. Redaktion: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet d. 22. Maj 1918. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF o.Ktr» o DANSK BOTANISK FORENING M n BIND 2 Nr. 9 MOSSES AND LICHENS COLLECTED IN THE FORMER , DANISH WEST INDIES BY F. BØRGESEN AND C. RAUNKIÆR KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTKYKKEBI 1918 Dansk Botanisk Forening. Adresse : Botanisk Museum, Gotersgade 130, København K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Medlemsbidrag er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Udlandet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. — Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalenderaaret. Foreningens Publikationer. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. Botanisk Tidsskrift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virk- somhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks PlantevæKst, samt originale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmer mod et Tillægskontingent af 4 Kr. aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. I 1913 er udgivet: Nr. 1. E. Østrup: Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Gum tab. I). Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growfti-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. Galløe: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likén- økologi. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The marine A'gæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. Pris 4 Kr. I 1914 er udgivet: Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. G. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. I 1915 er udgivet : Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Amanita. Lepiota. Coprinus. (2 Tavler). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. G. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymor- phien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Resum» : Etudes intro- ductives sur la polymorphic de TAnthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. Pris 5 Kr. I 1916 er udgivet: Bd. 3, Nr. 1 a. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophvceæ (1). Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. Ib. F.Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (2). Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr.5. O. Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora I. (3 Tavler). Resumé: Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark. I. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 6. C.H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part I. Introduction. The Sea-grasses of West Australia. Pris 1 Kr. 50 Øre. I 1917 er udgivet: Bd. 2, Nr. 7. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part III. Pluteus. Collybia. Inocybe. Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. le. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (3). Pris 3 Kr. 50 Øre. I 1918 er udgivet: Bd.2, Nr. 8. G.H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part II. Stray Notes from the trop. West Australia. Revision of the West Austral, spec, of Triglöchin, Crassula (Tillæa) and Frankenia. Ove Paulsen: Chenopodiaceæ from West Australia. PI. I — VI. Pris 4 Kr. Redaktion: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet d. 1. August 1918. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING BIND 2 Nr. 10 I. THE POLLINATION OF ASCLEPIAS CORNUTI DCNE II. SOME REMARKS ON THE GERMINA- TION OF THE POLLEN-MASS AND THE GROWTH OF THE POLLEN -TUBES IN ASCLEPIAS CORNUTI DCNE BY HOLGER JØRGENSEN KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP* BOGHANDEL BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKKERI 1919 Pris: i Kr. Dansk Botanisk Forening. Adresse: Botanisk Mnseum, Gotersgrade 130, København K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Medlemsbidrag er 6 Kr. for Medlemmer i København med Forstæder og i Udlandet, 5 Kr. for indenlandske Medlemmer udenfor København. Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalender - aaret. Fra 1. Januar 1920 er Kontingentet forhøjet til henholdsvis 10 og 8 Kr. Foreningens Publikationer. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. Botanisk Tidsskrift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virk- somhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks Plantevækst, samt originale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det tilstilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmerne mod et Tillægskontingent af 4 Kr. (fra 1. Jan. 1920: 6 Kr.) aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. Der er hidtil udgivet: Nr. 1. E. Østrup: Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Cum tab. I.) 1913. Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. Vahl: The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swedish Lapland. 1913. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. Gallo e: Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likén- økologi. 1913. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. 1913. Pris 4 Kr. Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. (2 Tavler). 1914. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C Weber. 1914. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. 1914. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Amanita, Lepiota. Coprinus. (2 Tavler). 1915. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. G. H. Ostenfeld: A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. 1915. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 1, Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymor- phien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Resumé: Etudes intro- ductives sur la polymorphic de l'Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. 1915. Pris 5 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 a. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (1). 1916. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 b. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (2.) 1916. Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 5. O. Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora I. (3 Tavler.) Resumé: Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark. I. 1916. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 6. C.H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part I. Introduction. The Sea-grasses of West Australia. 1916. Pris 1 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 7. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part III. Pluteus. Collybia. Inocybe. 1917. Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 c. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (3). 1917. Pris 3 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 8. C.H.Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany, Part II. Stray Notes from the trop. West Australia. Revision of the West Austr. spec, of Triglochin, Crassula (Tillæa) and Frankenia. Ove Paulsen: Cheno- podiaceæ from West Australia. PI. I— VI. 1918. Pris 4 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 9. F. Børgesen and C Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens col- lected in the former Danish West Indies. 1918. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 d. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (4). 1918. Pris 3 Kr. Redaktion: L. Kolderup Rosenvinge. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet d. 1. August 1919. DANSK BOTANISK ARKIV UDGIVET AF DANSK BOTANISK FORENING BIND 2 Nr. 11 STUDIES IN THE AGARICS OF DENMARK BY JAKOB E. LANGE PART IV PHOLIOTA. MARASMIUS. RHODOPHYLLUS WITH ONE PLATE KØBENHAVN H. HAGERUP'S BOGHANDEL TRYKT HOS J. JØRGENSEN & Co. (IVAR JANTZEN) 1921 Pris: 4 Kr. Dansk Botanisk Forening. Adresse: Botanisk Museum, Gotersgade 130, København K. Indmeldelse, saavel af Danske som af Udlændinge, finder Sted ved Henvendelse til Bestyrelsen (ovenstaaende Adr.). Det aarlige Medlemsbidrag er i Københavns Postdistrikt 10 Kr., i danske Provinser 8 Kr. og i Udlandet 10 Kr. Indmeldelsen gælder for Kalenderaaret. Foreningen udgiver fra 1913 to Tidsskrifter: 1. Botanisk Tidsskrift, der indeholder Meddelelser om Foreningens Virksomhed, mindre Meddelelser, især om Danmarks Plantevækst, samt ori- ginale Afhandlinger af mere almindelig eller speciel dansk Interesse. Det til- stilles alle ordinære Medlemmer. 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, der optager Afhandlinger af mere speciel Art. Det tilstilles Medlemmerne mod et Tillægskontingent af 6 Kr. aarlig og sælges enkeltvis i Boghandelen til højere Pris. Der er hidtil udgivet: Nr. 1. E. 0 s t r u p : Diatomaceæ ex insulis danicis Indiæ occidentalis imprimis a F. Børgesen lectæ (Cum. tab. I.) 1913. Pris 1 Kr. 35 Øre. Nr. 2. M. V a h 1 : The growth-forms of some plant formations of Swe- dish Lapland. 1913. Pris 50 Øre. Nr. 3. O. G a 1 1 ø e : Forberedende Undersøgelser til en almindelig Likén- økologi. 1913. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 4. F. Børgesen: The marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part I. Chlorophyceæ. 1913. Pris 4 Kr. Nr. 5. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part I. General Introduction. The Genus Mycena. (2 Tavler). 1914. Pris 3 Kr. Nr. 6. Henning E. Petersen: Indledende Studier over Polymor- phien hos Anthriscus silvestris (L.) Hoffm. (18 Tavler). Resumé: Etudes in- troductives sur la Polymorphie d'Anthriscus silvestris (L.) 1915. Pris 5 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 1. C. Ferdinandsen and 0. Winge: Studies in the Genus Entorrhiza C. Weber. 1914. Pris 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 2. F. B ø r g e s e n : The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part II. Phæophyceæ. 1914. Pris 2 Kr. 25 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 3. Jakob E. Lange: Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part II. Amanita, Lepiota. Coprinus. (2 Tavler). 1915. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 4. C. H. O s t e n f el d : A List of Phytoplankton from the Boeton Strait, Celebes. 1915. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. la. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ fl). 1916. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. Ib. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophycetp (2). 1916. Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 5. O. Rostrup: Bidrag til Danmarks Svampeflora I. (3 Tavler). Resumé: Contributions to the Fungus-flora of Denmark I. 1916. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 6. C. H. O sten f eld: Contril utions to West Australian Botany. Part I. Introduction. The Sea-grasses of West Australia. 1916. Pris 1 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 7. J a k o b E. L a n g e : Studies in the Agarics of Denmark. Part III. Pluteus. Collybia. Inocybe. 1917. Pris 2 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 c. F. Børgesen: The Marine Algæ of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ (3). 1917. Pris 3 Kr. 50 Øre. Bd. 2, Nr. 8. C. H. Ostenfeld: Contributions to West Australian Botany, Part II. Stray Notes from the trop. West Australia. Revision of the West Austr. spec, of Triglochin, Crassula (Tillaea) and Frankenia. Ove Paulsen: Chenopodiaceæ from West Australia. PI. I— VII. 1918. Pris 4 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 9. F. B ø r g e s e n and C. Raunkiær: Mosses and Lichens collected in the former Danish West Indies. 1918. Pris 75 Øre. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 d. F. B ø r g e s e n : The Marine Algae of the Danish West Indies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ. (4). 1918. Pris 3 Kr. Bd. 2, Nr. 10. H o 1 g e r Jørgensen: I. The Pollination of Asclepias Cornuti. II. Some Remarks on the germination and the growth of the Pollen- tubes in Ascl. Cornuti. 1919. Pris 1 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. 1 e. F. B ø r g e s e n : The Mar. Algæ of the Dan. West In- dies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ. (5). 1919. Pris 4 Kr. Bd. 3, Nr. If. F. Børgesen: The Mar. Algæ of the Dan. West In- dies. Part III. Rhodophyceæ. (6). 1920. Pris 10 Kr. Redaktion L. Kolderup Rosenvinge. Færdigt fra Trykkeriet: d. 15. April 1921. Ill MINIMI 3 5185 00293 •